cas Le ; C «gee («Bin wt am > rihccatis uh ; & avd “ : | — ; ‘ ‘ SHENEW YORK BOTANICAL GARDE : __ wy eitange “4 ‘| i mee 71906- o8 | Le Ge ple oS SM ee : rtet a an . SYSTEMATIC. INVESTIGATIONS IN PHANERO- GAMS, FERNS, AND DIATOMS ADVERTISEMENT. The United States National Herbarium, which was founded by the Smithsonian Institution, was transferred in the year 1868 to the Department of Agriculture, and continued to be maintained by that Department until July 1, 1896, when it was returned to the official custody of the Smithsonian Institution. The Department of Agri- culture, however, continued to publish the series of botanical reports entitled ‘* Contributions from the United States National Herbarium,” begun in the year 1890, until, on July 1, 1902, the National Museum, in pursuance of an act of Congress, assumed responsibility for the publication. The first seven volumes of the series were issued by the Department of Agriculture. Ricuarp RATHBUN, Assistant Secretary, Smithsonian Institution, in charge of the United States National Museum. Il SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION PemwtrrED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM CONTRIBUTIONS UNITED STATES NATIONAL HERBARIUM VOLUME X SYSTEMATIC INVESTIGATIONS IN PHANEROGAMS, FERNS, AND DIATOMS NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF FESTUCA; GENUS PTELEA IN THE WESTERN AND SOUTHWESTERN UNITED STATES AND MEXICO; MEXICAN AND CENTRAL AMERICAN PLANTS; LEGUMINOSAE OF PORTO RICO; DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES; CYPERACEAE OF COSTA RICA; TROPICAL AMERICAN FERNS LIBRARY NEW YORK BOTANICA! GARDEN. WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1906-1908 IN svt & . . if ge eee . er <_< f Ped ; a , shee, ART eg” a tana geen 5 pee SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL HERBARIUM VOLUME X, PART ] NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF FESTUCA mw Me ARLES VV. PIPER WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1906 : * y ors = : s sete, Woe po eet > 2 ; ~ fia. 4 4 aaa 7 7 2 , mal Pr Mal . a « ® s d a ‘BULLETIN OF THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUS Issvep Marcu 30, 1906. ’ ~ > . oe “é * . * ’ 9 ; ai : ~~ = "j r s ‘ PREFACE. The revisions of genera, descriptions of new species, and other systematic papers on grasses emanating from the Office of the Agros- tologist of the Department of Agriculture have heretofore been published as Bulletins of the Bureau of Plant Industry in that Depart- ment. In view, however, of the transfer of the grass herbarium to the Office of the Botanist, the Agrostologist has suggested that the accom- panying manuscript entitled ** North American Species of Festuca,” by Professor Charles V. Piper, be published in the series of Contribu- tions from the United States National Herbarium. This suggestion has been adopted. The author of the manuscript regrets that it was not possible to consult all the type specimens of the American spe- cies, several of which are in European herbaria, but he considered it preferable to offer his work for publication now rather than to delay it indefinitely. FREDERICK V. COVILLE, Curator of the United States National Herbarium. III CORIEN ES: EE Stee AS a2 ei So eee she ee eee eee wee St IE ELS eee er ee ee See os PR i le rn 5 Oat 2a ae ee ea ee a a ea Previously published illustrations of North American Festucas ..-......--- enn ee nM MEAPNND 8222 POR 2 2 Sn A on ec cee dee Synopsis of United States and Canadian species ..-......----------.--------- I EP URES 2 = es Re as See ee IL LUSTRATIONS: Puate I. Fesluca confusa Piper. ....... 222.21 454.22 is55i el eee 13 Il. Festuca ertolepie Desy .... «2 202s ecus= 5... cs rdheaeeee eee 14 Ill. Festuca grayi (Abrams) Piper. =.............++3 Plantae Europaeae. 6 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NAT(ONAL HERBARIUM. ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE. Several of the species of Festuca are of high agricultural value, both for grazing and for meadows. Among the former perhaps the most important is /estuca ovina, the sheep fescue, and its numerous sub- species, some of which are found native in most parts of the world. The most valuable American grass of this group is probably Festuca ovina ingrata Hackel, the ‘*blue bunch grass” of stockmen, which ranges from British Columbia and Alberta to California and Colorado. In parts of the range country, notably the Columbia Basin, it is con- sidered the second best of the range grasses. In Arizona and New Mexico this grass is replaced by the larger and coarser, but not less nutritious, Arizona bunch grass, /. ovina arizonica (Vasey) Hack. Other subspecies of Festuca ovina occur in alpine and subarctic regions, and furnish more or less abundant forage. festuca rubra li, the ved fescue, occurs in abundance along both sea coasts in sandy soil, and in the West is plentiful in the mountains at low altitudes. In restricted areas it is an important forage grass. Festuca altaica Trin. is abundant in Alaska, often covering large areas with its large tussocks. From very limited experience with it this grass seems to be quite as nutritious as its near allies. Festuca viridula Vasey is the most nutritious grass in the mountain parks of the Cascade, Blue, and Bitter Root mountains. It often occupies large areas in nearly pure growth. Unfortunately it is unable to withstand severe grazing, and consequently where sheep have been herded this grass has well-nigh disappeared. The annual species, especially /estuca octoflora, are of considerable value in semiarid grazing regions. They spring up very quickly when the rainy season begins in the fall, furnishing grazing when nothing else is available, and again in early spring they provide the first green forage. Festuca elatior Li., the tall fescue, a European species, is very valu- able as a hay and pasture grass, but in this country is little grown as yet, except in the eastern portion of Kansas and Nebraska. A smaller form of it, the meadow fescue, used only in pastures and lawns, is sometimes known in this country as English bluegrass, or, technically, as F¢stuca pratens/s Huds. or Festuca elatior pratensis Gray. According to the best European authorities, however, /. elatior L. and F. pratensis Huds. are exactly identical, so that, whatever be the distinction of the two forms agriculturally, the botanical names both belong with tall fescue. PIPER—NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF FESTUCA. PREVIOUSLY PUBLISHED ILLUSTRATIONS OF NORTH AMERICAN FESTUCAS. I. In Bulletins of the Division of Agrostology: Festuca dasyclada, Bulletin 17, Figure 576 Festuca elatior, as Festuca elatior pratensis, 7, 288 Festuca elatior arundinacea, 3. 4? 14, 45 7, 287 Festuca subulata, as F. jonesii, Ey, S75 Festuca confinis, all as F. kingii, 5, 12 12, 23 13, 19 17, 573 Festuca pacifica, as F. microstachys, 17, 578 Festuca myuros, 17, 581 Festuca shortii, as F. obtusa, ive N74 Festuca octoflora, 17, 580 Festuca ovina, 5, Za yf A777 12, 7 Festuca rubra, 5, 28 Festuca rubra glaucescens, a 3 14, 46 7, 289 Festuca hallii, all as F. scabrella, 3, 44 5, 14 14, 47 Festuca sciurea, iY; 579 Il. In Illustrations of North American Grasses, Bulletin 13, Divi- sion of Botany: “ Festuca pacifica, as F. microstachys, Plate 91 Festuca altaica, as F. subulata, 92 Festuca viridula, 93 Ill. In Agricultural Grasses and Forage Plants of the United States, Special Bulletin, Division of Botany, 1889:' Festuca. elatior, Plate 81 Festuca ovina, 82 Festuca hallii, as F. scabrella, 83 IV. In Britton & Brown, Llustrated Flora: Festuca octoflora, Figure 497 Festuca myuros, 498 Festuca rubra, 499 Festuca ovina, 500 Festuca scabrella, (=?) 501 Festuca elatior, 502 Festuca shortii, 503 Festuca obtusa (as nutans), 504 VY. Tenth Ann. Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. : Festuca rigescens, Plate 43 @U.8. Department of Agriculture. 8 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. DESCRIPTIVE TERMINOLOGY. We have taken the liberty to introduce the word /emma® to apply: to the ** lower palet” or ** outer palet” or ** flowering glume” of authors, restricting the word ** glume” to the **empty glumes.” This is done purely for a practical reason, namely, to avoid the constant use of phrases for the members of the grass spikelet most used in technical descriptions. The only other attempt to apply a single-word term to the *‘ flowering glume” we have noticed is the word ** floriglume,” proposed by Prof. George Macloskie in volume 8 of the Report of the Princeton Univer- sity Expedition to Patagonia. This term seems to us objectionable, because it is likely to lead to confusion with the word ‘‘ glume,” as applied to both empty glumes. The so-called third empty glume of some grasses is really a sterile lemma. The use of a single distinctive name for each part of the grass spike- let seems much preferable to the employment of such general terms as bracts, bractlets, and scales. SYNOPSIS OF UNITED STATES AND CANADIAN SPECIES. FESTUCA L. Festuca L. Sp. Pl. 1: 73. 1758. Spikelets 2 to many-flowered, variously paniculate or sometimes racemose; rachilla articulate at the joints and above the glumes; florets all perfect, or the uppermost staminate; glumes 2, persisting, carinate, unequal or subequal, the lowest 1-nerved (rarely 3-nerved), the upper larger and 3-nerved (rarely 5-nerved); lemma lanceo- late, usually narrow, commonly aristate, always 5-nerved, convex or subcarinate, firm in texture at least near the base, the apex and margins sometimes scarious, the callose base smooth or nearly so; palea bicarinate, oblong or lanceolate, obtuse, acute, acuminate, or bidentate at apex, usually about equaling the lemma; lodicules 2, about as long as the ovary, sometimes entire, usually bifid; stamens 3 in the perennial spe- cies, in the annuals often reduced to 1; ovary obovate, smooth or hispidulous at apex; styles very short, distinctly apical; stigmas plumose, the branches toothed; caryop- sis linear or oblong, glabrous, convex dorsally, sulcate or rarely plane ventrally, often adhering to the palea; hilum linear. KEY TO THE SPECIES. Subgenus Vutpra. Annuals; stamens usually 1, sometimes 3, rarely becoming extruded; stigma plumose, the branches toothed, bilateral. Spikelets densely 5 to 13-flowered; lemma withoutscarious margin. 1. octoflora. Spikelets loosely 1 to 5, rarely 6-flowered; lemma with narrow scarious margin. ; Branches of the short panicle normally divergent, a pulvillus at the base of at least one of them. Florets mostly 3 to 5 in each spikelet, only the principal panicle branches divergent. aréupa (Aeupar-), husk, scale. PIPER—NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF FESTUCA. Q Spikelets not at all hirsute. 2. pacifica. ¥ Spikelets with glumes only hirsute. 3. confusa. Spikelets with lemma only hirsute. 4. eriolepis. Spikelets wholly hirsute. 5. grayi. Florets mostly 1 to 3 in each spikelet; all the spikelets divaricate. Spikelets not at all pubescent. 6. reflexa. Spikelets with only the lemma pubscent. 7. microstachys. Spikelets wholly pubescent. 8. eastwoodae. Branches of the narrow elongated panicle erect or appressed. First glume one-third to one-half as long as the second. Lemma not ciliate. Y. myuros. Lemma ciliate. 10. megalura. First glume two-thirds to three-fourths as long as the second. Lemma smooth or scabrous. ll. bromoides. Lemma pubescent. 12. sciurea. Subgenus Evurestuca. Perennials, mostly tufted and never with scaly rootstocks; stamens 3, protruding in anthesis; stigmas bilaterally plumose, the branches toothed. Plants densely tuited, or with narrow and involute blades, usually both; lemma awnless or awned. Ligule short; collar and auricles not conspicuously bristly, or tomentose. Blades not falling away from the sheaths; palea obtuse or bidentate at apex. Innovations extravaginal; blades smooth; spikelets usually more or less glaucous. 13. rubra, Innovations intravaginal. Tufts easily separable; blades closely involute; pulvilli none or faintly developed. Awns longer than the membranous lemmas; blades soft, suleate; ovary hispidulous at apex. 14. occidentalis. Awns not longer than the coriaceous lemmas; ovary glabrous. Blades various, but when hard the lemma awned. 15. ovina. Blades smooth, firm, rigid; lemma awn- less. 16. rigescens. Tufts separable with difficulty; blades narrow, loosely involute or flat; lemma thin; a pulvil- lus at the base of each ray. Lemma smooth, usually awnless, sometimes awn-pointed. 17. viridula. Lemma scabrous-puberulent, short-awned. 18. howellii. eta at length falling away from the persisting sheaths; palea notched at apex. Panicle rays spreading; spikelets shining; culm and loosely inyolute green blades smooth or nearly so. 19. altaica. Panicle rays erect or becoming so; spikelets dull; culm and closely involute glaucescent blades usu- ally very scabrous. 20. hallii. Ligule short, ciliate; collar and auricles tomentose or bristly. 21. aristulata. Ligule 4 to9 mm. long, scarious. 22. thurberi. = 10 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Plants less densely tufted; leaves flat, green, membranaceous. Lemma indurated, not at all keeled. Spikelets 5 to 10-flowered; lemma awnless or rarely short awned. Spikelets 3 to 6-flowered; lemma awnless. Glumes scarious-margined, much shorter than the lemma; lemma not acuminate. Lemma acute; spikelets loosely scattered. Lemma obtuse; spikelets somewhat aggregated. Glumes without scarious margins, nearly as long as the lemma; lemma acuminate. Spikelets glaucous, loosely 4 to 6-flowered; lemma often with a short awn; sheaths smooth. Spikelets green, closely 2 to 3-flowered; empty glumes scabrous; sheaths short-pubescent. Lemma awned, membranaceous, indurated only near the base and keeled at least above the middle. Floret long-stipitate at base; awn terminal. Floret not stipitate at base. Lemma plainly 5-nerved; awn from a cleft apex. Spikelets 5 to 9 mm. long, 2 to 4-flowered. Panicle branches ciliate; awn shorter than the lemma. Panicle branches not ciliate; awn as long or longer than the lemma. Spikelets 10 to 15 mm. long, 3 to 7-flowered. Lemma 5-nerved, the intermediate nerves very ob- scure; awn terminal. Awn much shorter than the lemma. Awn as long as or longer than the lemma. Subgenus HesprrocHLoa. Perennials, densely tufted but pro- ducing occasional stout extravaginal scaly stolons; leaf blades broad, flat, or rarely involute; stamens 3, protruding; stigmas elongate, the numerous short mostly simple branches arising from all sides. A single species. Subgenus I. Vunpra (Gmel.) Hack. Vulpia Gmel. Fl. Bad. 1: 8. 1805, as genus. . élatior. . obtusa. 25. shortii. ». versuta, . johnsoni. . subuliflora . dasyclada. . elmeri. . gigantea. 2. fratercula. . subulata. . confinis. Vulpia Hack. in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pflanzenfam. 2?: 75. 1887, as cabeeaial Annuals; stamens usually ae 1, sometimes 3; florets usually remaining unopened, and consequently self-pollinated; joints of the rachilla usually clavate; stigmas plu- mose, the branches toothed, bilateral. Many of the species in this subgenus present slight but remarkably constant differ- ences. In all probability this fact is connected with their close pollination. PIPER—NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF FESTUCA. 11 1. Festuca octoflora Walt. Festuca octoflora Walt. Fl. Car. 81. 1788. According to Professor A. 8. Hitchcock, there is no specimen to represent this species in the part of Walters’s herbarium preserved in the British Museum. The brief original description probably refers to the plant generally understood. Festuca tenella Willd. Sp. Pl. 1: 419. 1797. ‘‘ Habitat in America boreali.’’ We have not seen the type. Festuca setacea Poir. Eneyl. Suppl. 2: 638. 1811. Described from specimens grown in the Jardin du Val de Grace, France, the original source unknown. We have not seen the type. Festuca parviflora Ell. Bot. 8. C. & Ga. 1: 170, 1817. We have examined the type of this in Elliott’s herbarium, and are inclined to consider it an immature shade form of octoflora. It is worthy of note, however, that all the specimens which match Elliott’s type are from the Southern States. The type is in possession of the College of Charleston. Festuca tenella glauca Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. 5: 147. 1834. Type in the herba- rium of the Philadelphia Academy, collected by Nuttall at Fort Smith, Ark. The plant is searcely glaucous. Festuca gracilenta Buckl. Proc. Acad. Phila. 1862: 97. 1863. Type from ‘‘northern Texas.’’ It is exactly the same thing as F. parviflora Ell. The type specimen is in the herbarium of the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences. Festuca pusilla Buckl. Proc. Acad. Phila. 1862: 97. 1863. Type from ‘‘ northern California,’’ preserved in the herbarium of the Philadelphia Academy. It is per- fectly matched by many recent collections from the same region. The awns are about equal in length to the flowering glumes. Festuca octoflora aristulata Torr.; L. H. Dewey, Contr. Nat. Herb. 2: 547. 1894. No type indicated, but the description of ‘‘awns equaling or somewhat exceeding the florets’’ calls for a different plant from the California specimen of Bigelow to which Torrey originally applied the name as a nomen nudum. DESCRIPTION. Culms slender, erect, sometimes geniculate at base, often tufted, 5 to 40 em. high, glabrous or retrorsely puberulent, mostly 3-jointed; sheaths glabrous or pubescent, shorter than the internodes; ligule 0.5 to 1 mm. long, scarious, not decurrent; blades narrowly linear, involute or rarely flat, soft, erect or ascending, 2 to 10 em. long; panicle narrow, erect, often reduced to a raceme or spike, 3 to 12 cm. long, some- times secund; rays mostly solitary, 2 to 4 or sometimes even 8 mm. long, erect, rarely spreading, 3-angled, usually scabrous; spikelets oval or oblong, 5 to 9, or rarely 13 mm. long, 5 to 13-flowered; joints of the rachilla clavate, 0.5 to 0.7 mm. long; glumes subulate-lanceolate, the lower l-nerved, 3mm. long, the upper 3-nerved, + mm. long; lemma firm, convex, lanceolate, from glabrous to very scabrous, obscurely 5- nerved, 4 to5 mm. long, attenuate into a scabrous straight awn 1 to 7 mm. long; palea ianceolate, acute, equaling the lemma, the nerves scabrous; stamen 1. Festuca octoflora ranges throughout the United States, extending northward into British Columbia and Ontario and southward into lower California. We have seen no specimens from Mexico or from Central or South America, though it is reported from Brazil by Doell in Martius’s Flora Brasiliensis as /. tenella Willd. Thi, species is very variable, as might be expected from its wide range, but for the most part the characters are too inconstant for nomenclatorial recognition. In Utah and California occur some puzzling approaches to F. pacifica, but otherwise there is no danger of confusing it with related species. 12364—06——2 12 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. la. Festuca octoflora hirtella subsp. noy. Flowering glumes hirtellous; foliage more or less pubescent. Type specimen col- lected by C. L. Shear (no. 1962) in the Santa Catalina Mountains, Arizona, April 10, 1901. Other specimens are referred here as follows, viz: ARIZONA: Tucson Mountains, (Griffiths 2355. Tucson, Toumey, April 15, 1894. Santa Rita Forest Reserve, Griffiths 3815. f Castle Rock, Griffiths 2333. NEVADA: Vegas Wash, Lincoln County, Coville & Funston 419. CALIFORNIA: Without locality, Palmer 654. Without locality, Mrs. Bush. San Bernardino Mountains, Parish 1530. Colorado Desert, Orcutt in 1889. Bishop, M. EF. Jones, May 15, 1897. Old Wilson Trail, Geo. B. Grant 5419 in part. Sierra Nevada, Lemmon 4659. Lower CALIFORNIA: Mission Santa Gertrudis, Orcutt, March 10, 1899. Guadalupe Ranch, Oreutt 1432. Lagoon Head, Palmer 655. 2. Festuca pacifica sp. noy. Culms slender, erect, or geniculate at base, glabrous, usually 30 to 50 em. high, 3-jointed, solitary or loosely tufted; sheaths glabrous or puberulent, striate, the lower two about as long as their respective internodes, the upper much shorter than the peduncle; ligule very short but broader than the blade, decurrent; blades narrowly linear, very acute, soft, glabrous, loosely involute, 3 to 5.cm. long; panicle more or less secund, 5 to 12 cm. long; the lower’ branches solitary, divaricate, bearing spike- lets on the lower side nearly or quite from the base; axis and branchlets sharply 2-angled, somewhat channeled, glabrous; pedicels clavate, flattened, mostly very short; spikelets 3 to 6-flowered; joints of the rachilla cylindric, scabrous; lower glume subulate-lanceolate, l-nerved, glabrous, 4 mm. long; upper glume lanceolate- acuminate, 3-nerved, glabrous, 5 mm. long; lemma lanceolate, scabrous excepting in the lowermost floret (this smooth), 6 to 7 mm. long, attenuate into a scabrous awn 10 to 15 mm. long; palea lanceolate, longer than the lemma, the inflexed sides half as wide as the scabrous internerve, the scabrous acuminate apex readily split- ting into two awnlike teeth; perfect stamen usually one, sometimes three; grain dark-colored, lanceolate, deeply grooved, adherent to the glume and palea. The rachilla readily breaks so that all the florets except the more persistent low- ermost drop out when mature. This is the commonest and most widespread species of the microstachys group, ranging from British Columbia to Lower California and Arizona, but apparently not occuring east of the Rocky Mountains. The type is Elmer’s 262, collected June 20, 1896, at Pullman, Washington. Figure 91, Vol. II, Illustrations of North American Grasses, refers mainly to Festuca pacifica, The following collections are representa- tive of this species: PLATE |. Contr. Nat. Herb., Vol. X. a —— FESTUCA CONFUSA PIPER. ‘ ‘ Ah | tn patie — eas PIPER—NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF FESTUCA, 13 WASHINGTON: Spokane, Areager 4. Western Klickitat County, Suksdorf 1139. Rattlesnake Mountains, Cotton 472. Almota, Piper 1925. Ipano: Lewiston, Sandberg, Heller, & MacDougal 124. Lewiston, Heller 3000. OREGON: The Dalles, Sheldon 10106. Harper’s ranch, Malheur County, Leiberg 2074. Blue Mountains, Griffiths & Hunter 120. CALIFORNIA: Yosemite Valley, Bioletti 11. Crescent City, Davy & Blasdale 5926. Pine Ridge, Hall & Chandler 298. San Bernardino, Parish 4674. San Diego, Oreutt 1174. \NEVADA: | Trinity Mountains, Watson 1323. ARIZONA: Tucson, Toumey in 1892. LowWER CALIFORNIA: Guadalupe Ranch, Oreutt, April 6, 1886. 3. Festuca confusa sp. noy. Habit of F. pacifica, differing in the following particulars: sheaths and blades pubescent, axis and branches of the panicle ciliate on the angles, spikelets 2 or 3- flowered; empty glumes hirsute. (Puare I.) The following specimens have been examined: WASHINGTON: Western Klickitat County, Suksdorf 1140 (type). OREGON: Grant’s Pass, Howell, May 24, 1884. Without locality, FE. Hall 639. CALIFORNIA: Mount Diablo, H. M. Hall 1737, Brewer 1112, 1142. Santa Lucia Mountains, Eastwood, May 2, 1897. E. Hall’s 639 is the plant mentioned by Doctor Gray as Festuca microstachys ciliata (nomen nudum) in Proceedings of the American Academy 8: 410. It is not the plant so named and described by Beal, Grasses of North America 2: 585. EXPLANATION OF PLATE.—Drawn from type specimen 1140 Suksdorf, Western Klickitat County, Washington. Plant one-half natural size; spikelets and dissections enlarged five times. 4. Festuca eriolepis Desy. Festuca eriolepis Desy. in Gay, Fl. Chil. 6: 428. 1853. *‘ En los campos de la Serena y en Argueros,’’ Chile. Festuca arida Elmer, Bot. Gaz. 36: 52. 1903. Type collected at North Yakima, Washington, by L. F. Henderson, no. 2196. A duplicate in the National Herbarium. We have seen only one Chilean specimen, but this, together with the long descrip- tion of Desvaux, leaves no doubt that arida must be reduced to synonymy. 14 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. DESCRIPTION, Culms erect or decumbent at base, 10 to 30 cm. high, 2 or 3-jointed, loosely tufted; sheaths glabrous or pubescent, the lower inflated in dwarf plants and nearly as long as the internodes; ligule very short; blades soft, narrowly linear, loosely involute, glabrous or somewhat pubescent, 2 to 8 em. long, erect or ascending; panicle 2 to 7 cm. long, erect, narrow, the rays at length divaricate; rays solitary, scabrous on the prominent angles; spikelets 3 to 5-flowered, 10 to 13 mm. long; joints of the rachilla 7 mm. long, cylindric, hairy; glumes lanceolate, glabrous, or the midnerve scabrous above, the lower 6 to 7 mm. long, l-nerved, or at maturity with a pair of lateral nerves at base, the upper 3-nerved, 6.5 to 7.5 mm. long; lemma lanceolate, densely villous, 6 to 7 mm. long, attenuate into a scabrous awn nearly as long; palea as long as the lemma, lanceolate, the scabrous nerves meeting in the acuminate apex, the intlexed sides about one-fourth as wide as the internerve; stamen 1. (Plate II.) The following specimens are referable here WASHINGTON: Coulee City, Piper 3915. North Yakima, Henderson 2196. NEVADA: Reno, Hillman, May, 1899; Tracy 246. Smoke Creek, Griffiths & Hunter 514. CALIFORNIA: Truckee, Sonne 7. Ukiah, Bolander 6118. Blue Lake to Jess Valley, Griffiths & Hunter 406. Castella, Piper 6346. EXPLANATION OF PLATE.—Right-hand plant drawn from Henderson 2196, North Yakima, Washing- ton, whence also details; left-hand plant from Piper 3915, Coulee City, Washington. Plants one- half natural size; details enlarged five times. 5. Festuca grayi (Abrams). Festuca microstachys ciliata Gray in Beal, Grasses N. Am. 2: 585. 1896. This is based on specimens collected by Howell at Grants Pass, Oregon, May 24, 1884. This collection is a mixture of F. confusa and F. grayi, but Beal’s description refers clearly to the plant with pubescent lemmas. The type is in the herbarium of the Michigan Agricultural College; a duplicate in the National Herbarium. Festuca microstachys grayi Abrams, Flora Los Angeles 52. 1904. Based on Festuca microstachys ciliata Gray. The name ciliata is preoccupied in Festuca ciliata Danth., 1805. DESCRIPTION. Habit of Festuca pacifica, but somewhat stouter; sheaths and sometimes the blades pubescent. Inflorescence pubescent or puberulent throughout. Spikelets 3 to 5- flowered. (Puare III.) The following specimens have been examined: OREGON: Grants Pass, Howell, May 24, 1884 (in part), (type of F. microstachys ciliata Gray in Beal). CALIFORNIA: New York Falls, Amador County, Hansen 632. Ojai Valley, Hubby 40. Pasadena, Allen, March 31, 1885. Santa Lucia Mountains, Eastwood, May, 1897. Geysers, Bolander 37. Napa Valley, Bigelow. Laguna, Schoenfeldt 3634. ye one at. PLATE Il. Contr. Nat. Herb., Vol. X. FESTUCA ERIOLEPIS DESvV. :Y = Contr. Nat. Herb., Vol. X PLATE III. FESTUCA GRAY! (ABRAMS) PIPER. — Contr. Nat. Herb., Vol. X. FESTUCA REFLEXA BUCKL. a | PIPER—NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF FESTUCA. Lt ARIZONA: Santa Catalina Mountains, Shear 1963. Tucson, Towmey, in 1892. Pima Canyon, Griffiths & Shear 2621. Sabenio Canyon, Griffiths 2533. A specimen collected at Los Angeles, California, by Dr. H. kK. Hasse in 1888 is quite intermediate between gray: and pacifica., EXPLANATION OF PLATE.—Drawn from Pringle’s specimens from the Santa Catalina Mountains, Arizona (April 19, 1884). Plant one-half natural size; spikelet and dissections enlarged five times. 6. Festuca reflexa Buckl. Festuca refleca Buckl. Proc. Acad. Phila. 1862: 98. 1863. Type in the herbarium of the Philadelphia Academy, collected by Nuttall in ‘‘ Upper California.”’ Festuca microstachys paucifiora Scribner in Beal, Grasses N. Am. 2: 586. 1896. DESCRIPTION. Culms erect, simple or few in a tuft, 20 to 50 em. high, glabrous, 3-jointed; sheaths smooth or pubescent, the lower about as long as the internodes; ligule very short, membranaceous, truncate; blades narrowly linear, flat or loosely involute, 2 to 10 em. long; panicle 5 to 12 cm. long, the rays solitary, these and the spikelets all at length divaricate; spikelets 1 to 3, or rarely 4 or 5-flowered, 5 to 7 mm. long; glumes gla- brous, the lower subulate, 1-nerved, 2.5 to 4mm. long, the upper lanceolate, acute, 3-nerved, 4.5 to 5 mm. long; lemma lanceolate, convex, 3-nerved above, glabrous or more or less scabrous, 4.5 to 6 mm. long, attenuate into a scabrous awn 2 to 12 (usually 5 to 8) mm. long; palea lanceolate, the two hispidulous nerves meeting at the acuminate apex, the inflexed sides narrow, the internerve scaberulous. (PLaTE IV.) This species isabundant throughout California, extending sparingly into Utah and western Oregon. Also on Vancouver Island, Macown. Occasional specimens ap- proach F. pacifica closely. The following collections are representative: NEVADA: Mica Mine, M. EF. Jones 5072 K. CALIFORNIA: Bakersfield, Davy 1898. San Diego, Orcutt 1073. Panamint Mountains, Coville & Funston 775. Mendocino County, Blankinship 57. Berkeley, Michener & Bioletti 102. Mount Diablo, Brewer 1077. Uran: Santa Clara Valley, M. EF. Jones 5139 vy. Silver Reef, WM. EF. Jones 5163 aq. EXPLANATION OF PLATE.—Taller drawing represents 71 Brandegee, Santa Inez Mountains, Cali- fornia; the shorter one, Brewer 1077, Mount Diablo, California, the details from the former. Plant one-half natural size; spikelets and dissections enlarged five times. 7. Festuca microstachys Nutt. Festuca microstachys Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phila. n. s. 1: 187. 1847. ‘* Pueblo de los Angeles, Upper California.’’ We have been unable to locate Nuttall’s type specimen. It is not at Kew nor in the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences. Nuttall’s description, however, is so com- plete that it is hardly possible to mistake the plant. 16 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. - DESCRIPTION, Stems erect, glabrous, 20 to 50 cm. high, 2 or 3-jointed; sheaths smooth or pubes- cent, the lower nearly equaling the internodes; ligule nearly obsolete; blades flat or loosely involute, narrowly linear, glabrous or pubescent, 3 to 10 cm. long; panicle erect, 4 to 10 em. long, the solitary rays and the spikelets all at length divaricate; spikelets 1 to 3-flowered, 5 to 7 cm. long; glumes unequal, the lower subulate, l-nerved, 3 to 4: mm. long, the upper lanceolate, 3-nerved, 4 to 5 mm. long; lemma lanceolate, convex, 4 to 6 mm. long, pubescent, attenuate into a scabrous awn as long or shorter; palea acuminate, equaling the lemma. The following specimens have been examined: OREGON: Grave Creek, Howell, May 20, 1884 (in part). CALIFORNIA: Salt Creek, Tulare County, Hastwood, May, 1894. South Pasadena, Allen, April 4, 1885. Napa City, Jepson, April, 1893. Lake County, Blankinship, June 3, 1893. Ss. Festuca eastwoodae sp. noy. Culm erect, glabrous, 4-jointed, 30 cm. high; lower sheaths equaling or exceeding their respective internodes, puberulent or glabrous; ligule very short; blades soft, loosely involute, sharply acute, puberulent or glabrous; panicle open, 10 em. long, pubescent throughout; rays and spikelets all divaricate; glumes lanceolate, the lower l-nerved, 2 to 2.5 mm. long, the upper 3-nerved, 3.5 mm. long, hirsute; lemma lanceolate, hirsute, 4 or 5 mm. long, tipped with a straight scabrous awn as long or longer. Collected by Miss Alice Eastwood, May, 1897, at Milpitas ranch, Santa Lucia Mountains, Monterey County, California, and by an unknown collector at Voleano, May, 1886. Differs from F. microstachys Nutt. essentially in its hirsute glumes. 4. Festuca myuros L. Festuca myuros L. Sp. Pl. 1: 74. 1753. ‘‘Habitat in Anglia, Italia.”’ DESCRIPTION, Stems erect, sometimes geniculate at base, solitary or forming small tufts, usually 20 to 60 cm. high, glabrous, 3-jointed, usually completely concealed by the sheaths; sheaths always smooth, exceeding the internodes; ligule very short, truncate; blades smooth, linear, involute or rarely flat; panicle long and narrow, 7 to 20 em. long, the branches appressed, the tips usually bending over; rays solitary; spikelets pale green, 4 or 5-flowered, 8 to 11 mm. long, on stalks 1 to 2 mm. long; joints of the rachilla cylindric, smooth; glumes glabrous, very unequal, the lower 1-nerved, 1.5 to 2 mm. long, the upper 4 to 5 mm. long, with two small lateral nerves; lemma linear-lanceolate, obscurely 5-nerved, scabrous above, not ciliate, attenuate at apex into a scabrous awn about twice its length; palea lanceolate, shorter than the lemma, the nerves hispidulous; stamen 1. This European plant is commonly introduced in the eastern United States, but as yet it is rare in the interior and on the Pacific slope. Indistinguishable from it so far as we can see is the South American Festuca muralis Kunth, Syn. Pl. 218. 1822. Contr. Nat. Herb., Vol. X. Se ee ; = — = — = _ = = —e S— a | ef a / . SES 4 yy oe we at, (® me ~~ i ae | a FESTUCA MEGALURA NuTT. PIPER—NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF FESTUCA. | Kunth himself first referred this plant to /. myuros L. (H. B. K. Noy. Gen. et Sp.1: 155.), remarking: ‘‘Non video quo charactere distinguenda sit a Festuco myuro Linn.?’’ Nevertheless, he later names the plant / muratis, without pointing out wherein it differed. Kunth’s figure in H. B. K. shows no character whatever by which his plant can be differentiated from /. myuros. The interesting question at once arises as to whether Kunth’s plant is native or not. His type came from garden walls in Quito, Ecuador, and might well have been introduced there prior to 1815. The question is somewhat complicated by Jameson’s no. 232, also collected at Quito in 1856, in sandy places and on garden walls. The sheet of this number in the Gray Herbarium is a mixture of myuros and megalura. It is hardly possible that Kunth’s type can be the latter species, as he would surely have noticed the bristly cilia, espe- cially as he was trying to differentiate his plant from F. myuros. As both the species grow at Quito, it will require an examination of Kunth’s type to settle definitely what his F. muralis is, but it is altogether probable that it is true /. myuros, and not F. megalura. It may further be added that the Jameson specimen and one collected on Mount Iztaccihuatl, Mexico, by Charles Deam (no. 22), are the only American specimens of F. myuros which we would hesitate to consider introduced. 10. Festuca megalura Nutt. Festuca megalura Nutt. Journ. Acad. Phila. n. s. 1: 188. 1847. Type from Santa Barbara, Cal., but we have been unable to locate it in any American herbarium, nor isitin the British Museum. Nuttallian specimens of this species, with a different unpublished name, are in the Philadelphia Academy and in the British Museum. Nuttall’s description is so good, however, that there can be no doubt regarding the plant. Vulpia myuros hirsuta Hack. Cat. Gram. Port. 24. 1880. Type from Portugal. Festuca myuros hirsuta Asch. & Graebn. Syn. Mitteleur. Fl. 2: 558. 1901. DESCRIPTION. Very similar in all respects to the preceding species; panicles usually longer; lemma sparsely ciliate on its upper half. (Plate V.) This plant is abundant on the Pacific slope from British Columbia and Idaho to Mexico and Lower California. It also recurs in Ecuador, Peru, Bolivia, and Chile. The evidence points very strongly to its being native and not introduced. In Europe it has been found only in Portugal, and that in comparatively recent years, so that it is more likely an introduction there than vice versa. It was collected in British Columbia by Lyall in 1859, in Washington by Doctor Cooper in 1853 and by Tolmie much earlier, in California by Gambell before 1847, in Nevada by Ander- son in 1865, in Ecuador by Jameson in 1856, in Peru by the Wilkes expedition in 1839, and in Chile by Gay about 1850. This widespread range along the Pacific slope of both North and South America at such early dates, taken in contrast with its very local distribution in Europe, points to its being a West American native. Nevertheless, in eastern Washington and Idaho it is a plant of very recent introduc- tion, and in its rapid spread behaves like many weedy plants of undoubted European origin. Most of the South American specimens referred to Festuca muralis Kunth belong to F. megalura, and authentic material from Gay shows that such was the case with the specimens on which the F. muralis of the Flora Chilensis was based. The character by which megalura is distinguished from myuros is very slight, but surprisingly constant. It has been mistaken by some recent California collectors for the European Festuca ciliata Danth. (F. myuros ciliata Cosson). 18 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HEBBARIUM, The following collections are representative: British CoLuMBIA: Victoria, Macoun 185. WASHINGTON: Clallam County, Elmer 1914. Seattle, Pipn r 836. Walla Walla, Shear 1587. Waitsburg, Horner 557. IDAHO: Lewiston, Heller 3232. Clearwater River, Sandberg, Heller, & MacDougal 291. OREGON: Hoover Canyon, Gilliam County, Leiberg 150. Silverton, Hall 637. Portland, Sheldon 10505. CALIFORNIA: San Bernardino, Parish 4761. San Francisco, Torrey 576. San Diego, Brandegee 97. Monterey, Davy 7245. Santa Barbara, //mer 3832. Santa Rosa, Heller 5681. San Diego, Grant 896a. Mendocino, Brown 762. Humboldt Bay, Chandler 1120. ARIZONA: Fort Huachuca, Palmer 465. Mexico: Foothills of Iztaccihuatl, Deam 22. Nachoguero Valley, Lower California, Schoenfeldt 3442. EXPLANATION OF PLATE.—Drawn from 150 Leiberg, collected in Oregon. Plant one-half natural size; details enlarged five times. ll. Festuca bromoides L. Festuca bromoides L. Sp. Pl. 1: 75. 1753. ‘‘ Habitat in Anglia, Italia.’’ Festuca sciuroides Roth, Cat. Bot. 2:11. 1800. DESCRIPTION. Stems erect, rarely geniculate at base, 10 to 30, rarely 40 cm. high, glabrous, 3-jointed; sheaths smooth, longer than the internodes; ligule very short; blades linear, glabrous, flat or loosely involute; panicle usually dense, narrow, 5 to 10 em. long, seldom longer; rays solitary, rather short, appressed; spikelets pale green, 4 or 5-flowered, 9 to 12 mm. long, on stalks 2 to 5mm. long; glumes unequal, the lower l-nerved, 4 to 4.5 mm. long, the upper 3-nerved, 6 to 7 mm. long; lemma lanceolate, scabrous above, 7 to 8 mm. long, attenuate into an awn 10 to 13 mm. long; palea lanceolate, obtuse at the very apex, the nerves hispidulous; stamen 1. (Plate VI.) This plant is abundantly introduced on the Pacific coast from Vancouver Island to southern California, but apparently not elsewhere in North America. The oldest specimens we have seen bear the date of 1886. Collectors have for the most part labeled it myuros or microstachys. From the former it is easily distinguished by its different glumes. Normal forms of /. pacifica are easily distinguished by the divar- icately branching panicle, but shade or diminutive forms simulate bromoides closely. The best distinction in such cases is furnished by the palea. In pacifica the inflexed PLATE VI. Contr. Nat. Herb., Vol. X. FESTUCA BROMOIDES L. — Contr. Nat. Herb., Vol. X. WN y ‘hy FESTUCA SCIUREA NUTT. PIPER—NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF FESTUCA. 1Y sides of the palea are half as wide as the internerve; in /romoides they are much nar- rower. Furthermore the sheaths of bromoides are always perfectly glabrous; in pacifica they are often puberulent. The following are representative collections: British COLUMBIA: Vancouver Island, Macown 17, 44. Nanaimo, Macouwn 186. WASHINGTON: Montesano, Heller 3890. Morrison, Leckenby 104. Seattle, Howell 203. Tacoma, Fett 2234 in part. OREGON: Portland, Sheldon 10669, 10801. Seaside, Shear & Scribner 1721. CALIFORNIA: Santa Cruz Island, Brandegee 67. Fort Bragg, Davy 6182. Marin County, Palmer 2041. Berkeley, Blankinship 12; Davy 7870. Santa Rosa, Heller 5221. EXPLANATION OF PLATE.—Drawn from 7870 Davy, Berkeley, California. Plant one-half natural size; spikelets, details, and dissections enlarged five times. 12. Festuca sciurea Nutt. Festuca sciurea Nutt. Trans. Am. Phil. Soc. Il. 5: 147. 1837. Type in the herba- rium of the Philadelphia Academy of Sciences, collected by Nuttall in Arkansas. There are two older names which in all probability refer to this species. One of these is F. quadriflora Walt. Fl. Car. 81. 1788. There seems to be no type or authentic specimen of this in existence, and the brief description of Walter is insufi- cient. But scivrea seems to be a commoner grass in South Carolina even now than F. myuros, to which quadriflora is usually referred, and it would seem that Walter must have known the plant. There is an older Festuca quadriflora Honck., 1782. The other name is that of F. monandra Ell.¢ Elliott mentions this name under a description headed Festuca myuros, stating that he once considered his plant distinct from the latter, adding moreover that ‘‘ the only circumstances which still occasion any doubt, the hairy corolla and solitary filaments,’’ are omitted by Lamarck in the description of F. myuros in the Encyclopedie Methodique. Upon Festuca monandra Ell., Rafinesque founds his Dasiola elliotea, Neogenyt. 4. 1825. There is no specimen to be found in Elliott’s herbarium labeled either F. myuros or F. monandra, but his character of hairy corolla points clearly to /. scturea as the plant he had before him. The other distinctive characters of scivrea, the empty glumes and small florets, are not brought out in Elliott’s description. DESCRIPTION. - Culms erect, slender, glabrous, 15 to 50 em. high, solitary or in small tufts, 2-jointed; sheaths smooth, shorter than the internodes; ligule scarious, short, truncate; blades setaceous, soft, involute, | to 10 em. long; panicle narrow, erect, 5 to 20 cm. long; rays solitary or the lower in twos or threes, smooth, sharply angled; spikelets 4 to 6-flowered, 4 to 5 mm. long; glumes smooth, the lower 1l-nerved, 2 mm. long, the @ Elliott, Bot. 8S. C. & Ga. 1: 170. 1821. 20) CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. upper 3-nerved, 3.5 mm. long; lemma linear-lanceolate, faintly 5-nerved, 3 to 3.5 mm. long, sparsely short-pubescent, attenuate into a slender awn 6 to 11 mm. long; palea lanceolate, obtuse or acutish, nearly as long as the Jemma, ciliate at the apex; stamen 1. (P Late VII.) This species ranges from Norfolk County, Virginia (Kearney), south to Florida, thence westward to Texas and northward into Arkansas and Indian Territory (Palmer). | EXPLANATION OF PLATE.—Drawn from Reverchon’s Texas specimen collectedin 1882. Plant one- half natural size; details enlarged five times. Subgenus Il. Eurrsruca Griseb. Eufestuca Griseb. Spic. Fl. Rumel. 2: 482. 1844. Perennials, often densely tufted; stamens and stigmas projecting during anthesis; stigmas plumose, the branches toothed, bilateral. 13. Festuca rubra L. Festuca rubra L. Sp. Pl. 1: 74. 1753. ‘‘Habitat in Europae pratis siccis.”’ Festuca vallicola Rydb. Mem. N. Y. Bot. Gard; 1: 57. 1900. Type in the Her- barium of the New York Botanical Garden; a duplicate in the National Herbarium, collected at Silver Bow, Montana, by Rydberg (no. 2108). DESCRIPTION. Stems from elongated or sometimes short creeping rootstocks, in the latter case somewhat tufted; culms erect, very smooth, 40 to 90 cm. high, 3 or 4-jointed; sheaths very smooth, shorter than the internodes; ligule scarious, short and truncate; blades very smooth, soft, the basal ones loosely inyolute, those of the culm typically flat, but in American forms usually folded or involute; panicle 5 to 20 em. long, usually contracted and narrow; rays mostly erect, narrow, scabrous on the angles, the lower ones usually with a short basal branch; spikelets usually 4 to 6-flowered, rarely 10- flowered, mostly 7 to 8 mm. long, pale green or more or less glaucous, often purple- tinged; joints of the rachilla smooth; glumes smooth, the lower 1-nerved, shorter than the 3-nerved upper one; lemma linear-lanceolate, convex, obscurely 5-nerved, 5 to 7 mm. long, smooth or scabrous toward the apex, bearing a scabrous awn rarely as long, usually about half as long. Festuca rubra is much less rich in subspecies than is /. ovina, and these subspecies are for the most part but ill defined. It necessarily results, therefore, that under the species proper must be grouped plants of somewhat diverse aspect. Indeed, it may be a more philosophical treatment to reduce most of the subspecies to the spe- cies, instead of keeping them up as is done by most European botanists. The prob- lem is complicated by the fact that much of the North American rubra differs from the typical plant of Europe, more especially in the fact that the culm leaves tend to be involute rather than flat, in this respect approaching F. rubra trichophylla (Ducros) — Gaud. This slight difference is surely not sufficient, however, to justify the erection of a new species for the Rocky Mountain form as proposed by Doctor Rydberg, even were the character constant, which is not the case. Festuca rubra ranges in North America along the Atlantic seaboard from Greenland to Virginia; on the Pacific side it is abundant along the seashore from Alaska to California, and inland to the Rocky Mountains south as far as Colorado. The specimens referred to as F. ovina trachyphylla Hack., F. ovina duriuseula (L. ) Hack., F. ovina borderii Hack., F. amethystina L., and F. rubra trichophylla Gaud. by Doctor Beal in Grasses of North America, clearly are Festuca rubra, Of the speci- mens referred to F. rubra fallax Hack., the Anderson specimen is F. ovina ingrata Hack.; the Howell specimen, /. rubra. ——E————————— PIPER—NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF FESTUCA. 21 The American forms may be recognized by the following key: KEY TO THE SUBSPECIES OF FESTUCA RUBRA, Spikelets glabrous or merely scaberulous. Blades of the innovations involute, of the culm flat or folded; panicle not densely congested. Leaves and usually the spikelets green. Florets not proliferous. eC es aN SOR re oo Ses ae 2 nae ae ene ence ew cs rubra. Sreoieia ce 10 12inm. long. =... .-.-.. cse--+--- rubra megastachys. UO AS i a ne rubra prolifera. Leaves and spikelets glaucescent.-_..........---.-.--.------ rubra glaucodea., Blades all plane. Spikelets green; lemmas lanceolate -........-....-.------- rubra multiflora. Blades all involute, rather rigid; panicle very dense. Leaves green; spikelets glabrous or glaucous.-.......----- rubra densiuscula. Leaves and spikelets very glaucous. ...............-....---- rubra pruinosa. Spiecicts pubescent with short hairs.................-.-..----.-- rubra kitaibeliana. Spikelets villous, often somewhat woolly ...........-----.--------- rubra lanuginosa. 13a. Festuca rubra megastachys Gaud. Festuca rubra megastachys Gaud. Fl. Hely. 1: 287. 1828. Type from Switzerland. Festuca rubra diversifolia Gaud. op. cit. 288. Type from Switzerland. Festuca oregona Vasey, Bot. Gaz. 2: 126. 1877. Type specimen in the National Herbarium from Oregon. Festuca rubra grandiflora Hack. Mon. Fest. 1389. 1882. Based on F. rubra diversifolia Gaud. The following specimens are referred here: CANADA: Point Seche, Gaspé, Macoun 37. New JERSEY: Absecum, Commons 185. ALASKA: Attah Island, Macoun 22806. British CoLuMBIA: Nanaimo, Macoun 29682. WASHINGTON: Klickitat County, Suksdorf 1140. Klickitat River, Suksdorf 1147. OREGON: Sauvies Island, /Zowell, June 15, 1882. 13b. Festuca rubra prolifera subsp. nov. The plant of the White Mountains which has been referred to F. ovina vivipara L. is in reality a viviparous form or state of F’. rubra, differing only in its viviparous spike- lets. It is said to be the only form of the plant occurring in the White Mountains, and while properly a state rather than a subspecies, may be named as aboye. It seems surprising that no similar form occurs in Europe. The type is a specimen in the National Herbarium collected on Mount Washington by Pringle in 1877. ~ . 22 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. l3c. Festuca rubra glaucodea nom. nov. Festuca glaucescens Hegetschwein & Heer, Fl. Schweiz. 93. 1840. Type locality, Switzerland. Not F. glaucescens Roth, Nov. Pl. Sp. 78. 1821, nor F. ovina glaucescens Link, Hort. Berol. 2: 266. 1813. Festuca rubra glaucescens Hack. Mon. Fest. 139. 1882. The following specimens are referred here: TENNESSEE: Nashville, Gattinger. NortH CAROLINA: Buncombe County, Biltmore Herharium 1848b. WyomIna: Johnson County, Williams & Griffiths 177. OREGON: MeMinnville, Shear 1771. Mexico: Sierra Madre, near Colonia Garcia, Townsend & Barher 114. 13d. Festuca rubra multiflora (Hoffm.) Asch. & Graebn. Festuca multiflora Hoffm. Deutschl. Fl. ed. 2. 11: 50. 1800. Type from Germany. Festuca rubra multiflora Asch. & Graebn. Syn. Mitteleur. Fl. 2: 499. 1900; op. cit. Index 43. 1903. The following specimens are referred here: MAINE: Fort Kent, Fernald 2186. WYOMING: North Fork Clear Creek, Williams & Griffiths 91, 146, 135a. CALIFORNIA: . Without locality, Kellogg & Harford 1118. Lake Tahoe, Hitchcock, July, 1901. Bear Valley, Lemmon 5434. WASHINGTON: Spangle, Suksdorf 119. l3e. Festuca rubra densiuscula Hack. subsp. noy. Leaves all inyolute, smooth, rigid, green; panicle dense, 3 to 5 em. long; spikelets glabrous, often glaucous. The following specimens are in the National Herbarium: CALIFORNIA: Crescent City, Davy & Blasdale 5931 (type), 5932. OREGON: Tillamook Bay, Howell 74. FRANCE: Cherbourg, L. Corbiere, June 6, 1886. 13f. Festuca rubra pruinosa Hack. Festuca rubra pruinosa Hack. in Rep. Bot. Exchange Club Brit. Isles 119. 1884. Type specimens from the Isle of Skye. Festuca rubra littoralis Vasey; Beal, Grasses N. Am. 2: 607. 1896. Type in herba- rium Michigan Agricultural College, collected at Tillamook Bay, Oregon, by Howell, ‘fon sand dunes by the sea.’’ A duplicate specimen is in the National Herbarium. % —_~ PIPER—NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF FESTUCA. 23 The following specimens have been examined: CALIFORNIA: Fort Bragg, Davy & Blasdale 6117. Point Reyes Peninsula, Davy 6811. OREGON: Tillamook Bay, Howel/, July, 1882. 13g. Festuca rubra kitaibeliana (Schultes). Festuca barbata Schrank, Prim. FI. Salisb. 46. 1792, not L. 1759. Festuca pubescens Willd.; Link, Enum. 1: 91. 1821, not Zea; R. & 8. Syst. 2: 728. 1817. ‘‘In Hungaria.’’ Festuca rubra subvillosa Mert. & Koch in Rohling, Deutschl. Fl. ed. 3. 1: 654. 1823, not F. duriuscula subvillosa op. eit. 648. Festuca rubra villosa Mert. & Koch in Rohling, Deutschl. Fl. ed. 3. 1: 654. 1823, not F. ovina villosa Schrad. Fl. Germ. 1: 320. 1806. Festuca kitaibeliana Schult. Mant. 2: 398. 1824. New name proposed for Ff. pubescens Willd. Bromus secundus Presl, Rel. Haenk. 1: 280. 1830. Type specimen from Nootka Sound, Vancouver Island, collected by Haenke; a duplicate in the herbarium of the Missouri Botanical Garden. Festuca rubra barbata Hack. Mon. Fest. 139. 1882. Based on F. barbata Schrank. Festuca rubra pubescens Vasey; Beal, Grasses N. Am. 2: 607. 1896. Type in her- barium Michigan Agricultural College, collected in Oregon by Howell. Festuca rubra secunda Scribner, Rep. Mo. Bot. Gard. 10: 59. 1899. Based on Bromus secundus Presl. This much-named plant ranges in North America fron’ Alaska to Greenland, southward to Oregon, Wyoming, Ontario, and New Brunswick. Specimens from South Burlington, Vermont (Jones), and Andover, New Hampshire (Briggs), are probably introduced. Viviparous forms occur occasionally. Some Alaskan speci- mens have exceptionally large spikelets nearly 2 cm. long, but otherwise show no differences. 13h. Festuca rubra lanuginosa Mert. & Koch. Festuca dumetorum Rain. Danm. Holst. Fl. 1: 549. 1796, not L. 1762. Festuca arenaria Osbeck in Retz. Suppl. Prim. Fl. Scan. 1: 4. 1805, not Lam. 1791. Festuca rubra arenaria Fries, Fl. Halland. 28. 1818. Festuca villosa Schweigg, in Hagen, Chlor. Boruss. 35. 1819, not F. ovina villosa Schrad. 1806. ? Festuca oraria Dum. Agrost. Belg. 105, 1823. Festuca rubra lanuginosa Mert. & Koch in Rohling, Deutsch. Fl. ed. 3, 1: 654. 1823. ‘‘Auf magerm Flugsande am Gestade des Meeres in Hinterpommern und Ostpreussen (der Kurischen Nehrung).”’ Festuca baltica Homann, Fl. Pomm. 1: 56. 1828. Festuca lanuginosa Scheele, Flora 1: 63: 1844. Festuca richardsoni Hook. Fl. Bor. Am. 2: 250. 1840. Type from ‘“‘the Arctic sea- coast’’ of North America, collected by Richardson. Specimens in the Gray and Torrey Herbaria are probably duplicate types. The Richardson specimens are quite identical with Arctic European specimens, -and correspond to F#. rubra arenaria forma arctica Hack. Mon. Fest. 140. Specimens from Port Clarence, Alaska, Doctor Yemans, August, 1884, are identical. Specimens collected on Unimak Island, Alaska, by Macoun (22801) are taller and agree with the ordinary European plant. 2. = -sn~--se= 24 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. 14. Festuca occidentalis Hook. Festuca occidentalis Hook. Fl. Bor, Am, 2: 249. 1840.‘ Plains and elevated grounds of the Columbia near the sea. Dr. Scouler. Douglas.’’ Authentic specimens from Hooker are in the Gray Herbarium. Festuca ovina polyphylla Vasey; Beal, Grasses N. A. 2: 597. 1896. Type specimen in herbarium Michigan Agricultural College, collected in the Cascade Mountains, Oregon, by Howell, in 1885. DESCRIPTION. Densely tufted and perfectly glabrous up to the inflorescence; culms slender, shin- ing, 50 to 80 cm. high, 2-jointed; leaf blades filiform-involute, numerous, bright green, soft, becoming longitudinally suleate when dry, 5 to 20 em. long, acute at the very apex; ligule very small, truncate; sheaths smooth, very long, but shorter than the internodes, in young plants often wholly concealing the stem; panicle loose, subse- cund, flexuous, 8 to 20 em. long, often somewhat drooping above; rays scabrous on the sharp angles, solitary or the lowest paired and very unequal; spikelets green, oblong, loosely 3 to 5-flowered, 6 to 10 mm. long, mostly on slender stalks, pale green, or rarely purplish; glumes unequal, variable, even on the same plant, usually sharply acute or acuminate, sometimes obtuse or obtusish, the lower 1-nerved, 2 to 2.5 mm. long, the upper 3-nerved, about one-half longer, both usually puberu- lent near the apex and margins; lemma oblong-lanceolate, rather thin in texture, 5 to 6.5 mm. long, scaberulous toward the apex, attenuate into-a slender awn about as long; palea linear-lanceolate, acutish, scabrous on the nerves, the inflexed sides meeting in the middle when flattened; ovary hispidulous at apex. Puatre VIII. This species has been generally misunderstood, principally owing to the character assigned to the glumes of being short, obtuse, and ciliate. The Gray Herbarium specimens agree perfectly with Hooker’s characterization in this respect, as do some recent specimens, for example, E. C. Smith’s 936, Seattle, Washington; Macoun’s 85, Burrard Inlet, British Columbia, and Heller’s 3932, Montesano, Washington. This character is, however, unreliable, most specimens having longer and usually acute glumes. It is a very different plant from the Japanese Festuca pauciflora Thunb. to which it was referred by Thurber. Thurber’s description in the Botany of Cali- fornia applies not to Hooker’s species, but to Festuca subulata Trin. (F. jonesii Vasey. ) Festuca occidentalis is an abundant species in open woods from British Columbia to middle California, and eastward to Montana, Wyoming, and the Great Lakes. It is always densely tufted, never showing any trace of rootstocks. In Beal’s Grasses of North America the specimens referred to Festuca rubra hetero- phylla (Lam.) Hack., and to F. rubra longiseta (Hegetschw.) Hack. are all F. ocei- dentalis Hook. The following are representative specimens: British CoLuMBIA: Chilliwack Valley, Macoun 26115, 26112. : Victoria, Macoun 171. : Comox, Macoun 173. Yale, Macoun 88. WASHINGTON: Blue Mountains, Horner 561. Cascade Mountains, Vasey in 1889. i Olympia, Henderson 2198, 2177. Seattle, Piper 834. Mount Rainier, Piper 850. Nisqually Valley, Allen 50. Grays Harbor, Lamb 1128, Contr. Nat. Herb., Vol. X. PLATE VIII. FESTUCA OCCIDENTALIS HOOK. at Ay 1 ; re i. ‘©. { ' ~ 4 x > Py: , 4 7} PIPER—NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF FESTUCA. 25 W asuinctron—Continued. Rock Creek, Spokane County, Suksdorf 1141. Olympic Mountains, £/mer 1917. Montesano, Heller 3932. OREGON: Without locality, Hal/ 641. Portland, Howell 15. Wallowa Mountains, Cusick 2211. Blue Mountains, Shear 1682, 1809, 1676. CALIFORNIA: Mendocino County, Davy 6607. Mount Shasta, Brown 373. Marin County, Palmer 2044. Long Valley, Kellogg & Harford 1116. Without locality, Bolander 6704. El Volcan, Brandegee 104. IpaHo: Ceeur d’ Alene Lake, Sandberg, Heller, & MacDougal 544. Cedar Mountain, Latah County, Piper 3930, 1917. Cedar Mountain, Latah County, Henderson 2835. MonTana: Summit, Griffiths & Lange 209, 192. WYoMING: Nez Perces Creek, Nelson 6216. Yellowstone Park, Bolley 1898. MICHIGAN: Keweenaw County, Farwell 531. Thunder Bay, Wheeler, July 18, 1895. EXPLANATION OF PLATE.—Drawn from 4908 Piper, Vancouver, Washington. Plant one-half natural size; ovary and stigmas enlarged ten times, other details five times. 15. Festuca ovina L. Festuca ovina L. Sp. Pl. 1: 738.1753. ‘‘Habitat in Europae collibus apricis aridis vulgatissimum.’’ Festuca ovina vulgaris Koch, Syn. 2: 812. 1837. DESCRIPTION. Densely tufted; culms erect, 3-jointed, mostly 15 to 60 em. high, smooth or some- what scabrous near the panicle; sheaths smooth, shorter than the internodes; ligule very short, 1 mm. or less; blades pale green, strongly involute, firm, narrow, eylin- dric, scabrous on the margins, the basal ones 5 to 12 cm. long, those of the culm often very short; panicle contracted after blooming, commonly 5 to 10 em. long; rays ascending, scabrous on the angles; spikelets ovate or oblong, usually 5 to 7.5 mm. long, 3 to 6 or rarely 9-flowered, pale green, or sometimes purplish tinged; florets rather close; joints of the rachilla smooth; glumes unequal, linear-lanceolate, acute, the lower 1l-neryed, about 2 mm. long, the upper 3-nerved, about 2.5 mm. long; lemma lanceolate, thick and firm, convex, obscurely 5-nerved, smooth or more or less scabrous, 3 to 3.5 mm. long, attenuate in a scabrous awn 1 mm. long or more. This species in its typical form occurs native in North America in the Rocky Mountains from Alberta to New Mexico, in the Black Hills, and about the Great Lakes. Through cultivation it is more or less commonly introduced in many locali- ties. The specimen referred by Beal, Grasses N. Am. 2: 600, to F. hystrix Boiss. is true F. ovina. 26 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Perhaps no other species of grass is so polymorphous as Festuca ovina, the Old World forms of which have been classified into numerous categories. The North American forms are far less numerous, and may be distinguished by the following key: KEY TO THE SUBSPECIES OF FESTUCA OVINA, Leaf blades firm, cylindric or terete even when dried. Lemmas awned. Leaf blades capillary .3 to .6 mm. broad. Plants 20 to 60 em. high; panicle 2 to 12 cm. long. Lemmas usually scabrous or pubescent ..........-....---.. ovina. Lemmas hispidulous ....-.<..0. © rte olen oe epee 27, 42 TEOMGORS 227 St ee Se et Shas See 3, 4,18 COOMA Se oo ea an Pea esnie ak 32 CUMIN OIE es a a er Ae a Rs mg i 32 Op LET Be, RI mye np Se De 27 RUROINI See cos = So oe oto waen ue 42 Porte Dat 2 NC 2 ne See ee 4 en aMRI NC ee Reo SSO a Cotas cw wns ielalutnle 42 Se AT pg Se ip ee ae ea 4 PRIEODNE hs See eee ses 5 cscian Sek dae os 42 TELE ETS yey aa ee a ae 7,40 CLO) Gh: ie oe i ee 41 WOTIIBES . nc. Got neces Beer et aan anne lL: CIT ae ae ak eS eae >. Se ee 2 IN 0 a 7,34 SII ON er SSS Tao Ie esto ac A lwo 2,42 BE od ann ois soos kesn tk ene ovens 4] SIENNA sok os Is Os 2a eine ww 3H Nee Nr PS iar ick Salida oe 42 IIR eat is wa ince cn saa wee sel 42 SEER TTI gg st Side ns es mpcliem aee 42 I Me Tos so ice Cave ales nee oe 3 Cee oats ow sin he no endenic ous 2, 27 tL a Re Ps a a 23 ee Se i 16 IN een oe ad wea nine ah 2,3, 6,7, 33 Sep i i a errr 7,34 Cg ee Ee Se ee eer 6,7 — VIII CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. | Festuca—Continued. ovina—Continued. Festuca—Continued. Page. GUMGE 65 cn conn anscduken kvenh eed 37 MOEUPIONG . Lu. cee catenapescecanna 3s OFRIGHN | . Jan Scene cadichhex-hs seadiien 13 SUSCIOUIONSS Anos da kes fasea ts oc eaeb ee 42,48 JOMMCOUAORs. Base care > Ses Punk an eee 33 RIOT ONES « . hana a ee oo pea te a 42 RMR os nha sng ansn tens en eee 2,3, 42 FOULTACTIONG.. 5.5% -: eceukeua~cncbaee nae 48 PPAUCRTOUIR <= - ss ne eeu een ae 39,46 gigantea ....... = ee Raa eee 2,3,4,38 | CEI ia 5 ck ais KG ale a oes oe te ee ee 41 PIGNCORCBIE. 5.2. 6c nts aeereeane seks 22 GUUCCROERE = a... Ss oak ee eee 22 GRACUENID .o.c en sa, eee eee ese see 11 praciilinsa o/c: << S eee K tenn bee oe eee 30 QVONGEROTG,. 0. Sins ak wae ce eR Ree 42,46 STAGE © cepa a\ Bee acon eee eee ee 14 nepnacstophlin.: -. cc. tn eee ae 43 UND) Ee ce eee ee ee a ed eS 7,31 MOWOII <44.0555.003 7. cee eee: Oe oe 30 iiahoensis 7... ei ee see eee eee ee 28 JOHBSOD.5..0. 2 eee eee ee 35 FORCES 05 ES eas eee eee 7, 24, 39 CONFEVATe Leh ees ti tiee tee eee 38 kalmet Gristulaie®s.-..<.2t-. eee 32 | kingiane, 22> cot- .ci uk useneeewcesebees 41 RAG oe eee. s eee eee eee Bey = S| RilatbeltanG wee... = ees ee ee 23 lnchensiih sc. . 25k ee eee 3 LATMAMJINOBG. <. os wees cae eee ee 44 UB ROTG 205 oA: 2 BRS eee 5 oe Sean 22, 42 muralis ......- Be eer eet ae 17 PAYER ase fo eee eee 2,3,4, 7,16 ORT ORG ere Se ene a ee ee 17 NEGGUER sso ee ood eae hos se ee 42 RETOUR: «i. on Sas do ee eee ae oe ean eee 42 | CNIMONE |. sorb. orien see ee eee ees 7,34 — GORTBONS ofa abn = ee ae ne 35 | GON g Be on ee eee ee eae ate 32,35 | POUBTIS ace sb eee et aes ae 34 GROOT woe ie ote once eee ere ee 35 PU otc bene eee eee 42 Obtueie.t ee bee ee 34 obtusiflora..... Biickipl sk whatnot ee ee 42,48 Occidenialig 3.556075. <5 ot eee eee 24 OCIDHORES Fev se oa a a eee 6,7, 11, 42 OUIMLIEG nos ae ee = eae eee 11 RITUCH Sd oe ek oes Se eee 12, 43 OFIOEG a hh tek hana eee hear eeeee ee 23 OTETONG. Siotiek abot nis or ae on ere ce a ee 21 ORIN AAD ans date ae ames cee eee ee 47 | OUIGH) We here sake eee ear nee tee 1, 2,6,7,26 | REICOTION. “ted Gat ia e acre Ce mere 6, 29, 43 DOPAGrIl 5 3 Jase oes Sees cue Saee 20 pacifica . ...-5....0..4ss00005 ee 7,12, POTVIPLOTG, «2... 2 nas + acs nse een , paucifiora ..-........:s..seennneeeee pectinella .............<20:.0ene ee : pendulina. .........+..=++s5une eee i podeoides . 2... +... 05.5 scene MOLYSAChYG = 222 «<5. --25 sce ee Pratensis .. .-. once c. 2 ot ee 6, procera « ....-....!.'..s0=s an eee ProcumbENS .... 2.3: ..--05 casas eee TefleXS ..:. 2k. 2.02 eeusns sane 15 richardsoni .. «~~ <~ 10. dancastouh ee 23 TIPeSCENS. -.2 2-2 -45--- be eek 1,7, 29 TIGUAD... 02... ~ ssc as - nbn eee brachyphylla ........... ee Orevfolia... . 2... saccuntsee ontaeene 27 calligers. ... ......<+-scasiienaeennann capillata.....30..scceeue PT he Columbiana ......... ae H SS 20 | OE EE Pee Pot CCP PLEP eer Terr eee { SMI St esas oc duce aah doass ss 23 ie ioe RE yon A Ae a tM Sit sere ae { ade ee ee 48 Megastachya panamensis ...........-....-- 48 0 Oe ee ee (Ma Er 2 ee eee 32 pO Ma AR eee Oe Oe ee 31 Ne ea So nh ome eens Senos RUN IN MOON ONIN a cat Met eta Sens hs abprnilainld we 3 ee eee ree 26 oe EE OR ee ee Se 3 yt te Le PR OMLUNTER 2 oo. oc cath ore mk atn. ak eee oe Sem os 3 OSS A Se ee eee eee 11 FLh TFs Fah) ce ae ee ns aa peer 3 es Es win Sa cin s oes Me CR ee. bio nc avn ddhedhanpounbexst 3 a See eer ee 42 RINE oy.< omega dod ces oe antes Saeee 3 eee eee 7,24, 39 OTE. Cee ae ee rR A SE 3 4 GUS SD Oke Ge oe BO PEAMICIALINe!.~ 25 Jc. Je. ee pee iene 5 i os wan SU Sean wen eens 27 <2) 0 pe i ee oe ee ey ge 42 ee eee ree 34 I a Se ea a RNa a ae ee ae 2, 42 MMe Fe ec cw 6 ~/cidie s'eaee a ae pL PE Ol CLI ON ICKL on as Seo ain le les oc we in toes 41 OSE? a ee eee i BDO TOM s ah ole ae es Ss wo te 2 8 ee ee ee 27 NE te eink we tues ee tae 2 USD: 2:25 ars 41 1003 Veg (Rays ed Se Eee ee 33 Wn Ee ee 39 MONTE T eee to eee Sk As 40 OO LEI 4 See ae ee 3 POR OCEL SS Sane ei. ew ite a aoe 3 EE ee eee 44 eign) see et Soe =. | Se renee ce 42 SS lu UR Ee eS ee a eee 42 TORIES Meee eae te a a oe 34 ES ll Se eee coegegeae 42 UNOCINIDENER tet ee ees on ier oe 2 tuberculosa. ...- eee ei see ad 4 PSD a ae a ee ce chan ee 3 IRANI CTAUG oe rae oni no a ow od ee ape os 3 SE Ro se Sn SESE wee eee cok ia 3 Eee 42 Sis] e 8S] pe a a 4 NESTINT TU el ES, Se PME EeROSD RUS te oc nes Ome ocak waeinecee oe 4 TLD 36 S88 G3 See rr Bo) er ee oe eer eer awh oe 4 OL a Bhs a a 41 | Puccinellia.......- BAe Se Eg ae Eee, Eee 5 TS AO ee 23 ON 2 es Se a ee Oe 42 iM MA ots = Site ole wine rola aroe wisc < 42, 48 SELES Gapmen segeliges, 32 55 - eee Mel ae ce, oe 42 oe eee eee God, 00. |: SCREHONOMER uo. ca ceuee ea. ccxe ceo ched aes 2 ee 26 A ee SR ee eRe aa t6 OND ST Baan ee ee oo ee ee ae 2 DL ee a} Meopereen ire. 5c oss e ow dann cate 2,5 LS See ee 3 WORE eet tas chs ban none ck aun awaaWeeue 2 eee Son BSE 0) 0): ae ee ee es ae ane eee 3,5 Co a a ee 3 RAE) Wee eas ooo on Se oe ew Rae Se 3,4, 42 OO a eee eee S | Scleropogon brevifolius ...................- 42 PrOMsIRIe POLVPREIA, 20... -22-----c--20--0. cee} gas) ELOY EN ACT 00s che ey nee ee ee 5 Graphephorum arundinaceum...........-.. i ee ae ey ne eee ees { oe a 42 NE ee ket on aie stamale we { Lo ee ee ee Rt Ee ee ee eee 2 Ie ies A a 46 CLR oe oO Peis See win os he 2 Hesperochloa, subgenus................... OU ee Cc os re ee {2 OOD EO Ci. ae ee ee 2 er 1 Li | [ee ney a rr oe 42 Rervrmners GianQrUss..... 2... ....--2.-.-..- Ses) (NTIPIBRIN-DUSPULER. on chosen ewe hw ace am ees 42 PACU UIOMMAUDIR 2 Scoot cee ene nts seco AZAR) SETURCUNELOUMGOOUNE aoe Fo scone wa Sw Sac S ew keds 3 OL SS eR oS re 2,10 SEIRBERERE TUNER es ee Beri = Smo Gein aw ole io ee ae 1) WELDERS HONE CINIR 2. 5 ac ws oie cw ae ocak sets s.10 SS Se ee 42, 48 NG has St an Sia depots ee oe 2 TOM oh oo oc a ne we ewe neee eu 4 WIR NEPEUUR.- <~ h wt ocs occa ck ed cee ee 17 Rr cote acted Sune eens chon taawn bee 4 [s * SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM ~ CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL HERBARIUM VOLUME X, PART 2 THE GENUS PTELEA IN THE WESTERN AND SOUTHWESTERN UNITED STATES AND MEXICO By EDWARD L. GREENE WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1906 4 ak a Li the eee NS Bask. chet ene ee Lee SK v7 re “_ , SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE UNITED STATES NATIONAL TERBARIEM VOLUME X. PART 2 THE GENUS PTELEA IN THE WESTERN AND SOUTHWESTERN UNITED STATES AND MEXICO By EDWARD L. GREENE WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1906 IssuebD Juy 16, 1906. PREFACE. This paper by Dr. Edward L. Greene, Associate in Botany, United States National Museum, is the result of an exhaustive study of the western species of Ptelea. He finds that this genus instead of being composed of only a few species is a very large one, and describes 59 species, of which 55 are new. His work is based chiefly on the large series of specimens in the National Herbarium, in his own collection now deposited here, and in Capt. John Donnell Smith’s, eventually to come here, together with the collections of the late C. C. Parry and that of the California Academy of Sciences. The types are chiefly in the National Herbarium, and unless other- wise indicated are to be understood as belonging here. J. N. Ross, Associate Curator. III CONTENTS. Page. IIe ig eee et eben nns west 49 Se te Pt aa 5 Suton cis eae nan -n-anness 53 I ESERIES ee os a ee he Swed nts - 02 57 THE GENUS PTELEA IN THE WESTERN AND. SOUTH- WESTERN UNITED STATES AND MEXICO. By Epwarp L. GREENE. INTRODUCTION. This genus, in so far as known exclusively North American, and in my view of it somewhat anomalous and of not very certain affinity, has been long in need of taxonomic investigation. In the days of George Bentham and Asa Gray it was received as consisting of about five species; one of them supposed to range all the way from New England and Canada to the sources of the Mississippi, thence southward over the whole country even to the shores of the Gulf of Mexico. A second Ptelea was recognized as local in Florida, while to all those empires of territory lying westward between the Mississippi River and the Pacific Ocean and including the whole of Mexico were credited three species—all recognized as typically Mexican, but believed to include all the Ptelea of Texas, of California, and of all the vast regions lying between those States. It is, indeed, less than ten years since it was given out that we have in all North America north of Mexico only two species and two varieties of Ptelea.@ But in this first decade of the twentieth century everyone will rec- ognize that such a range as has been accorded to Bentham’s middle Mexican /?. angustifolia is impossible—at least, to any mind having an understanding of all those extremes of diversity as to soil, climate, altitude, and other potently influential conditions which exist between southern Mexico and such regions as Texas and Oklahoma on the one hand and Arizona and northern California on the other. It was long since due that the investigation of this genus as existing in the West and Southwest should be taken in hand. The center of distribution for Ptelea lies somewhere in that direction. The uncounted canyons cutting into the great Mexican plateau, so rich in species of many another genus, abound in Pteleas, and so do Mexican mountains everywhere. The like is as true of perhaps a hundred 4Synoptical Flora of North America, volume 1, part 1, pp. 372, 573. 1897. 49 50 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM, isolated mountain ranges of less extent rising up out of the midst of west Texan, New Mexican, and Arizonian deserts, which might be even more prolific of Ptelea species. The Grand Canyon of the Colo- rado and its tributary gorges seem to abound in them, all hitherto undescribed; and the same is true in respect to other extensive dis- tricts, all quite different one from another, in Utah, New Mexico, Colorado, and California. The distributions of Mexican plant specimens, so copiously made by Mr. Pringle and by Dr. E. Palmer during forty years past, include no small number of Pteleas, all of which, until within the last year, have been sent forth without any critical examination at all under the one convenient name of 7”. angustifolia, while of that species itself neither of the noted explorers and collectors named appears ever to have obtained a specimen. At different times within the last twenty-five years the present writer has gathered in several parts of New Mexico, Arizona, and California members of this genus which he was never able to identify, and which are herein first described. At the National Herbarium there is special wealth of material in this as in many another genus, which has been procured, as it were, by special agents who have gone into many a remote and obscure cor- ner of the West and brought back plant specimens of great value. By wise prevision of the curators in botany, Mr. Coville and Dr. Rose, the collecting of plants—at least one set—has been for years enjoined upon field parties going from the Department of Agricul- ture, the Geological Survey, the Bureau of Fisheries, etc., to the interior of the remoter territories; and as a result of such work our plant collection is rich beyond comparison in plants collected by this means, which are to be found in no other herbarium, whether of our own country or any other. To the great wealth of specimens thus gathered here, I have been able to add, by courteous loan, the Ptelea specimens from the her- barium of Capt. John Donnell Smith, of Baltimore, those belonging to the Parry Herbarium from the Iowa State College, and those of the California Academy at San Francisco, in which also oceur the types of several new species. All of these last, received much more than a year since, now by virtue of my prolonged retention of them have escaped the sad fate that befell almost the whole of that priceless herbarium in the recent earthquake and fire. In the earliest hours devoted to close inspection and comparison, it became manifest that the real characters for species in Ptelea had never yet been indicated or apprehended. In other genera of woody growths, the oaks, for example, he who would distinguish and arrange the species could do nothing were he to leave unnoticed and unnoted the color and other characteristics of their trunks, their branches, and GREENE—PTELEA IN THE WEST AND SOUTHWEST. 5] their twigs of one year’s growth; and of actually supreme taxonomic importance in the case of the oaks are the color, texture, duration, marginal indentation, and pubescence of the leaves. Not even the characteristics of the acorns are found to be of equal weight with the mere hue and texture of foliage in the classification of the oaks. And all this I find true in regard to Ptelea, and even more; for the charac- teristics of twigs of one season’s growth in this genus, their colors, kinds, and degrees of pubescence, evenness and unevenness of sur- face, etc., are many times more diverse than they are in any oaks; and both those sets of characters—those furnished by the twigs and those presented by color and texture of foliage—either set indispen- sable to any natural arrangement of Ptelea species, are here for the first time brought to notice. The chaos that has reigned hitherto in respect to Ptelea of the farther West and Southwest has held sway because it has not been seen that, in the species of one region, the twigs are chestnut-brown and velvety in one set, chestnut-brown and smooth and shining in another set; while in another and remoter dis- trict all the species have cinnamon-red warty twigs; and in a third group the twigs in all the species are either yellowish or straw-colored or nearly white and in almost all smooth and shining. I say with con- fidence that these marked diversities which even the dead and dry herbarium specimens exhibit can not have been looked at; for no botanist would pretend that one species of shrub or tree could so vary in respect to the bark of its twigs and branches. The fruits in this genus are also found to present a considerable array of characters available for specific diagnosis, and also eyen for the grouping of the species; and some new descriptive terms have seemed to be called for in connection with them. The body of the samara, while in the broad, thin-leaved species it is thin and rather flat as well as small in proportion to the wing, is by comparison large and double-convex as well as more narrowly winged in the species that have a thick and subcoriaceous foliage. This seed-bearing body is in some marked by rather closely parallel transverse ridges, with lines of gland dots running between them, or else the ridges are irreg- ularly broken and run into a reticulation, with one or more dots in the middle of each mesh. In either instance the ridges may, at the edge of the body or a little beyond it, unite to form a wall more or less definitely surrounding the body—which wall I denominate the circum- vallation—or they may pass directly into the reticulation of the wing itself, leaving the body without circumvallation. In the Californian group of species the ridges of the body of the fruit are mostly faint or obsolete, in which case the gland dots are multiplied and very conspicuous, in the Lower Californian nearly or “quite wingless species rising into a prominent tuberculation. Again, and with respect to its proximity to either the base or the summit of 32966—06——2 D2 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. its winged margin, the seed-bearing body is central in some and vari- ously eccentric in perhaps the greater number. This body of the fruit, in its germinal stage in the flower—that is, as an ovary—is raised on a gynophore or stipe, which stipe, lengthening afterwards with the growth of the wing in which it is merged, yet appears on the surface of the wing below the body, just as the lengthened style is manifest as a line running along the surface of the wing above the body. I have expressed the centricity of the body by the phrase, “style and stipe equal,” its eccentricity in the direction of the base by ‘style longer than the stipe,” its nearer approach to summit—a rare condition—by *‘ style shorter than the stipe.” Kach one of the three natural groups of Ptelea here outlined has its own geographical limits, and nothing in this study has more deeply interested the investigator than the geographic distribution of the groups. The principal one of the three—that is, the group richest in species and of most extended and varied range, the group with chestnut-brown twigs and preyailingly glaucescent or bluish-green foliage—is dis- persed throughout at least middie and northern Mexico, as well as adjacent southern Arizona, New Mexico, and Texas, thence northward along the Mississippi to the Great Lakes, and every where eastward to the Atlantic. A second group, that with twigs almost white and foliage yellow green, forms a belt which runs eastward from northwestern Arizona along the Grand Canyon of the Colorado, there and in southern Utah forming a curious sort of boundary to the distribution of Ptelea north- ward in that part of the country, the belt reaching its eastern limit in the canyon of the Arkansas in southern Colorado, from which point, and still as a narrow belt, it rans down the Rio Grande to the neigh- borhood of El Paso, Texas ; the belt in this part of its course not limit- ing but intersecting the great main division of the genus. The third group, that with cinnamon-colored twigs, a quite peculiar hue and venation of foliage, and narrow-winged or eyen wingless samaras, extends in also a narrow belt, running northward and south- ward west of the crest of the Sierra Nevada, between northern Cali- fornia and at least the middle of the Lower California peninsula. Of the fifty-nine species here defined, not quite all are new, two or three of them having been indicated somewhat recently by Dr. Small and Mr. Heller, these belonging to the Texan district. Among the new ones are several of very recent detection in Mexico, having come to hand only after this paper was nearing completion. One of these was distributed by Mr. Pringle under the name Dr. Rose had assigned it. The others Dr. Rose had himself colleeted and determined to be new. He has chosen that these should all be incorporated into this monograph, rather than give them separate place among his own miscellanies of Mexican botany. GREENE SYNOPSIS OF THE SPECIES. TWIGS when not velvety-hoary either chestnut-colored or darker, never whitish or straw-colored. Upper Face of foliage more or less definitely bluish-green or glaucescent, never clear bright green. Leaves in maturity thin, or thinnish, never hard and subcoriaceous; samaras in all these very large, thin and plane, the wing ample, the body small in pro- portion. Leaflets dark, scarcely bluish-green, not glaucous, only lighter beneath, glabrous, odd one obovate to long-ovate, 9 em. long; samaras suborbicular, 2 em. long, nearly as wide. Leaflets definitely blue-green on both faces, nearly glabrous, odd one ovate, 5 cm. long; samaras suborbicular, retuse at base, obcordate at sum- mit. Leaflets dull with pubescence above, even more so beneath. odd one broadly obovate, 4 em. long; samaras suborbicular, 1.5 cm. long, sharply wrinkled and with longitudinal sharp ridge. Leaflets dull and pubescent, odd one elliptic- obovate, 6.5 em. long; samaras round-oval, 2.5 cm. long, sharply wrinkled, but with no median ridge. Leaflets pale, gray-green with pubescence, odd one obovate-elliptic, 5 cm. long, of firmer texture; large samaras broadly somewhat obovate, ob- tuse, 3 cm. long, obtusely wrinkled and much dotted. Leaflets less pubescent, bluish-green only when young, very firm when mature, odd one broadly obovate, 7 em. long, cuspidate-pointed; samaras suborbicular, 3 em. long, subcordate. Leaflets very pale, beneath whitish with bloom, large, odd one oval to obovate, 7 cm. long, acut- ish; samaras small for the foliage, 2 cm. long, obtuse at base, at apex emarginate. Leaflets very pale, whitish beneath with bloom, almost so above, small, firm, odd one broadly rhombic-lanceolate, 4.5 cm. long; samaras large for the foliage, rounded, but. truncate at both ends. Leaflets pale, whitish beneath with bloom and white down, odd one ovate, 5 cm. long, obtuse, crenate; samaras orbicular, 1.5 em. long and wide. Leaflets glaucous on both faces, tomentulose be- neath, odd one ovate-elliptic, 5 em. long, suben- tire; samaras broader than long, with cordate lobes at each end, the breadth 2 em, ~ . CO 9. 10. PP. y ~ Sa PTELEA IN THE WEST AND SOUTHWEST. 53 aquilina. isophylla. prominula. . wrightiana. . antonina. P. rhombifolia. P. formosa. . villosula. . tortwosa. . subintegra, | 54 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM, leaves in maturity of harder, firmer texture, approach- ing the coriaceous. Samaras large, the wing as broad as the body or broader. Leaflets glabrous, glaucous on both faces, odd one narrowly cuneate-obovate, 4.5 em. long, subentire; samaras orbicular, 2 cm. long and broad. Leaflets with traces of pubescence, dark blue- green above, pale beneath, odd one 3 to 4 cm. long, round-oboyate, very obtuse; sama- ras round-oyal, 1 to 3 em. long. Leaflets very small, of like pale blue-green and scantily hairy on both faces, odd one barely 1.5 cm. long, oblong-obovate, obtuse; sama- ras larger than the foliage, suborbicular, the larger 2 cm. long. Leaflets not pale except beneath, hardly even subcoriaceous, odd one ovate or rhombic- ovate, 4 to 5 em. long, acute, crenulate; samaras subquadrate - obovate, 2 cm. long, lobed at base and summit. Leaflets colored as in the last, lanceolate, 6 cm. long; samaras broadly ovate-cordate, 2 em. long, cuspidate at apex. Leaflets of dark only faintly bluish green above, pale beneath, odd one broadly lance- olate, 6 cm. long, acute; samaras suborbicu- lar, 2 em. long and wide, the broad wing not flat but full and crisped. Leaves glabrous, blue-green above, whitish beneath, odd one 5 cm. long, ovate-elliptic, acute; samaras subquadrate-oval, the long- est 2 cm. long, subtruncate at both ends. Samaras smaller as a whole, the body and wing of equal breadth. Leaves bluish-green and much punctate above, glaucescent beneath, odd one ovate or obovate, 6 cm. long, crenate; samaras orbic- ular, 1.5 cm. long and wide. Leaves dull blue-green above, glaucous and puberulent beneath, odd one lance-obovate to lance-rhombic, 4 to 5 em. long, acute, crenate; samaras 1.2 to 1.4 em. long, round- obovate, acutish at base. Leaflets glaucescent and along the veins slightly villous as to both faces, odd one broadly obovate and acute, 4cem. long; small, obovate, 1 to 1.5 em. long. Leaflets deep blue green above, glaucous be- neath, nearly glabrous, odd one ovate or i. 13. 14. 15. 16. ite 18. 20. . P. jucunda. P. coahuilensis. . P. obtusata. P. pumila, P. scutellata. P. cuspidata. P. undulata. P. cognata. P. crenata. P. sancta. | | GREENE—PTELEA IN THE WEST AND SOUTHWEST. 55 obovate, 2-3 cm. long, acute, subentire; sa- maras very small, suborbicular, 1 em. long. Samaras not so small (except in No. 22), but body in all large in proportion, and broader than the average breadth of the wing. Leaflets strongly glaucous on both faces, small petiolulate, lanceolate, crenulate, 4 em, long; samaras orbicular, 1.5 em. broad, emarginate. Leaflets light scarcely bluish green above and punctate, pale and villous beneath, odd one cuneate-obovate, 4 cm. long, obtuse; sama- ras round-obovate, 1.5 cm. long, emarginate. Leaflets dark blue-green, glaucous beneath, glabrous, odd one 7 cm. long, ovate-rhom- boid, acute, doubly serrate-dentate; sama- ras round-obovate, 2 cm. long. Leaflets as in 24 in all but the outline, be- ing narrow, lancelate, 7 cm. long; samaras oval, often 3-winged, remarkably smooth. Leaflets of a deep scarcely bluish green above, very pale beneath with bloom and a fine pubesence, odd one rhombic-lanceo- late, 6 cm. long; samaras broadly ovate or oval, acutish, at base truncate. Upper FACE of foliage light-colored, never deep bluish green, in a few species glaucescent, in most of a clear bright green; samaras in all with broad wing. Leaves in maturity hard and subcoriaceous. Leaflets strongly gland-dotted, odd one 6 ecm. long, ovate-elliptic, acute at base, blunt at apex; samaras round-oboyate, 1.5 cm. long, retuse. Leaflets less notably dotted, odd one 7 cm. long, narrow-obovate, acutish; samaras nearly orbic- ular, 1.7 cm. long. Leaflets nearly dotless, light green and polished above, 5 cm. long, obovate, obtuse; samaras 2 em. broad, not as long. Leaflets fine-dotted, deep green and polished, odd one cuneate-obovate, 5 cm. long, crenate, ob- tuse or retuse. Leaflets lance-elliptic, 5 em. long, subequal, long- pointed, subentire; samaras orbicular, 2 cm. broad, much dotted. Leaflets dull with a short soft pubescence, odd one 5 cm. long, elliptic-lanceolate, very acute; samaras suborbicular, 1.7 em. long, not as broad, not much dotted. Leaves in maturity only firmly membranaceous, at earlier stage very thin. Leaflets rich deep green above, pale-tomentulose beneath, odd one 6 cm. long, broad-lanceolate, acute; samaras round-oval, 2 cm. long. Leaflets bright light green above, pale beneath, odd one lance-rhomboid, 6 cm. long, acutish; 21. P. parvula. 22. 23 we P. glauca. . monticola. 24. P. betulifolia. 5. P. attrita. 26. P. similis. 30. 31. 32. 33. a ae P ? ~ F; Pa . polyadenia. aboriginum. lucida. toxicodendron. . persicyfolia. subvestita. . padifolia. 56 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. samaras broad-orbicular, 2 cm. wide, not as long, retuse at both ends. 34. P.neo-mericana. Leaflets subequal, paler beneath with fine hairs; odd one lance-elliptic, 7 cm. long, very acute, entire; samaras only 1.5 em. broad, the length less, retuse at apex. 35. P. acutifolia. Leaflets of a bright almost shining green, only lighter beneath, odd one 9 cm. long, broadly elliptic, cuspidately acute; samaras 3 cm. long, a trifle wider, orbicular, subcordate,and obcordate. 36. P. megacarpa. Leaflets light clear green above, paler and yellow- ish beneath, odd one 5 em. long, lanceolate, hardly acute; samaras orbicular, 5 cm. across, truncate at base, at apex emarginate. 37. P. laetissima. TWIGS almost always glabrous, never chestnut-brown, in a few cinnamon-reddish, in most straw-colored or whitish and shining. Foliage never dark, both faces usually yellow-green (almost the hue of orange or lemon leaves). Leaves in maturity subcoriaceous or almost coriaceous. Leaflets strongly dotted, slightly pubescent, odd one ovate, 5 cm. long, blunt at apex, and emarginate; samaras orbicular, 1.5 em. across. 38. P. verrucosa. Leaflets much less dotted, glabrous, odd one obovate, 5 em. long, acutish; samaras suborbicular, 1.7 em, ACrOss. 39. P. ambigens. Leaflets glabrous, coarsely dotted above, pale beneath, odd one rhombic-lanceolate, 4.5 cm. long, acute, subentire; samaras subcordate-ovate, 1.5 cm. long. 40. P. nitens. Leaflets glabrous, size and form as in the last, but pale with bloom and almost dotless; samaras orbicular, nearly 2 cm. across. 41. P. pallida. Leaflets hardly subcoriaceous, almost dotless, odd one obovate, 6 cm. long, obtuse, crenate ; samaras large, 2 cm. broad, not as long, cordate and obcordate. 42. P. straminea. Leaflets small, yellow-green on both faces and glabrous, punctate, odd one ovate-lanceolate, 3.5 cm. long ; samaras all triquetrous. 43. P. nitida. Leaflets glabrous, much punctate, size and form as in the last, but beneath silvery-lustrous ; samaras tri- quetrous. 44. P. argentea. Leaflets dull yellow-green on both faces and much punctate, odd one lanceolate, 4 cm. long, obtuse ; samaras large, broadly oval, 2 cm. long. 45. P. neglecta. Leaflets small, narrow-lanceolate, acute, hardly 4 em. long, wholly yellow-green; samaras large for the leaves, triquetrous. 46. P. triptera. Leaflets larger, narrow-lanceolate, odd one 6 em. long; samaras large, flat, suborbicular, 2em. wide, rounded at both ends. 47. P. lutescens. Leaflets truly lanceolate, much dotted, odd one 7 cm. long; samaras 2.2 cm. wide, cordate and obcordate. 48. P. elegans. Leaflets rhombic-lanceolate, only 3.5 cm. long ; samaras orbicular, 1.6 em. across, retuse at base; at apex cus- pidate-acute. 49, P. confinis. / GREENE—PTELEA IN THE WEST AND SOUTHWEST. 5 Leaves in maturity thinner, hardly firmer than membrana- ceous, long and very narrow. Leaflets narrow-lanceolate, odd one 8 em. long ; samaras subreniform-orbicular, nearly 2 cm. wide. TWIGS never whitish, usually cinnamon-colored or darker at the end of the first season; leaves of a peculiar rather deep but dull green, much the same on both faces, never bluish- green or glaucous, the venation in all singularly divaricate and the veinlets colorless and obscure; samaras in most with a narrow wing and broader body, in a few wingless, thick and nut-like. SAMARAS conspicuously but rather narrowly winged.—AI] Californian. Leaflets oblong-lanceolate, lightly crenulate, 5 cm. long; smaller samaras orbicular, longer round-obo- vate, 2 cm. long, body very little broader than the wing. Leaflets of rather vivid green, oval, ample, subequal, the odd one 7 cm. long, 4 broad; samaras subreni- form-orbicular, 1.7 em. broad, 1.4 em. long, body notably wider than wing. Leaflets thin, rather light green, odd one 5 cm. long, obovate-oblong; samaras round-obovate, subulate- pointed. Leaflets cuneate-oboyate, odd one 4 to 7 cm. long, crenulate; samaras orbicular, 1.5 em. across, body twice as wide as wing. Leaflets elliptic-lanceolate, 6 cm. long, subserrulate; samaras orbicular or a trifle longer, abruptly acute, 1.5 cm. long; body much wider than wing. Leaflets oblong-lanceolate, obtuse, 5.5 cm. long, crenu- late; samaras orbicular, perfectly so, 1.5 cm. wide, body twice the width of the wing. Samaras thick, nut-like, being wingless, or one species with trace of wing.—AIll Lower Californian. Leaflets very small, narrowly obovate-oblong; samaras oval, 2 em. long, encircled by a very narrow and only keel-like wing. Leaflets not so small; samaras oval, 2 cm. long, neither winged nor keeled. Leaflets very small; samaras round-ovate, only 1 cm. long, wingless. DESCRIPTIONS OF THE SPECIES. ‘1. Ptelea aquilina, sp. nov. 50. P. saligna. D1. P. brevistylis. he. iy. ee a oP: Ta a Se ad es ee 58. P. 59. P. ovalifolia. cinnamomea. crenulata. bullata. cycloloma. nucifera, obscura. aptera, Twigs of the season dark red-brown, glabrous, lightly rugulose and glandular: leaves thin, of a rich deep green above, paler but not glaucescent beneath, glabrous on both faces; odd leaflet ovate-elliptic, 6 to 9 em. long, obtusely short-pointed, rather remotely subserrate-crenate, the pair. one-third smaller, more oval, slightly inequilateral: samara not large for the foliage, little more or less than 2 cm. long, broadly round-obovate, abruptly acutish, the base now and then retuse; body broadly oval, of Jess than the width of the wing, indistinctly circumyallate, very definitely transverse-rugose, notably glandular; style and stipe prominent, the latter longer. 58 OONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Said to be common along the White River near Eagle Rock, in extreme south- western Missouri, where it was collected June 21, 1897, by B. F. Bush, his no. 171 as in National Herbarium. One would expect it in adjacent Arkansas. 2. Ptelea isophylla, sp. nov. Twigs of the season light chestnut-color, glabrous, sharply rugose, obscurely glan- dular, the older dark brown, smooth: leaves thin, of a light dull glaucescent-green on both faces and both with traces of pubescence, only the upper minutely and inconspicuously gland-dotted; odd leaflet ovate to rhombic-ovate, 4 to 6 em. long, abruptly obtuse-pointed, subentire, the pair seldom smaller, sometimes even larger, relatively broader, scarcely inequilateral: samara very large for the foliage, 2 to 2.5 em. long, nearly as wide, suborbicular but with obcordate summit and subeordate base; body round-oval, of less than the width of the wing, circumyallate, the trans- verse rugosity close but low and not very distinct, the whole only obscurely gland- dotted; stipe nearly twice as long as the style, both slender. Known to me only as collected by Mr. B. F. Bush, June 8, 1898, from woods in the vicinity of Swan, Missouri. The type sheet in the National Herbarium has Mr. 3ush’s no. 211. The species is next of kin to my P. mesochora of the upper Mississippi region. @ 3. Ptelea prominula, sp. nov. Perhaps a low or small shrub, the twigs small, with short internodes and pubes- cent: leaves small, dull-green, pubescent beneath, less so above; odd leaflet broadly obvoate, 4 to 4.5 em. long, 2 to 2.5 em. wide above the middle, all subentire, very shortly cuspidate at apex, the pair of laterals not much smaller, round-ovate: sama- ras suborbicular, small, 1.5 to 1.7 em. long, very nearly as broad, subcordate at base, retuse at apex, the body of about the width of the wing, faintly dotted but strongly and prominently transverse-rugose and circumyallate, the reticulation of the wing unusually elevated and prominent, as also the subequal style and stipe, even these connected by a sharp ridge pervading whole length of the body of the fruit. Known to me in but a single twig in mature fruit, purporting to have been collected on a creek bank near Austin, Texas, May 9, 1872, by Elihu Hall, the label bearing his distribution number, 74; but on the same sheet in the National Herbarium, and under the same label, occur two other twigs, both of P. rhombifolia, and with fruit very young, not half grown. The wing of P. prominula is wavy rather than plane, and the elevated character of the wrinkles and reticulations is peculiar. _ 4. Ptelea wrightiana, sp. nov. Twigs of the season short, slender, pubescent, and regulose: leaves not small, very thin, dull bluish-green, finely but scantily pubescent on both faces; middle leaflet elliptic-obovate, 5 to 8 em. long, the pair obliquely ovate, only half as large, all merely acutish, subentire: samaras very large, round-oval, 2.5 em. long, 2.2 wide, obtuse at both ends; body round-oval, of much less than the width of the wing, not obviously either punctate or circumvallate, but the transverse wrinkles sharply prominent, as also the reticulation of the wing; style and stipe equal, both very long, rather prominent. Turkey Creek, western Texas, June, 1849, Charles Wright, no. 82 as in the Na- tional Herbarium. Relerred to in Gray, Plantes Wrightiane. ? I also refer here provisionally a sheet of specimens collected by Jermy in western Texas, near San Antonio. It has similar fruits, the foliage differing in that it is of firmer texture, and the outline of leaflets narrow, being elliptic-lanceolate. The label bears no date. @Torreya 5: 100. 1905. Part 1, p. 31. PTELEA IN THE WEST AND SOUTHWEST. HY GREENE 5. Ptelea antonina, sp. noy. Twigs of the season not perceptibly rugose or tuberculate, being hoary with a dense hirtellous-tomentose indument, the older dark dull-brown, smooth and glabrate : foliage at all stages of a definitely blue-green shade, also villous-pubescent beneath, deeper in color and thinly pubescent above, the texture thinnish even in maturity ; middle leaflet obovate to obovate-elliptic, 4 to 6 em. long, acute at base, obtusely cuspidate pointed at apex, faintly crenate or subentire, the pair smaller by one-fourth to one-third, obliquely and even broadly ovate rather than ovate, pointed like the odd one, all sessile: samaras of the largest, even extremely large in proportion to the foliage, 2.5 to 3 cm. long, 2.1 em. wide above the middle, broadly somewhat obovate, obtuse at the broad apex, mucronulate by the short style, at base narrow, retuse; body oval, of somewhat less than the width of the wing, circumyallate, closely and rather sharply transverse-rugose, only minutely and somewhat obscurely though not sparingly glandular-punctate; style and stipe long and subequal, but neither prominent. Near San Antonio, Texas, the type specimens in the National Herbarium, collected June 11, 1891, by Mr. L. H. Dewey. In 1894 A. A. Heller collected the same also at San Antonio, but in flower and half-grown leaf only. He distributed it under the same number, 1582, as that which accompanies his P. rhombifolia, though the two species are not so very closely related, the foliage of P. rhombifolia being not only almost twice as Jarge, but of almost subcoriaceous texture. 6. Ptelea rhombifolia Heller, Bull. Torr. Club 26: 313. 1899, in small part only. Twigs of the season light brown, minutely and densely pubescent, but the indu- ment parted into interrupted lines as following the summits of the pronounced rugosities: leaves large, rather firm in maturity, of a deep green, above sparingly clothed with short depressed hairs, beneath villous-tomentulose; odd leaflet broadly obovate, rarely with some hint of the rhomboid in outline, 6 to 8.5 em. long, 4 to 4.5 wide above the middle, acute at base, briefly and bluntly cuspidate at apex, lat- erals smaller by one-fourth or one-third, obliquely ovate, cuspidate: samaras very large, suborbicular, 2.5 to 3.2 cm. long, the breadth but little less, slightly subcor- date at the broad base, the rounded or subtruncate apex rarely mucronately or cuspidately acutish; body large, but of less than the width ot the broad wing, round- obovate, indistinctly circumvallate, closely but not prominently transverse-rugose, faintly dotted; stipe longer than the style and both long. Southwestern Texas, where it seems to be common, especially about San Antonio. It was gathered there in immature specimens by Heller in April, 1894; the fruit wrongly characterized by him because not haif grown in his specimens. Better material is in the National Herbarium trom Dr. E. Palmer, 1879; Munson and Hopkins, near Kerrville, July, 1889; William R. Maxon, at Victoria, April 28, 1905. Mr. Heller’s distribution number, 1582, covers this, and also the very dif- ferent P. antonina, above described as new. 7. Ptelea formosa, sp. noy. Shrub perhaps large; twigs of the season large, copiously leafy with large foliage, the bark reddish-brown, seeming glabrous but under a lens minutely hirtellous- puberulent, only minutely and obscurely rugulose and glandular, the older glabrous, smooth, cinereous-gray: leaves large, thin, pale on both faces, above glabrous except on the veins, beneath very glaucous and with scattered villous hairs not only on the veins but elsewhere; leaflets subequal, the terminal one as often smaller as larger than the other two, obovate to oval, 6 to 8 em. long, only abruptly narrowed at base, all abruptly and cuspidately acute, the margins more or less distinctly subserrate- toothed: samaras not Jarge tor the foliage, the largest 2 cm. long, little more than 32966—06——3 60 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. 1.5 cm. wide, varying from orbicular toward ovate, only obtuse at base, the apex emarginate; body oval, both large and thick in proportion to the wing, the width of the two about equal, neither circumyallate nor the ridges running crosswise, but mostly broken into reticulation, gland-dots mostly few and rather obscure; style also quite obscure, longer than the stipe, this more obvious. Sierra Blanea, New Mexico, August 17, 1897, at 2,120 meters, collected by E. O. Wooton and by him distributed under no. 657, at least as in my herbarium, where the only specimens known to me are preserved. It is manifestly allied rather closely to P. villosula of the Organ Mountains, but has a very different thin, large, and handsome foliage, the leaflets recalling the leaves of the choke cherry, but thinner and paler on both faces. I suppose by the foliage that its habitat must be in deep shaded canyons, where the air is moist from the spray of streams. 8. Ptelea villosula, sp. noy. Twigs of the season slender, chestnut-color, almost or quite glabrous, short-rugu- lose and tuberculate, those a year old not very different: leaves quite firm, membra- naceous but not subcoriaceous, glaucescent above and nearly glabrous, beneath whitened by bloom and a white villous short pubescence; odd leaflet broadly rhombic-lanceolate or ovate-lanceolate, tapering to both ends but acute at neither, crenulate, the length 4 to 5 em., the pair smaller by one-third to one-half, and yary- ingly inequilateral: samaras large in proportion to the foliage, 1.2 to 1.8 em. long, almost as broad, usually subquadrate-orbicular, being broadly truncate at both ends; body neither large nor thick as compared with the wing, oval, coarsely and more or less transversely rugose, with or without a trace of circumyallation, the gland-dots few, coarse; style and stipe equal, short, neither one conspicuous. Known only from the isolated Organ Mountains of southern New Mexico, as collected July 11, 1897, by E. O. Wooton, who distributed excellent fruiting speci- mens under no. 134, as in my herbarium (type) and the National Herbarium. From the small size and rather firm texture of the foliage I infer this to be an inhabitant of no closed and shady canyon, but of the open slopes or summits of the mountains; but the collectors never vouschafe the least information upon these important matters. 9. Ptelea tortuosa, sp. noy. Twigs and branches short, rigid, tortuous, those of the season smoothish, puberu- lent, the older dull dark brown, glabrate: mature foliage quite firm but not snbeori- aceous, pale-green, glabrate and punctate above, glaucus and whitish-tomentulose beneath; odd leaflet 3.5 to 6 cm. long, ovate above a short tapering base, hardly acute at apex, lightly and unevenly crenate; the pair variously smaller, obliquely oval, obtuse at both ends, more distinctly crenate, all sessile: samara suborbicular but broader than long, the width 1.5 em., broad and subtruncate at both ends; body round-oval, nearly central, not circumvallate, about as wide as the wing, ridges low, more or less transverse and unbroken, gland-dots obvious only under a lens. Northern Arizona, in the San Francisco Mountain Forest Reserve, J. B. Leiberg, August 10, 1901, no. 5822 as in the National Herbarium. The type specimens have the appearance of a low shrub of poor and arid soil. But from the same neighborhood there are before me two sheets, one by Mr. Heller, the other from Dr. McDougal, both young and immature fruit, which have the appearance of a different species; and in the first draft of this paper I had named and described them as such. ‘The leaves are broader, larger, thinner, less pubescent beneath, etc., but they may possibly represent P. tortvosa as grown in a shady canyon, under the influence of an atmosphere less arid. Future research must lead to the settlement of such questions. The pubescence of the lower face of the leaves in all these has the peculiarity of seeming to be stellate or dendroid; but I think this comes about by a crossing of the hairs in tufts, rather than by an actual branching. a GREENE—PTELEA IN THE WEST AND SOUTHWEST. 61 10. Ptelea subintegra, sp. nov. Twigs of the season pubescent, hardly regulose, the older and glabrate branches very dark brown and nearly smooth: foliage extremely pale on both faces, glaucous and with sparse pubescence above, almost white beneath with both bloom and villous-tomentulose indument, texture no thicker than membranaceous; middle leaflet ovate-elliptic, 4 to 5 cm. long, the pair nearly as large, obliquely ovate, all sessile, subentire, scarcely acute: samaras of middle size, much broader than long, the breadth 2 cm., the length 1.5 em., cordate at base, obcordate at summit; body round-obovate, of much less than the width of the wing, not circumvallate, the transverse ridges few, broad and low, dots few but obvious; style and stipe equal and short. A fine species known only from somewhere in the vicinity of Durango, Mexico, where it was gathered byDr. E. Palmer in 1896, the label of the type specimen in the National Herbarium bearing the collector’s number 846. 11. Ptelea coahuilensis, sp. nov. Twigs of the season glabrous, chestnut-color, densely glandular-verrucose, the older less prominently so, but color the same: leaves small, subcoriaceous, glabrous, glau- cous on both faces, most so beneath, and there with but the faintest trace of punc- tuation; odd leaflet 4 to5cm. long, narrowly cuneate-obovate and obtuse to rhomboid and acutish, subentire to quite crenulate, the pair one-half to two-thirds as large, otherwise similar, few being notably inequilateral: samaras large, orbicular, 2 em. in length and breadth, seldom emarginate at either end; body oval or suborbicular; of much less than the width of the wing, the transverse ridges broad, low and obscure; style longer than the stipe. Specimens seen only from the State of Coahuila, Mexico, the typical being Prin- gle’s number 1937, collected in July, 1888, as found in the National Herbarium. The sheets of the same collection in the Herbarium of John Donneil Smith are exactly like it. Palmer’s 391 in the National Herbarium, from San Lorenzo Canyon near Saltillo I take to be in part the same, though with broader and crenate foli- age, and with several of the large samaras three-winged. But there is a very differ- ent species mixed with this under that number, 391 of Dr. E. Palmer. 12. Ptelea obtusata, sp. noy. Twigs and branches stouter and rigid, as well as densely leafy and fructiferous, during the first season grandular, warty, and pubescent: leaves almost coriaceous, dark blue-green above, glaucescent beneath, with traces of short scattered hairs on both faces, and punctuation almost obsolete; odd leaflet 3 to 4 cm. long, very broad above an abruptly attenuate base, the outline from round-obovate very obtuse, to rhomboid-ovate, a finely crenulate margin at length revolute, the leaflet thus seeming entire, the pair similar but of all sizes: samaras large, round-oval, 1.2 to 1.5 em. long, the breadth notably less, obtuse at both ends; body large in proportion and much elongated, long-oval, of almost or quite the width of the wing, broadly low- rugose transversely and somewhat circumvyallate, dots most obscure; style and stipe equal, and both short. Known to me only as collected somewhere in Coahuila, Mexico, in 1880, by Dr. FE. Palmer, his no. 146 as in the National Herbarium. 13. Ptelea pumila, sp. nov. Evidently dwarf, the very short twigs of the season tuberculate, puberulent, leafy with small leaves, the flowers few, some solitary: leaves greatly reduced, pale and alike glaucous on both faces, also with traces of minute hairiness; odd leaflet oblong-obovate, very obtuse, barely 1.5 em. long, the pa?r half as large, oval, all subentire: samaras larger than the leaves, mostly orbicular and nearly 2 em. long 62 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. and broad, subcordate at base, the obtuse summit conspicuously mucronate by the long protruding style-tip; body of less than the width of the wing, the coarse, low wrinkles somewhat radiating from its center, State of Coahuila, Mexico, known in a single specimen (National Herbarium), obtained by Dr. E. Palmer, in 1904, mixed with his no. 391, which is otherwise referred to P. coahuilensis. 14. Ptelea scutellata, sp. nov. Twigs of the season rugulose, puberulent, the older glabrate, nearly smooth: leaves subcoriaceous, deep blue-green above and glabrous, beneath glaucescent and obscurely puberulent; middle leaflet 4 to 5 cm. long, ovate to rhombic-ovate and elliptic-lanceolate, acute, crenulate, laterals remarkably small, seldom more than half as large, only slightly inequilateral and always narrow: samaras subquadrate- obovate to suborbicular, the more elongated 2 cm. long, the narrow base subcordate, the broad apex obcordate, or at least retuse; body round-oyal, not as wide as the average width of the wing, rugose-reticulate and impressed-punctate, not circum- vallate; stipe prominent, style of equal length but obscure. Santa Eulalia Mountains, Chihuahua, Mexico, C. G. Pringle, October 2, 1886, his no. 940, as in National Herbarium. The specimens are in ripe fruit of a former season, or else of the spring preceding, while at the October date of collecting full clusters of flowers were in process of expansion. In the Herbarium of John Donnell Smith is a specimen from the same mountains, collected by E. Wilkinson, in 1885, in the month of March, which is laden with mature foliage and fruit as from the autumnal flowering. 15. Ptelea cuspidata, sp. noy. Twigs of the season chestnut color, puberulent, the older glabrate, all rugulose: leaves subcoriaceous, glabrous, bluish-green above, glaucous beneath, moderately punctate; odd leaflet lanceolate, 5 to 7 em. long, acute or obtusish, evenly crenulate, the pair of the same shape and from almost as large to barely one-third smaller, all sessile: samaras broadly ovate-cordate to suborbicular, 2 to 2.3 em. long, the width the same, the base cordate or subeordate, the apex broadly and bluntly cuspidate, also mucronulate by the short free portion of the style; body oval, much narrower than the average width of the wing, coarsely and not prominently transverse-rugose and rather closely punctate; stipe very short, style three times as long. Santa Eulalia Mountains, Chihuahua, March 1, 1885, E. Wilkinson, in mature foliage and fruit as from an autumnal flowering. Allied to P. scutellata, like it in color and texture of foliage; both leaflets and fruits of different character. The only specimens seen are in the National Herbarium, sheet 130319. 16. Ptelea undulata, sp. nov. Shrub 4 m. high, with glabrous twigs almost verrucose-glandular and rugulose: leaves subcoriaceous, nearly or quite glabrous, dull dark blue-green above, glauces- cent beneath, densely puncticulate on both faces; middle leaflet elliptic or even somewhat rhombi-lanceolate, acute, 6 cm. long, obscurely and unevenly crenulate, the laterals similar and not much smaller: samaras suborbicular, 2 em. long and broad, not flat, the broad wing being full and somewhat ruffled; body oval, circum- vallate, the strong rugosity mostly broken into a reticulation inclosing many and prominent gland-dots; stipe very short, style long, neither prominent. Probably of the Burro Mountains, southern New Mexico; Rusby’s 111 as in the National Herbarium, gathered July 17, 1880. 17. Ptelea cognata, sp. noy. Twigs of the season chestnut-color; glabrous and polished, warty-rugose, the short ridges surmounted by a large gland: leaves on unusually long and slender petioles, in i Ct tt i GREENE—PTELEA IN THE WEST AND SOUTHWEST. 63 subcoriaceous, of a deep, slightly bluish-green above, very glaucous beneath, gla- brous on both faces; middle leaflet ovate-elliptic, acute, subserrate-crenate or sub- entire, 3.5 to 6 cm. long, the laterals similar, often quite as large, oblique-ovate or else almost equal-sided and ovate: samaras orbicular to subquadrate-oval, the largest nearly 2 cm. long and elongated, the smaller about 1.5 em. and orbicular; body large, oval, deeply and coarsely pitted, rather than transverse-rugose, gland dots few but not obscure; stipe very short, style quite long. Fort Huachuca, Arizona, September, 1891, T. E. Wilcox; type in National Her- barium. Species allied to the foregoing, as indicated by the coriaceous blue-green foliage, but specifically well marked by its total lack of pubescence, long slender petioles, and unusually warty twigs. 18. Ptelea crenata, sp. nov. Twigs bright chestnut-color and glabrous, more glandular-tuberculate than rugose: leaves bluish-green and strongly punctate above, glaucescent beneath, with traces of pubescence on both faces and in texture fairly subcoriaceous; odd leaflet ovate, not inclining to rhomboid, 4.5 to 6 cm. long, rather obtuse at apex, at base acute but sessile, the pair oval, but obliquely so, much or little small, all distinctly cre- nate: samaras small for the foliage, nearly orbicular, 1.5 cm. wide, not quite as long, the apex being retuse, the base truncate; body orbicular, its width rather greater than that of the wing, not circumvallate, the ridges low and irregular but coarse, dots obscure and few; style and stipe both short, subequal. In some part of northern Arizona south of Flagstaff, J. W. Toumey, September, 1894. Allied to the last two, but not to be confused with either. Type in the her- barium of the California Academy of Sciences. 19. Ptelea jucunda, sp. noy. Twigs of the season chestnut-brown, tuberculate, minutely and only sparsely pubescent, the older glabrate, dark, polished: leaves subcoriaceous, dull blue-green above, merely glaucescent beneath, everywhere sparsely and obscurely pubescent; middle leaflet lance-obovate or in some cuneate from the middle, 4 to 5 em. long, obtusish to very acute, subentive or crenate, the pair not much smaller, obliquely ovate or oval, all sessile: samaras round-obovate, rather small, 1.2 to 1.4 em. long, acutish at the narrowed base, commonly emarginate at summit; body round-ovyal, of the width of the wing, coarsely and irregularly rugose, lightly circumvallate, notably punctate; style and stipe equal. San Luis Mountains, on the Mexican boundary line, Arizona, June 25, 1892, E. A. Mearns, no. 383, as in the National Herbarium. A handsome species with glossy chestnut-colored twigs and branches, rich green perhaps persistent foliage, and smallish but elegant samaras. 20. Ptelea sancta, sp. noy. Mature twigs of the season chestnut-color, short, rugulose, glabrous or with minute scattered hairs, the older like them but glabrous: leaves small, glaucescent on both faces and small-dotted, midvein and veinlets slender and whitish, a scanty minute histellous hairiness along them, the leaf margins unevenly crenate; odd leaflet broadly oborate above and abrupt cuneate base, varying to rhomboid-ovate, obtuse or acutish, 3.5 to 4.5 em. long, 2 to 2.5 wide above the middle, the pair smaller by less than one-third, very inequilateral: samaras of the smallest, round-obovate or subpy- riform in outline, 1 to 1.5 em. long; body large in proportion to the twig, oval or obovoid, with broad and low not very definitely transverse rugosity; style and stipe subequal, both short. San José Mountains, Sonora, Mexico, August 3, 1893, Dr. E. A. Mearns, U. 8. Army; species well marked and not otherwise known. Type in the National Herb- arium. 64 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. 21. Ptelea parvula, sp. nov. Apparently a low gnarled shrub, the older branches short, stout, knotted, ash- gray, glabrate, the very short twigs of the season reddish and tomentulose: leaves subcoriaceous, small, dull pale-green above and with some pubescence along the veins, whitish beneath with bloom and also a thin white tomentulose pubescence; odd leaflet ovate or obovate, only 2 to 5 em. long, the pair not much smaller, all acute, subentire: samara very small, suborbicular, about 1 cm. long, the width a mere trifle less, the whole very thick and firm; body oval, not prominently elevated above the surface of the wing, and like it coarsely reticulate rather than definitely rugose, the dots obscure. Summit of the Sierra Blanca, southern New Mexico, August 1, 1897, E. O. Wooton, his number 658 as in my set of his plants; but with no note of size or special location other than that of the altitude of 6,500 feet, which is about that of the summit. 22. Ptelea glauca, sp. nov. Shrub 3 meters high, all twigs and younger branches glabrous, nearly smooth, chestnut-color: leaves numerous, small, quite firm but hardly subcoriaceous, very glaucous on both faces, very sparingly pubescent beneath, leaflets almost equal, all conspicuously petiolate, about 4 cm. long, lanceolate, obtuse or acute, crenulate: samaras orbicular, the largest 1.5 em. broad and long, emarginate; body round-oval, broader than the width of the wing, strongly and usually transversely rugose, lightly circumyvallate; style and stipe equal, both very short. Elegant and very peculiar species known only as obtained somewhere in south- western Chihuahua in 1885, by Dr. E. Palmer; his distribution number 152 as in the National Herbarium. 23. Ptelea monticola, sp. nov. Twigs of the season dull-brown, velvety-puberulent, the older glabrate and darker: leaves subcoriaceous, light green and strongly punctate above, beneath glaucescent - and slightly villous as well as plainly punctate; odd leaflet broadly cuneate-oboyate, 3.5 to 5 cm. long, obtuse or retuse, the pair not much smaller, very obliquely ovate, all lightly crenate, but the crenatures at length becoming obscure by revolution of — the whole margin: samaras not large, round-obovate, 1.5 cm. long, of about the same breadth above the middle, the base abruptly acutish, the apex slightly emar- ginate or scarcely more than truncate ; body large, thick, broader than the widest — part of the wing, round-obovate, strongly rugose, lightly circumyallate, obscurely dotted. ; Summit of the Guadalupe Mountains, western Texas, August, 1881, Dr. V. Havard; a single but full sheet of specimens in the National Herbarium. The species is prob- | ably local, for the Guadalupe Mountains are completely isolated, yet our shrub bears marks of affinity for P. polyadenia, the habitat of which is the banks of the Canadian River, 300 miles to the northward. Its foliage, however, is very different, and the samaras differ both in outline and markings. 24. Ptelea betulifolia, sp. noy. Twigs of the season chestnut-color, roughened with short narrow gland-tipped ridges, glabrous and almost shining, even those of the second season as bright in color and white-dotted: mature leaves firm, hardly subcoriaceous, bright green and almost glabrous above, as nearly glabrous beneath but pale and glaucescent; odd leaf- let 4 to 10 em. long, usually ovate-rhomboid or almost rhombic, acute at both ends, but at base tapering to a short but definite petiolule, the pair smaller by one-third, obliquely rhomboid-oval, being notably inequilateral, all distinetly and doubly ser- rate-toothed: samaras round-oboyate, 1.6 to 1.8 em. long, usually abruptly narrow at base and cuspidately acute at apex, or at least mucronate by the short style; body * , 4 - : GREENE—PTELEA IN THE WEST AND SOUTHWEST. 64 round-oyal, more or less circumyallate and coarsely low-rugose, the ridges more or less confluent into a pitted reticulation and sparsely and faintly dotted, the whole large in proportion to the wing; style and stipe about equal, both prominent. In various mountain ranges along the Mexican border in southern Arizona; the best type from Fort Bowie, May, 1894, collected by A. K. Fisher. Vigorous branches with the largest of foliage and immature fruit are from Fort Huachuca, by Dr. E. Palmer, 1898, no. 428; both these as in the National Herbarium. A sheet taken by Dr. Mearns, in August, 1893, from near Monument no. 88 of the Mexican boundary line, on San José Mountain, presents some differences, and possibly may represent yet another species; as also many specimens collected in the Santa Rita Mountains by Mr. Pringle in 1881; though I tentatively refer all these to one. 25. Ptelea attrita, sp. nov. Character of twigs, color and texture of foliage, etc., quite as in P. betulifolia, but leaflets all narrow and lanceolate, distinctly crenate rather than serrate, more or less pubescent on both faces; odd leaflet 5 to 7 cm. long, the laterals closely similar, a trifle smaller, scarcely inequilateral: samaras oval, many triquetrous; body oval, large and thick, of more than the width of the wing, not circumvallate, faintly and sparsely punctate, both its rugosity and the reticulation of the wing low and indis- tinct (as if worn down by friction); style and stipe both short, neither one prominent. Camp Bowie, Arizona, J.T. Rothrock (in Wheeler’s Exploration ), 1874, distributed under number 499, at least as in the National Herbarium. Manifestly a near relative of P. betulifolia; possibly to be proven confluent with it. If so, certainty a merked variety. 26. Ptelea similis, sp. noy. Twigs and branches chestnut-color, shining, white-dotted, pubescent the first season only, tortuous-angled rather than rugose: leaves subcoriaceous, very rich bright green above, the veins whitish-hirtellous, beneath very pale, with both a dense bloom and a short villous pubescence; odd leaflet cuneate-obovate to broadly and sharply rhomboid and rhombic-lanceolate, 4.5 to 7 em. long, petiolulate, the pair often similar, smaller by but one-fourth or one-third, all entire or subserrulate: samaras broadly ovate, 2 cm. long, with base broad and subtruncate, apex abruptly _ acute and also mucronulate; body large, ovate, much broader than the wing, trans- verse-rugose, but the ridges broad and low, forming a circumyallation of the very edge of the body rather than beyond and around its base, gland-dots obscure; stipe very short, style thrice as long and prominent, the wing being broad all around the summit, and nearly obsolete at the very base. Extreme eastern Arizona, 35 miles north of Clifton, at an altitude of 1,660 meters, in the canyon of Blue River, collected by Dr. Walter Hough, July 5, 1905, the specimen in the National Herbarium. Species intimately related to the two last preceding, if foliage is to be the more important index toaffinity. Fruit of about the same size, but otherwise notably different from that of either; the only samara in the genus which, in so far as I have seen, may be described as ovate. 27. Ptelea polyadenia, sp. noy. Twigs of the season invested with a velvety ferruginous tomentum concealing all unevenness, those of the second year glabrate, dull, dark brown, low-rugose: leaves subcoriaceous, 6 cm. long, the upper face light green and polished, but with also a sparse short pubescence, and closely dotted with dark glands; odd leaflet ovate-elliptic, more acute at base than at apex where it is bluntly short-pointed, laterals less than one-third smaller, obliquely oval, being rather notably inequilateral, all definitely, _ though lightly, crenate: samaras round-oboyate, 1.5 em. long, retuse or emarginate, _ thickish and hard as well as slightly concavo-convex in maturity; body round-oval, 66 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. thick, of less than the average width of the wing, not circumvallate, distinctly and closely transverse-rugose and strongly dotted; style and stipe nearly equal, both short. The type of this uncommonly well-marked species is on National Herbarium sheet no. 15267, purporting to have been obtained by Dr. Bigelow on. Whipple’s Expe- dition, on the Canadian River, somewhere between Fort Smith and the Rio Grande. There are two other sheets from the same general region, collected more recently, that may or may not belong here—one by Dr. EF. Palmer, from between Fort Cobb and Fort Arbuckle, in 1868, and one by M. A. Carleton, from Cheyenne County, Okla- homa, June, 1891. Both these are in early and immature state, though the fruits, if not mature, are nevertheless full grown and similar to those of the type, while, if the foliage is less remarkably gland-dotted, that may well be owing to their immaturity. 28. Ptelea aboriginum, sp. nov Twigs of the season appearing more or less rugose, but the unevenness obscured by a short dense spreading pubescence, the older glabrate, smoothish, dark grayish- brown: leaves subcoriaceous, of a rather lively green above, pale beneath, both faces with obscure and scattered hints of pubescence and conspicuously punctate; odd leaf- let obovate-elliptic to rhomboid-elliptic or rhomboid-lanceolate, about 5 to 7 em. long, acute at apex, crenate or subentire, the pair quite similar, but smaller by one-third or one-half, seldom obviously inequilateral: samara 1.5 to 2 cm. long, almost as broad, little deviating from the orbicular, truncate or emarginate at base, at apex usually obtuse, sometimes retuse; body thick, round-oval, large, its width notably exceeding — that of the wing, lightly circumvyallate, the transverse rugosity low, somewhat reticu- lately broken, the gland dots large and obvious; stipe broad, cuneate-linear, a little longer than the slender style. Rocky hills, Signal Mountain, Indian Territory, August 4, 1891, C. 8. Sheldon, no. 247, as in the National Herbarium. 29. Ptelea lucida, sp. noy. Twigs dark red-brown, low-rugose, obscurely if at all glandular, glabrous or with scattered small hairs: leaves not large, subcoriaceous, glabrous except a few scattered hairs along the margin and the midvein beneath, bright green and shining above, lighter and without luster beneath, in no part pale or glaucescent; odd leaflet cuneate- obovate, very obtuse, 4 to 5 em. long, 2 to 2.5 em. wide above the middle, all obscurely crenulate, though seeming quite entire, a very narrow margin being reyo- lute, the pair like the odd one in outline though smaller and inequilateral: samaras large for the foliage, suborbicular, 2 cm. wide, the length somewhat less, both ends being retuse, the body round-oval, of less than the width of the wing, lightly eir- cumvyallate, the rugosity obscure and inclined to be radiate. ’ Rocky bluffs of Comanche Peak, Texas, J. Reverchon, June, 1882, no. 1229, as in the herbarium of John Donnell Smith. In the National Herbarium, occupying sheet no. 125, are two immature twigs from Gillespie County, Texas, collected by G. Jermy, that seem to be P. lucida. Seccinlc De a cers dois seas cows Pag DOL ACCHIA Set = Seat... A eoser uae na wee 65 0 ee ee ae Gif prOmmin ma oss. eee Soe eee hShck ans 58 SOLID ID OAS 5 ee ee oe Bae PULA ete noo Se oe oS icine ee ae Geen eee 61 COLT OS 4a oe fee UO DIMOU han Sees geese. See eS en ae 59 oC) OE a ee EM Pc” pe ple a a SP 73 crenulata............---.-----+02--22-2-25-- PPI pT Te es, oe eens fo AE Gee 63 cuspidata....--------------+++++---22- 2-2 +e. Be renee. Se se set Bae eee 62 cycloloma ..-.........---.----.--------+---- TE Meio eee ee ae 65 elegans - ----------t----- + -W-- eee eens eee. 72 SUTIN. Creer en Soe ace rc reeiee,) ak Eee Me i 70 SOME 03.2) |, 22 ee ee 59 : ‘ Ne een oon oe co 64 subintegra SS Ce ee et eee 61 Ngee a Era 58 Gr eRe fe ee he a oe en 67 RU Mee es es 63 tortuosa ea 60 Meme et 69 | toxicodendron ...........---..--........-.- 66 Oe a eee Ny ES PSS il Ra ea eee Se ea te 71 Tutescens ..... ee ee Se 7a PAULL ed ra a Sean eon oo ete oe eee 62 megacarpa ....- Pe en Ss A ee SU ns Me GML DUC OSH et ae me aoe tee en ee ee 69 (ES OTC OT 5a ea ee a nr DSS WULOSU eee a. sale tone aoe ee ence es cee : 60 CO SE ere SP es RONEN aos ora mos sins eTm apne bm We antic 58 I / ; . - * * n-. e+ 4 “* ‘ * + Ss “ sig j ' erin: ey ‘ : eT ’ [ +e . 4 Le’ es -, i ' > x. i + ‘ < ; ct 7 . } J . Sa* , ef Lore er: : s wad Ge a ' ‘4 - oe ; ‘ ‘ . tal nae ’ : Neck eee . ee - ~~ ~ i ' . ‘ nek Nis ® ‘ b 3 ss ee ae in oe oe i er rts 1 ; : bg . : ie ? , . : ' ; . ud . ” “ ’ ; m ’ a 7 ’ * « . < “ 4 +. Ae BR: is Ae << fm ya ~ oe ee hes . en. Te y= . al a ¥ oo J > te Sata oad CONTRIBUTIONS wn ION UNIlityv TIONAL MUSEUM FROM THE Curren Staves NATIONAL HERBARIOW. VOLUME X, PART 3 STUDIES OF MEXICAN AND CENTRAL AMERICAN PLANTS—No. 5 . : : By J. N. ROSE AORREINCR ES hi Soot nieas Se CS9% GEA - ‘ 2 UF he P “ r + = sa — i's = * o- : 4 . 7 , \ . » 7 . z ‘ 7 a 4 Z . » - “ . - } . i. f - -* a . : . \< ~ i] 7 * ‘ ‘ . ‘ % . ' _ F : « 4 : . o fh ee a a ~ ‘ a , ete 2 ; .* * oes ee Je “ a3 4 _* es *-o0 Lie aaa 5 hae. a. 4 4+ * £0 5S m. Vo S* Say) bate 8 : tee” thee b' “Ay #3 View & r< ie-P i of otk eae: vey Oe ¥ Lyd 4 TH. Ba si ‘ - A ee L af . . a . + ae ~* ‘ : r< * a { . a . ae bt? vo > Us t cass r . RT an) A aru im. _ be a aoe > ~ * . 2 . 7 4 A 2 ee aS r ’ - aid . »* qt ‘ xh i ‘ . gs 4 i ‘ ~ . fi 2. 7 a >, yi ‘ + 7 . "2, + 2 = * oS » ' s Fs “A, > WU ee OF » ay >. 42-4 e X QDI. Q! Wig vals staies Goyernmeni SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION UNITED STATES NATIONAL MUSEUM CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE Lxrrep SraTes Nationa HeRBARIey VOLUME X. PART 3 pee OES OF MEXICAN AND CENTRAL AMERICAN PLANTS—No. 5 By J. N. ROSE LIBRAK* NEW YORK BOTANICAI GARDEN. >) 2 4st Hs OWS WO ry, UIT V Gee See NGTON _ WASHINGTON GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE 1906 @ A Sd y . is = ; — , a $ 1 ae | ' sees = ." r R "| ; : ae | os Y is a; 7 < : a =f } 3] Re 4 is : : he = ) oe 5 “< ri roe a! ‘ zs é * =. « yg = a > ms a a oieS ‘is — Ps (=) Bag va id Q a . ag , ‘ mo) fa 3 = ; Z i=) : 5 ; “yy n - = a. mo 7 + B ") : : i Z, . _ ; = =| =] =) a PREFACE. One of the most effective methods of adding to the collections in the National Herbarium is for members of the scientific staff to visit localities little known botanically and themselves make the collections desired. A special advantage of such fieldwork lies in the opportuni- ties it furnishes for making observations on the native uses of plants, on climatic and topographic influences in plant distribution, and on the innumerable other phenomena that distinguish living from dead plants, and especially living plants growing in their natural environ- ment. The botanical reports resulting from such fieldwork are far more critical and more valuable than those based on herbarium speci- mens alone. Doctor Rose has made five journeys to Mexico, each of which has resulted in the acquisition of a valuable collection for the National _ Herbarium and ina published report. Each of these reports, like the accompanying one, covers only fragmentary portions of his whole work. All, however, are devoted to the elucidation of the same general subject, the flora of central Mexico, and together they form a highly valuable series of contributions to our botanical knowledge of that region. d , : FREDERICK V. COVILLE, Curator of the United States National Herbarium. III COR LENTS: Page. ie ere ee et SO a wcls ieee een adds awe assesses 79 ee 8 oh ee Pe i oA as ote wh nae Ss od 87 RESTS SS SR i ee 87 Ee eas) Moe ee ee ao ee Sv nee eee ted 87 aE eres oe ees ce ee Fo AOE eed nce es 3 89 Sh gre pleas Se EE ete A) a ee 90 nn eiiaee Sete. ei a pr Fie fb Usa clash oe 5.5 chee = 91 EE RCE ees fo eee ie oe Ph cot onl ek ect ae 93 I ee 2 aa i Pees Bae oe aaa 93 eens ML eDTe Sees oe I lt - 93 RE ae Pen ewe ee 95 Mente retest OG Cetin... 325 le oe ee So eee eee nS - 95 as RES SI ag I a ae me a 95 el A ae eee a Soe gS oS ee Seo 2 Se Seen A 95 SED OSS ag 0 2 eS a ee 96 Re ee ee ale Ps hs Se oS eee os eos = 96 EEE ORIN Cae eS i ok ew Se a whee 96 a SE eS SSS a 97 er MERION 60. Se 52 te ees kt ces woes ee ee nee 97 cE i ea ES ee DO ae en 97 Hoffmanseggia, a new species and a new name ...-.-.......-..--.------- 98 II eee ale a ee 2 ee ee ola oe ee ee kee 99 The Mexican and Central American species of Benthamantha-...-.-.---- 99 Two additional species of Cologania.....:..........--...-------------- 100 emer MpecIes Or MOUCHOMUS, >. .22- 2 cate 2. ee ee le 100 Restoration of Odonia, with its Mexican species............------------ 102 The sessile-flowered species of Parosela in Mexico..............-------- 103 Sphinctospermum, a new genus .............-- Ne ei ee a ca 107 Ee re 2D Se Oe ee ae eee 107 The North American species of Krameria ................-------------- 107 EN Seek Fe 7 See a Se ee 108 ee ere Pa PII od ee Dy won nee 108 a oe oa S Sk ccna y ee o+-se----- 109 TE SE Se ee ee ee LO9 Some Mexican species of Ionoxalis ................-.-......---..------ 109 Mexican and Central American species of Lotoxalis...............-.---- 115 OES ge Ss Tl a ee 116 SS OE ER oe ee ee ee 116 I as er eS CS aes ann ww a on wae oe ow gen own enseee 117 fe EE ST ee a 117 SS a a ee ee 117 Restoration of Terebinthus, with its Mexican species.............2....-- 117 VI : CONTENTS. Polygalacene . . 0. 2.026005. = soc es die prem Sipe were e oar sn Three new species of Polygala... ..2. 30. cs Jyseu ss aia 126- | | APIACeRe @ . onic 2 = a a Ss oe ee anes oun eee ed See see ee 197: } Introductory note ...2....2.0-2s0---- scence sce) Arracacia, new and old species -.....22.-..+.-..-)~s2.-.cee ee 2 Pee Deanea, new and old species ...........-..../.J50: 4.4.) 128 . Eryngium, new and old species’... 12... 0 i Aca nee wit Sane 129 Prionosciadium, new and old species -....-2.....-.-:..:-.0s00e=en 130 Species of several genera... .-:-- =... --- -0-- +2 Se s+ o-oo =. Addendum ~.. ~ -..:0. 2-2 0 cee ede ae BRE LL Late caleba ee 131 A new lonoxalis .. 22. 2-lecisci cde Sees oc See ee carey te cee 131 ILLUSTRATIONS. PLATES. Facing page. Puate XVI. Echinocactus robustus and Mamillaria angularis.......--------- 83 XVII. Opuntia tunicata and Echinocactus ingens...-.-..-------.----- 83 nr Ween TUUICENS 28 2 ee Soe he et ees b een ces 83 en Ma ORT ee os 8 ee we ete oo ee 83 nneey MEU S 25a oe) a eS ko is ot oe ee exe 83 EL SE BI eee 8 i ee ey ee Se 84 CAE eS a Sh CY; Sa ee a 85 Ree rQenraird OLWIMUS. oo oe ee ae oe Be eee eo 88 nen Pe AUIS CRPSIIIOSUS 22 oo Sale oo dew tee need den seen 90 ee Mens EResptOsUs — oo sk ee elie ote ens s eee 90 RE OMe Oct eee Se eS ok ew ke J Se siete 95 ee lhe Abrheinaia MrOcumMDERS 22... 225. 22 es Se oe eo wee ee ae 96 eae. F ineemioniian FeVOIUtUM 28 2 ss 22h ee ceeds 2 bebe eee 96 Pee SM CMINEOUS (TIO. 2 ot or Sci oe So eek een 98 ene CeMOMICIAN® INOIRUG Lo. Ss oe ocean es inden be = se == 99 0 PSUS CIV SS 12) ae a ee ae LOO SE OTE ES Se ae ee 102 EL POA MUIRIOTO: 222 3 Fo ck ee 8 o's ee ea eee 103 Peet GPNANGOSPETMUNE CONSTICUUM -.2 2. 2 2a 2 oes -- ee ee --- 107 XXXV. Jonoxalis confusa, I. furcata, and J. jaliscana.......---------- 110 ETT OP 1050 2 Se So we as a oe hoe cee eo ote ee 118 Sats CRU COMICON — 5 5 oo st woe oS i ease 122 SeenenEE Rice? O1UGMIC TIEISORTo. <2 oe 2 - oo 3 Se ee eee 122 Oe SY SEE OT Sh i ee 123 rn TIO AURUNOGCNEE. >. 2 2 = oo Swi we = eee eee enn 123 Oy ES OT oye eae ee a 124 CONT es OEE) 125 XLII. Escontria chiotilla and Cephalocereus macrocephalus........---- 126 TEXT FIGURES. Page. as ECAC NEED CULES |< is 2 sk ew eee ee ee eee eee 88 Ns AMES te ee ge dooce 2 ~ o e w ecewee ne eoe- ose 88 ORM ENIME CAMENPUANGUIOIUM «oc. eo oo oe ok ee se ee eee eee eee eee 89 a eRe MRR SE Rs aan wba kaw n aw soe dod ewes danas - 90 CO I ae 91 ee ee, ey ee ee 91 STUDIES OF MEXICAN AND CENTRAL AMERICAN PLANTS—NO: 5.° By J. N. Rose. INTRODUCTORY NOTES. The following studies consist largely of descriptions of new species from the rich gleanings of Dr. C. G. Pringle and Dr. E. Palmer, and of various Government collectors. Of the latter, Messrs. E. W. Nelson and KE. A. Goldman continue year after year to send in large accessions. Very large amounts of material have also been obtained by myself and assistants, aggregating now more than 10,000 numbers. On May 15, 1905, I was authorized by the Assistant Secretary of the Smithsonian Institution to proceed to Mexico for the purpose of making botanical explorations, this being my fifth commission of the kind. Mr. Jos. H. Painter, also of the National Museum, was for the second time sent with me, and his previous experience, together with his enthusiasm for botanical exploration, added greatly to the success of the expedition. My son, Joseph S. Rose, accompanied us as a private assistant. The City of Mexico was made our principal base, and thither we returned repeatedly during the season. We made short trips thence to Tlalpam, San Angel, Santa Fe, Guadalupe, Tlalnepantla, and the Hacienda de la Encarnaci6n, all in the Valley of Mexico; also longer trips to Cuernavaca and Yautepec in Morelos, to Tula, Pachuca, Somoriel, and Tulancingo in Hidalgo, and to Iguala in Guerrero. With Ixmiquilpan, Hidalgo, as a base, work was done on the neighboring mountains and plains, and a side trip was taken to the Sierra de la Mesa, some 20 miles to the east. With San Juan del Rio as a base, a trip was made through the cactus deserts of Querétaro. With Tehuacan, Puebla, as a base, a considerable amount of work was done on the plains and mountains about that town, whence, also, side trips were made to Tomellin and San Sebastian. @Continued from Vol. VIII, p. 339, of the Contributions. 80 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. The following table will show in detail the places visited, the date of each visit, and the number of miles traveled in course of this trip: Itinerary. 1905, Miles, June 30. City of Mexico to Tlalpam, Distrito Federal, and return...........- 15 July 1. City of Mexico to Guadelupe, Distrito Federal, and return ......... 10 3. City of Mexico to Tula, Hidalgo, by rail -..<.._.... 2.2 slee eee 50 3-4. Tula to local stations both east and west ..... , ane = 2 a oes ae a 10 4. Tula to City of Mexico, by rail ........2:..... 22... i 50 6. City of Mexico to Tlalnepantla, Distrito Federal, and return, by PRLS 3 saeco Fe eee enens pameaa sande eds boas een 15 7-8. City of Mexico to Hacienda de la Encarnacién, Mexico and return, by rail. 22.2.2 ..8 sun cee le seg cass des ok Re Oe ee 45 | %. City of Mexico to Sierra Guadelupe and return, by trolley .........- 20 | 9. City of Mexico to Yautepec, Morelos, by rail ...........l.cJoggees 98 11-12. Yautepec to pedregal ....--......22. 2.0. .dede2 a2. 5 oe 12 | 3. Yautepec to City of Mexico, by rail ....25..... 3. oe 98 . 15. Mexico to Santa Fe, Distrito Federal, and return, by trolley......-- 20 18. City of Mexico to Pachuca, Hidalgo, by rail ....--..........-...-- 61 19. Pachuca to Real del Monte and return: ...-...!-...... 2 eee 10 20. Pachuca to mountains northwest of the town and return.........-- 5 21. Pachuca to Hacienda Palmar and return -...............-:cseeeeus 10 22. Pachuca to Tulancingo, Hidalgo, and return, by rail..-..........-- 102 - 24. Pachuca to Sierra de Pachuca and return .......:.....J22s2geaeeee 10 25. Pachuca.to Tetepango, Hidalgo, by rail...........2.A 2: ogee 30 25. Tetepango to Ixmiquilpan, Hidalgo, by stage....-................- 42 26. Ixmiquilpan to chalk plain west of town--.........-..-....5.37.0058 10 27. Ixmiquilpan to mountains on Zimapan road..............-.--..-.- 10 28. Ixmiquilpan to-mountains south of town.-......-.---------------- 6 29. Ixmiquilpan to mountains south of town. .......-...-..--citeenees 12 30. Ixmiquilpan to plain south of town. ...-....-...:.{0s. ssc = 2 31. Ixmiquilpan to Sierra de la Mesa, Hidalgo.-......-.-------j.2 2228 25 Aug. 1. Sierra de la Mesa to barranca and return..........1...20l0o3aeeuee 6 1. Sierra de la Mesa to Ixmiquilpan: ....-...........2 2322p eee 25 2. Along Ixmiquilpan River .37... 45.2.2 s5ceheee oe eee 2 3. Ixmiquilpan to limestone mountain south of town....-- - imp 5 4. Ixmiquilpan to Tetepango, by stage -.......2-..-. -.. 2. yee 42 4. Tetepango to Pachuea, by rail ...--.22:-2.1...1.. 2. 7. 30 5. Pachuca to Somoriel, by rail -..:-2.i..22....... 22... ace 29° 5. Somoriel to Las Lajas +... . 2 suede wed ee eee oe ve 6 5. Las Lajas to Pachuca, by rail 2.22:.. 2-024. 4, ce. ce a 35 6. Pachuca to City of Mexico, by rail. /....-.-.2...-22. a 61 9. City of Mexico to Iguala, Guerrero, by rail ......---...--..-.-..-- 147 10. Iguala to local stations, both east and west......-......-----.-sbe- 10_ 11. Iguala to Los Amates and return oo: os: J... ss... oa 18 12. Iguala to mountains west of town and return....:.......-.-----<.- 10 13. Iguala to City of Mexico, by rail... ...2..1..ic--e Ss 7 —- - . < ‘\ Y ——— cate iadiierenliaeme . ‘ ey —— —~ re . , : Se se! aah ; --* Ta ~~ oye a ae tt 4s .. 2 CEREUS HOLLIANUS COULTER. ae — abs coma a nae >, CEREUS STELLATUS PFEIFFER. PLATE XX, * ROSE—MEXICAN AND CENTRAL AMERICAN PLANTS. 83 Purpus, as a guide, about twenty species were studied. Here on the dry white chalky plain are found many striking forms. One of the most interesting of these is Mamillaria angularis Link & Otto, form- ing great clumps consisting of many individuals (Pl. XVI). Here is also found a giant Echinocactus (/. ¢ngens 7), the flesh of which is much employed in making a highly prized confection. The plant grows to be sometimes as much as 2.4 meters tall with a diameter of 90 to 120 em. The body is cut into sections resembling American cheeses about 60 cm. in diameter and 15 to 20 cm. thick, and these are sent to the candy factory where they are boiled with sugar and made into a candy or ‘*dulee” somewhat resembling preserved citron (Pl. XVII). In the same region Opuntia imbricata, O, tunicata ‘eal XVII), (/, hleinae. and other Opuntias were abundant, and here we found a natural hybrid between Opuntia microdasys and another Opuntia which has not been specifically identified. Both species were growing near the hybrid. While 0. microdasys is a low, pubescent, spineless species, the other parent is tall, glabrous, and spiny, and the hybrid is somewhat inter- mediate in size and without pubescence or spines. So far as my observation goes natural hybrids are not common among the Cacta- ’ ceae. Another very interesting cactus desert which we visited is situated around Tehuacin. It is remarkable especially for the great display of tree species belonging to Cereus, Pilocereus, Cephalocereus, and ‘Opuntia. The cactus species of all genera seen here numbered 22. Two species of Echinocactus (7. flavescens, LE. rohustus (Pl. XV1)) form great clumps, very much larger than any I had ever seen before. In the case of £2. robustus it was not uncommon to see masses | to 1.3 meters high and 3 meters in diameter, and in one example nearly 5 meters in diameter. These masses must have contained hundreds, if not thousands, of individuals. A photograph of £. robustus is here reproduced. On the hills east of the town are great forests of the huge Cephalo- cereus macrocephalus (Pl. XLII, facing p. 126), which in many respects resembles the much better known Cephalocereus senilis. Unlike the latter, however, it develops a very woody trunk. Another striking species is Pilocereus fulviceps (Pl. XVID), which has a short, stout, woody trunk and hundreds of nearly erect branches reaching a height of 12 to 15 meters. These branches set very close together and form a cylindrical mass, not infrequently 5 meters in diameter. Pilocereus chrysomallus, which grows to the height of 2 to 3 meters, isa common plant, while Cereus hollianus (Pl. XIX) is socommon as to be used as a hedge plant. Its fruit is as large asa gooseegg. Another Cereus near C. sfe//atus (Pl. XX) is very common and furnishes fruit for the market. Lscontria chiotilla (P|. XLIM, facing p. 126) ¢ is still 4 See p. 126. 84 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. — another of the tree cacti here found. This species produces small yellow flowers and a fruit clothed with thin papery scales. The fruit is a common article in the markets, sold under the names of chiotilla, ** veotilla,” tuna, ete. Here, and farther south, near Tomellin Cation, is perhaps the real giant of the cactus family. : Isthmia (p. 311). d. Valve bipolar, tripolar, or quadripolar, each angle having along vertical horn tipped witha claw; or in the bipolar form either as described or having the angles of only one valve turned vertically upward into short-pointed ends without claws. (HEMIAULINAE.) Frustule in zonal view not concavo-convex, but having two similar valves; valve bipolar, tripolar, or quadripolar, each angle having along vertical horn tipped witha claw....-. Hemiaulus (p. 312). Frustule in zonal view strongly concavo-convex; the apices of the concave valve being sharply turned up into a short point destitute of aclaw; center of this concave valve raised intoa strong dome, lacking on the convex valve; in valval view the dome is seen to be imperceptibly merged into the rest of the valve, not separated from it by a strong rectangular ridge.......... Plovaria (p. 313). c. Horns rudimentary, reduced to low domes, or wanting; frustule in zonal view having a rectilinear outline; internal septa massive, with enlarged ends. (ANAULEAE.) Internal septa straight, except at the tip, which is sharply bent toward the center of the frustule and enlarged into a bulbous end, so that each septum resembles a music note...........------ Ter psinoe (p. 314). Internal septa not straight, beginning as transverse septa on the valves near their extremities, proceeding vertically downward parallel to the zonal axis, then twice bent and extending parallel to the longitudinal axis to near the center of the frustule, similar to the internal septa in Grammatophora, the ends straight and moderately enlarged. Porpeia (p. 315). d. Horns wanting; valve without internal septa, semicircular, broader than long; frustule in zonal view cuneate. (HEMIpIScEAE). Hemidiscus (p. 316). D. Valve narrow or broad spindle-shaped; ends elevated or knobbed; marking gen- erally radial; center of valve usually bearing a massive process, shaped like the Greek epsilon and interlocking with the process of the next valve, thereby uniting the frustules into chains. (RUTILARIOIDEAE)..... Rutilaria (p. 317). 934 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Subfamily Il. PENNATAE. Valve not centrally built; that is, not arranged in relation toa central point or focus, but rather to a median line; outline gener- ally boat-shaped or rod-shaped, sometimes oval, cuneate, crescent-shaped, or sigmoid; markings generally pinnate or transverse (imperfectly radiate in some species of Campylodiscus); true raphe, or hyaline median line (pseud- oraphe), or raphe obscured by lateral wings or keel (cryptoraphe) always present; processes (horns, spines, etc.) uncommon, A. No true raphe; a hyaline median line (pseudoraphe) present, rarely obscure. ( FRAGILARIOIDEAE. ) a. Frustules united to forma ribbon or zigzag chain; outline in zonal view rectilinear; zone generally composed of separate bands; valve long-oval or lanceolate. (‘TABELLARIEAE. ) a. Frustule in zonal view unbent; valves not concave and convex. (TABELLARIINAE. ) Valve transversely partitioned by internal vertical septa; that is, perpendicular to zone in zonal view........ Denticula (p. 318). Valve not transversely partitioned (may be transversely undulate, species of Grammatophora); internal septa parallel to zone in zonal view. Internal septa massive, generally undulate, approaching from either end of the frustule toward but not to the center, leaving a nonseptate central space which appears in valval view as a central oval in each valve; zone hyaline or longitudinally Golted +6: 62 255) osshc bees Grammatophora (p. 319) Internal septa delicate, discontinuous, not undulate, inter- rupted at three or more places, the nonseptate spaces appear- ing in valval view as so many ovals along the valve; zone or zonal bands transversely marked.......... Tessella (p. 321). b. Frustule in zonal view bent; one valve concave, the other convex. (EENTOPYLINAE. ) Valve transversely ribbed, the ribs on one side of the median line alternating with those on the other side, the median line therefore zigzag; internal septa on each side of the valve pierced with oval openings set in a straight row parallel to and near margins of the valve: n: 5. VTE On Ae a Entopyla (p. 323). Valve transversely ribbed, the ribs on one side of the median line continuous with those on the other side, the median line therefore straight; internal septa on each side of the valve pierced with — oval openings set in a zigzag row parallel to but distant from the margins of the: Valves): ssidas Seems Gephyria (p. 324). b. Frustule solitary, or united into afan or forming aspiral band; not forming a ribbon or zigzag chain; outline in zonal view rod-shaped or wedge- shaped; valve club-shaped. (MERIDIONEAE.) Zone composed of separate bands; internal septa pierced by a row of large oval openings which in valval view give a stepladder appearance to the club-shaped valve..................- Climacos phenia (p. 325). c. Frustules united to form a ribbon or zigzag chain; zone not composed of separate bands. (FRAGILARIEAE.) a. Valve with transverse septa. (D1aToMINAE)...Plagiogramma(p. 325). b. Valve without transverse septa. (I*RAGILARIINAE). Dimeregramma (p. 327). B. Frustule having one valve with true raphe, the other with distinct or obscure hyaline median line (pseudoraphe). (ACHNANTHOIDEAE.) a. Frustule in zonal view bent, one valve concave, the other convex; outline of valve long-oval or boat-shaped. (ACHNANTHEAE). Achnanthes (p. 327). b. Frustule in zonal view straight; outline of valve broad-oval or nearly round. (Cocedneidene).. .... ... svc dan nwe cn ockee week e Cocconeis (p. 328). MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 235 ©. True raphe generally evident; valve generally not keeled; if keeled, the raphe coincident with keel (Nitzschia). (NAVICULOIDEAE. ) a. Valve with evident raphe; keel generally absent, or when present, without beading; markings generally pinnate. (NAVICULEAE. ) a. Frustule not wedge-shaped in either zonal or valval view; valvestraight or sigmoid; never crescent-shaped. (NAVICULINAE. ) Frustule without internal compartments along the margins of the valves. Valve without keel. (NAvICULIDAE.) Raphe straight or barely undulate, its tips turned toward the same side of the valve; outline of valve boat-shaped. (NAVICULAE. ) Halves of the raphe not surrounded by an elevated parallel ridge; both ends of each half terminating in a rounded or elongated bead; central and terminal nodules of valve round or broadened transversely. Navicula (p. 333). Halves of raphe surrounded by an elevated parallel ridge, the ends not terminating in beads, or rarely the ‘ outer end of each balf terminating in a round bead; central nodule greatly narrowed laterally and pro- longed longitudinally, thereby separating the two halves of the raphe by a ridged space of from one- sixth to fully two-thirds the length of the valve. Frustulia (p. 359). Raphe strongly curved into an S, rarely into a C; sides of valve usually corresponding to the same curve; marking uniform over entire valve, of fine, closely set lines, arranged either in two series, one transverse and one lon- gitudinal, or in three series, one transverse and the other two at angles of 60° to each other; tips of the raphe turned to opposite sides of the valve. (GyYROSIGMAE. ) Gyrosigma (p. 362). Valve with keel. (AMPHIPRORIDAE. ) Raphe straight, not median.....-...-. Plagiotro pis (p. 367). Raphe sigmoid, median..............-. Am phiprora (p. 368). Frustule with internal compartments along the margin of the valve. Characters, except the lateral compartments, the same as in Naviculae. (MASTOGLOIAE) ...........-- 1 Mastogloia (p. 368). b. Frustule wedge-shaped in both the zonal and valval view; valve straight. (GOMPHONEMINAE).....-...---.--- Gomphonema (p. 370). c. Frustule wedge-shaped, as to its transverse axis, that is, the two valves approaching nearer on one side than on the other; valve more or less crescent-shaped. (COCCONEMINAE. ) Valve without transverse ribs; raphe evident. Valve not strongly asymmetrical; the raphe nearer the median line than the concave side of the valve; zone narrow, hya- A Ce are ae Ries See Cocconema (p. 371). Valve strongly asymmetrical, the raphe much nearer the con- cave side of the valve than the median line; zone wide, com- posed of several bands, beaded... .......... Amphora (p. 373). Valve with transverse ribs; raphe obscure or represented by a form of pseudoraphe consisting of a continuous bow-shaped ridge. Cysto pleura (p. 377). 236 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. b. Valve apparently without raphe, this being obscured by the beaded, marginal keel; markings always transverse. (NITZSCHIEAE). Nitzschia (p. 378). D. Raphe hidden in lateral winged keel. (SuRtRELLOIDEAE.) a. Valve surface undulated in a series of transverse depressions and eleva- tiONS. 2.1. > vc in cnundethec keane tena ee nen S phinctocystis (p. 382). b. Valve surface not undulated in a series of transverse depressions and eleva- tions. a. Valve outline elliptical, ovoid or rarely long-lanceolate; marked with transverse ribs not quite extending to the center, thus leaving a hyaline median line; valve surface nearly flat, rarely spirally twisted; keel winged... .oao.s.e0e been cn obcaeee Surirella (p. 383). b. Valve outline nearly circular; ribs or other markings radial; valve surface saddle-shaped, rarely almost flat; keel not winged. Cam pylodiscus (p. 386). MELOSIRA C. Ag. Metosira C. Ag. Syst. Alg. 8-9. 1824. Kiitz. Bacill. 48, 52. 1844; Sp. Alg. 30. 1849; Linnaea 8: 70.1833. Ralfs, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 12: 346. pl. 9.1843. Thwaites, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. II. 1: 167. 1848, in part. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 3: 54. 1856. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 815. pl. 5. f. 62-65, 71. 1861. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 7, 37. f. 8. 1864. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 4. 494. pl. 17. f. 5-6, 15. 1883. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 92. pl. 21. f. 1-2. 1886. Van Heur. Synop. 197. pl. 85-91. 1881; Treat. Diat. 438. f. 165-168, pl. 18. f. 608-613, pl. 19. f. 614-624. 1896. Brun, Diat. Alp. 134. pl. 1. f. 1-5, 9. 1880. Faillonella Bory, Dict. Hist. Nat. 7: 101. 1825, not Bory. 1823. , Gallionella Ehrenb. Infus. 166. 1838. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1331. 1894. Lysigonium Link; Nees, Hor. Phys. Berol. 4. 1820? O’Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 248. pl. 26. f. 4. 1875. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1328. 1894. Orthoseira Thwaites, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Il. 1: 167. 1848, in part. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 59. 1856. Aulacoseira Thwaites, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. I1. 1: 167. 1848, in part. Paralia Heib. Krit. Overs. Danske Diat. 33. 1863, in part. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1349. 1894. Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 93. 1884. Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1": 7. 1873. Two generic names antedate Agardh’s Melosira. The first is Lysigonium Link. It seems that his type species was one of the then indefinitely fixed algae called Conferva moniliformis, but was probably not a diatom. At least Ehrenberg so con- tends.¢ Link himself, according to Ehrenberg, abandoned the name in 1824. If it can be unmistakably proved to have been applied to a diatom of this character, Link’s name must replace that of Agardh. The second name is Gallionella (Gaillo- nella), given by Bory St. Vincent in 1823, but without definite outline or the enumeration of any species. Two years later, 1825, in the same work Bory does describe two species, G. nummuloides and G. moniliformis. But in the preceding year, 1824, Agardh gave the generic name Melosira to these diatoms and described five species. This name is therefore valid, unless, as above stated, Link’s Lysigonium can be clearly identified with this genus. The genus has been variously divided by different authors. The most important attempt at division, a thing desirable in itself on account of the large number of species in the genus, was carried out by W. Smith,’ based on the analysis of Thwaites.¢ Smith accepts the division of this 4 Khrenb. Infus. 166. 1838. 6W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 54. 1856. ¢ Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. II. 1: 167. 1848. | | MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. yEY| genus into two, viz: Melosira (Ag.) Thwaites and Orthosira Thwaites, rejecting, however, Thwaites’s third genus Aulacoseira. Smith defines the two as follows: Melosira, ‘‘ Filaments cylindrical, of numerous frustules, attached or free; frustules spherical or subcylindrical, more or less convex at the junction surfaces,’ Orthosira, ‘‘FWilaments cylindrical, of numerous frustules, continuous, attached or free; frustules and valves cylindrical; junction surfaces plain, line of junction usually spinous or denticulated.’’ Schmidt, in his Atlas, and a few other authors have adopted this division, but as a general rule the distinctions are felt to be too unimportant and inconstant to warrant the change. Many authors, as Van Heurck, while rejecting Smith’s division, have made use of these minor differences within the genus for subgeneric classification. The untenable proposal of Ht. lL. Smith to unite this genus with Podosira and Hyalodiscus will be discussed under the name Podosira in this report. Melosira ? coronaria Mann, sp. nov. PuatE LI, ricureEs 1, 2. Valves consisting of two portions: First, a broad border curving downward, its outer half closely punctate with shining granules and its inner half marked with fine radiating lines closely set, the line of division between the punctate and striate halves being a wavy one; second, a central area raised above the border by a cylindrical hoop, seen in the zonal view, this central area being flat and perfectly hyaline. In the zonal view of the valve is seen, rising above the curved border, the before-mentioned hoop or band, the lower two-thirds of which is cylindrical and terminates in a row of small but stout tubular processes equidistant and having blunt ends, extending obliquely outward and upward, their bases surrounded by a fringe of irregular spines. Between each pair of these processes are one to three smaller ones. The upper one-third of the hoop or band, that is, between the ring of processes and the flat hyaline top, isa flaring ornamented rim. The cylindrical lower two- thirds of the hoop or band is covered with minute beading, arranged in regular 3-line order; the upper flaring one-third of the hoop or band is covered with fine vertical lines forming a leaf-like sculpture by each of four or five bending together at the top. Diameter of valve, 0.83 mm.; height of valve (zonal view), 0.25 mm. This diatom is certainly generically the same as Porodiscus (Pyrgodiscus ?) calcy- flos Temp. & Brun,@ which is the same as Porodiscus interruptus Gr. & St.,o this in turn being the same as Porodiscus hirsutus Gr. & St.,¢ Grove and Sturt’s specimens being the inner area of Tempére & Brun’s. It is even closer to what Schmidt calls P. calcyflos Temp. & Br.¢ which is misnamed, as his figures 10, 11 of the same plate, called P. hirsutus Gr. & St. are Tempére & Brun’s type. If, therefore, my specimens are to follow the generic assignment of these very similar forms, they would bear the name Porodiscus coronarius Mann. But I am convinced that this generic name is utterly inapplicable to all these forms. They have nothing in common with Greville’s genus except the central pore-like area.eé As even this disappears in the figures of P. calcyflos,/ and in my own specimens, this character, totally inadequate in itself, is eliminated and there does:not remain any semblance to the Porodiscus type. Neither can they be included in Pyrgodiscus Kitt.¢ Tempére & Brun suggest this idea by bracketing Pyrgodiscus with their name. But Kitton’s genus, with its central tower-like elevation (whence the name) bearing four enormous spines with 4Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 30°: 50. pl. 4. f. 11, 11a. 1889. 6 Journ. Quek. Micr. Club, II. 3: 67. pl. 5. f. 8. 1887. ¢Op. cit. 143. pl. 14. f. 54. @ Schmidt, Atlas pl. 158. f. 8,9. 1890. eCf. Porodiscus Grev. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 11: 63. pl. 4. f. 1-5. 1863. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 158. f. 9. 1890. 9 Journ. Quek. Mier. Club IT. 2: 173. pl. 13. f. 13 a-e. 1885. 238 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. four more a little lower and alternating, and a ring of smaller but stout spines around the basal rim, has a massive and unique aspect to which there is no analogy in the forms here under consideration. A very much closer affinity is found in Melosira. Many members of this genus have a level central area elevated above the rim by a cylindrical or conical hoop or band. In fact this might almost be said to be charac- teristic of the genus. For example, see M. saturnalia Brun,“ where eyen the flaring upper rim of the band or hoop, described above, is perfectly paralleled; also M. ferox Schmidt, where the ring of zonal processes is also paralleled. If we also remember, we have here to do with small diatoms, P. caleyflos being 0.06 to 0.075 mm. and M. coronaria 0.83 mm. in diameter, we shall see we are well within the average size of Melosira. It will perhaps be eventually preferable to construct a new genus for these allied forms, especially if other species are found which retain the essential charac- teristics of those already known; and this would have the advantage of simplifying somewhat the complex group of forms now included in Melosira. Careful attention to the description and the figures of M. coronaria, especially to the zonal view, will show that it is clearly distinct from the Oamaru or Japan specimens. Type inthe U.S. National Museum, No. 590116, from station 2807, Galapagos Islands, April 4, 1888; 812 fathoms, bottom of Globigerina ooze and coral mud. Melosira febigerii (Grun.) Mann. Podosira febigerti Grun. in Cleve & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 17?: 119. 1880. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 84. f. 22-24. 1881. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1362. 1894. I see no reason for including this form, nor the others so named in the above plate of Van Heurck, in the genus Podosira. If that genus is to be defined as it generally is (for full details of which see under Podosira in this report), and if Melosiraand Podosira are to retain any valid marks of distinction, such forms as the above can not be sep- arated from Melosira. In order to avoid repetition in this report, the position of the author in this matter must be considered in connection with his remarks under the genus Podosira. As both Grunow and De Toni observe in the above citations, there is some resem- blance between this species and the more robust and coarsely marked P. hormoides (Mont.) Kiitz.,¢ a species, by the way, that Montagne rightly renamed Melosira hor- — moides.d Found at station 3607, Bering Sea. Melosira medusa Mann, sp. nov. PLATE L, FIGURE 3. Valve with border and central area; the latter about four-fifths the diameter of the valve, has in its center a low, rugose, broad knob or boll, the rest of the area being thinly spotted with irregular flecks. The border, one-fifth the radius in width, begins internally in a row of small, granular, wedge-shaped markings, from the points of which proceed fine wavy lines to the margin. A circle separates this granulated part of the border from the outer portion. The latter, three-fourths the width of the entire border, is delicately marked with transverse lines proceeding from the points of the granular wedges, as above stated, and with finer lines interspersed between them. The lines sometimes anastomose. Diameter of valve, 0.078 mm. An unnamed figure of Schmidt’s¢ has some resemblance to this species, though it seems entirely to lack the peculiar circle of small beaded triangles within the striated border. Schmidt there says, ‘‘ Nach Grove vielleicht eine innere Schale von Stepha- nopyxis, vielleicht zu einem andern Genus zu ziehen.’’ Neither of these suggestions a4 Schmidt, Atlas pl. 180. f. 24-25. 1892. bOp. cit. pl. 180. f. 23. ¢ Kiitz. Bacill. 52. pl. 29. f. 84. 1844. d Mont. in d’Orbig. Voy. Amer. Merid. 7: 2. 1839. eSchmidt, Atlas pl. 202. f. 6. 1896. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 239 seems to me good. This figure of Schmidt’s is practically identical with an earlier one @ there marked “‘fraglich.’? There is also some resemblance, especially in the striation of the border, to Melosira imperfecta Herib.6 The above name refers to the resemblance of this species to some of the disciform Medusae. Type in the U.S. National Museum, No. 590117, from station 3346, off Washington, September 22, 1890; 786 fathoms, bottom of green mud. Melosira (sulcata’ var.) scopos Mann, sp. nov. PLATE L, FIGURE 4. Valve circular, convex; the center marked with a beaded circle one-fifth the valve’s diameter, the beads set wide apart in regular quadrate order; surrounding this a rugose ring extending to one-fifth the radius from the border and separated from this by a narrow hyaline band; border narrow, massive, ornamented with a double row of alter- nating beads; diameter of valve, 0.07 mm. The form most nearly resembling this species is an unnamed figure of Schmidt's, ‘ which, with the above, might be classed as very wide varieties of Melosira su/cata (Ehrenb.) Kiitz. But such an identification would be altogether unsatisfactory. My species also shows a slight likeness to Cyclotella wmbilicata (Ehrenb.) Ralfs, as figured (Discoplea umbilicata Ehrenb.) by Ehrenberg; @ but, as Ralfs says,¢ though repre- sented in Ehrenberg’s figure with a punctate center that diatom has a smooth central umbo, and it is so described by Ehrenberg. / Ehrenberg’s species is probably identical with Melosira westii W. Smith. 9 Type in the U. S. National Museum, No. 590118, from station 3712H, Okhotsk Sea, September 4, 1896; 1,744 fathoms, bottom of green sand and fine mud. Melosira sol (Ehrenb.) Kiitz. Sp. Alg. 31. 1849. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 819. 1861. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 91. f. 7-9. 1881. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 179. f. 21.1892. De . Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1341. 1894. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 58. f. 1-2. 1890. Truan & | Witt, Diat. Hayti, 17. pl. 4. f. 18. 1888. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 93. pl. . - 10. f.3, pl. 17.f. 8, pl. 21.f. 7. 1886. | Gallionella sol Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 202. 1845; Mikrog. pl. 35. | XXII. f. 12. 1854. | Gallionella oculus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 202. 1845. Melosira oculus Kiitz. Sp. Alg. 31. 1849. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 819. 1861. Cyclotella radiata Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 8: 96. pl. 6. f. 11. 1860. Melosira radiata Grun. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 27. 1870. Melosvra (sol var.’?) polaris Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 48°: 95. pl. 5. f. 33. 1884. Found at station 2844, off Alaska. Melosira sulcata (Ehrenb.) Kiitz. Bacill. 55. pl. 2. f. 7.1844. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 42.1864. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 177. f. 22-39. 1892. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 58. f. 13- 14. Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti, 17. pl. 4. f. 19. 20. 1888. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 91. f. 16-18. 22-24. 1881. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 819. pi. 9. f. 131, pl. 11. f. 26. Jan. Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 18627: 10. pl. 74. f. 22. 1862. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 233. 1874. Gallionella sulcata Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1837: 61. 1838; Infus. 170. pl. 27. f. 5. 1838; Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1839: 171. pl. 3. f. 5a-e. 1841; 1841: 437. pl. 1. I. f. 17. 1843; Mikrog. pl. 18. f. 1a-c, pl. 20. I. f. 27, pl. 25. A. X VI. f. 11-12. 1854. 4Schmidt, Atlas, pl. 176. f. 23. 1892. 6b Herib. Diat. Auverg. 32 pl. 10. f. 31. 1893. eSchmidt, Atlas pl. 176. f. 21. 1892. @Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 35B. /. 9. 1854. é Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 811. 1861. / Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1854: 239. 1855. 9 W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 59. pl. 52. f. 33. 1856. 240 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Orthosira marina W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 59. pl. 53. f. 388. 1856. Lewis, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1861: 71. 1862. Melosira marina Jan. Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterl.-Cult. 18622: 11. pl. 1. A. f. 3-4. 1862. Paralia marina Heib. Krit. Overs, Danske Diat. 33. 1863. Paralia sulcata Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 1": 7.1873. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1349. 1894.. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 175. f. 6-14,pl. 176. f. 11-20, 22, 24-26, 28-29, 32-37, 44-46. 1892. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 80. pl. 18. f. 295, 297. 1886. Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 48*; 93. pl. 5. f. 34 (?), 35-86. 1884. Orthosira sulcata O'Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. IT. a: 252. 1875. Found at stations 2823, 3694H, Gulf of California and Okhotsk Sea. Melosira undulata (hrenb.) Kiitz. Bacill. 54. pl. 2.f.9. 1844. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 90. f. 5-6, 8-9. 1881. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 819. 1861. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1339. 1894. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 180. f. 1-21. age Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 172. J. 4-5. 1890. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 3: pl. 3. f. 44, pl. 9. f. 146, 149. 1893. Gallionella undulata Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1840: 17. 1841; Mikrog. pl. 72, f. 9a (pl. 15A. f. 8a-d?). 1854. Melosira punctigera Ralis; Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 819. 1861. Gallionella punctigera Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1842: 339. 1843; Mikrog. pl. 12. f. 9b, pl. 15B. f. 5. 1854. Melosira (undulata var.?) normanii Arnott; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 90. f. 7. 1881. Melosira gowenii Schmidt, Atlas pl. 176. f. 4-6 (name in pl. 177, footnote; see also pl. 180. f. 21, remark). 1892. As De Toni indicates, it is questionable about including here Gallionella punetata Ehrenb.¢ Found at stations 2680H and 2866, off central California and British Columbia. PODOSIRA Ehrenb. Podosira Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1840: 161. 1841; Phys. Abh. Akad. Wi iss. serl. 1839: 158. 1841. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 7, 37. f. 9. 1864. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 817. 1861. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1360. 1894. Van. Heur. Treat. Diat. 447. 1896. Kiitz. Bacill. 52. 1844. Cleve & Grun. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 17?: 115. 1880. Petit, Fonds de la Mer 8: 172. 1877 (sub Hyalodiseus). Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 109. 1886. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 52. 1856. Cyclotella Kitz. Bacill. 50. pl. 1. f. IT, IIT. 1844, in part. Hyalodiscus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1845: 78. 1846. Van Heur. Synop. 213. 1881; Treat. Diat. 448. f. 173. 1896. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 814. 1861. Petit, Fonds de la Mer 8: 172. 1877. Cleve & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 172: 116. 1880. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 139. 1886. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1365. 1894. Craspedodiscus Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 835A, XXIII. f. 6; pl. 35B. f. 11, 1854, in part. Melosira C. Ag. in part; H. L. Smith, The Lens 1: 87. 1872. Lagers. Bih. Sv Vet. Akad. Handl. 3'8: 9. pl. 1. f. 1. 1876. Pyxidicula Ehrenb. in part; O'Meara, Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 15: 58. pl. 1. f. 9. LS76. Actinocyclus Ehrenb. in part; Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 118. f. 5. 1881. Hyalodiscus and Podosira have become indistinguiskable, and in uniting them it is preferable to retain the older name, both from its clear right of priority and the mis- leading meaning of Hyalodiscus, none of the species being hyaline. Many authors have recognized the unity of these forms. Castracane unites them, but under the later name, Hyalodiscus. H. L. Smith went so far as to unite both under Melosira aPhys. Abh. Akad. Wis iss. Dat: 1870: D6. 1871. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 241 ©. Ag. I agree with Castracane that this union is to be rejected. For, as he points out,@ the present genus is never met with growing as Melosira invariably does—in long, solid, thread-like filaments. And although a few species of Melosira present a rough- ened center of the valve slightly resembling the ‘‘umbilicus?’ of Podosira, it is not characteristic of the genus, and where it does occur the blotch is insignificant, never shows a sutural line of separation from the rest of the valve—in short, is an altogether different thing. So that although individual valves of Melosira and Podosira may be found somewhat to resemble each other, the typical forms and the modes of growth are so widely different that their union would create much confusion and add unneces- sarily to the already unwieldy bulk of Melosira. I think the only author following this plan of Smith’s is Lagerstedt. Kiitzing wished to merge Podosira in Cyclotella; but its generally larger size, more delicate structure, convex valves, and, above all, its prominent central umbilicus, make such a classification impossible. Ralfs > distinguishes between Podosira and Hyalodiscus by stating that in the latter the valves are flat. This distinction is not true, and would not be important if it were. None of the species or varieties of Hyalodiscus are flat, though in some cases the con- _ vexity of the valve is slight. Both have the characteristic central umbilicus, bounded by an evident suture. Both show the same sort of markings, that of the umbilicus being blotched or rugose, that of the rest of the valve being delicate beading, generally arranged in curved lines, producing the appearance of *‘watch-case milling.’ Both grow in the same way, one or a few frustules Joined by short, stout, gelatinous stipes. Some species previously classified as Podosira (or still so classified by anyone who runs the genus into Melosira) are wholly destitute of the before-mentioned umbilicus; but that it has been generally looked upon as an essential mark of Podosira is not only expressly stated by Ralfs, but evident from hundreds of figures of both Podosira and Hyalodiscus. Cleve & Grunowé get into the difficulty common with many authors of trying to distinguish between the two genera on the basis of the umbilicus. After having stated that ‘‘ Hyalodiscus hat ein mehr oder weniger scharf abgesondertes Cen- trum,”’ it is admitted that this is not universally so, as in varieties of //. subtilis Bail., **so dass sie sich in dieser Hinsicht gar nicht von manchen Formen der Podosira maxima unterscheiden!’’ In another place, after stating that Podosira may be looked upon as without an umbilicus, the writers add that in the case of P. maxima and P. ambigua ‘‘ein ganz entschiedener Umbilicus vorkommt.’’ The whole discussion is a good illustration of the impossibility of holding these two genera separate. It is cer- tainly well known to all who have examined gatherings rich in Podosira that in the same species and from the same locality the umbilicus varies greatly in size and dis- tinctness, and individuals are not hard to find where scarcely a trace of it remains. Thus in the five species of Podosira given in the H. L. Smith type, four are with very strong umbilici; one, P. montagnei Kiitz., a possible Melosira, without. In P. hor- moides (Mont.) Kiitz. the umbilicus is generally strong, in some cases quite small, and in at least a dozen valves on this single strewn slide almost impossible to see. Van Heurck 4 says: ‘‘The Hyalodiscus are not essentially different from Podosira, except in the umbilicus, which is more or less distinct according to species.”’ If, therefore, we remove from this genus the forms that evidently belong to other genera, chiefly Melosira and Coscinodiscus, we may define it as follows: Frustules growing singly or in a series of a few members, attached to a support and to the next in the series by short, stout, gelatinous stipes, centrally placed, these usually causing a pronounced ‘“‘umbilicus”’ or rugose scar situated in the center of @ Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 139. 1886. b Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 814-815. 1881. eSv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 17°: 115-116. 1880. d Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 448. 1896. 949 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM, of each valve; the umbilicus generally (not always) separated from the rest of the valve by an irregular line or suture; size of the umbilicus varying from a mere speck (rarely wanting) to two-thirds the diameter of the valve; valves slightly convex to hemispherical; markings, outside of the umbilicus, of delicate beading arranged in close straight or curved lines crossing each other obliquely to the radii; radial lines, continuous or discontinuous, sometimes proceeding from the umbilicus toward or to the border, in the latter case dividing the valve into unequal segments; border narrow, hyaline; connecting zone narrow, hyaline. Podosira argus (Girun. in Schneider, Beitr. Kennt. Kauk. 132. 1878; Jour. Roy. Micr. Soc. 2: 691. pl. 21. f. 6. 1879. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1364. 1894, Podosira variegata Schmidt, Atlas pl. 140. f. 8-6. 1889. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 69. f. 3.1890. Podosira pacifica Chase in Walk. & Chase, Notes on Diatoms 1: 5. pl. 1. f. 5. 1886. This exquisitely beautiful diatom is a wide departure from the type of this genus. The umbilicus is reduced to an indefinite scar, which is sometimes wanting. The valve is divided into three definite areas, like those of Cestodiscus, but without processes. It agrees in these particulars with the equally aberrant Podosira (Pyx- idicula) radiata O’Meara.@ Both these stand so much alone that they almost merit separation from this genus. It will, however, be observed that three authors inde- pendently assigned it to the present genus. There is also a close enough likeness to Podosira corolla Schmidt, to give support to this identification. The species is fairly abundant at station 2920H. Iam quite sure that in all the specimens examined the massive bosses ornamenting the central area are not, as Schmidt claims, thickenings on both sides of the valve, but are on the under (con- cave) side only. The outer of the three bands is also different, being not hyaline but plainly crossed with two sets of lines, diagonal (45°) to the radii, as is common in this genus; within this is the band of fine radiating lines, as depicted by Schmidt. Found at stations 2920H and 3008H, California to Hawaiian Islands. Podosira stelliger (Bail.) Mann. Hyalodiscus stelliger Bail. Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 7: 10. 1854. Van Heur. Synop. 213. pl. 84. f. 1, 2. 1881; Treat. Diat. 448. f. 173, pl. 22. f. 650. 1896. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1367. 1894. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 814. 1861. Grun. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 27. 1870. Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1": 4. 18753. Craspedodiscus? stella Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 35B. IV. f. 11. 1854; Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1854: 238. 1855; Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 939. 1861. Podosira maculata W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 54. pl. 49. f. 328. 1856. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 815. 1861. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 139. f.7 (f.4? unnamed). 1889. Hyalodiscus stelliger Bail.; Fricke’s Verzeich. 1902. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 420. 1874. Schmidt, Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 2: pl. 3. f. 26. 1874. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 69. f. 4-5. 1890 (figures poor). Hyalodiscus maculatus Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 1'*: 4. 1873. Melosira maculata Lagers. Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 3%: 9. pl. 1. f. 1. 1876. The peculiar radiating lines of this species, dividing the disk, outside of the umbil- icus into what Bailey calls ‘‘sectorial groups”’ and its relatively coarse beading define this species well. It, of course, grades somewhat into other species, being like all members of this genus variable. Its umbilicus is generally small. The Cleve & Moller type no. 1 bearing this name is very wide of the mark. It has practically no umbilicus but rather a ring, small and obscure, with radial interrupted dashes, like an Actinocyclus; in fact it differs from Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s. 8: 230. pl. 9. f. 7. 1863. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 47.f.7. 1890. «Schmidt, Atlas pl. 61.f. 6. j ~~ Tes - s. FT” | MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 253 Coscinodiscus lentiginosus Jan.;Schmidt, Atlas pl. 58. f. 17. 1878; Diat. Gaz. Exped. pl. 4. f. 1-2, pl. 5. f. 7. Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 81. 1884. tatt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 491. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1230. 1894. The extreme delicacy of the markings, slightly excentric in arrangement, and the obscurity of the minute spine just within the margin, which are the distinguishing characters of this species, makes identification difficult. Castracane’s form bearing this name@, seems to lack these marks, and shows nothing to warrant its assignment here. Found at station 3513, Bering Sea. Coscinodiscus lineatus Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1838: 129. 1840; 1841: 371. pl. 3. VIZ. f.7,8 (not pl. 1. II.,f. 20). 1843; Mikrog. pl. 18. f. 33, pl. 22. f. 6a-b, pl. 835A. XVI. f. 3, pl. 835A. XVII. f.7. 1854. Kiitz. Bacill. 131. pl. 1. f. 10. 1844. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 830. 1861. O’Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 264. 1875. Van Heur. Synop. 217. pl. 131. f. 3. 1881. Jan. Diat. Gaz. Exped. pl. 4. f. 8, pl. 20. f. 14. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 59. f. 26-32. 1878: pl. 114. f. 13. 1888. Cleve & Moll. types no. 57, 114, 148, 150, 162, 207, 276. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 472. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1216. 1894. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 87. f. 10. 1890. Coscinodiscus ehrenbergii O’Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 264. pl. 26. f. 24. 1875. Two specimens mounted on one slide, accompanying this report, show how unim- portant the marginal spines in this species are, one having very large spines and the other barely a trace of them. The single “‘pseudo-process” is present but inconspic- uous in both. A figure of Ehrenberg’s ® frequently included here is clearly that author’s C. excen- tricus, and in his index to the plates¢ he gives this figure as ‘‘ Coscinodiscus lineatus ? an eccentricus?”’ Found at stations 2680H, 2807, off California and Galapagos Islands. Coscinodiscus marginatus Ehrenb. variety (?) PuaTE XLIX, Ficure 2. Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 142. 1843; Mikrog. pl. 18. f. 44, pl. 33. XII. f. 13, pl. 38B, XXII. f.8. 1854. Cleve & Moll. types no. 114, 164, 215. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 62. f. 1-5, 9, 11, 12. 1878. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 94, 95. 1874. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 509. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1241. 1894 (not C. marginatus Ehrenb.; Kiitz. Bacill. 131. pl. 7. f. 7. 1844: not C. marginatus Ehrenb.; Jan. Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 18627: 3. pl. 7A. f. 20. 1862). Coscinodiscus fimbriatus-limbatus Ehrenb.; Mikrog. pl. 19. f. 4. 1854. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 65. f. 3-6. 1881; pl. 113. f. 2. 1888. Coscinodiscus limbatus Ehrenb.@ Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1840: 206. 1841; Mikrog. pl. 20. f. 29 a. 1854. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 65. f. 7. 1881. Coscinodiscus radiatus forma heterosticta Grun.; Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: 70. pl. 20. f. 184. 1886. Coscinodiscus radiatus subaequalis forma parva Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: pl. 22. f. 203. 1886. Coscinodiscus robustus Grey.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 62. f. 6. 1878. Coscinodiscus robustus intermedia Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 48°: 72. 1884. Coscinodiscus subconcavus forma major Schmidt, Atlas pl. 62, f. 7. 1878. @Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 160. pl. 5. /f. 4. 1886. 6 Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1841: pl. 7. III. f. 20. 1843. cOp. cit. 438. @This name as used by Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 48°: 72. 1884=(C. fimbriatus Schmidt. 254 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. I have here figured a form common in several dredgings, which, according to pres- ent interpretations, passes under the above name. I do this in order to illustrate a confusion in the taxonomy of this species that should receive attention. Anyone who will compare Greville’s original figure of C. robustus¢ with the original figure of Ehrenberg’s C. marginatus © will see little resemblance between them. Yet Grunow, Schmidt, Pantocsek, Rattray, and others give no satisfactory marks of distinction, and we have all sorts of discordant opinions connected with most of the modern figures. Grunow gives us, on the one hand, a C. robustus intermedia Grun.¢ which Rattray makes C. marginatus intermedia Ratt.,¢ and on the other hand Grunow gives a C. marginatus submarginata Grun.,¢ which Rattray puts under C. robustus Grey.e Rattray further states that though the original slide of Greville’s C. robustus is not available, two slides marked by him (Greville) ‘‘ C. robustus”’ now in the British Museum are C. marginatus Ehrenb. In view of the foregoing facts I offer the sugges- tion that some one’who has access to the material sift out these forms, and, if neces- sary, drop Greville’s species entirely in favor of Ehrenberg’s. The name C. mar- ginatus might necessarily be retained, instead of the earlier C. limbatus, because of the uncertainty of the two figures Ehrenberg gives for that species.’ Under present conditions no such thing as a positive identification is possible. I have labeled some specimens that show a narrow border and an absence of radial arrangement, with obscure or broad papillae in the hexagons, C. robustus Grev., and others, with broad and massive borders, somewhat radial and slightly diminishing areolation showing pronounced papillae, C. marginatus Ehrenb.; but though the best possible under the present circumstances, these can not be looked upon as critical identifications. Diameter of valve here figured, 0.176 mm. Found at stations 3361H, 3712H, off Panama and Okhotsk Sea. Coscinodiscus nitidulus Grun.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 58. f. 20-21. 1878 (not pl. 1128. f. 18. 1888). Van Heur. Synop. pl. 132. f. 2. 1881. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: 73. pl. 24. f. 214. 1886. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 480. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1222. 1894. Jan. Diat. Gaz. Exped. pl. 5, f. 13. Found at station 4516H, off Lower California. Coscinodiscus nitidus Greg. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 21: 499. pl. 19. f. 45. 1856. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 5&. f. 16-19. 1878; Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 2: 94. pl. 3. f. 82. 1874. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 831. pl. 8. f. 18. 1861. Jan. Diat. Gaz. Exped. pl. 5. f. 12, 14-16 (not f. 13). Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: 75. pl. 78. f. 166. Van Heur. Synop. Suppl. pl. C. f. 41. 1885. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 94. f. 22-23. 1890. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 478. pl. 1. f. 21. 1889? De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1221. Cleve & MOll. type no. 150, 155, 208, 210, 257, 311. Coscinodiscus foraminosus Grey. MS. in Coll. Brit. Mus. This and the former species show considerable resemblance to certain members of the genus Stictodiscus.9 Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. a4Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 14: pl. 1. f. 8. 1866. bEhrenb. Mikrog. pl. 18. f. 44. 1854. ¢ Denkschr. Akad. Wien 48°: 72. 1884. @Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 511. 1889. € Op. cit. 512. J Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 20. f. 29a—b. 1854. g9 Ci. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 202. f. 4. 1896 and Journ. Quek. Micr. Club II. 3: pl. 5. f. 7. 1887. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 255 Coscinodiscus nobilis Grun. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 2: 687. pl. 21. f. 1. 1879. Jan. Diat. Gaz. Exped. pl. 6. f. 13, pl. 2. f.6, unnamed.@ De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1266, 1894. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 545. 1889. Coscinodiscus regius Wall. in Schneider, Beitr. Kennt. Kauk. 27. 1878, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 2: 687. 1879. This large and extremely delicate species is close to C. fulguralis Brun,’ and to ©. diorama Schmidt; ¢ the chief mark of distinction being the far more rapid increase of the areolation from the center outward, and the consequently more robust size of the network in the last-named forms. Found at stations 2882, 2919, 2923, 2929, 3346, 3712H, 4014H, off Oregon, southern California, Washington, Okhotsk Sea, and Honshu Island, Japan. Coscinodiscus nodulifer Schmidt, Atlas pl. 59. f. 20-23. 1878. Jan. Diat. Gaz. Exped. pl. 2. f. 4-5. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 94. f. 7. 1890. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 520. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1249. 1894. Cleve & MOll. type no. 57, 155. Coscinodiscus radiatus Ehrenb. err. det. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 98. 1874. Rattray erroneously credits the name to Janisch. In both the first and second edi- tion of Schmidt’s Atlas it is credited to Schmidt, as well as in the note of Rattray’s in his revision of the genus,@ containing a list of the identifications by Janisch of his plates of the Gazelle Expedition. Found at stations 2690H, 2807, 2916H, 2917H, 2920H, 3013H, off California, Gala- pagos Islands, to Hawaiian Islands. Coscinodiscus normanni Greg.; Grev. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 7: 80. pl. 6. f. 3.1859. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 20. f. 3.1890. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 500. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1235. 1894. Coscinodiscus normannicus Greg.; Van° Heur. Synop. pl. 131. f. 1. 1881; type no. 532. Odontodiscus subtilis Grun.; Schmidt, Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 2: 95. 1874. Van Heur. Synop. 218. 1885. Coscinodiscus subtilis Ehrenb.; Eulen. Diat. Sp. Typ. no. 115 (cf. Van Heur. Synop. 218. pl. 131. f. 1. 1881-85). Coscinodiscus curvatulus Grun. var.; Cleve, in Nordensk. Vega Exped. 8: 488. 1883. Coscinodiscus fasciculatus Schmidt, Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere, 2: 95. pl. 3. /. 1874; Atlas pl. 57. f. 9, 10. 1878. My specimens are with very obscure apiculae or wholly without them, a condition noted by Rattray. The specimen from station 3669H is placed here with some doubt. The beads are slightly oval. It is nearest to the unnamed figure,@ on which Schmidt ¢ has given reasons for withholding from this species. Rattray erroneously refers a fig. ure / to this species to which Janisch gives the name C. atlanticus Grun.,g which should probably be C. atlanticus Castr. as figured in the subspecies,” a form recognized as valid by Rattray. Found at stations 2844, 3526, 3571H, 3607, 3669H, Aleutian Islands, Bering Sea, Pribilof and Commander Islands, and along Kuril Chain. 41. a(Cf. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 462. 1889. b Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 31': 21. pl. 21. f. 6. 1891. ¢ Schmidt, Atlas pl. 64. f. 2. 1878. dSchmidt, Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 2: pl. 3. /. 42. 1874 . € Op. cit. 95. J Jan. Diat. Gaz. Exped. pl. 5.f. 6. , g Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 462. 1889. h Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: pl. 3. f. 7. 1886. 256 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Coscinodiscus obscurus Schmidt, Atlas pl. 67. f. 16-18. 1878. Grun. Denksear. Akad. Wien 48°: 74. 1884. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 513. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1244. 1894. Cestodiscus obscurus Van Heur. Synop. pl. 129. f. 4. 1881. The general cell structure of my specimens agrees well with the above, and the characteristic minute beads at the inner ends of the semiradial lines are very evident. They do not appear in the somewhat doubtful photograph of this diatom by Doctor Woodward.¢ The specimen from Sendai, Japan, called by Brun C. obscurus floralis,6 ean hardly be classed here; the fine beaded secondary markings in the hexagons and the absence of a striated border mark them as distinct. Brun’s form is, except for the coarser marking, nearer to C. floridulus Schmidt, which, like the above, has minute beads at the terminations of the semiradial lines, Found at station 2844, south of Alaska. Coscinodiscus oculus-iridis Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1839: 147. 1841; Mikrog. pl. 18. f. 42, pl. 19. f. 2.1854. Jan. Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 18627; 3. pl. 1B. f. 6, pl. 2A. f. 4. 1862. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 63. f. 4 (no name), 6-9. 1878; pl. 113. f. 1, 8-5, 20. 1888. Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 77. 1884. Jan. Diat. Gaz. Exped. pl. 2. f. 2. Cleve & M@ll. type no. 3, 57, 162, 215, 258, 259, 276. 319. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 559. 1889. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 828. 1861. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1275. 1894. Coscinodiscus centralis Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 21. f. 3. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 91 (not no. 92). 1874. Rattray unites with the above list C. omphalanthus Grun., ¢ C. asteromphalus Ehrenb.,4@ and Cestodiscus radiatus Ehrenb.e I do not think these can be classed here. I also look on Rattray’s C. oculus-iridis loculifera J as of doubtful worth. Found at stations 2929, 3604, 4530H, off southern California and Bering Sea. Coscinodiscus pentas (Ehrenb.) Mann. Symbolophora pentas Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 205. 1845; Mikrog. pl. 385A. XXII. f. 19. 1854. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. pl. 43. f. 56. 1875. Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1872: 283. pl. 12. I. f. 1. 1873. Symbolophora microtrias Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 205. 1845; Mikrog. pl. 35A, 21. f. 16. 1854. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 833. 1861. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. pl. 43. f. 55. 1875. Symbolophora tetras Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 205. 1845. Fhrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1872: 394. pl. 12. I. f. 1. 1873. Symbolophora hexas Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 205. 1845.9 Coscinodiscus stellaris Roper, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 6: 21. pl. 3. f. 3. 1858. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 15. f. 3. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 828. pl. 5. f. 83. 1861. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 155, 158. pl. 3. f. 2. pl. 5. f. 9. -Grove; Schmidt, Atlas a Van Heur. Synop. pl. 129. f. 4. 1881. b Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 31': 23. pl. 20. f. 2. 1891. ¢ Schmidt, Atlas pl. 63. f. 2. 1878. @ Schmidt, Atlas pl. 60. f.7. 1878 and Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 48°: 77. 1884. e Van Heur. Synop. pl. 129. f. 5. 1881. J Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: pl. 1. f. 2. 1889. g9Symbolophora microtetras Ehrenb., S. micropentas Ehrenb., and S. microhexas Ehrenb. Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1855: 302. 1856, are all nomina nuda. S. trin- itatis Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 88. 1845. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 833. pl. 11. f. 36.1861. Griff. & Henf. Mier. Dict. ed. 3. pl. 19. f. 6. 1875. Am. Journ, Sci. 48: pl. 4.f. 1. 1845 is here excluded, as it is an Actinoptychus. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. PAY | pl. 164. f. 4. O’Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 261. 1875. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 493. 1889. Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 48°: 82. 1884. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1231. 1894. Coscinodiscus symbolophorus Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 48°: 82. pl. 4. f. 3-6. 1884. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 492. 1889. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 138. f. 1-5. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1230. 1894. I include in this species a large number of varieties found in the various dredgings and soundings named. I am convinced that there is no reasonable ground for Gru- now’s C. symbolophorus as distinguished from Roper’s older name C. stellaris.. Grunow admits that the difference is one of relative fineness of marking—too slight a character for creating a new species, especially when this difference is by no means striking and many intermediate forms are obtainable. Both have the same relative convex- ity of valve; the same striking stellate cluster at the center; the same arrangement of fine beading, namely, in fascicles whose component rows are parallel to the longest radial middle row. By thus abandoning the untenable distinction separating these two we have a sharply defined species, its nearest relative being C. subtilis Ehrenb., from which it is distinguished by the stellate marking of the center and the absenc of minute processes next the border. The older specific names of Ehrenberg given above under the now-abandoned genus Symbolophora take precedence over those of Grunow and Roper. I have selected S. pentas, published simultaneously with S. microtrias and S. tetras, because I have found the five-parted star at the center to be more common than the rest and because Ehrenberg’s illustration cited above is quite satisfactory. Found at stations 2807, 2848, 2859, 2860, 2919, 3346, 3361H, 3603, 3604, 3604H, 3671, 4029H, Galapagos Islands, off Alaska peninsula, off British Columbia to south- ern California and Bering Sea. Coscinodiscus pustulatus Mann, sp. nov. Pirate XLVIII, ricure 3. Valve strongly and evenly convex, covered with large conical (not hemispherical) beads, symmetrically arranged in decussating rows, as in C. symmetricus Grey., the largest at the center and regularly decreasing to the border, but terminating just within the border in a single row of increased size; border broad, stout, and hyaline. The heavy cone-shaped beads give a remarkable brilliancy to the diatom. Diameter of valve, 0.1 mm. Type in the U. S. National Museum, No. 590156, from station 3565H, Bering Sea, July 6, 1895; 1,866 fathoms, bottom of blue mud ooze. It should be here noted that what resembles a pseudonodule near the border in the photograph herewith reproduced is, together with three flecks near the center, due to defects in the negative. Coscinodiscus radiatus Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. ow Wiss. Berl. 1839: 148. pl. 3. f. Ja—c (not d.). 1841; Mikrog. pl. 19. f. 1, pl. 22. f. 3, pl. 38. XIII. f. 2 (not 2*), pl. 33. XVLf. 6, pl. S5A. X VIL. f. Sree retae 0-1: fa, pl. 21. f. 1). 1854. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 830. pl. 1f. f. 39, 40. 1861. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 60. f,. 5, 6, 9, 10, pl. 61. f. 13 (undetermined). 1878; pl. 65. f. 8 (no name). 1881; pi. 113. f. 8,15 (no name). 27. 1888. Schmidt, Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 2: 94. pl. 3. f. 34. 1874. Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 71. pl. 3. f. 1-4, 7. 1884. Cleve & MOll. types no. 57, 114, [55, 164, 207, 211, 215, 257. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 129. f. 1. 1881. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 165. pl. 29. f. 2, 11, 15. 1886. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 514. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1244. 1894. (exclude here C. radiatus Bail. Am. Journ. Sci. 42: 95. pl. 2. f. 14. 1842; also C. radiatus Weisse, Bull. Acad. St. Petersb. 12: 122. pl. 1. f. 25. 1868). Coscinodiscus caspius Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1872: 394. pl. 12. I. f. 14. 1873. Coscinodiscus borealis Ehrenb. Monatsber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1861: 294. 1862, not ~ C. borealis Bail. Am. Journ. Sci. 22: 3. 1856. 958 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Coscinodiscus devius Schmidt, Atlas pl. 60. f. 1-4. 1878. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 180, f. 8. 1881. Cleve & Mll. type no. 150. Coscinodiscus fallax Schum. Schriit. Phys. Okon. Gesell. Konigsb. 8: 62. pl. 3. f. 76. 1867 (cf. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 165. pl. 29. f. 2, 11, 15. 1886). Rattray includes under the above category several references,¢ which are omitted here. Found at stations 2807, 3604, 2835, Galapagos Islands, off Lower California and Bering Sea. Coscinodiscus robustus Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 14: 3. pl. 1. f. 8. 1866. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 70.f. 8.1890. Jan. Diat. Gaz. Exped. pl. 4.f. 10-11. Se@amidt, Atlas pl. 62. f. 16, 17 (not f. 1-6). 1878. Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 48*: 72. 1884. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 511. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg.@: 1243. 1894. Piate XLVIII, re@ureE 4. Coscinodiscus subvelatus Grun.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 65. f. 9. 1881. = Coscinodiscus marginatus Ehrenb. var. Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487:972. 1884. Coscinodiscus kinkerianus Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti 13. pl. 3. f. 1. 1888. Greville’s figure and its reproduction cited above by Moebius are, as Rattray points out, somewhat idealized. A variety was found at station 3399H corresponding to the one that Schmidt considers doubtful. C. swbvelatus Grun. is also a rather too diver- gent variety, while C. kinkerianus Truan & Witt is either a variety with unusually narrow margin or a type form with margin wanting. The confusion between this species and C. marginatus Ehrenb. has been discussed under that heading. Found at stations 3346, 3361H, 3399H, 3604, 3663H, 3693H, 3784, 3785, 4023H, 4025H, off Washington, Bering Sea and Okhotsk Sea. , In Rattray’s revision¢ occurs this paragraph: ‘‘In a Santa Monica form, 13 mm. in diameter, discovered by Doctor Rae, the usual striated border was surrounded by a second more sharply defined but narrower band, with a slightly convex surface, and bearing delicate striae, 8 to 10in 0.01 mm. At one place this band is interrupted and somewhat more convex on the two sides of the break. This gives it the appearance of an elastic spring enveloping the valve.” Specimens of this structure are not infrequent at station 3361H, which is in Bering Sea northwest from Pribilof Islands. At station 4025H, a little north of the Aleutian Islands, it is decidedly abundant. Nor is such a band confined to this species. Brun @ figures precisely this condition on a specimen of C. crassus Bail. It would be interesting to know the precise physiological signification of this feature, its only occasional presence in the different species implying that it has such signification. Figures of this form and a morpho- logical discussic~ of the interrupted diatom girdle have been published by Palmer & Keeley.¢ The form found at station 4025H is represented in the accompanying figure. Coscinodiscus simbirskianus Grun. Denkschr. Akad.Wien 48°: 81.1884. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 113. f. 11-12. 1888. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 489. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1228. 1894. My specimen is a typical example of this unusual species. As the sounding in whieh it occurred was made off the coast of Alaska, and as the only places heretofore aEhrenb. Mikrog. pl. 33. XIII. f. 2*. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 62. f. 18. 1878. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 99. This last is probably an error. No. 99 is marked ©. scintillans Grey., and contains no example of C. radiatus. No. 98 is marked C. radiatus Ehrenb., but is wrong. It is C. nodulifer Schmidt. _ bSchmidt, Atlas pi. 62. f. 1. 1878. ¢ Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 512. 1889. d Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 31!: pl. 20. f. 3. 1891. ¢ Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 465-479. pl. 15-16. 1900. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 259 reported where it has been found are in Russia (i. e. Simbrisk, Ananino, and Arch- angelsk-kurojedowo), it would be interesting to know the geological outcrop that furnished thisaspecimen. Found at station 3361H, Bering Sea. Coscinodiscus subtilis Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 412. pl. 7. ITI. f. 18, pl. 8. VII. f. 4. 1843; Mikrog. pl. 18. f. 85, pl. 33. XIIT. f. 4, pl. 33. X VI. f. 7, pl. 84. VU. f. 6, pl. 35. XXII. f. 5, pl. 85. XX ITI. f. 5. 1854. Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 438. pl. 1. III. f. 18. 1843. Grev. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 7: 81. 1859. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 830. 1861. Jan. Abh. Schl. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 18627: 4. pl. 1A. f. 2. 1862. Jan. Diat. Gaz. Exped. pl. 2.f. 8. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 57. f. 11-16. 1878. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 100. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 494. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1232. 1894 (exclude Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 443. pl. 3. VII. f. 4. 1843. Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 81. pl. 3. f. 26. 1884. Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 22. f. 4. 1854). Rattray has included here several references which are very questionable.¢ The two varieties described by him® are very unsatisfactory and uncertain examples of this species. Its boundaries are unquestionably misty. It approaches (C. normanni Greg., C. odontophorus Grun., C. rothii Grun., C. symmetricus Grey., C. fasciculatus Schmidt, C. denarius Schmidt. H. L. Smith’s type no. 100 is truly typical. Com- pare synonymy of C. normanni Greg. Found at stations 2844, 3526, 3604H, 3607, 3635H, Aleutian Islands and Bering Sea. Coscinodiscus undulosus Mann, sp. nov. PuaTE XLIX, Figure |. Frustules small and very delicate; valves slightly and evenly convex; markings of oval beads elongated in the radial line, all of one size very small, arranged in radiat- ing rows, but so spaced in the rows as to produce a uniform delicate wavy appearance over the entire valve; border moderately broad, perfectly smooth. A fragile and handsome species, found only in the following dredging, there quite abundant. Diameter of valve, 0.125 to 0.136 mm. Type in the U. 8. National Museum, No. 590121, from station 3526, Bering Sea, August 5, 1893; 49 fathoms, bottom of fine sand and dark mud. Coscinodiscus verecundus Mann, sp. nov. PLATE L, FIGURE l. Valve nearly flat; central area very minute or wanting, marking of minute beads, the largest at the center and regularly decreasing to the border; arranged in indistinct fascicles, 12 to 14 in number, irregular in width, showing the watch-milling effect of an Actinocyclus; border of two distinct portions equal in width, namely, each about one- twentieth the radius; the inner portion a smooth band ornamented with evenly set, large but dim beads in a single circle; the outer portion strongly marked with trans- verse (radial) striae, slightly wider on the outer side. The entire valve most delicate and pellucid. : Diameter of valve, 0.078 mm. Type in the U.S. National Museum, No. 590122 from station 3688H, Okhotsk Sea, August 27, 1896; 1,562 fathoms, bottom of brown mud and fine sand. aJan. Diat. Gaz. Exped. pl. 4. f. 1-2 (named C. lentiginosus Jan.), pl. 5. f. 7, pl. 6. f.1, 5, pl. 20.f.5. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 57. f. 28-29 (noname), pl. 58. f. 37 (no name). 1878. Van Heur. Synop. 218. pl. 131. /f. 1. 1881-1885 (as C. subtilis Ehrenb.? in text and C. normannicus Greg. in plate). b Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 497. pl. 1. f. 16, pl. 3. f. 6. 1889. 260 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Coscinodiscus woodwardii Kulen. Diat. Sp. Typ. no. 116. 1868. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 60. f. 8, pl. 61. f. 3. 1878; pl. 65. f. 2. 1881. I do not find satisfactory reason for placing this diatom under C. apiculatus Ehrenb. as is done by Rattraye and copied in De Toni.” Although our knowledge of the latter species is most obscure, yet so far as the form is now represented it has only a remote resemblance to the above. Its typical structure is with beaded valves, while the above is covered with a fine network; and although the transition from beads to hexa- gons by the enlargement of the beading and their subsequent lateral pressure is an easily understood one, I think the form is then so far from the type as to have passed over into another species. Rattray has, I think, suggested a more important affinity than the one above by his remarke that C. apiculatus ‘‘ when its markings are polygonal and in contact is distinguished from C. radiatus Ehrenb. by the presence of a central space.’’ This is very nearly the structure represented by C. woodwardii, which I would therefore prefer to place as a variety of C. radiatus rather than to unite it with C. apiculatus, as I look upon the minute and irregular central area of this species _as less significant than the striking structural contrast between it and C. apiculatus. But for the present at least it is better to keep this species independent, as is done by Grunow, Schmidt, and others. Habirshaw makes this name synonymous with C. argus Ehrenb., an identification quite out of the question. Found at station 2694H, off California. ACTINOCYCLUS Ehrenb. Actinocyclus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1837: 61. 1838; Infus. 171. 1838; Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1840: 202-204. 1841. Pyzridicula Ehrenb. in part; Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 85. 1845. Eupodiscus Ehrenb. in part; W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 24. pl. 4. f. 41. 1853. Breb. Journ. Quek. Micr. Club 2: 71. 1870. Greg. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 21: 501. 1857. . Actinoptychus Ehrenb. in part; Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 78. f. 12. 1854. Kiitz. Bacill. 134. 1844. Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 8: 94. 1860. Auliscus Ehrenb. in part; Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 320. 1864. Hyalodiscus Ehrenb. in part; H. L. Smith, Amer. Journ. Micr. 2: 100. 1877. Stictodiscus Grey. in part; Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 118. f. 4. 1881. Podosira Ehrenb. in part; Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 178. f. 5. 1881. Micropodiscus Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 118. f. 5. 1881. Roperia Grun.; Grun in Van Heur: Synop. pl. 118. /. 6. note. 1881. Ratt. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 8?: 917. 1888. Coscinodiscus Ehrenb. in part; Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 83. 1884. Norm. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 9: 7.1861. Grove, Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 17: 449. 1890. This genus is one of extreme difficulty—first, because of the remarkable confusion between it and other genera, especially in the earlier writers; the result being that such actinocycloid forms as are treated by them are difficult to find. This is especially the case in regard to this genus and Actinoptychus Ehrenb., on the part of Ehrenberg, Kiitzing, Greville, Brightwell, and others, a condition growing out of the fact that when Ehrenberg first constituted the genus Actinocyclus it made no distinction between these and the Actinoptychus forms, which, though so dissimilar, were not separated until 1840, when Ehrenberg created the genus Actinoptychus for that pur- a Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 571. 1889. > De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1283. 1894. ¢ Op. cit. 570. | ese es ev MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 26] pose. Kiitzing, Greville, and Brightwell, however, ignored this latter genus, and so perpetuated the error. In addition to the confusion between the above-mentioned genera, there is a second reason for the difficulty here encountered, and one that partly explains the other; the inconstant and rather trivial generic distinction between this and Coscinodiscus Ehrenb. The general structure and markings are those of the latter genus, and the one striking distinguishing feature, the ‘‘ pseudonodule”’ of Actinocy- clus, is unquestionably very inconstant. Some species, like A. pyrotechnicus Deby, seem fairly well marked and stable; but many others differ from well-known species of Coscinodiscus only in the presence of this pseudonodule, and it is not unusual to find specimens both with and without this structure in the same gathering. Thus C. evr- vatulus Grun., is A. curvatulus Jan., without its pseudonodule; so also C. subtilis Ehrenb. and A. subtilis Greg., C. fuscus Norm., and A. ralfsii (W. Smith) Ralfs, ©. tuberculatus Grev., and A. sparsus (Greg.) Ratt.; while in H. L. Smith’s type slide no. 12 the form he calls ** Actinocyclus interpunctatus Bright.,’’ is uniformly lacking*in the pseudonodule and agrees exactly with his type slide no. 421, marked ‘* Podosira maxima Grun.’’ There might be mentioned a third reason for the difficult character of this genus, namely, the lack of good literature on the subject and especially of good figures of the species. Rattray’s revision of Actinocyclus@ contains some excellent work, but it leaves much to be desired. Too many old specific names have been dis- turbed; the illustrations are scanty and too small. and the analytical key is most diffi- cult to use. Schmidt’s Atlas has so far practically ignored this much needed sub- ject, an undertaking of far more importance to the science than the wearisome reillustration of species already repeatedly figured in its plates. Actinocyclus alienus Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 125. f. 10, 12.1881. Ratt. Journ. Quek. Micr. Club IT. 4: 144. 1890. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 85. f. 14.1890. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1165. 1894. The specimens found by me agree with what Grunow calls variety californica, which is the type of the species. Found at station 3361H, off the coast of Alaska. Actinocyclus crass1s (W. Smith) Van Heur. Synop. pl. 124. f. 6, 8.1881. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1169. 1894. Eupodiscus crassus W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 24. pl. 4. f. 41. 1853. Actinocyclus subcrassus Ratt. Journ. Quek. Mier. Club II. 4: 154. 1890. Actinocyclus circumdatus Pant. Bacill. Ung. 1: 66. pl. 3. f. 28. 1887. Van Heurck’s figure is hardly typical, as the beading is radially arranged in the type. Rattray’s proposition to make a new species of the nonradial forms is, how- ever, not to be commended. They should be looked upon as varieties of the above. Found at station 3346, off the coast of Washington. Actinocyclus curvatulus Jan.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 57. f. 31. 1878. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 94.f. 14. 1890. Coscinodiscus curvatulus subocellatus Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 48?: 83. pl. 4. .15. 1884. Actinocyclus subocellatus Ratt. Journ. Quek. Mier. Club II. 4: 145. 1890. The above differs merely in its pseudonodule from Coscinodiseus curvatulus Grun.,¢ a difficulty that Grunow tries to avoid by making this species a form as variety subocel- latus of that svecies. Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. @ Journ. Quek. Micr. Club II. 4: 137-212. pl. 77. 1890. 6 Van Heur. Synop. 125. pl. 25./. 70. ¢Schmidt. Atlas 57. f. 33. 1878. 262 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Actinocyclus (?) elongatus Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 125./. 15, 17. 1881. Iam in harmony with Van Heurck in doubting the correctness of calling this an Actinocyclus. Not only the extreme contrast of this elongated form with any known Actinocyelus (my specimen is twenty times as long as wide), but the absence of any true pseudonodule makes this classification unsatisfactory. In my specimen at least, the dot which Grunow considers a pseudonodule is only an enlarged bead on the upper surface of the valve, and lacks the shimmering appearance of the true pseudonodule. In my form also, as in Van Heurck’s figures, there are two such, located at short dis- tances from the two ends. Rattray@ states that the pseudonodule is genuine in a Tuscarora valve, but doubts its genuineness in another subspecies which Grunow for that reason names A. elongatus dubia.b The fact is, we have here another illustration of the difficulty of considering Actinocyclus anything more than a subgenus of Cos- cinodiscus. Compare the figures of Van Heurck © with that of Coscinodiscus elongatus Grun. in figure 14 of the same plate. Found at station 2919, off the coast of southern California. Actinocyclus interpunctatus ( bright.) Ralfs in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 835. 1861. Ratt. Journ. Quek. Micr. Club II. 4: 203. 1890. (Not H. L. Smith typ. no. 12.) Actinoptychus interpunctatus Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 8: 94. pl. 6.f. 17. 1860. Hyalodiscus stelliger Bail. err. det. M6ll. Amer. Journ. Micr. 2: 100. 1877. Eupodiscus (Actinoptychus) interpunctatus Bright.; Grun. Amer. Journ. Mier. 8: 101-102. 1878. The above is perhaps a broad variety of A. ralfsii (W. Smith) Ralfs, and differs little from A. sparsus (Greg.) Ratt. The slide in H. L. Smith’s type no. 12, bearing the above name and identical with his slide 421, marked ‘‘ Podosira maxima Grun.,”’ is better considered a variety of A. ralfsii, that is, if that species and this one are to be kept separate. Ralfs was himself doubtful about this form being a valid species. I share this doubt. Still, as there is ground for question on this point, it is perhaps best to accept Rattray’s decision and retain the above name. | Found at station 4505H. Actinocyclus minutus Grev.; Ratt. Journ. Quek. Micr. Club Il. 4: 170. pl. 11.f. 4. 1890. The original specimens came from Manila; this one from the Galapagos Islands. Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. Actinocyclus oliverianus ©’ Meara, Jour. Linn. Soc. Bot. 15: 58. pl. 1.f.7. 1876 (?). Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 145. pl.4.f.7. 1886. Ratt. Journ. Quek. Mier. Club IL. 4: 148. 1890. Podosira oliveriana Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 118. /.5. 1881. Micropodiscus oliverianus Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 118./f.5. 1881; Denkschr. ’ Akad. Wien 487: 79. 1884. Actinocyclus umbonatus Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 145. pl. 4.f. 4. 1886. It is difficult to decide on the genus of this diatom. It has the shimmering pseudo- nodule of Actinocyclus, the watch-case milling of Podosira and the general border of Craspedodiscus. I place it as above because my form, unlike that figured by Van Heurck and the one referred to by Rattray, has a true pseudonodule, a large, hyaline, refractive globule, and not the small process of Van Heurck’s and Rattray’s figures. The view of Van Heurck and of Grunow, who looked on this as a species of Podosira, does not seem to me to be tenable. It may be found necessary to adopt Grunow’s sug- a Journ. Quek. Micr. Club II. 4: 197. 1890. b Van Heur. Synop. pl. 125.f. 16-17. 1881. SSS ee MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 263 gestion of putting this in a new genus Micropodiscus; though the name would be bad, as some specimens have, ‘as above stated, not a “‘little foot,’’ but a very evident pseudonodule. Castracane’s figure gives emphasis to contorted markings that do not occur in all cases. I do not agree with Rattray that Actinocyclus antarticus Castr.¢ and A. wmbonatus Castr.o are synonymous with the above. The failure to find a pseudonodule in the original specimen by O’Meara is probably explained by the inconstancy of that structure. Found at station 2859, off the coast of Alaska. Actinocyclus ralfsii (W. Smith) Ralfsin Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 835. pl. 5.f. 84. 1861. Van Heur. Synop. 215. pl. 123.f. 6, pl. 124.f. 1-4. 1881. O’Meara, Proc. Roy. Trish Acad. II. 2: 268. pl. 37. f. 1.1875. Ratt. Journ. Quek. Micr. Club II. 4: 155. 1890. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1170. 1894. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall.-Bot. 2: 143. pl. 30. f.1. 1886. Eng. & Pr. Pflanzeniam. 1'%: 78. /.119B. 1896. Blake, Trans. Wisc. Acad. 14: 108. pl. 3-4. 1903. Eupodiscus ralfsii W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 86. 1856. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 4. f. 11. 1890. Coscinodiscus fuscus Norm. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 9: 7. pl. 2.f.3. 1861. Actinocyclus fuscus H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 11. 1874. The specimens found at station 3611 are a small and coarse variety similar to the figure in Moebius cited above. Found at stations 3361H and 3611, off the coast of Alaska. Actinocyclus sparsus (Greg.) Ratt. Journ. Quek. Micr. Club Il. 4: 156, 170. 1890. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1177. 1894- Eupodiscus sparsus Greg. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n.s. 5:81. pl. 1.f.47. 1857. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 12.f. 47. 1890. Actinocyclus ralfsii sparsus Ralfs, Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 835. 1861. Cleve & Moll. type no. 115. 1878. Actinocyclus fasciculatus Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: pl. 4.f. 8-8bis. 1886. As Rattray points out,¢ it is a matter of doubt if this form is not to be looked uponas a variety of A. ralfsii, thus agreeing with Ralfs’s opinion@ in Pritch. Hist. Infus. above. But, like Rattray, I feel that this union is questionable enough to warrant the separa- tion, at least for the present. As has been pointed out in the discussion of the genus, the above differs from Coscinodiscus tuberculatus Grev., only in the presence of a pseu- donodule. ¢ Found at station 3346, off the coast of Washington. Actinocyclus subtilis (Greg.) Ralis in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 835. 1861. Ratt. Journ. Quek. Micr. Club II. 4: 188. 1890. H. L. Smith, Am. Journ. Micr. 2: 101.1877. H.L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. 14. 1874. Van Heur. Synop. 216. pl. 124, f. 7. 1881. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1183. 1894. Eupodiscus subtilis Greg. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 21: 501. pl. 11. f. 50. 18577 not Ehrenb. 1855, nom. nud. Eupodiscus gregorianus Breb. Journ. Quek. Micr. Club 2: 41. 1870. @ Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 145. 1886. b Loc. cit. pl. 4. fig. 4. ¢ Journ. Quek. Micr. Club II. 4: 156. 1890. _ @(f. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 835. 1861. ¢ See Greville’s original figure in Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond, n. s. 9: 42. pl. 4.f. 6. 1861, or Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 37./. 6. 1890. 81713—VvoL 10, pT 5—O7—"4 264 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. The name ** Kupodiseus ? subtilis’ Ehrenberg ¢ ought to be dropped out of considera- tion, as there is no indication of the character of the diatom the author had in mind. Ralfs’s species, however, differs in no respect, except in its pseudonodule, from Cose#- nodiscus subtilis Ehrenb.® and especially from the figures in Schmidt’s Atlas pl. 57- Sf. 11-16. Found at stations 3669H, Kuril Islands, and 3688 H, Sea of Okhotsk. Actinocyclus tesselatus (Roper) Ralfs in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 835. 1861. Eupodiscus tesselatus Roper, Quart. Journ, Micr. Sci. 6: 19. pl. 3. f. 1-1. 1858. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 13. f. 1-1b. 1890. Roperia tesselata Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 118. f. 6-7. 1881. Ratt. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 87: 57. 1888. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1087. 1894. : As has been pointed out in the discussion of the genus, the sole difference between Actinocyclus and Coscinodiscus is the presence in the former of the pseudonodule. Although this species contrasts strongly with others of the genus because of its reticu- lated marking, it does not differ in that respect from Coscinodiscus, where such mark- ings are the dominant ones. I see, therefore, no reason to place this in a new genus. The pseudonodule is less dense and convex than in most Actinocycli, though there are exceptions even to this; but there can be no question that it is the homologue of that structure. Found at stations 2680H, 2690H, between San Francisco and Hawaii. CRASPEDODISCUS Ehrenb. Cras pedodiscus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 200. 1845; Mikrog. pl. 18. f. 108. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 831, 939. 1861. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1198. 1894 Griff. & Henf. Mier. Dict. ed. 3. 203. pl. 43. f. 21. 1875. Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 8: 95. pl. 5. f. 6, pl. 6. f: 12. Moeb. Diat.-taf..pl. 29. f. 12. 1890. Coscinodiscus Ehrenb. in part; Kiitz. Sp. Alg. 126. 1849. Pyxidicula Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 85. 1845, in part. Porodiscus Grey. in part; Grun.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 66. f. 6. 1888. Hyalodiscus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1858: 526. 1854, in part; Mikrog. pl. 35A. xxii. f. Ga—-b. 1854. Although this genus is of questionable validity it is not possible at this time to dis- tribute its members among the two or three genera which it most nearly resembles. It stands closest to Coscinodiscus, as is evident by such examples of Craspedodiscus coscinodiscus Ehrenb. as that figured in Schmidt.¢ On the other hand, it leads over imperceptibly into Porodiscus Grey., asin the case of Schmidt’s figure,¢ which Grunow calls Craspedodiscus oblongus, but which Rattraye looks upon, and rightly, as Poro- discus oblongus Grey. Nor is it surprising that in such cases of Brightwellia as have a very minute ring of beads separating the central portion from the outer band of the valve, this ring should be looked upon as essentially the same as the suture that usually separates these two portions in Craspedodiscus./ It is, however, best to hold this genus distinct; and accordingly the union of it with Coscinodiscus by Kiitzingg has been generally disregarded. aEhrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1855: 302. 1856. b Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 412. pl. 1. III. f. 18. 1843. ¢ Schmidt, Atlas pl. 66. f.°3. 1881. d Op. cit. f. 7-9. e Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 674. 1889. 7Cf. Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci, 8: 95. pl. 5. f. 6. 1860, g Kiitz. Sp. Alg. 126, 1849, re Be MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 265 Craspedodiscus coscinodiscus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 266, 1845; Mikrog. pl. 18. f. 108, pl. 33. XV. f. 8, pl. 33. XVI. f. 8.1854. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 832. pl. 5. f. 80. 1861. O’Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 266. pl. 26. f. 26. 1874. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 66. f. 3-5. 1881; pl. 184. f. 4. 1893. Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 8: 95, 139. pl-5. f. 4. 1860, correction. Grun. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 26, 194. 1870. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 600. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1199. 1894. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 86. f. 3. 8. 1890. Pyxidicula coscinodiscus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 85. 1845. Craspedodiscus microdiscus Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 33. XVII. f. 4. 1854. Craspedodiscus pyxidicula Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 8: 95. pl. 5. f. 4. 1860. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 28. f. 4. 1890. Coscinodiscus pyxidicula Kiitz. Sp. Alg. 126. 1849. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. pl. 43. f. 21. 1875. Found at station 2919, off southern California. CYCLOTELLA Breb. Cyclotella® Breb. in Breb. & God. Consid. Diat. 20. 1838. Kitz. Bacill. 50. 1844. Arnott, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 8: 244. 1860. Van Heur. Synop. 213. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 811.1861. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 140. 1886. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 13851. 1894. Cymbella C. Ag. Consp. Diat. 11. 1830, in part. _ Pyvidicula Ehrenb. Infus. pl. 10. f. 1. 1838, in part. Discoplea Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1847: 484. 1848; Mikrog. pl. 6. IT. f. 1-4, pl. 39. IT. f. 29. 1854. In many instances single valves of this genus are identical in general build with those of Melosira C. Ag. They never, however, grow in connected chains or filaments, as do those of the latter genus. Their sculpturing is also usually sui generis. The genus is universally recognized as distinct, a decided advantage in classification, in view of the size of Melosira. Although Cyclotella represents much smaller forms than those com- prising the genus Coscinodiscus, the general shape and the mode of growth of the two are closely similar, and certain members of each genus are difficult to disttnguish. Cyclotella regina Mann, sp. nov. PLATE L, FIGURE 2. Valve circular; consisting of a large central area, three-fourths the diameter of the ~ valve and a rim one-fourth the diameter; the former nearly hyaline, but having a few scattered beads near the slightly elevated center and a narrow fringe of fine radiating lines next to the rim; rim nearly flat, showing different markings on its under and . upper sides; the under (section a in the figure) ornamented with delicate and close transverse striae; the upper (section b in the figure) finely beaded on the inner half, the outer half hyaline; a fine but evident line near to and parallel with the margin. Diameter of valve 0.088 mm. The general appearance of this species is somewhat like (. transylvanica Pant. Specimens are scarce at station 2807, at the Galapagos Islands, and only a single valve was found at station 2823 just inside the mouth of the Gulf of California, opposite the town of La Pax. Type in the U. S. National Museum, No. 590123, from station 2807; also from sta- tion 2823, Galapagos Islands and Gulf of California. Cyclotella striata (Kiitz.) Grun. in Cleve & Grun. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 177: 119 1880. Van Heur. Synop. 213. pl. 92. f. 6-10, 12-15. 1881. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 223. f. 9-14. 1896. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1352. 1894. Coscinodiscus striatus Kiitz. Bacill. 131. pl. 1. f. 8. 1844. —-— ———— @ Asasubgenus by Kiitzing, J.innaea 8: 535. 1833, b Schmidt, Atlas pl. 223. f. 21-27. 1896, 266 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Discoplea sinensis Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 39. I. f. 16, pl. 39. II. f. 30. 1854. Discoplea atlantica Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 39. IT. f. 29. 1854. Cyclotella dallasiana W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2:87. 1856. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 33. 1864 (not H. L. Smith. Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 102. 1874). Cyclotella sinensis Ralfs in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 812. pl. 15. f. 4. 1861. Cyclotella atlantica Ralfis in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 812. pl. 15. f. 3. 1861. Cyclotella ambigua Grun. in Cleve. & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 17*: 119. pl. 7. f. 133. 1880. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1352. 1894. Though there is similarity between this and C. stylorum Bright., I do not think it is sufficient to necessitate uniting them, as is done by De Toni.¢ They are held as sepa- rate by Ralfs, Schmidt,and Van Heurck. There is no doubt about C. sinensis (Ehrenb.) Ralfs being this species; though Discoplea sinensis Ehrenb., on which Ralfs bases his name, is somewhat questionable. The same is true of C. dallasiana W. Smith, which from the meager description and the absence of any illustration is rather indefinite. H. L. Smith’s type no. 102 is a typical C. stylorwm Bright., to which, therefore, if the two are to be held separate, it should be referred. Found at stations 2688H, 4516H, off California and in Gulf of California. Cyclotella stylorum Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 8: 96. pl. 6. f. 16. 1860. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 92. f. 2-5. 1881 Schmidt, Atlas pl. 223. f. 6-8. 1896. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 813. 1861. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 29. f. 16. 1890. Cyclotella dallasiana W. Smith, err. det. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 102. 1874. As only a single valve was found the identification is somewhat doubtful, for withou* a complete frustule it is nearly impossible to decide between the above species and similarly constructed valves of Melosira, as, for example, those of M. subornata Schmidt. Found at station 3263H, south of Aleutian Islands. — HEMIPTYCHUS Ehrenb. Hemiptychus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1848: 7. 1849. Arachnodiscus Bail. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1849: 64. 1850; in Wilkes U. 8. Explor. ixped. 17: 174. 1874. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1311. 1894. Arachnoidiscus Deane; Pritch. Hist. Animale. ed. 2. 318. 1852; Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 841. pl. 15. f. 18-21. 1861. H. L. Smith, The Lens 1: 19, 93. 1872. Arachnoidiscus Bail.; W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 25. pl. 31. f. 256. 1853. Deane, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 6: 188. 1858. The above name must take precedence over Arachnodiscus, which was first pub- lished in 1850, Ehrenberg crediting the name to J. W. Bailey, who probably commu- nicated the name in a letter to Ehrenberg, as no trace of it can be found in Bailey’s earlier writings. In 1850 Ehrenberg discards the earlier name, in consequence of its prior application to a genus of insects, and adopts the very appropriate and desecrip-— tive name of Arachnodiscus, which was first used in England by H. Deane (spelling it, however, as it is now generally spelled, Arachnoidiscus) in an unpublished paper read before the Microscopical Society of London on March 17, 1847. Ehrenberg’s excuse for abandoning his earlier name, Hemiptychus, is not valid. I think it is both unnecessary and unwise to duplicate names in botany and zoology, and especially so where the forms are, as with the diatoms, close to the dividing line between the two kingdoms. But in this instance there is no duplication; the*hemip- terous name previously established by Germar in 1833¢ being Hemiptycha, no a De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1352. 1894. b Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 6: 188. 1858, ¢Silb. Rey. Ent. 1833. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 2967 Hemiptychus. This latter was looked upon by Le Conte as sufficiently distinct to be given to a genus of Coleoptera in 1865.4 As this first name of Ehrenberg’s is valid and as his diagnosis is clear and his type species well defined, namely, /7/. ornatus, it must replace the better known and far more descriptive name invented by Deane. Hemiptychus ehrenbergii (Bail.) Mann. Arachnodiscus ehrenbergii Bail. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1849: 63. 1850; Wilkes U.S. Explor. Exped. 17: 174. 1874. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 26. pl. 37. f. 256. 1853. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 68. f. 3-4. Jan. Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 18622: 158. pl. 2A. f. 3. 11. 1862. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: 69. pl. 19. f. 169. 1886. Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti, pl. 2. f. 8. 1888. Arachnoidiscus japonicus Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1872: 198. 1873 (not A. japonicus Shadb. which is A. ornatus Ehrenb.). Carp. Micro. ed. 8. 612. pl. 12. 1901. The specimens found at station 3604 are the variety called californica Grun.? Found at stations 2287H, 2844, 2848, 2860, 3604, 3635H, 3691H, 3693H, 3694H, 3712H, 3784H, 4013H, 4019H, 4023H, 4025H, 4029H, Bering Sea, Aleutian Islands, off British Columbia, Okhotsk Sea, and off Honshu Island, Japan. Hemiptychus indicus (Ehrenb.) Mann. Arachnoidiscus indicus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1854: 165. 1855; Mikrog. pl. 36. f. 84.1854. Witt. Verh. Russ. Min. Gesell. IT. 22: 153. pl. 8. f. 4. 1886. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: 69. pl. 19. f. 171.1886. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 68. f. 6-8. 1881; pl. 73. f. 2. 1882; pl. 201. f. 2-6. 1896. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1312. 1894. This species approaches by close gradations to H. ehrenbergii. Found at station 3635H, Bering Sea, between Pribilof and Aleutian Islands. Hemiptychus ornatus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1848: 7. 1849. Arachnoidiscus ornatus Ebrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1849: 64.1850. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 3. 842. pl. 15. f. 18-21. 1861. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 73. f. 4-10. 1882. Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti 11. pl. 2. f. 15. 1888. Jan. Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 1862*: 22. pl. 1A. f. 3, pl. 1B. f. 5. 1862. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1311. 1894. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. 45.1874. Eng. & Pr. Pflanzenfam. 11>: 69. /. 95. 1896. Arachnoidiscus japonicus Shadb. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. 3: 319. pl. 24. f. 18-21. 1852 (not A. japonicus Ehrenb., which is A. ehrenbergii Bail.). Arachnoidiscus nicobaricus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1854: 165. 1855; Mikrog. pl. 30. f. 35. 1854. Found at station 3698, off Honshu Island, Japan. STICTODISCUS Grev. Stictodiscus Grev. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 9: 39. pl. 4, f. 1-4. 1861. Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti 18. pl. 5. 1888. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1313. 1874. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 112-116. 1886. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 506. f. 254. 1896. Cyclotella Kitz. Sp. Alg. 20. 1849, in part. Triceratium Ehrenb. in part; Grev. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 9: 76, pl. 9. f. 9. 1861; 13: 104. pl. 8. f. 14. 1865. Discoplea Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 835A. X XII. f. 6. 1854, in part. Actinoptychus Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 19. f. 12. 1854, in part. Nothoceratium De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 915. 1894, in part. All specimens of this genus having polygonal instead of circular form were put by Greville and others in that unscientific complex, the genus Triceratium of Ehrenberg. @ Proc. Acad. Phila. 239. 1865. b Schmidt, Atlas po. 68. f. 3. 1881. 268 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. The matter of this confusion has been so extensively treated by Castracane @ that no attempt to add to what is there said is necessary here. The subject will be referred to in this report under the genus Trigonium. The present genus is in some instances so close to Hemiptychus Ehrenb. that good definitions are hard to formulate. Nevertheless the utility of the two genera is considerable, and their approach is not close enough to merge this genus into that of Ehrenberg. Stictodiscus buryanus Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 9: 40. pl. 4. f. 1-2. 1861. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 87. f. 1-2. 1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 131. f. 3. 1888. Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti 19. pl. 5. f. 1-8, 5-6, 15. 1888. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1313. 1894. Stictodiscus hiittlingerianus Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti 19. pl. 5. f. 11. 1888. It is a question whether or not S, johnsonianus Grey. should be placed here as a synonym. The chief distinction is the single lines of radiating beads in S. johnson- ianus and the multiple lines of beading, especially near the border, in S. bury- anus. This difference, as seen in Greville’s original figures and in plate 5 of Luard and Witt is hardly adequate to keep these apart. There is even less excuse for mak- ing a new species of S. hiittlingerianus on the trivial ground that the shadow lines at the center of the valve do not anastomose. Found at stations 2807, 3784, Galapagos Islands, and north of Aleutian Islands. Stictodiscus gelidus Mann, sp. noy. PLate L, FIGURE 5. Valves circular, almost flat; marked with very large flat disks, which, like the interspaces, are smooth and shining; the largest, four to five in number, arranged about the center of the valve in a ring, each disk being one-eighth the diameter of the valve in width or fully 0.01 mm. wide, thence decreasing in size to the border of the valve, where they are one-third as large; 12 to 18 radiating but irregular lines proceeding from the border toward the center, but not reaching it, as is common in this genus; at the center one smaller disk invariably perforated by a vermiform central pore, larger above and narrowing inward to a fine point; rim narrow and hyaline. Diameter of valve, 0.058 to 0.105 mm. Type in the U. 8. National Museum, No. 590124, from station 4029H, Bering Sea, June 27, 1900; 913 fathoms, bottom of gray sand and clay. Stictodiscus johnsonianus Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n.s. 9: 41. pl. 4.f. 8. 1861. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1314. 1894. Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti 20. pl. 5. f. 4. 9, pl. 6. f. 16. 1888. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 37. f. 3. 1890. Stictodiscus jeremianus Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 116. 1886. Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti 20. pl. 5. f. 10, pl. 6. f. 2. 1888. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 131. f. 1. 1888. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1320. 1884. , Triceratium jeremianum Schmidt, Atlas pl. 75. f. 2-2a. 1882. Stictodiscus truani Witt, in Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti 19. pl. 4. f. 28-24. 1888. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 131. f. 2. 1888. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1317. 1894. Stictodiscus caraibicus Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti 20. pl. 5. f. 14. 1888. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1319. 1894. Stictodiscus radiatus Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 117. pl. 1. f. 1. 1886. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1316. 1894. In admitting a specific difference between this diatom and S. buryanus, chiefly on the basis of the multiple character of the radial rows of beading in the latter and aCastr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 112-116. 1886. bCf. Arachnoidiscus barbadensis Schmidt, Atlas pl. 68. f. 11, with Stictodiseus hard- manianus Grey. pl. 74. f. 8. and these two with Stictodiscus grovei Schmidt, pl. 147. a 5- 4% | ; | MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 269 incidentally on the anastomosing of the shadow lines near its center, we certainly recognize a difference as small as is consistent with any distinction at all. There is excuse for this in the fact that all members of this genus are closely allied and differ- ences may be recognized to divide up the large number of its forms which elsewhere would hardly serve that purpose. But having made this admission, there is nothing left on which to base a distinction between Greville’s S. johnsonianus and those quoted above as synonyms. T'riceratium jeremianum is simply a polygonal instead of a circular specimen of the same diatom,@ and this divergence, being a most common one in the genus, counts for nothing. So S. caraibicus has a few more beads than the triangular examples of S. johnsonianus on the same plate. The ‘spiral arrangement ”’ of the beads in S. truant, its only distinction, is difficult to detect and of no worth when detected. The figure of S. radiatus is almost as fine a copy of Greville’s original figure of S. johnsonianus as could be asked for. Other forms might be added to the above list, as their differences are of somewhat questionable weight; as S. pulchellus Truan & Witt,® S. grunowi Truan & Witt,¢ S. afinis Castr.,¢ S. trigonus Castr.,¢ S. margaritaceus Castr./ A little further removed, solely by the character of the border, is S. californicus Grev., together with a number of its synonyms.g I have united a large number of circular and triangular specimens under this species, mounted specimens of which accompany this report. Found at stations 2807, 2808, 2920H, 3008H, 3604, 4029H, Galapagos Islands, Hawai- ian Islands. Stictodiscus kittonianus Grev. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 9: 77. pl. 10. f. 2-3. 1861. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 4. f. 2-3. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 74. f. 16-18. 1882. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1315. 1894. This delicate form, not infrequent in the fossil deposits of Maryland and Virginia, has been found on the Pacific slope only in the fossil beds of Monterey, California. The specimen discovered by me came from Bering Sea, north of the Aleutian Islands. Found at station 4029H, Bering Sea. ACTINOPTYCHUS Ehrenb. Actinoptychus Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 400, 409. pl. 1. I. f. 27. ITT. 22. 1843; Am. Journ. Sci. 46: 300. 1844. Actinocyctus Ehrenb. in part; Bail. Am. Journ. Sci. 45: pl. 2. f. 17. 1842. Omphalopelta Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 270. 1845, in part. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 129. pl. 7. f. 2, 131. pl. 18. f. 9. 1886, in toto. Heliopelta Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 33. XVIII. f. 5. 1854. Johnst. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 8: 13, 18. 1860. Ralfs in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 840. 1861. Halionyx Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 835A. XXT. f. 12. 1854. Jan. Abh. Schl. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 18617: pl. 1. f. 1. 1861; 1862*: pl. 1a. f. 6. 1862. Actinophaenia Shadb. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 16. 1854; Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 8: 94. pl 6. f. 18. 1860. Schuettia De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1395-96. 1894. Closely allied to the above genus are Debya Pant., Anthodiscus Gr. & St., Lepido- discus Witt, Actinodictyon Pant., Wittia Pant. They fall into H. L. Smith’s family aGf..Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti pl. 5. f. 9. 1888. 6 Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti 20. pl. 6. f. 5. 1888. ep, cit, pt. 4. f. 25, pl. 5: f. 8, pl. 6. f. $2. @ Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 119. pl. 7. f. 4. 1886. €Op, cit. 122: pl, $1, f. 1. fOp. cit. 120. pl. 17. f. 12. gTrans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 9: 79. pl. 10. f. 1. 1861. 270 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. grouping Heliopelteae,¢ in which is also included Polymyxus Bail., a genus which I think has closer affinity with Aulacodiseus (Ehrenb.) Ratt. The original union of Actinoptychus and Actinocyclus by Ehrenberg and the sub- sequent separation of the former by the creation of that genus in 1839 has been dis- cussed under Actinocyclus. It may be well to quote here the original Ehrenberg distinction between the two as it is given by J. W. Bailey. ‘ Under the new genus Actinoptychus are now placed those species of the old genus Actinocyclus which pos- sess internal partitions or folds, while under the old name are retained those in which the external rays are not connected with internal folds.”’ Actinoptychus alternans Mann, sp. nov. PLatE XLV, FicuRE 1. Valves circular; divided into 16 alternating segments, 8 of which bear each a minute rounded process close to the margin, its base not surrounded by a hyaline area; these segments evenly marked with minute rows of beads, parallel to the cen- tral row or rows; that is, not radially arranged; number of rows per segment, 14 or 15; the 8 segments alternating with these without processes, marked with much larger beads regularly placed in diagonal parallel rows; inner ends of these segments proceeding slightly farther toward the center than those bearing processes, and hence giving a stellate appearance to the hyaline median area; the external ends of these segments showing a narrow hyaline band next to the rim; rim narrow, hyaline. Diameter of valve, 0.0357 to 0.0450 mm. The general aspect issimilar to minute forms of A. vulgaris Schmidt and to A. laevi- gatus Grun., forma parva.¢ It is also apparently like the rather obscure unnamed figure @ which Grove rightly considers to be different from A. elegans Ralfs. Type in the U. 8. National Museum, No. 590125, from station 4516H, Gulf of Cali- fornia, December 22, 1904; 1,627 fathoms, bottom of volcanic sand, obsidian, and fragments of Globigerina. Also a variety of the above, in which the segments bearing processes are underlain with secondary markings of coarse, bead-like dots irregularly disposed. Found at stations 2690H, between California and the Hawaiian Islands, and 4516H in the South Pacific. Actinoptychus grundleri Schmidt, Atlas pl. 7. f. 22. 1875; pl. 90. f. 7, pl. 100. f. 3-4, 1886. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: pl. 12. f. 106. 1887. My specimen differs from the type in that the hyaline spaces between the outer extremities of the segments are not united by thin hyaline bands parallel to the margin. Found at station 2835, off Lower California. i Actinoptychus janischii Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 122. f. 6. 1881. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 158. f. 8-10. 21. 1890. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: pl. 16. f. 143. 1887. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1388. 1894. Halionyx vicenarius Jan. Abh. Schles Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 1862: 10. pl. 1. f. 2. 1862. The above specific name of Janisch, though older than A. janischii, was preempted by Actinoptychus vicenarius Ehrenb.,é a decidedly different diatom, without processes and having no hyaline lines bisecting the segments. Found at station 2823. a The Lens 1: 8, 17. 1872. b Am. Journ. Sci. 46: 300. 1844. ¢ Schmidt, Atlas pl. 732. f. 15. 1890. @ Schmidt, Atlas, pl. 1538. f. 4. 1890. ¢ Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 410. 1843. Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 18. f. 28. 1854. 4 7 4 ) ; ] » MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 271 Actinoptychus mdlleri Grun.; Schmidt, Atlas p/. 132. f. 8-9. 1888; pl. 154. f. 5. 1890. In our specimens the central area is formed into a strong hyaline star by the exten- sion of the ends of the undulating segments. Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. Actinoptychus planus Mann, sp. nov. : PLATE XLV, FIGURE 2. Valves circular, divided into six segments of equal size and identical markings, their surfaces lying nearly in one plane; three bearing each a minute globular proc- ess, set on the extreme outer margin of the valve, the alternating three showing obscure rudiments of such processes; markings of minute beading closely placed, not in per- fect rows, but so arranged as to give a faintly blotched or wavy appearance to the surface; no hyaline bands at the outer margins of the segments, but their outer cor- ners separated by small triangular hyaline areas, the extremities of the six lines of division; central area unusually small, circular, hyaline; rim a mere line, apparently smooth. Diameter of valve, 0.0525 mm. Type in the U. 8. National Museum, No. 590126, from station 4029H, Bering Sea, June 27, 1900; 913 fathoms, bottom of gray sand and clay. Actinoptychus punctulatus Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: 62. pl. 8. f. 60. 1887. De Toni, Notarisia 3: 608. 1888; Syll. Alg. 2: 1374. 1894. Actinoptychus intermedius Schmidt, Atlas pl. 91. f. 3 (not f. 2), pl. 109. f. 12. 1886. As is pointed out by De Toni@, Schmidt has included under his name intermedius two quite distinct forms. That represented by figure 2 in plate 91 should be taken as type; the other (fig. 3), agreeing with Pantocsek’s species, should be placed here. Found at stations 2807, Galapagos Islands, and 2920H and 3013H, between Cali- fornia and Hawaii. Actinoptycbus radulus Mann, sp. nov. PuaTE XLV, FIGURE 3. Valve circular; divided into 6 equal segments, each bearing a stout, rounded proc- ess, arising close to the rim and protruding slightly beyond it, its base surrounded by a small oval or cuneiform, hyaline space which narrows inward to a thin line running to the center of the valve, thus bisecting the segment; markings of minute beads regularly arranged in diagonal cross lines; each segment slightly wider at the outer margin than its length radially, thereby leaving an unusually large hyaline central area; rim narrow, finely crossed with lines and bearing blunt, stout teeth closely set, giving to the outer edge a serrate appearance; the segments alternately slightly con- cave and convex, as in many other species. Diameter of valve, 0.078 mm. Type in the U.S. National Museum, No. 590127, from station 2920H, between Cali- fornia and Hawaii, November 21, 1891; 570 fathoms, bottom of brown mud and fine sand. Actinoptychus splendens (Shadb.) Ralfs in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 840. 1861. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 119. f. 1-2, 4. 1881. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: 63. pl. 16. f. 140.1887. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1385. 1894. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 153. f. 3, 16-17. Actinophaenia splendens Shadb.® in Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sei. 8: 94. pl. 6. f. 18. 1860. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 29. f. 18. 1890. Halionyx undenarius Ehrenb. and H. bisenarius Ehrenb. Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 18612: pl. 1. f. 1. 1861; 18627: pl. 1A. f. 6. 1862. aSyll. Alg. 2: 1374. 1894. bThis name was originally published by Shadbolt in Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 2: 16. 1854. The description is insufficient for a determination, but Brightwell’s identification may be correct, inasmuch as he was a contemporary worker and may have seen authentic material. 272 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Actinoptychus halionyx Gran. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 25. 1870. | Actinoptychus glabratus Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 120. f. 6. 1881. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 140. 1861. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1387. 1894. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 1538. | f. 7. 12, pl. 154. f. 2-4. 1890. . Found at stations 2851, off the coast of Alaska; 2885, off the coast of Oregon, and 2920H, between California and Hawaii. Actinoptychus undulatus (Bail.) Ralfs in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 839. pl. 5. f. 88. I861. Schmidt, Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere pl. 3. f. 29-30. 1874. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 1. f. 1-6. 1875. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 22bis. f. 14, pl. 122. f. 1-4. 1881. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 109. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1372. 1894. | Actinocyclus undulatus Bail. Amer. Journ. Sci, 42: pl. 2. f. 11. 1842. Kiitz. Bacill. | 132. pl. 1. f. 24. 1844. | Omphalopelta areolata Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 270. 1845; Mikrog. | pl. 835A. X VIII. f. 2, pl. 33. XIII. f. 17. 1854. Pritch Hist. Infus. ed. 4, 841. pl. 8. f. 15. 1861. Griff. & Henf. Mier. Dict. ed. 3. pl. 43. f. 53. 1875. | Actinoptychus omphalopelta Grun. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 25. 1870. Actinoptychus biternarius Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. P-.. 18438: 166. 1844; Mikrog. pl. 883A. X VI. f. 1, pl. 18. f. 20. 1854. There is some doubt about the identification of many forms in Ehrenberg’s works, especially in his Mikrogeologie, bearing a close resemblance to this species. It seems to me unwise to load the synonymy with names assigned by him to forms the exact character of which it is now impossible to discover. Those given above are probably specimens of this species. It is a question whether A. senarius Ehrenb.@ and A. sedenarius Ehrenb.? belong here or under A. splendens (Shadb.) Ralfs. If their char- acter could be clearly determined their assignment to either of these species would call for a change of the specific name. I look upon the question as far too obscure to warrant such a change. Many wide varieties of this species were found in these investigations. Those from station 2823 have the marginal processes on alternating segments, and so protruded beyond the usual marginal curve as to give the valve an angular form. A variety from station 2807 approaches close to A. trifurcatus Temp. & Br.¢ Found at stations 2807, 2823, 2835, 2848, 2851, 2859, 2860, 2882, 3346, 3603, 3604, 3671, 3691H, 3694H, 3712H, 4013H, 4014H, 4029H, 4585H, Galapagos Islands to | Bering Sea, and off Honshu Island, Japan. At station 3604 in the Bering Sea occurs the variety called ‘‘monterey’’ by Schmidt.¢ ASTEROLAMPRA Ehrenb. Asterolampra Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 73, 76. 1845. Grev. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: 108. 1860. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 641. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1397. 1894. Asteromphalus Ehrenb. in part; Wall. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: 47. pl. 2. f. 13. 1860. Grev. Trans. Micr. Soe. Lond. 8: 121. pl. 4. f. 19. 1860. Craspedodiscus Ehrenb. in part; Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sei. 8: 95. pl. 5. f. 7. 1860. Ralfs in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 832. 1861. @Ehrenb. Infus. pl. 21. f. 6. 18388; Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1839: pl. 4. f. 1a-e. 1841. ’ b> Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin 1839: pl. 4. f. 2. 1841; Mikrog. pl. 33. XV. f. 4. — 4. 1854. ¢ Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 30°: pl. 7. f. 2. 1889. d Atlas pl. 1. f. 6. 1875. ; MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. ve This genus and the next, Asteromphalus, form together a group sharply defined from all other disciform diatoms. The two genera are easily distinguished from each other by the fact that in Asteromphalus one of the radiating limbs is not symmetrical with the rest, but much narrower, and at its inner extremity, where it goes to make up the central rosette of segments, it is generally not as the rest are, i. e., wedge-shaped and terminating at the center, but is either club-shaped and extended beyond the center or rectangular and not reaching the center, or if it happen to be wedge-shaped it is smaller and narrower than the other segments. Although this asymmetry of one radiating limb in Asteromphalus is very constant in its many species, if is a rather inadequate basis for separating into two genera forms that are otherwise so much alike and are so different from all other diatoms. But for convenience of classification it is certainly advantageous to leave them as they are. The genera Rylandsia Grev., Truania Pant., Bergonia Brun, Stelladiscus Ratt., and Asterodiscus Johnst. are the nearest forms to the two above-named genera. Asterolampra marylandica Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 76. f. 10. 1845. Bail. Amer. Journ. Sci. 48: pl. 4. f. B. 1845. Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 8: 94. pl. 5. f. 3. 1860. Wallich, Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n.s. 8: 47. pl. 2. f. 14-15. 1860. Ralfs in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 836. pl. 11. f. 33.1861. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 82. f. 1-4. 1890. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. pl. 19. f. 5. 1875. Grev. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: 108. pl. 3. f. 1-4. 1860; 10: 44. pl. 7. f. 1-3. 1862. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 193. 1889. Asterolampra septenarius Johns. Amer. Journ. Sei. IL. 18: 33. 1852. Asterolampra impar Shadb. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 2: 17. pl. 1. f. 14. 1854. Asterolampra hexactis Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1872: 392. pl. 9. f. 1-2. 1873. Asterolampra pelagica Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1854: 238. 1855?; Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 232. pl. 6. f. 4. 18438. Found at stations 2807, 2920H, 2923, Galapagos Islands, Hawaiian Islands, and off southern California. ASTEROMPHALUS Ehrenb. Asteromphalus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 198, 200. 1845; Mikrog. pl. 385A. X XI. f. 3.1854. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 206. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1409. 1894. Spatangidium Breb. Bull. Soc. Linn. Norm. 2: 294-7. pl. 3. f. 3. ‘ Actinogramma Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1872: 255, 392. pl. 9. f. 3-6. 1873. . Mesasterias Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1872: 392. pl. 9. f. 7. 1873. Asterolampra Ehrenb. in part; Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8 4. f. 15-18. 1860. The genera nearest to this are the same as are enumerated under Asterolampra, where also the close similarity of these two genera is discussed. Greville misplaced nearly all his examples of this genus in Asterolampra. Asteromphalus arachne (Breb.) Ralfsin Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 837. pl. 5. f. 66. 1861. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 38. f. 3-4. 1876. Jan. Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 1862?: 14, pl. 1A. f. 13, pl. 2B. f. 16. i862. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 665. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1417. 1894. Spatangidium arachne Breb. Bull. Soc. Linn. Norm. 2: 296. pl. 3. f. 1. 1857. Asterolampra arachne Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: 123. 1860. Asteromphalus malleus Wall. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: 47. pl. 2. f. 11. 1860. Asteromphalus malleformis Wall. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: pl. 2. f. 11. expl. 1860. 274 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. There is a close resemblance between the above and A. wallichianus (Grev.) Ralfs,4 which has been figured as Asterolampra wallichiana Grey. Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. Asteromphalus beaumontii Mhrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 200.1845. Jan.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 38. f. 6-7. (not f. 5). 1876. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. pl. 18. f. 15, 1875. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 658. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1412. 1894. Asteromphalus ralfsianus Grun. err, det. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 38. f. 6-7 (not f. 5). 1876. Much confusion exists between this species and A. heptactis (Breb.) Ralfs. The latter, under its synonymous name A. ralfsianus (Norm.) Grun., is figured by Schmidt ¢ and united with figures 6 and 7 of the same plate, which should be assigned to this species. Janisch, in a note to these figures, points out this fact. De Tonié groups all these figures of Schmidt under A. heptactis (Breb.) Ralis. The specimens found at station 2860 approach varieties of A. hookeru Ehrenb. as figured under its synonym A. humboldtii Ehrenb.,e and also A. variabilis (Grey.) Ratt. as figured under its synonym Asterolampra variabilis Grey./ and are, further, rather close to what Brun & Tempére have named A. senectus.9 Found at stations 2859, 2860, 3346, 3607, 4029H, off Washington to Bering Sea. Asteromphalus brookei Bail. Am. Journ. Sci. II. 22: 2. pl. 1. f. 2. 1856; Schmidt, | Atlas pl. 38. f. 21-23. 1876. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 837. pl. 5. f. 79. 1861. . Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1": 10. 1873. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1412. | 1894. Asterolampra brookei Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: 119. pl. 4. f. 18. 1860. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 33. f. 18. 1890. Actinogramma brooke: Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1872: 257. 1873. Found at stations 3361, 3604, 3607, 3635H, 3693H, 4029H, off Panama and in Bering and Okhotsk seas. At station 3604 this species is remarkably abundant. Asteromphalus elegans Grev. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 7: 161. pl. 7. /. 6.1859. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 837..pl. 5. f. 87. 1861. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 38. f. 1-2. 1876. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 212. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1413. 1894. . Asterolampra elegans Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: 118. pl. 4. f. 16. 1860. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 33. f. 16. 1890. Actinogramma jupiter Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1872: 392. pl. 9. f. 8. 1873. Actinogramma venus Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1872: 392. pl. 9. f. 4. 1873. Actinogramma saturnus Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1872: 392. pl. 9. f. 5. 1873. . Actinogramma sol Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1872: 392. pl. 9. f. 6. 1873. Asteromphalus wyvillii Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 134. pl. 5. f. 6. 1886. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1418. 1894. Schmidt incorrectly attributes this name to Ralfs. Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. aPritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 837. 1861. b Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: pl. 4. f. 11. 1860. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 33. f. 11. 1890. ¢ Atlas pl. 38. f. 5. 1876. d Syll. Alg. 2: 1416. 1894. e Mikrog. pl. 835A. XX J. f. 3. 1854. J Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: pi. 8. f. 6-8. 1860. g Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 30°: 17. pl. 3. f. 2. 1889 (ef. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 202. f. 17. 1896.) OT ae - forms. rather oval than circular, similar to Ralfs’s figure cited above, but with the part bisected by the narrow limb flattened to nearly a straight line and showing a fold in the valve on the left of this limb. This contorted phase is perfectly uniform in these gatherings. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 975 Asteromphalus flabellatus (Breb.) Grev. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 7: 160 pl. 7./. 4-5. 1859. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 21. f. 4-5. 1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 38. f. 10-12. 1876. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 127. f. 5-6. 1881. Jan. Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterl.Cult. 1862?: 13. pl. 2B. f. 23. 1862. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 622. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1414. 1894. Spatangidium flabellatum Breb. Bull. Soc. Linn. Norm. 2: 297. pl. 3. f. 3. 1857. Spatangidium peltatum Breb. Bull. Soc. Linn. Norm. 2: 298. pl. 3. f. 4. 1857. Asterolampra flabellata Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: 116. 1860. Found at stations 2807, 3698, Galapagos Islands and off Honshuh Island, Japan. Asteromphalus heptactis (Breb.) Rallis in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 838. ol..8. f. 21.1861. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 664. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1416. 1894. Spatangidium heptactis Breb. Bull. Soc. Linn. Norm. 2: 296. pl. 3. f. 2, 1857. Spatangidium ralfsianum Norm. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 7: 161. pl. 7. f. 7-8. 1859. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 21. f. 7-8. 1890. Asterolampra heptactis Grev. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: 122. 1860. Asteromphalus ralfsianus Grun. in Schmidt, Atlas pl. 38. f. 5 (not f. 6-8). 1876. As is stated under A. beawmontii Ehrenb., much confusion exists between these two A variety is found abundantly at stations 4505H and 4516H, having the valves Found at stations 2807, 2923, 3604, 4505H, 4516H, Galapagos Islands to Bering Sea. Asteromphalus hiltonianus (Grey.) Ralis in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 837. 1861. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 661. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1414. 1894. Asterolampra hiltoniana Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n.s. 8: 117. pl. 4. f. 15. 1860. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 33. f. 15. 1890. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 491. 1878. I have not placed the above as asynonym of A. elegans Grev., but the two are enough alike to raise the question of uniting them. I find both in some abundance in the ‘same dredging, station 2807, and the distinguishing between the two has been a rather arbitrary one on my part. one, A. elegans. It may be found best to place this species under the older Found at station 2807, Galapagos Island. Asteromphalus hookerii Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 200. /. 3. 1845; Mikrog. pl. 835A. XXI. f. 2. 1854. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4, 836. pl. 11. f. 84.1861. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 656. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1410. 1894. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. 81. pl. 19. f. 2. 1875. Asteromphalus buchii Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 200. f. 4. 1845. Asteromphalus cuvierti Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 200. /f. 7. 1845; Mikrog. pl. 35A. XXJ. f. 1. 1854. Jan. Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 18622: 160. pl. 2B. f. 21. 1862. Asteromphalus humboldtii Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 200. f. 6. 1845; Mikrog. pl. 35A. XXJ. f. 3. 1854. Jan. & Rabh. in Rabh. Beitr. 1: [4. pl. 3. f. 11] 1863. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 38, f. 18-20. 1876. Asterolampra hookerit Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: 114. 1860. Ehrenberg’s habit of giving separate names to specimens of the same species differ- ing in the number of arms or divisions is responsible for the three synonyms cited above, A. hookerii having six rays, A. buchii seven rays, A. humboldtii eight rays, and A, cuvierti nine rays. Found at station 3635H, Bering Sea. 276 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Asteromphalus nanus Mann, sp. nov. ~Piatre XLV, Fiaure 4. Valves circular, the central hyaline area or rosette unequally divided into five wedge-shaped segments by straight or slightly curved partitions, having neither forks nor angular breaks, the focus of the five segments being not in the center of the valve, but slightly nearer the side bearing the narrow limb; the wedge-shaped segment of the narrow limb smallest, constituting about 12 per cent of the central area, the two on either side larger, each about 20 per cent of the area and the remaining two largest, about 24 per cent; narrow limb sharply bent to the left, dividing the beaded com- partments on either side of it into two unequal portions; of the four remaining limbs one or two slightly curved; all four stout, expanded at the ends and bearing a minute circular process at the extremity; all five limbs reaching to within one row of beading of the margin; beading fine, decreasing toward the margin; approximately regular, the slight deviation from regularity being repeated exactly in each of the pairs of compartments to the right and left of the narrow limb. The species is very abundant in the one sounding where it was discovered and is constant to its type. Diameter of valve 0.04 to 0.06 mm.; rows of beading 13 to 15 in 0.1 mm. Type in the U. S. National Museum, No. 590128, from station 4029H, Bering Sea, June 27, 1900; 913 fathoms, bottom of gray sand and clay. The nearest form to this is A. debyi Pant.@ It differs from the latter in the character of the beading and in the absence of septae joining the dividing lines of the wedge- shaped segments of the central rosette. Asteromphalus roperianus (Grey.) Ralfs. in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 838. 1861. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 38. f. 15. 1876. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 657. 1889. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 133. pl. 5. f. 3. 1886. Schultze, Bull. Torr. Club 14: 96. 1887. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1411. 1894. Asterolampra roperiana Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: 119. pl. 4. f. 14. 1860. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 33. f. 14. 1890. Mesasterias abyssi Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1872: 392. pl. 9. f. 7. 1873. Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. Asteromphalus shadboltianus (Grey.) Ralfs in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 838. 1861. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 88. f. 17. 1876; pl. 137. f. 26. 1889. Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 656. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1411. 1894. Asterolampra shadboltiana Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: 121. pl. 4. f. 19. 1860. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 33. f. 19. 1890. Found at stations 2919, 2920H, 3688H, near Hawaiian Islands and in Okhotsk Sea. Asteromphalus van heurckii Mann, sp. nov. PLATE XLY, Figure 5. Valve circular, scarcely convex, extremely delicate and translucent; radiating limbs 12; central hyaline area or rosette large, divided somewhat unequally into 12 wedge-shaped segments by tortuous partitions, the segment belonging to the narrow limb alone reaching the center of the valve and narrower than the rest; limbs straight, slender, terminating at the margin of the valve in suddenly enlarged extremities, bearing a minute process; margin narrow but evidently striated; markings of the 12 external wedge-shaped compartments very delicate, appearing under magnifications of 200 to 250 diameters to consist of delicate parallel lines concentric with the periphery of the valve, but under the highest magnification resolved into fine moniliform striae, those nearest the periphery alone parallel to it, those nearer the center becoming curved in the opposite direction—that is, with the convexity inward—the striae slightly wider apart than the width of the beading; the beading next to the limbs separating the compartments and bordering the internal convex ends of the com- partments double the size of the rest of the beading, forming a single row of large @ Beitr, Bacill. Ung. 3: pl. 21. f. 305. 1893. 7 s : . MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. Ue i | beads around the outer edge of each compartment. Under low magnifications these bordering rows are alone visible, the rest of the compartments appearing to be hyaline. Diameter of valve 0.088 mm.; striae 112 to 119 in 0.1 mm. Type in the U. 8, National Museum, No. 590129, from station 2923, off southern California, January 19, 1889; 822 fathoms, bottom of green mud. I have named this fine species as above, not only because of my high regard for Dr. Henri Van Heurck, but also on account of its general resemblance to Asterolampra van heurckii Brun. Asteromphalus variabilis (Grev.) Ratt. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 655. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1410. 1894. Usterclampra variabilis Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: 111. pl. 3. f. 6-8. 1860. My specimen is a rather doubtful example of the above species, and, it should be added, the species itself is open to some question. The figures of Greville in the above citation are too incomplete as to the nature of the limbs and especially as to the character of the markings to make it certain that figures 7 and 8 are not both gener- ically and specifically different from figure 6, their general aspect being that of Astero- lampra, as Greville has of course named them. ‘There is no question about figure 6 being an Asteromphalus; and Rattray is probably justified in putting this variable dia- tom under the above name. My form lends confirmation to this view, the segment of the central area belonging to the narrow limb, being, as in figure 6, wedge-shaped and the valve having all the characteristics of this genus. Its size, also, and the fineness of its striation correspond exactly with those data as given by Rattray. Diameter of valve 0.113 mm.; striae 5 to 8 in 0.01 mm. Found at station 4029H, Basne Sea. TRIPODISCUS Ehrenb. Tripodiscus Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1839: 130, 159. pl. 3. f. 6a-e. 1841. Tetrapodiscus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss Berl. 1848: 166. 1844. Kitz. Bacill. 136. pl. 1. f. 6. 1844. Pentapodiscus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1848: 166. 1844. . Podiscus Bail. Am. Journ. Sci. 46: 137. pl. 3. f. 1-2. 1844. Eupodiscus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 73. 1845, in part. Aulacodiscus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 73. 1845; Mikrog. pl. 18. f. 47. 1854. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 843. pl. 6. f. 4-5. 1861. Char. Emend. Ratt. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 8: 337. 1888. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1091. 1894. The name Tripodiscus is clearly prior to the generally accepted name Aulacodiscus. It is an unfortunate name, as it applies strictly to only those specimens that have the accidental number of three processes, whereas nine-tenths of the members of the genus have from four to twenty processes. But the descriptive exactness of a name can be no criterion of its claim in taxonomy. It is, however, genuinely unfortunate that this inapt name must, according to existing rules, supplant the better and gener- ally known name Aulacodiscus. Tripodiscus is clearly defined as a genus ® and its type species, 7. argus,¢ is equally definite and is unmistakably figured. On the plate it is called JT. germanicus, but the reference to it on page 159 gives preference to 7. argus. Bailey’s name, Podiscus, is better than either of the foregoing, so far as aptness is concerned. The species 7. argus, generally known as Eupodiscus argus Ehrenb., is hardly characteristic of the genus, as on account of its imperfectly radiating areola- tion and its double markings it represents, together with 7. (Aulacodiscus) rogersii aMem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 31': 19. pl. 14. f. 1. 1891. b Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1839; 130. 1841. ¢Op. cit. 159. pl. 3. f. 6a-c, 278 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Bail., and 7. (Aulacodiscus) thumii Schmidt, a somewhat aberrant phase of the genus, for most members of the genus have simple beading for markings, radially arranged, with a more or less pronounced hyaline central area from which hyaline lines run to the bases of the intermarginal processes. Indeed, Eupodiscus of Ehrenb, (not of Ratt.) came to represent just the aberrant phase of 7. argus. But the differences are neither constant nor striking enough to warrant a separate genus, and Rattray, Schmidt, and others, have done rightly in uniting these with those generally called Aulacodiscus. Rattray has unwisely retained the name Eupodiscus for a group of diatoms having none of the characteristics of Ehrenberg’s forms, nor containing a single species so named by him, namely, species with from one to four processes that are not protuberant horns, but more of the nature of the ‘‘ocelli” in the genus Auliscus or of the pseudo- nodule in Actinocyclus. The genus so framed is of doubtful value, and if it be needed, those of its members which can not be referred to Auliscus (where most of them belong) would be better placed under an entirely new generic title, rather than under the mis- leading name Eupodiscus. Eupodiscus Ratt. (not Ehrenb.) is therefore left out of the above synonymy.¢@ Tripodiscus affinis (Grun.) Mann. Aulacodiscus affinis Grun.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 1. 34. f. 9-10. 1876. Ratt. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 8': 359% De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1110. 1894. Aulacodiscus chasei Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: 57. pl. 29. f. 294. 1886. Aulacodiscus oregonus sparsius-punctata Grun.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 107. f. 6, 7 (figure unnamed). 1886. Rattray includes in this species the unnamed figure of Schmidt’s noted in the last synonym as well as Grunow’s subspecies of A. oregonus Bail. I think this union is justified. But there seems to me more uncertainty about placing here the type and varieties of A. lunyacsekii Pant.b However, there is a similarity between these and the above, and indeed between all these and A. oregonus Bail. Found at Station 3604H, off British Columbia. Tripodiscus beringensis Mann. Prate L, ricure 6. Valve circular, strongly marked with coarse beads, becoming smaller only near the margin; processes nine, submarginal; from the base of each a hyaline rectangular space, two rows of beads wide, extending radially inward for about one-fifth the radius, from this point a single row of beads running to the small circular central area, this inclosed by a ring formed of the nine terminal beads of these rows; the segments subtended by these nine radial rows set with beads of equal size in parallel lines, only the central one in each segment being, therefore, radial. Diameter of valve 0.063 mm.; beads 64 in 0.1 mm. Type in the U. 8. National Museum, No. 590130, from Station 4029H, Bering Sea, June 27, 1900; 913 fathoms, bottom of gray sand and clay. Tripodiscus concentricus Mann, sp. nov. Pirate LIV, ricures 1, 2. Valve circular, nearly flat for one-half the radius, thence moderately and evenly convex to the margin; marking of large beads, of uniform size until within one-fifth a radius lengthof the margin, then of smaller beading, so placed as to form a single spiral about the minute hyaline center, thence passing into a series of strictly concentric circles and the component beads of each circle so arranged as to form with those in the other circles perfectly radial rows, the beads set slightly closer in the concentric circles than in the radiating rows; at the distance of one-half a radius from the center, where the valve becomes convex to the margin, the two concentric circles of beads a trifle aCf. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 87: 900. 1888. > Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: 59. pl. 1. f. 2, pl. 2. f. 9-10, pl. 25. f. 225-229. 1886, MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 279 farther apart than elsewhere, giving to the interspace the appearance of a bright nar- row ring; processes two or three, stout, spherical, placed at about one-sixth a radius from the margin; the base of each surrounded by a small hyaline area, from which an obscure hyaline line extends to the center; border very narrow, minutely beaded. Diameter of valve 0.065 to 0.133 mm. Type in the U.S. National Museum, No. 590131, from station 4505H, Santa Cruz Light-house, Monterey Bay, Cal., 1904; 10 fathoms. The concentric beading of this species reminds one of A. brownii Norm., though it is much more pronounced here. The species differs from A. brown in the convexity of the valve, the character of the processes, the border, etc. The latter is also a much more delicate species than this massive one. Although Rattray has used the above specific name for an Actinocyclus, I have applied it here because it is so aptly descriptive of this diatom’s most striking characteristic. Tripodiscus cosmiodiscus Mann, sp. noy. Puate LIV, ricure 4. Valve circular, nearly flat, beaded; beading minute, closely and evenly set in radiating lines, except where these lines are slightly bowed around the twelve some- what protuberant portions of the valve bearing the twelve processes; no hyaline cen- tral area; margin obscure; each of the twelve processes consisting of a prolongation of a single row of beads, this within one-sixth a radius of the margin becoming a narrow hyaline ridge crowning the twelve slightly protuberant portions of the valve and ter- minating in an exceedingly small but evidently spherical process. Aspect of the valve somewhat like Greville’s Cosmiodiscus barbadensis.@ Diameter of valve, 0.095 mm.; beads 130 to 135 in 0.1 mm. Type in the U. S. National Museum, No. 590132, from station 4029H, Bering Sea, June 27, 1900; 913 fathoms, bottom of gray sand and clay. Tripodiscus kinkeri (Schmidt) Mann. Aulacodiscus kinkeri Schmidt, Atlas pl. 106. f. 4-5. 1886. Aulacodiscus margaritaceus kinkeri Ratt. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 8': 352. 1888. The dominant form of the present genus is probably to be seen in A. margaritaceus Ralfs; and under that specific name Rattray has grouped a host of forms considered as separate species by other authors.” This condensation was much needed, and has been well done. But in a few instances it seems to have been carried too far. The above case is an example. Schmidt’s species has a strong general resemblance to both A.-margaritaceus Ralfs and A. crux Ehrenb.; but I think to make it a variety is hardly justified. Schmidt's form is a far flatterspecimen than Ralfs’s species. As the difference between varieties and species is practically a thing of personal opinion, the recognition of Schmidt's species is simply an expression of the fact that I look upon it as a justified expedient for distinguishing between this form and others that are called A. margaritaceus Ralfs. It may not be out of place here to add that the multi- plication of named varieties is, I think, to be avoided wherever possible. As a rule if a new form is so different from an already existing species as to require taxonomic recognition, it is safe to look upon it as a new species. The gradations of the diatoms are almost limitless, and named varieties can be multiplied ad libitum. In this work I have omitted these whenever possible and have added none to the list myself. The remarks on this subject by Rey. William Smith¢ are worthy of consideration. Found at station 3696, off Honshu Island, Japan. @Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 14: 79. pl. 8. f. 12. 1866. b Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 8': 351. 1888. ¢ Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 3: 1380-135. 1855, 31713—VvoL 10, pr 5—OT——d 280 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM, Tripodiscus laxus Mann, sp. nov. Priate LIV, ricure 3. Valve circular; barely concave to the bases of the processes, thence rapidly convex to the border; processes five, auriculate, placed one-sixth of aradius from the border, their bases surrounded by evident hyaline areas; central area circular, slightly rugose, one-tenth of a radius in diameter; beading all of one size; that is, not decreasing toward the border; the rows radial and straight except at the bases of the processes, where one row on each side is curved about the base; both primary and secondary rows set wide apart with large interspaces, at least the width of two beads, generally of four beads, giving a loose and open appearance to the valve; border narrow, closely set with delicate beads. Diameter of valve, 0.076 mm.; beads 45 in 0.1 mm. Type in the U. 8S. National Museum, No. 590133, from station 4029H, Bering Sea, June 27, 1900; 913 fathoms, bottom of gray sand and clay. The nearest approach to the above is the unnamed figure of Schmidt’s,¢ which may be a variety of this species. Both bear some resemblance to A. kilkellyanus Grev.,» but the processes, the border, and the radially decreasing beading of Greville’s diatom clearly distinguish it from this. Tripodiscus margaritaceus (Ralfs) Mann. Aulacodiscus margaritaceus Ralfs in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 844. 1861. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 37.-f. 4-7. 1876; pl. 92. f. 12. 1886; pl. 104. f. 6-8, pl. 105. f. 1-2, 4. 1886. Ratt. Journ. Roy. Micr: Soc. 8!: 351-353. pl. 6. f. 3. 1888. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1101. 1894. Aulacodiscus crux Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 35 A. X VJ. f. 2. 1854, in part. Grun. Denk- schr. Akad. Wien 487: 69. 1884. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 33. f. 1-2. 1876; pl. 102. f. 4. 1886. Aulacodiscus mélleri Grun.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 33. f. 14, pl. 35. f. 6, pl. 37.f. 8, pl. 41. f. 12. 1876; pl. 102. f. 1-2, 13. 1886. Aylacodiscus debyi Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: 58. pl. 25. f. 226. 1886. Aulacodiscus n. sp.? Schmidt, Atlas pl. 37. f. 1-8. 1876. Rattray? has named many varieties of this species. The one he calls variety elongata Schmidt thinks should be a separate species. (See last synonym above.) Rattray’s view is to be preferred. Found at station 2823, Gulf of California. Tripodiscus oregonus (Harv. & Bail.) Mann. Aulacodiscus oregonus Hary. & Bail. Proc. Acad. Phila. 6: 430. 1854. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 845. pl. 6. f. 4. 1861. Grey. Quart. Journ: Micr, Sei. 7: 156. pl. 7. f. 2. 1859. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 21. f. 2. 1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 34. f. 4-6. 1876; pl. 107. f. 6-7. 1886. Ratt. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc, 8': 358. 1888. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1109. 1894. Aulacodiscus oregonensis Bail. & Hary. in Wilkes U. 8. Explor. Exped. 17: 176. 1874. Found at station 2835, off Lower California. Tripodiscus orientalis (Grev.) Mann. Aulacodiscus orientalis Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 12: 12. pl. 2. f. 6. 1864. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 34. f. 1-3. 1876. Grun. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 103. 1870. Ratt. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 8': 361. 1888. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1111. 1894. Found at station 3688, Paumotu Islands. aSchmidt, Atlas pl. 105. f. 8. 1886. b Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 11: 70. pl. 4. f. 14. 1863. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. Prot | ™ipodiscus radiosus ((ir. & St.) Mann. Aulacodiscus radiosus Gr. & St. Journ. Quek. Mier. Club I]. 3: 140. pl. 12. f. 33. 1887. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 157. f. 1. 1890. Ratt. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 8': 350. 1888. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1101. 1894. De Toni, Notarisia 466. 1888. ~The original figure cited above is so bad as to mislead identification; but the descrip- tion is clear; it agrees well with Schmidt’s illustration. It is a diatom of exceptional beauty. Found at station 2808, Galapagos Islands. Tripodiscus rogersii (Bail.) Mann. Podiscus rogersii Bail. Am. Journ. Sci. 46: 137. pl. 3. f. 1-2. 1844. Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 81. 1845. Eupodiscus rogersti Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 81. 1845. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 92. f. 5-6. 1886. Eupodiscus baileyi Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 81. 1845, Aulacodiscus rogersii Schmidt, Atlas pl. 107. f. 3. 1886. Ratt. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 8': 372. 1888. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1121. 1894. Avlacodiscus areolatus O’Meara, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s. 18: 104. 1878. Aulacodiscus thumivi Schmidt, Atlas pl. 102. f. 8. 1886. Ratt. Journ. Roy. Mier. Soc. 8': 374. 1888. The above enumerated diatoms are close to 7. argus, and form with it a group some- what distinct from other members of the genus, especially in the matter of the double marked areolation. Found at stations 2823, 2835, Gulf of California and off Lower California. Tripodiscus scaber (Ralfs) Mann. Aulacodiscus scaber Ralfs in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 844. 1861. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 33. f. 4-8. 1876. Ratt. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 8!: 353. 1888. Aulacodiscus crux Ehrenb. in part; Hab. Cat. 57. 1877. Jan. Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 18617: 161. pl. 2. f. 1-3. 1861; 18627: pl. 1A. f. 12. 1862. Aulacodiscus ternatus Jan. Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 1861": 161. pl. 2. f. 4. 1861. Aulacodiscus beeveriae Johnst.? Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 844. pl. 6. f. 5. 1861. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 36. f. 12. 1876. There is a possible doubt about the last-named synonym, though I do not see how it can be maintained as the name of aseparate species. Strictly type forms of the present species occur in the latter of the two stations following. Found at stations 2807, 2835, Galapagos Islands and off Lower California. Tripodiscus tripartitus (Br. & Temp.) Mann. Aulacodiscus tripartitus Br. & Temp. Mem. Soc. Phys. et. Hist. Nat. Geneva 30°: 21. pl. 4. f. 3. 1889. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 169. f. 8, 9. 1892. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1106. 1894. I assign my specimen to this species with considerable doubt. It agrees well with Schmidt’s figures, but these and my form are somewhat different from the type as described and figured by its authors, especially in the absence of the inner triangular line of spines or granulations connecting the bases of the three processes. Found at station 4029H, Bering Sea. AULISCUS Ehrenb. Auliscus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1848: 270. 1844. Bail. Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 7: 4. 1854. Ratt. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 8°: 861-900. 1888. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1025. 1894. Mastodiscus Bail. Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 7: 4. 1854, no species given. Coscinodiscus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1848: 271. 1844, in part. 282 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Eupodiscus Ehrenb. in part; W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 25. pl. 4.f. 39. 1853. Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 8: 94. pl. 5. f. 3. 1860. Pseudoauliscus Leud.-Fort. in part; Grey. Trans. Mic. Soc. Lond. n. 8. 11: 74. pl... Sf. 23. 1863. Cerataulus Ehrenb. in part; Jan. Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 1861*; 15. pl. 1. Jf. 6. 1861. Auliscus caelatus Bail. Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 7: 6. pl. 1. f. 8-4. 1854. Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 11: 44. pl. 2. f. 4-7. 1863. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 50. f. 4-7. 1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 32. f. 12-20, 23-26. 1875; pl. 67. f. 11-13. 1881; pl. 204. f. 21. 1896. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: 57. pl. 19. f. 173; pl. 28. f. 279. 1886. Ratt. Journ. Roy, Micr. Soc. 8*: 885-888. pl. 15. f. 5-9, pl. 16. f. 3, 6. 1888. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 845. 1861. Leud.-Fort. Mem. Soc. Emul. St. Brieuce 63. pl. 7. f. 68. 1879. Wolle, Diat..N. A. pl. 89. f. 6, 9-10. 1890. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. 54. 1874. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1049. 1894. Auliscus smithii Jan. Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 18617: 163. pl. 2. f. 9. 1861. Auliscus gregorti Jan. Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 1861: 163. pl. 2. f. 12. 1861. Auliscus sculptus Ralfs, in part; Leud.-Fort. Mem. Soc. Emul. St. Brieue pl. 7. f. 66-67. 1879. This species exhibits more variability in its markings than most other members of | Auliscus, a genus which I think shows a greater elasticity in this respect than any other. This has created a strong temptation to multiply named and accredited varie- ties, so that the species is quite confused with them. De Toni@ enumerates fifteen such, of which Rattray is the author of eight. Did the present writer favor this method of extending nomenclature he could greatly enlarge this list out of the large mass of individuals of this species afforded by these investigations. Thus a number of very striking varieties, with feathery instead of anastomosing lines, were found at stations 2920H and 3712H—the variety called strigillata at station 2807 and that called latecostata at station 2835 and others. The fact is that Bailey’s type form is not at all typical of the diatoms at present assigned to this species, but represents a rather extreme and severe phase of ornamentation only rarely met with. The significance of the specific name, caelatus, meaning carved, is therefore not particularly applica- ble, however well it applied to the original specimens. Although A. pruinosus Bail. is typically a very different diatom from this species, the two have come closely to approach each other by reason of the varieties assigned to them; and on the other side this species passes imperceptibly into A. sculptus (W. Smith) Ralfs. Found at stations 2807, 2835, 2920H, 3712H, Galapagos Islands, to Lower California, Hawaiian Islands, and Okhotsk Sea. Auliscus hardmanianus Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc: Lond. n.s. 14: 6. pl. 2. f. 17. 1866. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 71. f. 17. 1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 67. f. 1. 1881; pl. 108. f. 1. 1886. Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti, 12. pl. 2. f. 4. 1888. Ratt. Journ. Roy. Mier. Soc. 8°: 17-18. 1888. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1041. 1894. Auliscus joynsonii Schmidt, Atlas pl. 67. f. 2. 1881. Rattray gives also four named varieties. The A. joynsonii of Schmidt is an unim- portant variety. Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. Auliscus insignis Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand1. 18°: 22. pl. 5. f.64a-b. 1881. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 89. f. 1. 1886. Ratt. Journ. Roy. Mier. Soc. 87: 15. 1888. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1039. 1894. Both the above illustrations are very poor. Cleve’s material, like my own, was- from the Galapagos Islands. Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. a Syll. Alg. 2: 1049. 1894, MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 283 Auliscus pruinosus Bail. Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 7: 5. pl. 1. f. 5-8. 1854. Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 11: 48. pl. 3. f. 18. 1863. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. 706. 1874. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 845. pl. 6. f. 1. 1861. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 31. f. 6-7, 11, 13-15, pl. 32. f. 5. 1875; pl. 108. f. 10. 1886. Ratt. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 87: 22. 1888. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1045. 1894. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 51. f. 13. 1890. Auliscus punctatus Bail. Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 7: 5. pl. 1. f. 9. 1854. Grey. Trans. Micr: Soc. Lond. n. s. 11: 49. pl. 3. f. 15. 1863. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 57. f. 15. 1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 31. f. 8. 1875; pl. 67. f. 7-8. 1881; pl. 89. f. 14-17 pl. 108. f. 10. 1886. Ratt. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 8°: 9. 1888. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1033. 1894. There is great confusion between these two species of Bailey. The original type forms, as can be seen by comparing the figures of Bailey or those of Greville, show considerable contrast; but at the present time one might as well assign a newly found example to one species as to the other. Rattray has retained the two species, though placing examples of A. priinosus® under A. punctatus. The two species have no distinct boundary. In the single dredging in which these forms were found they are very abundant and supply every gradation between the two. It is to be noted, also, that Bailey was in considerable doubt over the separateness of these species, and it seems to me they are much better united. Nothing can better illustrate the useless- ness of trying to assign specimens to one as against the other than a comparison of the two figures lying side by side in Schmidt’s Atlas, plate 31, figures 7 and 8, named, despite their identity, ‘“ prwinosus” and ‘“‘ punctatus,’’ respectively. No wonder that two such capable diatomists as Grunow and Witt should call the one pruinosus and the other punctatus, the diatom represented by plate 108, figure 10, of Schmidt’s Atlas. Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. Auliscus stockhardtii Jan. Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 18617: 163. pl. 7. f. 4. 1861. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 30. f. 11-13. 1875; pl. 67. f. 6. 1881. Ratt. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 87: 7. 1888. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1031. 1894. . Auliscus constellatus Mills, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. I]. 1: 867. pl. 11. f. 2-3. 1881. Auliscus racemosus Ralis, Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 11: 46. pl. 2. f. 9. 1863. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 67. f. 6. note. 1881. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 50. f. 9. 1890. I am in doubt as to making A racemosus Ralis a synonym of the above as Schmidt and Rattray have done. At least, a comparison of the original figure of Janisch with that of Ralfs in the citations given above will show enough divergence to make the matter questionable. Certain varieties of A. pruinosus Bail. approach this species. Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. RHIZOSOLENIA Ehrenb. Rhizosolenia Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841; 329, 422. 1843; Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 204. 1845.- Kiitz. Bacill. 51. 1844; Sp. Alg. 24. 1849. Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 6: 93. pl. 5. 1858, char. emend. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 865. 1861. Van Heur. Synop. 194. pl. 78-79. 1881; Treat. Diat. 413. f. 133. 1896. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 4. 657. pl. 51. f. 25. 1883. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 823. 1894. Eng. & Pr. Pflanzenfam. 1!» 84. f. 139-140. 1896. Perag. Le Diatomiste 1: 108. pl. 1-5. 1892. Eucampia Stolter, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 2: 835. f. a-d. 1879, not Ehrenb. Attheya West, Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: 152. pl. 7. f. 15. 1860. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 770, 822. 1892-94. Perag. Le Diatomiste 1: 105. pl. 1. f. 14. 1892. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 420. f. 138. 1896. Eng. & Pr. Pflanzenfam. 1!>: 88. f/. 145. 1896. @ Schmidt, Atlas pl. 37. f. 6-9. 1875. IS84 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Lauderia Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad, 1"': 8. pl. 1. f. 7. 1873. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 418. f. 136. 1896. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 771.1892. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot, 2: 89. pl. 9. f. 4, 8. 1886. Guinardia Perag. Le Diatomiste 1: 107. pl. 1. f. 1-5. 1892. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 417. /. 135. 1896. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 822. 1894. Leptocylindricus (°?) Cleve, Diat. Kattegat. 2. 1889. Perag. Le Diatomiste 1: 104. 1892. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 822. 1891. Eng. & Pr. Pflanzenfam. 1": 84. 1896. Dactyliosolen Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 75. pl. 9. f. 7. 1886. Perag. Le Dia- tomiste 1: 104. pl. 7. f. 6-7. 1892. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 821. 1891. Eng. & Pr. Pflanzenfam. 1!>: 83. 7. 186. 1896. Ehrenberg’s conception of this genus was so vague that, aside from the name, its founding is mainly due to Brightwell; and the name itself loses all meaning if we remove from it the forms represented by Cleve’s Lauderia. Its members are pelagic, as a class subtropical, and, with the exception of H. L. Smith’s R. eriensis, marine. Their terminal valves, bearing one to many setae, are widely separated by a tubular zone built up of either very narrow bands or wedge-shaped pieces imbricated into a tube. The frustules thus constructed are delicate, elastic, and not densely silicified. Yet with this strong generic harmony there are differences of absorbing interest from the fact that here more than in any other genus we find variations that stand as inter- mediate plan structures between it and several other distinct genera. This peculi- arity of Rhizosolenia has given occasion for the creation of various questionable genera enumerated above. Their affinities are most striking. The form called by West Altheya decora leads to the genus Chaetoceros; Guinardia, with its rudimentary mucronate scar, is close to that doubtful example of the genus Biddulphia, which Peragallo calls Cerataulus bergonii;4 the species included in the invalid genus Lau- deria have valves like Stephanopyxis and girdles like Striatella; those called Dactyl- iosolen are very suggestive of Melosira; while in Peragalloa meridiana Schutt we have a probable species of Chaetoceros with the zonal view of Rhizosolenia; and finally R. stolterforthii Perag. is amazingly like that delicate but genuine example of the genus Eucampia which Cleve has miscalled Mélleria cornuta.> It will help to make evident the impossibility of bounding these newer genera in any way that will dis- distinguish them generically if we carefully compare specimens of the species enu- merated, or, in the absence of these, if we contrast in plate | of Peragallo’s Monograph¢ the following figures: Rhizosolenia murrayana Castr. (f. 20), and R. stolterforthii (f. 17) with Guinardia flaccida (Castr.) Perag. (f. 4); this latter (as shown in f. 3), noting the small mucronate scar, with Cerataulus (Cerataulina) bergonii Perag. (f. 16; again, G. flaccida ({. 4) with the lower frustule of Lauderia delicatula Perag. (f. 13). The fact is, if stress is put solely on the setae and other appendices of the terminal valves we shall have the various genera above enumerated; but if we take the entire frustule we shall have strikingly distinct but valid species of Rhizosolenia, with much more in common structurally than the differences that distinguish them. Rhizosolenia hebetata Bail. Am. Journ. Sci. I]. 22:5. pl. 1. f. 18-19. 1856. Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 6: 94. pl. 5. f. 4. 1858. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 866. 1861. Cleve, in Nordensk. Vega Exped. 3: 486. pl. 38. f. 69a-f. 1883. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 448. 1874. Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 96. pl. 5. f. 48-50. 1884. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 829. 1894. Perag. Le Diatomiste 1: 114. pl. 5. f. 10. 1892. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 14. f. 4. 1890. This may be considered the type diatom of Bering Strait and the adjacent arctic waters. Bailey’s original specimens came from Kamchatka, Grunow’s also, and “Le Diatomiste 1: pl. 1. f. 3, 16. 1892. bVan Heur. Treat. Diat. 461. f. 192. 1896. ¢ Le Diatomiste 1: pl. 1. 1892. | | 7 MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 285 nearly every one of the following long list of dredgings and soundings were taken along the coastssof Alaskaand Kamchatka. At stations 3569H and 36711 it is the com- monest of all forms, and in the latter it makes up 5 to 10 per cent ot the diatomaceous mass. It is important here to notice that of the thirty-three gatherings found to con- tain this diatom twenty-nine were hydrographic soundings and only four dredgings. -It is evident that the method of taking the hydrographic soundings as contrasted with that of the regular dredgings explains why these exceedingly light and buoyant forms are abundant in one class of gatherings and not in the other. The four dredg- ings were taken in Arctic waters and yet contained very few specimens, while many dredgings made where this species is shown to be abundant show no trace of them. It is a clear illustration of the necessity of employing more careful methods for col- lecting diatoms in connection with the other marine work of the United States Fish Commission, a subject discussed in the introduction to this report. Found at stations 2287H, 3267H, 3361H, 3399H, 3565H, 3568H, 3569H, 3603, 3604H, 3607, 3611, 3635H, 3663H, 3669H, 3671H, 3683H, 3684H, 3691H, 3692H, 3693H, 3699H, 3704H, 3784, 3786H, 4013H, 4014H, 4019H, 4022H, 4023H, 4024H, 4025H, 4027H, 4028H, Bering Sea and Okhotsk Sea to Honshu Island, Japan. Rhizosolenia robusta Norm.; Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 866. pl. 8. f. 42. 1861. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 824. 1894. Perag. Le Diatomiste 1: 109. pl. 2. f. 1-1a, pl. 3. f. 1-3. 1892. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 73. pl. 24. f. 5. 1886. Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1: 11. 1873. Brun & Temp. Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 30%: 73. 1889. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 414. pl. 33. f. 883. 1896. Though the beautiful iridescent ends are abundant in the following dredgings, no complete frustule was found and very rarely a trace of the disintegrated bands com- posing the tube. Although large, this pellucid diatom if badly described by its specific name, robusta. Found at stations 2919, 2923, 2929, 3611, 4516H, Bering Sea and off southern and Lower California. CHAETOCEROS Ehrenb. Chaetoceros Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 198. 1845. Van Heur. Synop. 195. pl. 81-82. 1881-5. Rabh. Fl. Alg. Eur.1: 31, 321. /. 91. 1864. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 861. 1861. Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 4: 105. pl. 7. 1856. Bacteriastrum Shadb. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 2: 14.1854. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 863. 1861. Hercotheca Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 262, 269. 1845; Mikrog. pl. 33. X VIII. f. 7. 1845. Jf. 9. 1854. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 865. 1861. Actiniscus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1854: 237. 1855, in part. Goniothecitum Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 82. 1845. Dicladia Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 73, 79. 1845. Syndendrium Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1845: 73, 155. 1846. Skeletonema Grun. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 83ter f. 5. 1881, not Grey. 1865, Peragallia Schiitt, Ber. Deut. Bot. Ges. 18: 48. pl. 5. f. 28a—b. 1895?. This genus has occasioned great confusion in the nomenclature of the Diatomaceae by reason of the peculiar mode of its growth. It isa mainly or perhaps wholly pelagic form and is found in both the living and fossil state. It grows in long filaments, the single frustules of which often vary widely, especially in respect to the character of the processes or setae that adorn them. These may be, in some few instances, wholly lacking, may proceed from opposite sides of the zonal portions, or may encircle the same. The terminal valves are generally ornamented with processes quite di ffer- ent from those on the intermediate frustules. Still further to complicate the matter, ee —= —_—— 2S6 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. the separate valves contain internal secondary cases, round or oval in contour, with both valves alike or different, in some instances hyaline and in others variously sculptured, without processes or variously ornamented with spines and otherwise. These internal cases have as a class thicker siliceous walls than the external valves and girdles which inclose them, and consequently are frequently met with in sea dredg- ings, and especially in fossil deposits where all traces of the external walls that gave form to the complete filaments have been lost. As these various parts have been suc- cessively found they have received separate generic and specific names, and we there fore have to deal witha tangle of nomenclature unusual even among the Diatomaceae. The generic name first to be constituted and (subsequently) applied to these forms is Actiniscus. Because of its priority Grunow @ gives it to the form known elsewhere as Bacteriastrum varians Laud. This name, however, was not originally applied to a diatom, but to a stellate silicious spicule, which Ehrenberg called Dictyocha (Actinis- cus) sirius,> and was not used for the diatoms until 1855¢ (A. quinarius Ehrenb.@ being indeterminate, but probably also a spicule). It is therefore not available for the Diatomaceae, but must give place to Chaetoceros, 1845. In this connection I wish to call attention to a quotation from Van Heurck’s Synopsis given below under Chaetoceros furcatus. In the above list of synonyms ‘‘in part” we find Dicladia and Goniothe- cium, bestowed like Chaetoceros and preceding it in that volume. I am, however, opposed to accepting any of these names for the following reasons: (1) They represent what are not necessarily structural parts of the plants, Castracane,¢ holding them to be sporangial encasements; (2) we are not even able to affirm that these spicules are con- fined to what we know as the Chaetocerae; (3) both the above generic names were based on fossil fragments from which we can build no conception of the forms to which they belong, and in using them we should, therefore, be constituting a genus without any fixed idea of its structure. Dicladia was found in African guano and Goniothe- cium in diatomaceous earth from Richmond, Virginia. / I can not follow Castracane in maintaining the separateness of Chaetoceros and Bacteriastrum, as his grounds of distinction 9 appear to be trivial. They are (1) that the valves of Bacteriastrum are round and of Chaetoceros generally oval; (2) that the former have more awns or setae than the latter; (3) that these are in Bacteriastrum arranged around the valve, but in Chaetoceros on opposite sides; (4) that these awns in Chaetoceros interlace. Anyone who will examine a gathering of Bacteriastrum varians Laud. will see that these characters are in different parts of the same filament too inconstant to form a generic concept. Thus, in H. L. Smith’s type no. 57, both round and oval valves are seen in the same filament and bearing precisely the same kind of setae. Again, the terminal valves often have two setae, while those below them may have more; and in the case of Lauder’s figures of this species’ we find terminal valves with eight setae and the intermediate ones with many more. As to the interlacing of the setae, it is by no means constant, many specimens examined showing no such tendency. In fact, that condition is hardly to be discovered in Castracane’s own figure.? aVan Heur. Synop. pl. 82bis. f. 10. 1881. b Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1839: 149-150. 1841. Cf. Mikrog. pl. 18. f. 59-60. ¢ Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1854: 237. 1855. d Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 76. 1845. cf. also Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. pl. 43. f. 1-6. 1875. eCastr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 81. 1886. /Cf. article by Brightwell in Quart. Journ. Mier. Sei. 4: 106. 1856. 9 Castr. op. cit. 82. , h Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 12: pl. 3. 1864. iCastr. op. cit. pl. 19. f. 8. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. peeg The interesting form constituting the genus Peragallia Schiitt, does, as its author says, hint of transition between the present genus and Rhizosolenia Ehrenb., as its valves are true Chaetoceros type, while the zonal part shows the plicate bands of Rhizosolenia. But this latter portion, the zone, is liable to show various changes in many genera and is hardly of enough importance to separate this otherwise normal Chaetoceros from the genus. The following genera I have not included in the above. Some of them are plainly distinct from it, as Skeletonema Grey. (not Grun.) and Strangulonema Grey. Others, like Syringidium and Pterotheca, though showing considerable resemblance to the internal cases of Chaetoceros, are as yet too imperfectly understood to warrant any safe conclusion. See Syringidium Ehrenb.,¢ Omphalotheca Ehrenb.,@ Pyxilla Grey.,¢ Pterotheca Grun.,/ Stephanogonia Ehrenb.,g Skeletonema Grey.,” Strangulo- nema Grev., ¢ Xanthiopyxis Ehrenb., / and Corethron Castr .* Chaetoceros coarctatus Laud. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s.12: 79. pl. 8. f. 6. 1864. Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1'': 9. pl. 2. f. 10. 1873. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 996. 1894. This is variously spelled coarctatus by De Toni, coarctata by Lauder, coarctatum by Cleve. The first is correct. Found at station 4029H, Bering Sea. Chaetoceros didymus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1845: 75. 1846; Mikrog. pl. 385A. X VII. f. 5, pl. 18. f. 4.1854. Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 4: 107. pl. 7. f.38-7.1856. Jan. Abh. Schles Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 1862: pl. 1A. f. 21, 30, 32. 1862. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 862. 1861. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. pl. 41, f. 47. 1875. ; My specimen is a somewhat doubtful example of the above, the setae being abnormal. Found at station 4029H, Bering Sea. Chaetoceros furcatus (Shadb.) Mann. Bacteriastrum furcatum Shadb. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 2: 14. pl. 1. f. 1. 1854. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 3. f. 1.1890. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 863. pl. 6. f. 26.1861. Bacteriastrum curvatum Shadb. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 2: 14. pl. 1. f. 2. 1854. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 3. f. 2. 1890. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. pl. 43. f. 18. 1875. Actiniscus sexfurcatus Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1854: 237. 1855; Mikrog. pl. 35B, IV. f. 15. 1854. Bacteriastrum varians Laud. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 12: 8. pl. 3. f. 1-6. 1864. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 57. 1874; Jour. Quek. Micr. Club IT. 3: 42. pl. 4. f. 2. 1887. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 80. f. 3-5. 1881. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 56. f. 1-6. 1890. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 82, 84. pl. 14. f. 2, pl. 19. f. 3, pl. 23-°f. 1. 1886. a(Cf. Palmer & Kelley, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 465-479. 1900. b Cf. Van Heurck, Treat. Diat. 419. f. 137. 1896. ¢ Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1845: 357, 365. 1846; Mikrog. pl. 835A, IV. /f. 11. 1854. @d Ehrenb. Mikrog. 126. pl. 835A, IX. f. 4. 1854. e Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 18: 1. pl. 1. f. 5. 1865. /Van Heur. Synop. pl. 83 bis. f. 10-11. 1881. 9 Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 264, 271. 1845. h Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 18: 43. pl. 5. f. 1. 1865. iTrans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s..18: 43. pl. 5. f. 2. 1865. i Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 264, 273. 1845; Mikrog. pl. 88. X VII. f. 17. kCastr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 85. pl. 21. f. 3-6, 12, 14-15. 1886. 28S CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Aetiniscus curvatus Ehrenb. Phys. Abh, Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1872: 390. pl. 6, IT. f. 12. 1873. Actiniscus vicenarius Ehrenb, Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1872: 390. pl. 6. IT. f. | 11(?). 1873. Chaetoceros varians Van Heur. Synop, 195. 1885. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 998. 1894. Bactervastrum spirilium Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 83. pl. 19. f. 2, pl. 29. f.1. 1886. Bacteriastrum brevispinum Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 83. pl. 15. f. 6, 8. 1886. | The very appropriate specific name of Lauder must give place to that of Shadbolt. Castracane builds the specific character of his spirillum on the spirally wound setae, a quality not possessed, he says, by the above. This is quite contrary to the facts. His own figures of B. varians Laud.,@ show this spiral quality. Or if his contention is that these are simply undulate, while his form has setae with a spirally wound thickening, this also is incorrect. C. fureatus shows this in many specimens most plainly. It may be added that exact duplicates of his B. brevispinum are found at station 3698, both having and destitute of the spiral ornamentation of the setae. As this is the species to which belong most or all of the forms named generically Actiniscus by Ehrenberg, it may be well to here add to the reasons advanced by me under the present genus caption for rejecting Ehrenberg’s name a quotation from Van Heurck® bearing on this point. He says: ‘‘ Norg.—Les formes pour lesquelles Ehren- berg a constitué le genre Actiniscus, n’étaient pas des Diatomées et les auteurs subsé- quents qui ont écrit sur ces formes n’auraient pas df les admettre dans leur classifica- tion. Ehrenberg a rapporté le genre Bacteriastrum 4 son genre Actiniscus mais sans avoir aucune raison plausible et il a continué A agir ansi jusque dans son dernier ouvrage, Fortsetzung der Mikr. Studien, 1875. Toutes les formes de Bacteriastrum doivent étre ramenées au genre Chaetoceros.”’ Found at stations 2860, 3091, 3346, 3698, 3712H, off British Columbia to Oregon and Kurile chain to Honshu Island, Japan. Chaetoceros sp.? Dicladia mamiliana L. W. Bailey, Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist. '7: 339. pl. 7. f. 41-45. 1862. My specimens agree with figure 44 in the above, being what Bailey calls var. B. Found at stations 4013H, 4516H, off Honshu Island, Japan, and Lower California. Chaetoceros sp. ? Goniothecium odontella Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 82. 1845; Mikrog. pl. 18. f. 94, pl. 83. XII. f. 18-14, pl. 33. XV. f. 16. 1854. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed: 4. 864. pl. 6. f. 29. 1861. Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 4: 106. pl. 7. f. 47-48. 1856. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 8. f. 47-48. 1890. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1009. 1894. Witt, Verh. Russ. Min. Gesell. II. 22: 25. pl. 7. f. 7-8. 1886. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 105. f. 11-12. 1881. ; _ Ehrenberg found this form, together with eight others named by him, in the fossil deposit of Richmond, Virginia. Although this particular one has not so far been met with in a living state, six of the other eight have been so observed. It is therefore reasonable to assume that these peculiar structures are inner casings of certain Chae- toceros valves, the outer spine-bearing valves of which have fallen away. But it should be remembered that quite dissimilar specimens of Goniothecium may be eventually found to belong to the same species of Chaetoceros. These forms are so frequently met with and are so widely illustrated in diatom literature that I have thought it advantageous to give the above citations. Found at station 4029H, Bering Sea. aCastr. op. cit. pl. 14. f. 2, pl. 29. f. 3. 6 Van Heur. Synop. 195. 1885. , MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 289 TRIGONIUM Cleve. Trigonium Cleve, Ofv. Kgl. Vet. Akad. 24: 663, 1868; Bih. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1: 8. 1873. Triceratium Ehrenb. err. det. Bail. Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 2%: 14. f. 55-46. 1851. Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 4: 275. pl. 17. f. 16. 1856. Biddulphia Gray, in part; Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 7: 181. pl. 9. f. 15. 1859. Zygoceros Ehrenb. in part; Bail. Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 7: 11. pl. 1. f. 29. 1854. Amphitetras Ehrenb. in part; De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 900. 1894. Amphipentas Ehrenb. in part; De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 911. 1894. Nothoceratium De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 914. 1894, in part. Cestodiscus Grey. in part; Grun. in Van Heur. Synop. pl. 126. f. 1-2. 1881. Pseudotriceratium Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 83. 1884. The genus Triceratium as constituted by Ehrenberg@ included simply triangular specimens of the genus Biddulphia Gray. The striking but inconstant characteristic led him to select the very descriptive name and to word his diagnosis so as to convey this one idea. His type species, 7. favus, agrees with this. It is, therefore, based on a wholly untenable conception and is a synonym of Biddulphia. Gradually, however, it underwent modification chiefly at the hands of Brightwell® and Ralis,¢ whereby it came to include forms with more than three horns, together with a host of forms where the horns at the angles are obscure or wanting, in fact, almost anything of a polygonal character, when seen from the valval side. It thus came about that the genus grew to be a mixture of many genera, whose sole bond of union was the worthless accident of a more or less angular valve outline. Thus polygonal specimens of Stictodiscus Grey., of Ditylum Bail., of the triangular forms of Hemiaulus Ehrenb., which make up Heiberg’s invalid genus Trinacria, of the triangular forms of Terpsi- noe Ehrenb., which Wallich calls Hydrosera, and others found a resting place in this unscientific medley. De Toni@ performs the useless task of restoring it to its original boundaries, except that he excludes those triangular forms represented by Greville’s newer genus Entogonia. It is evident that Triceratium Ehrenb. represents nothing but a peculiar configuration of Biddulphia; nor have the attempts to recon- struct it resulted in anything but confusion. It must, therefore, be abandoned, a course adopted by Van Heurck, Boyer, and others. But in doing this some diatoms now bearing the name Triceratium remain which can not be referred to any of the before-mentioned genera. This has led to the necessity of a genus for these forms; and I have placed them in the genus created by Cleve for this purpose. He defines it as follows: ‘‘Hufvudytan triangulir, sidoytan rektangelformig utan framspringande utskott eller hérn.’’ It is true that this is too indefinite, as it would include such tri- angular and quadrangular forms as we meet with in Stictodiscus, as well as the mem- bers of the genus Entogonia, a genus that Cleve recognizes as distinct; and further would exclude the occasional biangular or fusiform specimens of some species nor- mally triangular. But that the latter are not intended to be excluded by Cleve is shown by the fact that in discussing Trigonium arcticum (Bright.) Cleve ¢he speaks of the biangular variety known as Zygoceros balaena Ehrenb. Boyer / refers the members of Triceratium (exclusive of those referred to other established genera, as Stictodiscus and Hemiaulus) to Biddulphia, whether the angles are surmounted by horn-like processes or not, and to a great extent Van Heurck does the same. This takes from Biddulphia its most salient characteristic and places in the genus such _ @ Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1839: 129, 159. 1841. b Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 1: 215. 1853. ¢ Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 853. 1861. @d De Toni, Notarisia 5: 912. 1890; Syll. Alg. 2: 917. 1894. eBih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1'*: 8. 1873. J Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 1901. 290 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. diatoms as those in the following species which are in striking contrast to the Biddul- phia idea. I therefore make use of Cleve’s genus, excluding those triangular forms that have definite central areas distinctly different in sculpture from the rest of the valve, represented by the genus Entogonia, and including forms having four or more angles. Nothoceratium De Toni agrees in part with this, except for the limitation of the species to those of six or more angles, an utterly impracticable provision, leading to the absurd distinction between the four-sided and the six-sided speci- mens of T'riceratium parallelum Grev.,@ the former of which he places in the genus Amphitetras and the latter in Nothoceratium. Trigonium alternans (Bail.) Mann. Triceratium alternans Bail. Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 2*: 14. pl. 1. f. 56-56. 1851; 28: 40. 1851. Bright. Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. 1: 251. pl. 4. f. 19a—-b. 1853. Jan. Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 1862*: 15. pl. 1A, f. 16.1862. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 26. pl. 5. f. 45, pl. 80. f. 45. 1853. Schmidt, Atlas ple7s. f. 9-18 (not f. 19-20,= T. campechianum Grun.). 1882. O?’Meara, Proc. Roy: Irish. Acad. II. 2: 278. pl. 27. f. 12. 1875. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 113. f. 4-5. 1881. _Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 854. pl. 6. f. 21. 1861. Moeb. Diat -taf. pl. 7. f. 19a-b. 1890. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 100. f. 16, 18 (not pl. 106. f. 2). 1890. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 941. 1894. Biddulphia alternans Van Heur. Synop. 208. 1881. Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 719. 1901. Triceratium variabile Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 4: 275. pl. 17. f. 19a-c. 1856. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 9. f. 19a-c. 1890. West, Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: 149. pl. 7. f. 7. 1860. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 854. 1861. Leud. Fort.-Mem. Soc. ' Emul. St. Brieuc 60. 1879. There is a specious resemblance here to the Biddulphia type in the slight elevation of the angles and this is intensified by their being apparently cut off from the rest of the valve by definite internal septa. This is especially so if several of the figures above cited are relied on instead of the diatoms themselves. That there are no processes at the angles can be seen by a careful examination of more than one specimen of this species. Sometimes the extremities of the angles are not raised at all above the rest of the valve and in some cases they are slightly lower. The lines usually (not always) marking off the extremities and making them resemble Biddulphia processes have no significance; for in the forms classed by Brightwell, as T. variabile, the valves are penetrated by numerous false septa extending inward from the margin. The angles are often beaded exactly like the rest of the valve. Altogether these angular portions are very different from the true processes of Biddulphia. It may be men- tioned in this connection that the frustules are not joined by alternate angles into a zigzag chain, as is common in Biddulphia, but when united, which is rare, it is face to face; but it should also be said that too much significance should not be placed on this fact, either here or elsewhere. Schmidt, De Toni, and others do not admit this species into Biddulphia, but retain it in Triceratium. Found at station 3696, off Honshu Island, Japan. Trigonium articum (Bright.) Cleve, Ofv. Kgl. Vet. Akad. 24: 663. 1868; Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1'*: 8. 1873. Triceratium arcticum Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 1: 250. pl. 4. f. 11. 1 Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 1.f. 11. 1890. Grun. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 24. 1870 De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 920. 1894. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 856. 1861. Cleve & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 177: 15, 111. 1880. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 76. f. 29, pl. 79. f. 5-6, 8, 10-13. 1882; pl. 81. f. 4. 1885. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 1874. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 112. f. 1. 1881. Biddulphia arctica Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 714. 1901. a Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 18: 104. pl. 9. f. 22-23. 1865. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. IQ] Biddul phia balaena Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 7: 181. pl. 9. f. 15. 1859. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 23. f. 15. 1890. Cleve, in Nordensk. Vega. Exped. 3: 485. 1883. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 121. f. 5-6. 1888. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Pyp. no. 624. 1874, Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 713. 1901. Zygoceros balaena Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 835A XX XIII. f. 17. 1854; Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1853: 529.1854. Roper, Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n.s. 7: 20. 1859. De Toni Syll. Alg. 2: 887. 1894. Zygoceros radiatus Bail. Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 7: 11. pl. 7. f. 29. 1854. Amphitetras wilkesti Harv. & Bail. Proc. Acad. Phila. 6: 430. 1854. Triceratium formosum Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 4: 274. pl. 17. f. 8. 1856. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 9. f. 8. 1890. Triceratium quadrangulare Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 18: 10. eed J. 26. 1865. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 63. f. 26. 1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 81. f. 3. 1885. Amphitetras quadrangularis De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 904. 1894. Triceratium quinquelobatum Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 14: 83. pl. 9. f. 21. 1866. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 73. f. 21. 1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 79. f. 8. 1882. Eng. & Pr. Pflanzenfam. 11>: 91. f. 155B. 1896. Amphipentas quinquelobata De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 911. 1894. Triceratium firmum Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 12: 93. pl. 13. f. 8. 1864. Moeb. Diat.- taf. pl. 61. f. 8. 1890. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 924. 1894. Biddulphia formosa Walk. & Chase, Notes on Diatoms 1: 2. pl. 2. f. 9. 1886. This species is Cleve’s type of the genus Trigonium. Probably no species shows more variability than this in size, outline, fineness of marking, and absence or presence of central area. Nor is it possible to decide on the identity of the above names without specimens corresponding to the figures and descriptions. I have been able to do this on account of the large number of sea dredgings, widely separated from each other and containing abundant quantities of these forms that have been examined for this report. By comparison of many exam- ples accurately agreeing with the above names I am convinced they all represent varieties of the same polymorphic species, and this conclusion agrees in the main with that of some of the authors cited above. Thus Zygoceros balaena Ehrenb., which is Z. radiatus Bail., and Biddulphia balaena Bright., is an oval with two instead of three rounded apices. It is frequent at station 4029H. It is also in H. L.Smith’s Type no. 624 and makes up a considerable portion of type no. 596, marked Triceratium are- ticum, in which the two-angled and three-angled varieties can be seen side by side and are so absolutely alike, except in the number of angles, that no question of their specific identity can remain. One of the slides accompanying this report contains three specimens from station 3603; the first is Grunow’s variety californica, the second a quadrate specimen of 7’. arcticum, and the third a quadrate specimen of T. formosum. The variety californica also occurs abundantly at stations 2807, 2859, 2923, 3603, 3604, 3692H; beautiful specimens of typical 7. quadrangulare Grevy., at station 3688H; T. quinquelobatum Grev., at station 2808; a variety close to T. ant- arcticum Jan., at stations 2807 and 3604H; T. firmum Grey., at station 3688H. Regard- ing this last the border in my specimens are not quite so massive as in Greville’s drawing; but the border varies greatly in all members of this species. It is certainly a small and stout variety of this species. My specimens of it averaged 0.065 mm. in diameter. I have not included T. antarcticum Jan., as the identification in my speci- mens is not exact. It is probably also a variety. The placing of some of the above in Triceratium, others in Amphitetras and others in Amphipentas by De Toni is unac- . countable; also his uniting the five-angled 7. formosum with the five-angled 7. favus under Brightwell’s invalid name 7. grande. Found at stations 2680H, 2807, 2808, 244, 2859, 2923, 3263H, 3603, 3604, 3604H, 3683H, 3688H, 3691H, 3692H, 3698, 4025H, 4029H, 4516H, Galapagos Islands to Bering Sea and south to Honshu island, Japan 292 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Trigonium adspersum Mann, sp. nov. Prate LI, rigure 5. Valves triangular; slightly and evenly convex; sides inflated; angles blunt, not pro- duced, each one having an evident but very minute spine; markings large, compound, oval or rounded beads, loosely but radially placed at the middle of the valve, leaving — an indefinite central area, thence outward closely set and radially arranged, remain- ing the same size until within a short distance of the border, then rapidly diminishing to one-fourth size. Width between apices, 0.065 mm. The general markings correspond to 7. rusticum Mann, which also has very minute spines at the angles. The two are rather wide for one species. Compare this descrip- tion with that of the latter below. Type in the U.S. National Museum, No. 590157, from station 3699H, Okhotsk Sea, September 3, 1896; 1,584 fathoms, bottom of green mud and fine sand. Trigonium cinnamomeum (Grey.) Mann. Triceratium cinnamomeum Grey. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s. 8: 232. pl. 9. f. 12. 1863. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 47. f. 12.1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 151. f. 23-24. 1890. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 974. 1894. Cestodiscus cinnamomeum Grun.; Van. Heur. Synop. pl. 126. f. 1-2. 1881. Pseudotriceratium cinnamoneum Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 48?: 83. 1884. However this diatom may contrast with others by reason of the minute spines that terminate its apices, the hyaline lines leading up to these and thus bisecting the angles, and the general but not constant presence of still smaller spines along the margin, I do not recognize any reason for placing this in Cestodiscus. That genus as defined by Greville is made to differ from Aulacodiscus by the absence of ‘‘furrows” or radiating lines running from the center to the submarginal processes, not in any marked differ- ence of the processes. To confuse such processes with the minute spines of this diatom, to which “furrows” always do run, even to those occasionally present on the margin, is hardly allowable; and when we add the further character of Cestodiscus added by Castracane,? a submarginal band with minuter and closer granulation, amy resem- blance to that doubtful genus vanishes. Schmidt and others reject this classification; and Grunow subsequently proposes a new genus, Pseudotriceratium, to accommodate this species. This would be warranted, in view of the uselessness ot Triceratium, did not Cleve’s older genus Trigonium serve the purpose as well. Found at stations 2807, 2920H, Galapagos and Hawaiian Islands. Trigonium coscinoides (Gr. & St.) Mann. Triceratium coscinoides Gr. & St. Journ. Quek. Micr. Club IT. 2: 327. pl. 19. f. 18. 1886. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 922. 1894. Triceratium radioso-reticulatum Grun.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 151. f. 35-86 (corrected to T. coscinoides in Berichtigungen opposite pl. 153), 1890. Van Heur. Synop. ™ . 112. f. 5. 1881.(?). I have been able by the discovery of numerous specimens of this diatom to determine the unity of theabove. The specimens agree with the Oamaru figure except in having a very minute spine at one or all of the apices, thus agreeing with the form described by Grunow. Asa rule, the tiny spine is present on only one or two of the apices, thus showing on the same valve the Grunow and the Grove and Sturt forms. I add a question-mark after the citation to Van Heurck, because no specimens I have exam- ined show any trace of the sec sire marking figured and mentioned by him, nor any a 'Trans. Mice: Soc. Lond. n. s. 13: 48. 1865. bCastr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 122. 1886. . | MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 9293 very evident radial arrangement of the network, and, on the other hand, there is no mention by him of the apical spines. It is probable all these are alike, in which case the name should be Trigonium reticulo-radiatum. It may be added that my spec- imens are larger than the Grove and Sturt type, which is given as 0.0022 to 0.004 inch, approximately equal to 0.0056 to 0.01 mm., while my specimens vary from 0.048 to 0.16 mm. Found at station 4029H, Bering Sea. Trigonium parallelum (hrenb.)? Mann. Amphitetras parallela Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1839: 143. 1841?; Mikrog. pl. 19. f. 20a—b. 1854.? Kiitz. Bacill. 135. 1844. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 858. 1844. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 908. 1894. Triceratium parallelum Ehrenb.?; Grev. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s, 18: 104. pl. 9. f. 22-28. 1865. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 69. f. 22-23. 1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 75. /f. 3-5, 11-13, 30, pl. 76. f. 14-17. 1852 (not f: 18); pl. 81. f. 1-2. 1885. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 111. f. 2-6 (not f. 1, 3-5). 1881. Grun. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 24. 1870. Triceratium obtusum Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 88. 1845; Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 425. 1843; Mikrog. pl. 18. f. 48-49. 1854. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 857. 1861. Nothoceratium? parallelum De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 915. 1894. I have adopted the above specific name, as my specimen agrees with Greville’s form. Whether or not this is A. parallelum Ehrenb. is impossible to determine. Ehrenberg simply says,¢ under A. antediluviana, ‘‘ Vor wenig Tagen hat sich in den griechischen Kreidemergeln noch eine zweite Art dieser Gattung gefunden, welche auf den Seiten- flachen parallela Reihen von Zellen hat und die als A. parallelaabzusondern ist.’’ Kiit- zing simply repeats this meager mention. Ehrenberg’s figures are also inconclusive. but show a very different center. All this would be simply negative except for the charac- ter of T. obtuswm, which unmistakably is the same as Greville’s 7. parallelum, the figures of Ehrenberg, together with the diagnosis, making this plain. He there says, “ * * * angulis late rotundatis, subtilissime punctata.” If, therefore, Ehrenberg has twice named the same species, the earlier name, parallela, holds; if not, the proper name for Greville’s form and my own is obtusum. Though the chances are in favor of the latter view, they are not conclusive, and the better-known name should remain. It is not impossible to consider this species as belonging to Stictodiscus, as Cas- tracane > suggests. Butat least the form with which I have to deal is a little too diver- gent to assign to that genus. I think the resemblance to Stictodiscus is largely in the anastomosing shadow lines at the center of the valve, an appearance lacking in my specimens. De Toni’s placing the quadrate form in Amphitetras and the sextate in Nothoceratium is of course indefensible. A few bad errors in naming figures should here be mentioned. Schmidt’s Atlas, plate 76, figure 18, is not T. parallelum, but, as Grunow insists, 7’. juncatenseGrun. Van Heurck’s Synopis, plate 111, figure 1, has nothing to do with this form; those in Wolle ¢ are so bad as to have no resemblance to this species, and his figures 11, 12 are poor copies of Schmidt’s plate 75, figures 11, 12, themselves doubtful examples of this species. Van Heurck’s plate 111, figures 3 (certainly), 4, 5 (probably), are 7. harrisoni- anum Norm. (=Stictodiscus).¢ Found at station 3013H, near Hawaiian Islands. @ Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1839: 143. 1841. 6 Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 114. 1886. ¢ Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 100. 1890. d Cf. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 75. f. 15. 1882. 294 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Trigonium plano-concavum (run) Mann. Triceratium plano-concavum Brun in Brun & Temp. Mem. Soe. Phys. et Hist. Nat Geneva 30°: 63. pl. 6. f. 9.1889. Brun, Le Diatomiste 1: 5. pl. 1. f. 1, 1890. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 929. 1894. De Toni notes the resemblance of this species to 7. inelegans Grev.,@ T. nicobaricum Grun.,? and 7. juncatense Grun.¢ The similarity exists but is slight, especially if examined with high magnification and slightly oblique light, by which means the _ remarkable pitting of the beads brought out in the fine photograph in Le Diatomiste is made plain. Found at stations 3688H, 4029H, Galapagos Islands and Okhotsk Sea, ——— a Trigonium rusticum Mann, sp. nov. Pate LI, Figure 4. _ Valve triangular, slightly convex; the angles extended into flat arms with slightly | broadened ends; sides between the arms inflated; markings coarse, consisting of a few large scattered oval beads at the center of the valve, thence outward strictly radiating, decreasing in size to the margin, which is very narrow and most minutely beaded; a minute spine at the apex of each arm. ° Width between the apices, 0.06 mm. It resembles remotely 7. microcephalum Grey.4 and T. subcapitatum Grey.¢ but differs materially in its coarse, strongly radiating beading and especially in its flat arms destitute of the globose elevated ends found in the foregoing. Type inthe U.S. National Museum, No. 590134, from station 4029H, Bering Sea, June 27, 1900; 913 fathoms, bottom of gray sand and clay. Trigonium sculptum (Shadb.) Mann. Triceratium reticulum Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 1: 251. pl. 4. f. 17. 1853 (?), not Ehrenb. Triceratium sculptum Shadb. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 4: 15. pl. 1. f. 4. 1854. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 3. fe 4. 1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 76. f. 9-12, 31. 1877, pl. 150. f. 17. 1890. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 109. f. 7-8, pl. 111. f. 8. 1881. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 856. 1861. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 106. f. 3-5, pl. 111. f. 4. 1890. Petit, Fonds de la Mer 3: 195. 1877. Triceratium punctatum Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 4: 275. pl. 17. f. 18. 1856. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 856. pl. 6. f. 20. 1861. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 944. 1894. H.L Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 602. 1874. Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 5%: 16. 1878. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 109. f. 6, 9-10. 1881. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 101. f. 9, 12. 1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 76. f. 19-20. 1882; pl. 81. f. 6-7. 1885; pl. 99. f. 5. 1886. Cleve in Nordensk. Vega Exped. 3: 503. 1883. Petit, Fonds de la Mer 8: 194. 1877. Biddulphia sculpta Van Heur. Synop. 208. 1885. Triceratuum pardus Schmidt, Atlas pl. 79. f. 15. 1882. Biddulphia reticulum Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 724. 1901. ' This species varies greatly. It is common to find in the Pacific dredgings forms with a small curved spine in the center and an evident but delicate circular ridge, centrally placed, having a radius of one-half the distance from center to side of the valve. Schmidt / mentions the spine, saying there are one to three in forms from Nottingham, Maryland; but he does not mention the ridge. Shadbolt gives emphasis to three minute rings near the center. These, like the ridge and spines mentioned, are — a Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 14: 8. pl. 2. f. 21. 1866. b Schmidt, Atlas pl. 76. f. 22. 1877. ¢Schmidt, Atlas pl. 76. f. 13. 1877. d Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 9: 74. pl. 9. f. 4. 1861. e Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s. 3: 234. pl. 10. f. 20. 1863. / Schmidt, Atlas pl. 76. f. 26. 1882. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. IQA inconstant. Though the union of sculptum and punctatum is desirable, the former name should be preferred to the latter, which De Toni selects. It is probable 7. reti- culum Bright. belongs here, though the miserable figure and incomplete description make this a little uncertain. But this is not 7. reticulum Ehrenb.@ De Toni quotes Brightwell’s name but does not identify it with Ehrenberg. 7. browneanum Grey. which Boyer adds to the above list, is not at all the same. Greville says of it ‘‘angles rounded with obscure pseudonodules.’’ These last can not possibly be the rings of Shadbolt’s form, those being at the center, but must be processes at the apices. The center of Greville’s figure is clearly drawn and without trace of the rings of T. seulptum. I think Schmidt’s plate 79, figures 14 and 16, belong here, a pentagonal specimen from Station 2920H being almost identical with figure 14 as well as with Van Heurck’s Synopsis, plate 109, figure 6. Found at stations 2920H, 3513, 3526, 3611, 3604H, 3698, 3712H, Hawaiian Islands, Honshu Island, Japan, and Okhotsk Sea. Trigonium striolatum (Ehrenb.) Mann. Triceratium striolatum Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1839: 159. pl. 4. f. 9. 1841. Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s. 1: 250. pl. 4. f. 10. 1853. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 1. f. 10.1890 De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 943. 1894. (not Roper, Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 2: 74. pl. 6. f. 3. 1854.) Roper is right ¢ in claiming that his idea of this diatom of Ehrenberg and Brightwell’s idea are not the same. A comparison of the original figure and a reading of Ehren- berg’s diagnosis will show that Brightwell is correct. There is neither mention nor sign in the figures of any horn-like processes in Ehrenberg’s species. At any rate the specimens found by me are wholly destitute of such processes, though the apices are produced; and as they agree perfectly with what is given in Ehrenberg, Kiitzing, and Brightwell, I look upon them as well marked and distinct from Roper’s form. To unite all these with Biddulphia rhombus (Ehrenb.) W. Smith, as is done by Van Heurckéd is out of the question. Roper’s form is probably the same as T. membranaceum Bright.¢ Found at station 3361H, Bering Sea. Trigonium tabellarium (Bright.) Mann. Triceratium tabellarium Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 4: 275. pl. 17. f. 15. 1856. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 9. f. 15. 1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 77. f. 1-2 (f. 3-5 according to Grun.). 1882. Jan. Diat. Gaz. Exped. pl. 9. f.7. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 953. 1894. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 854. Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 5%: 17. pl. 5. f. 31. 1878. Triceratium johnsoni Ralis in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 854. 1861 ?. Triceratium venulosum Grev. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n.s. 12: 90. pl. 13. f. 21. 1864. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 61. f. 21. 1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 77. f. 6-9. 1882: pl. 127. f. 3. 1888 (not Gr. & St. Journ. Quek. Micr. Club ITI. 2: 327. pl. 19. f. 15-16. 1886). Triceratium pallidum Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 12: 84. pl. 11. f. 7. 1864. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 59. f. 7.1890. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 938. 1894. Triceratium brevinervum Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 18: 101. pl. 9. f. 26. 1865. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 69. f. 26. 1890. a(f. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 38. 1845; Mikrog. pl. 18. f. 50, pl. 33. XVI. f. 13. 1854. 6 Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 9: 72. pl. 8. f. 16. 1861. ¢ Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. 2: 74. 1854. @Van Heur. Synop. pl. 99. f. 1-3. 1881. € Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 1: 251. pl. 4. f. 15. 1853, and ef. with Brightwell’s figure of this species on the same plate. 31713—VvoL 10, pr 5—O7——6 296 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Triceratium grave Schmidt, Atlas pl. 77. f. 17. 1882. Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti 22. pl. 7. f. 1, 18. 1888. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 946. 1894. Biddulphia tabellarium Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 718. 1901. The form described and figured (with some doubt) as this species by Grove and Sturt is another species, as Schmidt makes it, calling it 7. majus Gr. & St. It is clearly a Biddulphia, having strongly developed processes at the angles. 7. venuloswm Grey. is simply a delicate variety of 7. tabellarium. Found at stations 2807, 3604, Galapagos Islands and Bering Sea. Trigonium trinitas (Brun) Mann. Triceratium trinitas Brun; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 166. f. 3-4. 1891. The general build of this species is that of a very minute 7’. arcticwm; but the bead- ing is very different, coarse, each bead having a central dot, showing no trace of radial arrangement. The beads are similar to those of 7. luminosum Brun & Temp., espe- cially as figured by Schmidt.® But unlike the latter, they have no processes at the angles (seen best in the original figure).¢ The border is unusually massive and trans- versely striated. My specimen agrees best with the variety called minima (fig. 4 above). Found at station 3603, Bering Sea. Trigonium zonulatum ((rey.) Mann. Triceratium zonulatum Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 13: 102. pl. 9. f. 17. 1865. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 69. f. 17. 1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 77. f. 83-37. 1882; pl. 94. f. 9. 1886. Amphitetras zonulata De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 900. 1894. Biddulphia parvula Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 725. 1901, in part. This diminutive and fine diatom is exceedingly abundant in the single hydrographic sounding below. It entirely lacks the characteristic Biddulphia (or “‘ Amphiteras ”’) processes at the angles. I therefore think it is inadmissible to class it as Boyer or De Toni does. It is not exactly the same as the Amphitetras parvula Jan. & Rabh.@ and it is a question if that name could stand, having been published the same year, 1863, as A. parvula Grev., a totally different diatom. De Toni, Cleve, and others class T. zonulatum and A. parvula separately. My specimens are remarkably uniform in size, all measuring about 0.02 mm. Found at station 4029H, Bering Sea. DITYLUM Bail. Ditylum Bail. Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 7: 332. pl. 6. 10-15. 1861. Van Heur. Synop. 196. 1885. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1017. 1894. Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 730-731. 1901. . Triceratium Ehrenb. in part; West, Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: 149. pl. 8. f. 1, 5, 8. 1860. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 114. f. 8-9. 1881. The members of this genus have not the remotest likeness to forms of Triceratium Ehrenb., except in the imperfect triangular outline of the valves, and this is incon- stant. Their pellucid, sparingly silicified frustules; their long and massive central spines; the peculiar topography of the valves, with a flat central area surrounded by portions sloping downward at a considerable angle, and the great breadth of the gir- @Schmidt, Atlas pl. 127. f. 1. 6 Schmidt, Atlas pl. 159. f. 8. 1890. © Mem. Soc. Phys. Hist. Nat. Geneva 30°: pl. 6. f. 3. 1889. @d Rabh. Beitr. 1: 4. pl. 1. f. 4. 1863. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 297 dles separating the valves make them clearly deserving of a separate generic rank. A reference is made by L. W. Bailey to these forms having been recorded by his father under the generic name Grymaia, which has never been published except as a synomym. Van Heurck spells this genus Ditylum in his text, but Ditylium in his plates. De Toni spells it Ditylium and says in a note—* Nonnulli auctores scribunt Ditylum, ex. gr. clarus Van Heurck.’’ I prefer to retain the original spelling as above. Ditylum sol (Van Heur.) De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1018. 1894. Triceratium (Ditylium) sol Van Heur. Synop. pl. 115. f. 1-2. 1881. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 152. f. 4-9. 1890. There is a close similarity in all the forms of Ditylum that gives ground for the sus- picion that they may eventually be found to be varieties of one species. Found at station 4505H, Santa Cruz Light-House, Monterey Bay, Cal. Ditylum undulatum (Bright.) Mann. Triceratium undulatum Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 6: 154. pl. 8. f. 1-5, 8. 1858. Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 1": 6. 1873. Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 5°: 17. 1878. ; Triceratium undulatum Ehrenb.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 151. f. 41. 1890. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: pl. 18. f. 164. 1886. Triceratium undulatum W. Smith; Lewis, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1861: 65. 1862. Triceratium (Ditylium) ehrenbergw Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 115. f. 7-8. 1881. Walk. & Chase, Notes on Diat. 2: 5. pl. 4. f. 12. 1887. Triceratium intricatum West, Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: 149. pl. 7. f. 5a-b. 1860. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 114. f. 2. 1881. Ditylum intricatum Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. 196. 1885. Triceratium brightwellii West, Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: 149 (pl. 7. f. 6. doubtful). 1860. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 114. f. 8-9. 1881. Intylum trigonum Bail. Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 7: 332. pl. 7. f. 6,10, 11.1861. H.L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 142. 1874. Ditylum inaequale Bail. Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 7: 332. pl. 7. f. 12-14. 1861. Tuffen West in his discussion of Brightwell’s forms confuses matters considerably. He divides the latter’s T. undulatum into two species, T. intricatum and T. bright- wellii. He speaks of the form he calls T. brightwellii as having inflated margins and refers to Brightwell’s figure, which shows that characteristic; yet in his own figure 6a he fails to show that margin. Or, if by ‘“‘margin” he means outline, the con- vexity he shows in his figure is lacking in the figure he mentions in Brightwell’s plate. I take it that both of West’s forms are only varieties of Brightwell’s species. Ehrenberg’s Discoplea undulata ® probably does not belong here; but rather is allied to Triceratvuum radiatum Bright., a species distinct from this. It is also uncertain if his specimen from the so-called “‘ Bermuda earth,’ referred to as Triceratium undulatum is this species. It more probably is his Discoplea undulata. This Ralfs also looks upon as distinct from the present species. He says ¢ that it is probably identical with 7. crenatum Kitt. (MSS.), and that its nearly orbicular outline and crenate margin ‘ dis- tinguish it from T. brightwellii.’’ On these grounds alone it could, however, hardly be _ sodistinguished. There is no question that what Schmidt calls 7. undulatum Ehrenb.@ belongs here. Found at station 4029H, Bering Sea. @ Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 33. X VIII. f. 3. 1854. b Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 273. 1845. ¢ Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 939. 1861. @ Schmidt, Atlas pl. 151. f. 41. 1890. 298 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. BIDDULPHIA S&S. F. Gray. Biddulphna 8. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. 1: 294. 1821. Van Heur. Synop. 203. 1885. Odontella C. Ag. Consp. Crit. Diat. 56.1832. Kiitz. Bacill. 137. pl. 18. f. VIII. 1-3, 6-8. 1844. Zygoceros Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1839: 131, 160. pl. 4. f. 11-12. 1841; Mikrog. pl. 35. A. XXIII, f. 17.1854. Bail. Am. Journ. Sci. 46: 138. 1844. Amphitetras Ehrenb. in part; Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1889: 122, 142. 1841. Kiitz. Bacill. 135. pl. 19. f. 3. 1844. Cerataulus Ehrenb. in part; Ralfs in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 847. 1861. Cleve, Journ. Quek. Micr, Club II. 2: 171. 1885. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 97. 1889; 3: pl. 29. f. 421. 1893. Triceratium Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1839: 129, 159. pl. 4. f. 10. 1841, in part. Roper, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 2: 283. f. 1. 1854. Bright. 4: 274. pl. 17. f. 9-12. 1856. Denticella Ehrenb.; Ehrenb. in Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1840: 207. 1841. Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 59. 1884. Odontotropis Grun.; in part, De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 881. 1894. In including the above genera, wholly or in part, in Biddulphia a generic unity is attained that is most desirable. This fact has long been appreciated by most diato- mists, and the synonymy here enumerated is essentially that of Grunow, Van Heurck, Brun, Witt, Boyer, etc. A careful study of these forms convinces me that the plan adopted in De Toni’s Sylloge Algarum of reestablishing Odontella, Zygoceros, Denti- cella, and Cerataulus as independent generais unwise. No set of distinguishing charac- teristics important and constant enough to serve as generic definitions can be found for these names. Although this will become sufficiently evident in considering the sepa- rate species following, an illustration or two may be here mentioned. For example, a comparison of Odontella obtusa Kiitz.,4 with Biddulphia roperiana Grev.,® and of these two with Cerataulus galapagensis Schmidt, ¢ will make it clear how futile it is to attempt to make generic distinctions between these three diatoms. The genus Zygoceros is deservedly obsolete; compare Z. radiatus Bail.¢ with Biddulphia balaena (Ehrenb.) Bright.e| Amphitetras might be blended with that unscientific complex “ Tricera- tium,’’ a genus made up chiefly of evident forms of Biddulphia, but in its general structure, in the markings and processes of the valves, and in the zigzag, chain-like growth of its members it is so typical a Biddulphia that the example of Van Heurck, Boyer, and others, in classing most of its species as Biddulphia certainly deserves imitation. The genus Triceratium is chiefly made up of biddulphoid forms, which are here classed in this genus. A full discussion of the relationship between Biddul- phia and Triceratium will be given under the genus Trigonium. See also remarks under the genera Aulacodiscus and Porpeia. Biddulphia alaskiensis Mann, sp. nov. PuateE XLVI, Figure 1. Valve broadly oval, nearly circular, evenly and strongly convex, the two proc- esses barely elevated above the surface of the valve; markings of minute and purely radial beading, there being, however, a slight curvature of the lines toward the sides of the two processes; a few minute spines scattered irregularly over the surface of aKiitz. Bacill. pl. 18. VIII. f. 1-3. 1844; or Van Heur. Synop. pi. 100. f. 11-14. 1881. b Van Heur. Synop. pl. 99. f. 4-6. 188h. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 7: pl. 8. f. 11-13. 1859. «Schmidt, Atlas pl. 115. f. 8. 1888. @ Smithson. Contr.”"Knowl. 7: pl. 1. f. 29. 1854. ¢ Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 7: pl. 9. f. 15. 1859; or Van Heur. Synop. pl. 112. f. 1. 1887. a ane DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. I2OG MANN the beading; a single large horn, placed near the margin, one-fourth the distance between one process and the other and pointing radially outward; border narrow and hyaline. Length of valve, 0.063 mm.; width of valve, 0.053 mm. Type in the U.S. National Museum, No. 590135, from station 3399H, Bering Sea, August 20, 1893; 12,041 fathoms, bottom of green mud and sand. This minute species is essentially the same as that figured by Schmidt and marked “n. s.?.’? It is if anything more nearly circular than Schmidt's figure. It has a slight resemblance to B. edwardsii Feb. in some of its broad varieties. I find it, how- ever, impossible to assign it to that species. Biddulphia antediluviana (Ehrenb.) Van Heur. Synop. 207. 1885. ; Amphitetras antediluviana Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1839: 142. 1841. Kiitz. Bacill. 135. pl. 19. f. 3, pl. 29. f. 86. 1844. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 318. f. 86. 1864. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 858. pl. 11. f. 21-22. 1861. Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 19. f. 19, pl. 21. f. 25a-c. 1854. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 47. pl. 44. f. 318, pl. 44. f. 318a. 1856. Eng. & Pr. Pflanzenfam. 1!>: 41. f. 53D. 1896. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 899. 1894. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 99. f. 1-4, 6-9. 1886. Triceratium antediluvianum Grun. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 24. 1870. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 109. f. 4-5. 1881. Eng. & Pr. Pflanzenfam. 11°: 50. f. 60. 1896. Biddulphia vesiculosa Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 716. 1901. ? Although this diatom is plainly a Biddulphia, it has been so long and widely re- ferred to as Amphitetras antediluviana that many authors are reluctant to drop the untenable generic name. Van Heurck in his plates carries out Grunow’s suggestion of making it a Triceratium; but in the text of his Synopsis, published four years later, the above name is assigned.@ This is certainly its proper place, rather than with Triceratium; for if that genus is to be weeded out and under the name Trigo- nium to be so reconstructed as to scientifically denote a class of forms not at present assignable elsewhere it must be freed from such manifest Biddulphia forms. as this. As there is room for some doubt, expressed by De Toni and others, of this species being identical with Agardh’s Diatoma vesiculosum > or Isthmia vesiculosa,¢ I do not here adopt the specific name assigned by Boyer above, but follow the opinion of Van Heurck, who in this respect agrees with Ehrenberg, Kiitzing, Ralfs, and Grunow. Some of the figures of this diatom, notably those by Kiitzing, Pritchard, and Wolle, (those of the last copied from Van Heurck),¢ are so unlike this form as to be utterly misleading. Found at stations 2680H, 2807, 2835, off central California to Galapagos Islands. Biddulphia aurita (Lyng.) Breb. & God. Consid. Diat. 12. 1838. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat.1: 49. pl. 45. f. 319. 1853. Jan. Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 18622: 16. pl. 1A. f. 9. 1862. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 311. 1864. O’Meara, Proc. Roy. Irisn Acad. WM. 2: 274. pl. 27. f. 8. 1875. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. pl. 19. f. 9. 1875. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 122. f. 6. 1888. Van Heur. Synop. 205. pl. 98. f. 4-12. 1881-5. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 96. f. 9-11. 1890. Diatoma auritum Lyng. Hydro. Dan. 182. pl. 62. f. D. 1819. OdonteMa aurita C. Ag. Consp. Diat. 56. 1830-32. Kiitz. Bacill. 137. pl. 29. /. 88. 44. De Toni, Syl. Alg. 2: 862. 1894. Denticella aurita Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 835A. XXJII. f. 7. 1854. Bail. Am. Journ. Sci. LI. 22: 1. pl. 1. f. 26-28. 1856. #Van Heur. Synop. 207. 1885. 6C. Ag. Syst. Alg. 7. 1824. eC. Ag. Consp. Crit. Diat. 55. 1830-1832. ¢@ Yan Heur. Synop. pl. 103. f. c. 1881. 300 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Denticella gracilis Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1840: 204. 1841. Biddulphia sansibarwca Schmidt, Atlas pl. 122. f. 10-12. 1888. Denticella zanzibarica De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 886. 1894. This well-known and variable species is met with in large quantities at some of the stations, especially at stations 2844 and 3361H. At station 3569H it is present, but very rare. A minute and strongly divergent variety occurs at station 4029H, which is the same as that figured in Schmidt’s Atlas, plate 122, figures 10 to 12, and named B. sansibarica Schmidt. There can be no reasonable doubt of this being B. aurita if a careful examination is made of its many varieties, or even if, taking Schmidt’s own figures, we compare figure 2 and figure 7 with figure 12, and also figure 8 with figures 10 and 11 in plate 122. De Toni not only accepts them as specifically distinct, but assigns them to separate genera. (See the citations above. ) Found at stations 2287H, 2690H, 2844, 2848, 2859, 2882, 2920H, 3361H, 3569H, 3635H, 3671H, 3688H, 3691H, 3692H, 3694H, 3704H, 3912H, 4013H, 4014H, 4029H, off central California to Bering Sea and south to Honshu and Hawaiian islands. Biddulphia biquadrata (Jan.) Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 717. 1901. Triceratium biquadratum Jan.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 98. f. 4-6, pl. 99. f. 25-26. 1886. Jan. Gaz. Exped. pl. 11. f. 1, 4-6. I include figures 25 and 26 in Schmidt’s Atlas, plate 99, as they are certainly the same species as that figured in plate 98. Both come from the Gazelle Expedition. Triceratium junctum Schmidt 4 is very close to the above. Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. Biddulphia consimilis (Grun.) Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 709. 1901. Tricerattuum consimile Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 108, f. 2. 1881. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 84. f. 18-14. 1885. The above figures need to be taken together. Schmidt’s representation of the general form is excellent, but his figure and description of the secondary markings are wrong. Grunow’s own figure cited above shows that these are not a central nodule surrounded by a faint circle, but a central nodule and a row of bright bead-like puncta close to and parallel to the walls of the hexagons. The nodule and the puncta are in two planes of focus, so that when the nodule is distinct the row of puncta assumes the appearance of a ring. Hence Schmidt’s mistake. Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. Biddulphia culcitella Mann, sp. nov. Pirate XLVI, ricureE 3. Valve rectangular, the four sides sharply concave; the four horns or processes narrow and slightly prolonged beyond the border line; markings of beading, evenly and finely distributed over the entire valve in rows radial from the center, where six or eight beads are loosely grouped to form an indistinct rosette; valve surface very slightly convex until close to the margin, where it curves rapidly downward to the ribbed border; all specimens are marked with two sets of strong hyaline ridges, one forming a circle about the center with a diameter of one-half that of the valve, the other set consisting of two parallel ridges proceeding backward from the base of each of the four processes for a short distance, about one-eighth the diameter of the valve, where they separate at right angles and end at the margin. Diameter of valve (between two apices), 0.081 mm. Type in the U. 8. National Museum, No. 590136 from station 2807, Galapagos Islands, April 4, 1888; 812 fathoms, bottom of Globigerina ooze and coral mud. : This form is of the ‘‘Amphitetras?’ type,and would be classed by some authors in that genus (here united with Biddulphia) and by others in Triceratium, from which these Biddulphia forms are here removed. 3 4@Schmidt, Atlas pl. 98. f. 1-3, 19. 1886. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 301 Biddulphia dubia (Bright.) Cleve, in Nordensk. Vega Exped. 3: 508. 1883. Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 707. 1901. Odontidium punctatum Roper ?, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 7: 180. pl. 9. f. 9. 1859. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 23. f. 9. 1890.4 Triceratium bullosum Witt, Journ. Mus. Godef. 1: 67. pl. 8. f. 4. 1873. Triceratium dubium Bright. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 7: 180. pl. 9. f. 12. 1859. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 78. f. 26-30. 1882. Triceratium (or Biddulphia) bicorne Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 5°: 17. pl. 4. f. 30. 1878. Amphitetras bicornis De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 902. 1894. Though this species has sometimes a rather close resemblance to minute specimens of B. reticulata Roper, and this led me fora time to make it a variety of the latter, a careful examination of many specimens of both forms, abundantly supplied in some of the dredgings, shows them to be essentially distinct. B. dubia is always small, its reticula- tions irregular and of unequal size, their dividing walls thick and crinkled, the border massive, and the valve outline rhombic. In B. reticulata, on the other hand, a larger diatom, the reticulations are quite regular, generally hexagonal, with thin dividing walls showing ‘‘knots®’ at their points of juncture, the border is not so massive, and the valve outline is either elliptical or with convex sides approaching that figure. Both species have secondary dotted markings within the reticulations, but those of B. reticu- lata are smaller and more distinct. The general similarity of these two species has, I think, led to the naming of Schmidt’s figures ® ‘‘B. reticulata Roper, var.?’’ whereas they are certainly closer to B. dubia. The union of Triceratium bicorne Cleve, and Triceratium bullosum Witt, which is recognized by De Toni¢ and by Boyer,¢ is rather difficult to admit, in view of Witt’s carefully drawn figure and his plain description. Yet the close similarity of Witt’s form to Triceratium dubium Bright. is undeniable, as is also the specific identity of T. dubiuwm and T. bicorne. In fact, we have here an illustration of how misty and indefinable our specific boundaries really are, and how subsequently discovered specimens may bridge over the wide gap that separates apparently quite unlike species. Thissame condition has been previously referred to under Auliscus punctatus and A. pruinosus Bail. Found at station 2885, off Oregon. Biddulphia edwardsii Febiger; H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 623. 1874. Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 701. 1901. Odontella edwardsii Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 100. f. 9-10. 1881. Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 57. pl. 2. f. 20. 1884. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 865. 1894. Biddulphia obtusa Ralfs, err. det. in Van Heur. Synop. pl. 100. f. 11-14. 1881. Biddulphia polycanthos Brun. Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 31!: 12. pl. 72. f. 8a-b. 1891. Odontella ? polycanthos De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 865. 1894. I find two well-marked varieties of the above polymorphic diatom. One corresponds closely to what Brun (loc. cit.) has called’B. polycanthos, and that, too, in the forms both with and without the large spines. Brun therefore erroneously makes these spines a mark of specific distinction for hisform. Nor can the difference of B. edwardsvi, having diagonal and B. polycanthos vertical lines of beading on the girdle, be admitted. For in most gatherings of B. edwardsii, where there is considerable diversity in size, both patterns of marking can be seen in abundance. Such, for example, is the case in the H. L. Smith type-slide no. 623 in possession of the U. 8S. National Museum. This a Cf. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 641. 1892. 6 Schmidt, Atlas pl. 78. f. 21-23. ¢ De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 973. 1894. d Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 707. 1901. 302 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. species of Brun must, therefore, be ranked as a variety of the above. The second variety, found at station 2807, is the form called Odontella obtusa (Kiitz.) Ralfs.¢ It is clearly a small variety of this species, exact examples being easily found in most large gatherings, as in the above-mentioned type-slide of H. L. Smith. But it is doubtful ifthis is the genuine Odontella obtusa Kiitz., which seems to have a much closer resemblance to B. roperiana Grey.b Thus Kiitzingé figures it as a smoother diatom than B. edwardsti, as does also Ralfs,¢4 and under its synony- mous name of O. biddulphioides Wigande it also differs greatly. I therefore have not included this in the above synonymy. B. primordialis Brun/ is also omitted as a synonym. The figures of the two species are often quite close. But typical specimens of B. primordialis are frequent in gatherings made at stations 2844 and 3263H and when these dre compared with examples of B. edwardsii the difference is seen to be far too wide to admit of their union. It is perhaps a comparison of the figures of these two diatoms, rather than the specimens themselves, that has led Grove to unite them.g De Toni” notes the similarity of the two, but gives Brun’s form separate rank. I can not agree with H. L. Smith? in considering this species as ‘‘a hirsute variety of B. roperiana Grey.”’ The specimens found by me were mostly large forms, ranging from 0.095 mm. in station 3604 (Bering Sea) to 0.14 mm. in station 2848, south of Alaska peninsula. Found at stations 2287H, 2807, 2848, 3604, 3693H, 4013H, off Alaska peninsula, to Bering Sea and south to Honshu Island, ey Biddulphia extensa Mann. sp. noy. Piate XLVI, ricures 1, 2. Valve an elongated and perfectly symmetrical ellipse, about four and one-half times as long as wide, elegantly beaded with fine, round, closely set beads, radiating from a small circular hyaline central area, the lines so arranged as to form concentric ellipses on either half of the valve, these extending from the circular central area to the bases of the long vertical horns arising near the apices of the valve; of the lines radiating from the center only the two coinciding with the median transverse axis straight, the others curving in conformity with the two ellipses; two stout, straight, and long spines set on opposite sides of the central area, half way between the valve’s longitudinal and transverse axes, and spread upward and outward; in zonal view the valve showing the two horns to be long, tapering, and vertical, and broadened into a flat-topped apex, thisa little higher than the much elevated central area; the base of the valve joined to the girdle by a curved line; approximate valves of adjoining frustules united by the tips of the horns and further connected by a pellucid film-like silicious membrane at the center, parting and narrowing toward the apices; the two central areas almost touching, and the four long spines arising from these interlocked, the two from each valve being on opposite sides of the other valve. In the single dredging in which this species was found it isabundant; but I have not been able to find any certain remains of the connecting girdle. Length of valve, 0.130 mm; width of valve, 0.028 mm. Type in U.S. National Museum, No. 590137, from station 4505 H, Santa Cruz light- house, Monterey Bay, Cal.; 10 fathoms. a Van Heur. Synop. pl. 100. f. 11-14. 1881. b Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 7: pl. 8. f. 11-18. 1859. ¢ Kiitz. Bacill. 137. pl. 18. VIII. f. 1-3, 6-8. 1844. d Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 848. pl. 13. f. 30-32A. 1861. e Hedw. 2: 45. pl. 7. f. 21. 1860. ‘Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 81!: 12. pl. 13. f. 9, pl. 14. f. 9. 1891. g Schmidt, Atlas pl. 172. /. 4. h De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 864. 1894. ¢Am. Journ. Micr. 4: 101. 1879. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 303 Biddulphia favus (Ehrenb.) Van Heur. Synop. 208. 1885. Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 706. 1901. Triceratium favus Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1839: 159. pl. 4. f. 10. 1841; Mikrog. pl. 19. f. 17. 1854; Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 323, 443. pl. 3. VII. f.10. 1843. Kitz. Bacill. 139. pl. 18. f. 11.1844. W.Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 26. pl. 5. f. 44, pl. 30. f. 44. 1853. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 855. pl. 11. f. 43-44. 1861. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 82. f. 1, 3, 4. 1885. Jan. Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 1862?: 15. pl. 1B. f. 9.1862. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 99. f. 1, 2. 1890. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 107. f. 1-4.1881. H.L.Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 598. 1874. O’Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 277. 1875. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 315. f.87.1864. Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad.Wiss. Berl. 1839: 159. pl. 4. f. 10a-b. 1841. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. pl. 13. f. 29. 1875. Grun. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 24. 1870. Grun. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 126. f. 5-7. 1888. Carp. Micro. ed. 8. 613. f. 442.1901. Leud.-Fort. Mem. Soc. Emul. St. Brieuc 60. 1879. Kain, Bull. Torr. Club 14: 29. 1887. Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti 21. pl. 6. f.8, pl. 7. f.8.1888. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 1. f. 6.1890. Named varieties: Schmidt, Atlas pl. 82. f. 2,11, pl. 84. f. 4. 1885; pl. 93. f. 4. 1886. Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 4: 274. pl. 17. f. 7. 1856. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 9. f.7. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 599.1874. Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 107. f.5.1881. Kitz. Sp. Alg. 140: 1849. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 109. pl. 6. f. 1, pl.9. f. 3. 1886. Kitt. Mo. Micr. Journ. 12: 219. pl. 82. f. 7-8. 1874. Triceratium comptum Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1843: 166. 1844. Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 1: 249. pl. 4.f. 4.1853. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 857. 1861. . Triceratium megastomum Bright. err. det. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 1: 248. pl. 4. f. 7. 1853. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 7. f. 7. 1890 (not Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 35A X VII. f. 14. 1854. nor Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 855. 1861). Triceratium muricatum Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 1: 249. pl. 4. f. 5. 1853. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 1. f. 5. 1890. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 856. 1861. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 83. f. 8-10. 1885. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 923. 1894. Triceratium scitulum Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 1: 250. pl. 4. f. 9. 1853. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 1. f. 9. 1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 83. f. 11-16. 1885. Grun. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 24. 1870. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 922. 1894. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 857. 1861. Triceratium grande Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 1: 249. pl. 4. f. 8. 1853. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 1. f. 8. 1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 82. f. 5. 1885. De Toni, Notar. 3: 626. 1888. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: 54. pl. 4. f. 33. 1886. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 856. 1861. Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti 21. pl. 6. f. 10, pl. 7. f. 7. 1888. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 104. f. 1. 1890. Triceratium fimbriatum Wallich, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 6: 247. pl. 12. f. 4-9. 1858. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 82. f. 6-7. 1885. Biddulphia grandis Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 706. 1901. The necessity of classing this as a Biddulphia becomes evident as soon as we dis- regard the unimportant fact that it is often found in triangular form. So far as my experience goes, it is quite as abundant in sea dredgings in the quadrate form. It is the dominant species of stations 2915H to 2921H, 3008H, 3010H, 3013H, 4430H, 4502H, and 4571H, where it occurs in immense quantities and without any of the triangular varieties present. H. L. Smith’s type 599 is a similar case. He marks it “Tuscarora soundings S. of Sandwich Isl. 1468 fms.,’’ the locality, therefore, corresponding almost exactly with station 3008H. Five to 8-angled forms are frequent in all large gather- ings. But whether of triangular form or not, this species, seen from the valval side, but especially from the zonal side, with its hornike processes at the angles and its peculiar set of the valves on the girdle, is shown to be an almost typical example of Biddulphia. Like all the other members of this genus, it is either marine or fossil. RN 304 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. I am at present unable to include in this species some forms so classed by other writers. Thus Trice ratium orientale Bail. & Harv.¢ is hardly close enough to a grande Bright., which it most resembles, to make me certain that it can be rightly identified with that form. It is, however, so disposed of by Habirshaw,? and is classed by him as a synonym of Biddulphia grandis (Bright.) Boyer, which is in this paper united with B. favus. The same is true of Triceratium cuspidatum Jan., which Boyer unites with this species, and De Toni is disposed to class with his emended genus Amphitetras. It is figured by Schmidt and also by Janisch.¢ A question might also be raised as to the rather divergent varieties above united with this species, viz, Triceratium muricatum Bright. and 7. seitulum Bright. But Schmidt says,¢ “Ob 7. muricatum und secitulum mehr sind als kleine Formen von 7. favus ist noch genauer zu untersuchen,”’ and Ralfs¢ says of 7. scitulum, “Except in its smaller size, we see not how this species differs from 7. favus."’ The 7. scitulum variety is abundant at station 3604, which also contains fine examples of sexangular and octangular specimens of 7. grande. Found at stations 2807, 2808, 2915H, 2916H, 2917H, 2918H, 2919H, 2920H, 2921H, 3008H, 3010H, 3013H, 3604, 4430H, 4571H, Galapagos Islands to Bering Sea and Hawaiian Islands. Biddulphia gladiorum Mann, sp. nov. Pirate XLVII, riaure 4. Valve elongated-oval, flat to nearly the full outline of the frustule, then bending perpendicularly downward in a broad band to the line of suture with the girdle; top and vertical sides of the valve delicately beaded with Pleurosigma-like markings; the two terminal processes, corresponding to horns in similar species, here scarcely raised above the surface of the valve, appearing as small obliquely inclined rings; five stout setae, tapering to an acute point, and occasionally imperfectly forked, set close to the margin of the flat portion of the valve, their bases broadened and extending into a low delicate hyaline comb or ridge, thus forming a connecting line between the setae; a thread-like hollow central line within the setae extending to near the tip; two of the setae next to and interior to the two processes. Length of valve, 0.11 mm.; length of setae, 0.043 to 0.06 mm. Type in the U. 8S. National Museum No. 590138, from station 4029H, Bering Sea, June 27, 1900; 813 fathoms, bottom of gray sand and clay. This diatom finds its nearest likeness in Biddulphia spinosa Grev./, though as to the flat top of the valve when seen in zonal view, as well as the delicate Pleurosigma-like markings, it resembles B. cornuta Brun.g Its distinctness from Brun’s species is due to the absence of the long-produced horns with inflated bases, to its almost perpen- dicular sides from the girdle to the level valve face, and to the less significant difference in the shape and number of the spines. It belongs to that group of the Biddulphiae which De Toni” places in the genus Denticella, in conformity with Grunow’s sugges- tion.’ This grouping, which I do not consider to have any generic value, would bring together many similar forms of which Biddulphia mobiliensis (Bail.) Grun., may be taken as the type; diatoms of relatively large size but of exceedingly delicate silica a Proc. Acad. Phila. 6: 430. 1854. Wilkes Explor. Exped. 17: 179. pl. 9. f. 9. 1862. b Hab. Cat. 337. ; ¢ Schmidt, Atlas pl. 84. f. 2-8. 1885. Jan. Gaz. Exped. pl. 11. f. 14-15. d Op. cit. pl. 83. f. 11-16. éPritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 857. 1861. / Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 18: 6. pl. 1. f. 3. 1865. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 62. f. 3. 1890. 9 Le Diatomisie 2: 74. pl. 6. f. 3. 1894. hDe Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 882-886. 1894. iDenkschr. Akad. Wien 48%: 58. 1884, MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 305 walls, having two more or less produced horns at the extremities of the oval or elliptical valves, and further ornamented with from two to many long vertical and generally acuminate setae or spines. Biddulphia granulata Roper, Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n.s. 7: 13, pl. 1. f. 10-11, pl. 2. f. 12. 1859. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 25. f. 10-11, pl. 26. f. 12. 1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 122. f. 18. 1888. Van. Heur. Synop. pl. 99. f. 7-8; pl. 101. f. 4. 1881. Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 702. 1901. De Toni places this as a synonym under Denticella turgida Ehrenb. The unfigured description of that species by Ehrenberg > can not afford any satisfactory grounds for uniting these two. Found at stations 3513, 3603, Bering Sea. Biddulphia grundleri Schmidt, Atlas pl. 118. f. 22-24. 1888. Although this might easily be considered a variety of B. pulchella Gray, I find sufficient contrast to warrant the acceptance of Schmidt’sname, at least for the present. Not only the scarcely observable marking of the rounded ends of the horns mentioned by him in the above citation, but the large, widely set, and prominent beads which mark the valves of my specimens, instead of the more thickly set beading or reticu- lated marking of B. pulchella, present too strong a contrast to favor their union. Found at station 4013H, east coast of Honshu Island, Japan. Biddulphia keeleyi Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1898: 469. pl. 24. f. 4. 1898; 1900: 708. 1901. Boyer gives three localities for this diatom, the last being Monterey Bay, California, and marks it ‘“‘rare.’’ In the single sounding where it appears, also made in Monterey Bay, it is abundant. Found at station 4505H, near Santa Cruz light-house, Monterey Bay, Cal. Biddulphia levis Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1843: 122. i844. Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 712. 1901. Odontella polymorpha Kitz. Bacill. 138. pl. 29. f. 90. 1844. Cerataulus levis Ralis in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 847. pl. 6. f. 7. 1861 (not Biddulphia levis (Ehrenb.) Ralis in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 848. 1861, which is Denticella levis Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 204. 1845, and Odontella levis Kiitz. Sp. Alg. 136. 1849). Schmidt, Atlas pl. 116. f. 13-15. 1886. Cerataulus polymorphus Van Heur. Synop. pl. 104. f. 3-4. 1881. This diatom, well deserving the specific name given by Kiitzing, polymorpha, was found in only one sounding. It was there unusually large and smooth. Found at station 2920H, Hawaiian Islands. Biddulphia luminosa (Brun & Temp.) Mann. Puate XLVI, Ficure 5. Triceratium luminosum Brun & Temp. Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 30°: 62. pl. 6. f. 3. 1889. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 159. f. 6. 1890. The authors distingujshed this from the similar species, 7. africanum Ehrenb.,¢ T. gratum Schmidt,¢ and T. molleri Pant.e It is, however, very close to the latter. Two specimens were found by me, one with a length on side of 0.083 mm. and the other with a length on side of 0.153 mm. I figure this species because the drawings referred to above give in both instances emphasis to the dotted centers of the beads, an aspect entirely lacking in my specimens. Found at stations 2694H, 4029H, off southern California and Bering Sea. 4 De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 883. 1894. b Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1840: 207. 1841, or Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 849. 1861. ¢ Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 835A. XIXb. f. 1. 1854. @ Schmidt, Atlas pl. 77. f. 19. 1882. é Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: 53. pl. 6. /. 47. 306 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Biddulphia mobiliensis (Bail.) Grun.; Van Heur. Synop., pl. 101. f. 4-6, pl. 108. f. A. 1881. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 122. f. 20-21. 1888. Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 698. 1901. Zygoceros (Denticella?) mobiliensis Bail. Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 2%: 40. pl. 2. f. 34- 35. 1851. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 850. pl. 6. f. 17. 1861. Biddulphia baleyiW. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 50. pl. 45. f. $22, pl. 62. f. 822. 1856. Roper, Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 7: 12. pl. 1. f. 5-9. 1859. O’Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 275. pl. 27. f. 8. 1875. Rabh. Fl. Eur, Alg. 1: 311. 1864. Denticella mobiliensis Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 7, 1884. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 882. 1894. Found at stations 2923, 4505H, off southern California and near Santa Cruz Light- house, Monterey Bay, California. Biddulphia ovalis (Schmidt) Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 712. 1901. Cerataulus ovalis Schmidt, Atlas pl. 115. f. 5-7. 1888. My form is drawn to a somewhat narrower oval and the processes are in the long axis.’ Found at station 2835, off Lower California. Biddulphia pacifica (Grun.) Mann. Cerataulus pacificus Grun.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 115. f. 10. 1888. Rattray @ makes this a synonym of Auliscus ralfsianus Grev.b and Bupodiscus barba- densis Grey., © giving to it the name Pseudoauliscus ralfsianus (Grev.) Ratt. It may be well to look upon these as the same, in which case, the genus Pseudoauliscus not being admitted, the name here would be A. ralfsianus Grey. My specimen is, however, clearly a broad Biddulphia of the Cerataulus variety, and I prefer to agree with Gru- now’s analysis, but to include here, as in all other cases, the Cerataulus forms under Biddulphia. Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. Biddulphia papillata (Gr. & St.) Mann. Triceratium papillatum Gr. & St. Journ. Quek. Micr. Club II. 3: 76, pl. 6. f. 14. 1887. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 128. f. 16. 1888; pl. 167. f. 5-6, pl. 168. f.8. 1891. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 962. 1894; Notarisia 2: 351. 1887. I found five specimens of this rare and striking diatom; one triangular and four of the quadrate variety. The smallest, a single valve, measured 0.048 mm. on each side; the largest, also a single valve, measured 0.137 mm. on each side; another, a complete frustule, measured 0.087 mm. on each side and between opposite horn tips on the zonal side it measured 0.138 mm. This last specimen showed all the curious markings fig- ured by Grove, @ except that the central brush-like clusters of setae were broken. It is evident that Grove and Sturt in naming this species saw it in only one position, namely, the valval view, as they state that it is “ very rare” and that they were indebted to Weissflog for their specimen. Their drawing is also the valval one. It is conceiy- able that, seen from this side only, it might be called Triceratium; but how Grove, having subsequently seen it from the zonal side, as is shown by his drawings,¢ could have failed to reclassify it as a Biddulphia it is difficult to understand. It is a per- fectly typical example of this genus. The complete frustrule figured by Grove came from the Hawaiian Islands, as did those figured by Schmidt. My specimens came from the same locality. But as the original specimen was found in a fossil deposit at Oamaru, New Zealand, it would be a Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 8*: 43. 1888. b Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 11: 52. pl. 3. f. 21. 1863. ¢ Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 12: 88. pl. 12. f. 4. 1864. d Schmidt, Atlas pl. 168. f. 8. 1891. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 307 of geological interest to know how this rare and peculiar diatom came to be present in these two localities. Found at station 2920H, Hawaiian Islands. Biddulphia primordialis Brun, Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 31!: 12. pl. 13. f. 9, pl. 14. f. 9.1891. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 172. f. 4. (not f, 5). 1892. Odontella primordialis De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 864. 1894. Grove has suggested @ this being only a variety of B. edwardsii Febiger.» I have dis- . cussed the impossibility of looking on these two as the same spec ies under the heading | of B. edwardsti above. I look upon figure 5 in the above citation from Schmidt’s Atlas as an entirely dis- tinct diatom. ~ Found at stations 2844, 3263H, off Alaska Peninsula and Aleutian Islands. Biddulphia pulchella Gray, Nat. Arr. 1: 294. 1821. Grev. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 10: 25. pl. 3. f. 3-4. 1862. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 48. pl. 44. f. 321. 1856. Pritch. Hist. saga ed. 4. 848. pl. 2. f. 56-60. 1861. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 118. f. 26-82, pl. 121. f. 1-2. 1888. O’Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 275. pl. 27. f. 9.1875. Van ary Synop. 204. pl. 97. f. 1-5. 1881-1885. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg.1 310. 1864. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 870. 1894. “Eng. & Pr. Pflanzenfam. 1!»: 42 /. 54 A-C. 1896. Conferva biddulphiana J. E. Smith, Eng. Bot. 25: pl. 1762. 1807? Diatoma biddulphianum C. Ag. Syst. Alg. 5. 1824? Denticella biddulphia Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: pl. 2. VI. f. 19. 1842. Biddulphia quinquelocularis Kitz. Bacill. 138. pl. 19. f. 1. 1844. Biddulphia septemlocularis Kiitz. Bacill. 138. pl. 19. f. 2. 1844. Biddulphia trilocularis Kiitz. Bacill. 138. pl. 29. f. 89. 1844. Biddulphia transversa Wigand, Hedwigia 2:.45. pl. 7. f. 18. 1860. Biddulphia unifasciata Wigand, Hedwigia 2: 45. pl. 7. f. 19. 1860 Biddulphia bifasciata Wigand, Hedwigia 2: 45. pl. 7. f. 20. 1860. Biddulphia biddulphiana Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 694. 1901. The question of the substitution of the name Biddulphia biddulphiana (J. E. Smith) Boyer, for the above depends on whether or not the figures given by Smith ¢ are iden- tical with this species. There should be no question of such identity before a name like this one, of long standing and adopted in nearly every diatom work extant, is discarded. In this case two facts should be borne in mind, first, that this species is similar to several other species generally recognized as worthy of separate rank which are equally like the figures of J. E. Smith. Such are Biddulphia grundleri Schmidt,e which is not united with this species by either De Toni or Boyer, and Biddulphia tridens Ehrenb./ The second fact is that the figures of J. E. Smith are not those of one species. J have, therefore, not followed Boyer in making the above specific name a synonym under that of J. E. Smith’s This widely distributed species is Sea tkabiy infrequent in the Pacific dredgings examined by me. In none of the following gatherings was it at all abundant. Found at stations 2807, 2808, 2920H, 3604,. Galapagos Islands, Hawaiian Islands, and Bering Sea. a4 Schmidt, Atlas pl. 172. f. 4. 1892. b Op. cit. pl. 167. f. 5-6. ¢ Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 694. 1901. dJ. E. Smith, Eng. Bot. 25: pl. 1762. 1807. € Schmidt, Atlas pl. 118. f. 22-24. 1888. J Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 19. f. 21, pl. 20. I. f. 53.1854. (Zygoceros tuomeyi Bail. Am. Journ. Sci. 46: 138. pl. 3. f. 3, 4, 8. 1844.) ~*~ a ——— 30S CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Biddulphia reticulata Roper, Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. 8. 7: 14. pl. 2. f. 18-15. 1859. Moeb. Diat.—taf. pl. 26. f. 13-15. 1890. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 102. pl. 26. f.9. 1886. Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 708. 1901. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 102. f. 1-2 (not f. 3). 1881. Odontella? reticulata DeToni, Syll. Alg. 2: 868. 1894. Typical examples of this diatom are plentiful in the dredging to be cited. For a dis- cussion of the confusion between quadrate specimens of this species and B. dubia (Bright.) Cleve, see under that species. Found at station 3696, off Honshu Island, Japan. Biddulphia robertsiana (Grey.) Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 707. 1901. Triceratitum robertsianum Grey. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s. 3: 231. pl. 9. f. 9. 1863; 6: pl. 2. f. 2. 1886. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 47. f. 9, pl. 71. f. 22. 1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 83. f. 3-7 (var.), pl. 82. f. 14-15. 1885. This diatom is rather close to the Triceratium grande form of Biddulphia favus (Ehrenb.) Van Heurck, both in its general shape and in the fine radiating secondary markings. Still, the fact that the processes are very obtuse and separated by a hyaline area from the reticulation and that the angles are not at all prominent, together with the general presence of large spines on the sides, give it an aspect that warrants its separate name. It is quite possible that the first of the Greville figures cited above is of ‘‘ Triceratium grande” and his second figure that of the true type. They are very dissimilar. The second is at any rate more like the forms classified by me in the present species and agrees better with the description given by Greville, except in the matter of spines, all my specimens having two stout spines near the margin of each of the three sides. It is spoken of by Greville, Schmidt, and Boyer as very rare. In the single gathering where I found it it is fairly abundant. Boyer says: “ Pacific soundings 20° 10’ N., 158° 14” W., 2,507 fathoms.’ My specimens came from Pacific soundings 21° 21’ N., 157° 09’ W., and though the depth is only 570 fathoms, the loca- tion is right on the edge of a deep plain averaging 2,500 fathoms; this particular sounding being just close enough inshore to get the rise of the land from the true sea bottom. This is another one of many instances described in this work where a single species is very significant of locality on the sea bottom. Found at station 2920H, Hawaiian Islands. Biddulphia roperiana Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 7: 163. pl. 8. f. 11-13. 1859. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 99. f. 4-6. 1881. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 120. f. 20-24. 1888. H. L. Smith, Diat. Sp. Typ. no. 625. 1874. Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 700. 1901. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 106. pl. 26. f. 4. 1886. Piate XLVI, FicuRE 2. Odontella roperiana De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 868. 1894. It is also possible, as suggested by Boyer, that Biddulphia (Odontella) discigera Grun. and Triceratium (Odontella discigera var.?) californicum Grun.® might be classed as synonymous with the above; but without more light than these two figures afford I am unwilling to agree to the suggestion. As has been stated under Biddulphia edwardsii Febiger, I find that B. obtusa (Kiitz.) Ralfs, as figured in Van Heurck¢ agrees better with that species than with this one, though De Toni @ favors the idea of this species being a large form of Kiitzing’s species. As to that matter I have much doubt about there being any close similarity between these species independent of the relation of Van Heurck’s figures. De Toni follows the reference to Van Heurck’s figure with the remark, ‘‘Odontella roperiana (Grey.) videtur forma major hujus speciei,’’ but he gives « Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 700. 1901. b Van Heur. Synop. pl. 108. f. 9, 11. 1881. ¢ Op. cit. 100. f. 17-14. 1881. @ De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 863. 1894. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 309 separate rank to Kiitzing’s and Greville’s species. Grunow®@ says, under B. obtusa (Kiitz.) Grun.: ‘‘Hierher scheint mir als grosse Form Bidd. roperiana Grey. zu ge- héren.’? Grunow here incorrectly credits the inclusion of Kiitzing’s species in Biddulphia to himself, an error repeated by Schmidt.® It was previously so classed _ by Ralfs.¢ I think it is on the whole best to do as Van Heurck and De Toni have done, notice the resemblance between Kiitzing’s and Greville’s species, but keep them separate. The same will be true of the synonym of Kiitzing’s species, Odontella bid- dulpniodes Wigand.d A new variety is here figured. Found at stations 3604, 3688H, 3712H, Bering and Okhotsk seas. Biddulphia scutellum Mann sp. noy. PuateE XLVII, Ficure 3. Valve an elongated oval, the surface evenly convex except for a circular central area as wide as the valve, this flat (not concave); markings of the central area, fine beading in radiating rows from two approximate foci; of the rest of the valve, of similar beading in rows running chiefly parallel with the long axis of the valve; in addition to this beading, minute pointed processes scattered evenly over the entire valve, as in valves of B. edwardsii Febiger; the two processes, short, broad, and circu- lar, close to the ends of the valve. Length of valve, 0.152 mm.; width of valve, 0.058 mm. Type in the U.S. National Museum, No. 590139, from station 2844, off Aleutian Islands, July 28, 1888; 54 fathoms, bottom of gray sand. The nearest species to this one is Biddulphia obtusa (Kiitz.) Ralis, in the doubtful figure of it given in Van Heurck, ¢ which, as before stated, is somewhat nearer to B. edwardsii Febiger. This fact, taken in connection with the presence of fine spines scattered over my specimens similar to those on B. edwardsii, makes it possible that both this species and the forms figured in Van Heurck are extreme varieties of Febiger’s species. On the other hand, both may be representatives of a separate species. My specimen differs from that figured by Van Heurck in having no concavity at the center, in the size of the beading, and in the central area being the full width of the valve. Biddulphia setigera (Bail.) Mann. Triceratium spinosum Bail. Am. Journ. Sci. 46: 139. pl. 8. f. 12. 1844. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 853. pl. 6. f. 19. 1861. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 87. f. 2-5, 7, 18-15. 1885. Triceratium setigerum Bail. Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 7: 11. f. 26. 1854. Triceratium armatum Roper, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 2: 283. /. 1. 1854; 4: 274. pl. 17. f. 9-12. 1856. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 9. f. 9-12. 1890. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 87.1856. Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 5°: 15. 1878. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 109. pl. 6. f. 2. 1886. Triceratium serratum Wall. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 6: 243. pl. 12. f. 1-3. 1858. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 855. 1861. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 16. f. 1-8. 1890. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 973. 1894, as synonym of Amphitetras. Biddulphia spinosa Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 703. 1901. From the above are excluded some forms united by other authors. The variety named ornata by Grove & Sturt / is not at all like this species, but is nearer Triceratium ornatum Shadb., as the authors suggest. But it possibly represents a new species. a Grun. Reise Novara Bot. 1: 23. 1870. b Schmidt, Atlas pl. 122. f. 30. 1888. ¢ Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 848. 1861. d Hedwigia 2: 45. pl. 7. f. 21. 1860. e Van Heur. Synop. pl. 100. f. 11-14. 1881. f Journ. Quek. Micr, Club IL. 2: 329. pl. 19. f. 20. 1886. 310 cONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Triceratium tridactylum Bright.¢ has long-attenuated processes, delicate reticulation, and a strikingly distinct border. Ralfs, De Toni, and Boyer unite it with the above, but Schmidt and others consider them distinct. I agree with this latter view. TI also exclude 7. pileus Ehrenb.,® which Schmidt ¢ looks upon as synonymous with 7. spi- nosum Bail. The resemblance is not worth considering. Grunow’s claim that T. spinosum Bail. is only a triangular form of Biddulphia granulata Roper is equally untenable. The borders are very different,and the whole build of B. granulata, especially its reticulation, is much finer and more delicate than in 7. spinosum. As the name Biddulphia spinosa has been applied by Grevilled to a quite different diatom and as I consider Grunow’s assignment of this species of Greville’s to Denti- cella ¢ to be made on inadequate grounds, the original specific name of Bailey is pre- empted, and the choice lies between Bailey’s 7. setigerum and Roper’s T. armatum. Both were published in 1854; but as Bailey’s article appeared in February and Roper’s somewhere near the close of the year, I have selected the name assigned by Bailey. My form is a large and elegant variety of this variable species. It shows a distinct inner triangular area symmetrical with the outer triangle, its reticulation showing no radiation; but outside of this triangle the reticulation is radial, running vertically to the edge, while a few rows of the network form broad lines running from each apex of the inner triangle to the base of each horn-like process in the angles of the outer tri- angle. No suture exists between these various portions of the valve, but the pattern is made very evident by the arrangement of the reticulation, Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. Biddulphia shadboltiana (Grev.) Mann. Triceratium ? gibbosum Harv. & Bail. Proc. Acad. Phila. 6: 181. pl. 9. f. 32. 1853; 7: 430. 1854. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 80. f. 13-15, 17, 21. 1882. Triceratium orbiculatum Shadb. err. det. Bright. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 4: 276. pl. 17. f. 20. 1856. Triceratium shadboltianum Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 10: 28. 1862. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 108. f. 5-7. 1881. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 80. f. 18-20. 1882. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 954. 1894. Triceratium elongatum Grun. in Schmidt, Atlas pl. 80. f. 12. 1882. Lampriscus kittont Schmidt, Atlas pl. 80. f. 11. 1882. I think there is sufficient ground for rejecting Triceratiwm orbiculatum Shadb. in connection with this species. Greville explains with care / that Brightwell confused another form with the original 7. orbiculatum of Shadbolt. This is borne out by Shadbolt’s description and figure,g the figure being reproduced by Moebius.* Shad- bolt mentions no spines, and they are omitted from the figure by Tuffin West, which clearly argues they were not there. It is true, as Boyer ¢ has pointed out, that Bright- well’s species may be with or without spines, a statement that I can confirm. But though Brightwell’s species may resemble Shadbolt’s in not having spines, that does not mean that Shadbolt’s species resembles Brightwell’s further than in this negative quality. Greville, in conferring the name shadboltianum on the misnamed species of Brightwell, clearly emphasizes their differences and Ralfs/ repeats this distinction. @ Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 1: 248. pl. 4. f. 3. 1853. 6 Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 19. f. 18. 1854. ¢ Schmidt, Atlas pl. 87. f. 18. 1885. @d Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 18: 6. pl. 1. f. 3. 1865. ¢ Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 58. 1884. / Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 10: 28. 1862. 9 Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 2: 14. pl. 1. f. 6. 1854. hMoeb. Diet.-taf. pl. 3. f. 6. 1890. i Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 710. 1901. jPritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 853. 1861. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 311 Certainly so capable a delineator of the Diatomaceae as Tuffen West would not figure Shad bolt’s species so differently from Brightwell’s, in the matter of cellulation, if they were specifically near enough to be united. We can, of course, go only by the figure and description and by the opinions of Greville and Ralfs; but in the absence of type material to examine, I consider it best to drop Shadbolt’s species out of this category and unite the other forms above enumerated under the name given by Greville. Found at station 3698, off Honshu Island, Japan. Biddulphia subjuncta Mann, sp. nov. Pirate XLVI, ricure 4. Valve square, the angles rounded and the sides slightly concave; marking of large, flat bosses, oval or subsquare, radially arranged from the center, which is without hyaline area; central portion within a circle, one-half the diameter of the valve, flat, thence the valve slightly convex to the border; the four processes set at the extremity of the rounded angles, broad, nearly sessile, with heavy investing rings and tipped to an angle of 45° to the surface of the valve; each bead punctate with a strong central dot. Width of valve, 0.063 mm. Type in the U. S. National Museum, No. 590140, from station 2808, Galapagos Islands April 4, 1888; 634 fathoms, bottom of coral sand. I am compelled to name this diatom, but do so reluctantly. It is one-of a variable group already including many close species, which will need eventually to be revised and condensed when subsequent intermediate forms are discovered. At such time this species should probably disappear. In general markings it is like Triceratiwm biquadratum Jan.,4 except for the unimportant difference of a circular instead of a quadrate arrangement of the central portion of the valve, a character made prominent in the name given by Janisch. But in addition to the minor differences in marking, the processes at the angles are very broad and sessile, like those figured in T. elegans Grev.,° a phase of Greville’s species in rather too wide contrast to his own represen- tation.¢ My specimen is, on the whole, nearest to an unnamed figure of Schmidt’s.¢@ Biddulphia turgida (Ehrenb.?) W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 50. pl. 62. f. 384. 1856. Roper, Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond: n. s. 7: 17. pl. 2. f. 23. 1859. - Van Heur. Synop. 206. 1885. Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 711. 1901. Denticella turgida Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1840: 207. 1841? Cerataulus turgidus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1848: 271. 1844. Bail. Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 2%: 39. pl. 2. f. 26-27. 1851. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 846. pl. 6. f. 9.1861. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 115. f. 12-14, pl. 116. f. 1-3. 1888. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 101. pl. 26. f. 6, 8. 1886. Rabh. Fl. Cur. Alg. 1: 313. 1864. Odontella turgida Van Heur. Synop. pl. 104. f-1-2. 1881. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 864. 1894. The specimens found at station 3694H are quite small and wholly destitute of the two long spines. Found at stations 3694H, 3T12H, Okhotsk Sea. ISTHMIA Ag. Isthmia C. Ag. Consp. Diat. 55. 1832. Ehrenb. Infus. 208. 1838. Kiitz. Bacill. 137 1844. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 51. 1856. Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand1.1'%: 10. 1873. O’Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 279. 1875. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 851. 1861. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 833. 1894. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 451. f 175. 1896. a Schmidt, Atlas pl. 98. f. 4. 1886. bSchmidt, Atlas pl. 99. f. 10-11. 1886. ¢ Trans. Micr. Soe. Lond. n. s. 14: 9. pl. 2. f. 24. 1866. @ Schmidt, Atlas pl. 99. f. 23. 1886. 31713—vow 10, er 5—07——7 312 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Diatoma D C., in part: Lyngb. Hydro. Dan, 181. 1819. C. Ag. Syst. Alg. 6. 1824. Biddul phia S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. 1: 294, 1821, in part, Isthmiella Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 1": 10. 1873. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: S34. 1894. The restriction of the above genus by Cleve (see above) to the single species, I. obli- quata (J. BE. Smith.) Ehrenb., (J. nervosa Kiitz.) and the forming of a new genus, Isthmiella, to include the species destitute of ribbing is wholly unwarranted, and has been followed by no one but De Toni in his Sylloge Algarum. Isthmia obliquata (J. £. Smith.) Ehrenb. Infus. 209. pl. 16. f. 5. 1838. Ralfs, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 12: 272. pl. 8. f. 2. 1843. Isthmia nervosa Wiitz. Bacill. 137. pl. 19. f. 5. 1844. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2:52. pl. 47. 1856. Rabh. Beitr. 1: 9. pl. 4. f. 12. 1863. O’Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. Il. 2: 279. pl. 27. f. 15. 1875. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no.206. 1874. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 135. f. 1-6. 1888. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 851. 1861. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 452. pl. 34. f. 891. 1861. Grun. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 102. pl. 1A. f. 21. 1870. Conferva obliquata J. E. Smith, Eng. Bot. 26: pl. 1869, 1808, in part. Diatoma obliquatum Lyng. Hydro. Dan. pl. 62. 1819, in part. . C. Ag. Consp. Diat. 5d. 1832. Isthmia obliquata C. Ag. Consp. Diat. 55.1832, in part. Kitz. Linnaea 8: 579. pl. 4. f. 59. 1833. Ehrenberg @ was the first to separate the then single species of Isthmia into two, to the first of which, corresponding to what Kiitzing subsequently called J. nervosa, he gave the original specific name obliquata.b To the second he gave the name enervis.¢ The name obliquata, though recognized by some writers,4 was generally dropped in favor of the more descriptive name of Kiitzing. Boyer, in attempting to reinstate obliquata, has done so at the expense of Ehrenberg’s enervis, an arrangement quite impossible in view of Ehrenberg’s descriptions and figures, Kiitzing’s nervosa not having been proposed until 1844.¢ It is remarkable how few specimens of this common marine diatom were met with in the dredgings and soundings examined for this report, especially as, on accdunt of its large size and massive structure, it could not have been overlooked. Found at stations 2844, 2848, 2851, 3200H, 4013H, 4530H, south of Alaska peninsula, off southern California and Honshu Island, Japan. HEMIAULUS Ehrenb. Hemiaulus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 199, 203. 1845; Mikrog. pl. 36. f. 43. Char. emend. Heib. Krit. Overs. Danske Diat. 22, 43. 1863. Grev. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 13: 27. pl. 3. f. 5-16. 1865. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 836. 1892. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 455. f. 182-185. 1896. Cf. H. L. Smith, The Lens 1:89. 1872. and Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 60. 1884. Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 738. 1901. Corinna Heib. Krit. Overs. Danske Diat. 22, 53. pl. 3. f. 8. 1863. Trinacria Heib. Krit. Overs. Danske Diat. 22, 50. pl. 8. f. 7. 1863. Witt, Verh. Russ. Min. Ges. II. 22: 34. pl. 11. f. 1-11. 1886. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 854. 1894. OO ——— eee ee a Ehrenb. Infus. 209. 1838. bOp. cit. pl. 16. f. 5. ce Op. cit. pl. 16. f. 6. d@ Ralis, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 12: 272. 1843. Lagerst. Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 1'*; 16. 1873. e Cf. Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 688, 689. 1901. j MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 313 | Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 317. 1864. Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 67. 1884. Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti 24. 1888. Solium Heib. Krit. Overs. Danske Diat. 22, 52. pl. 4. f. 10. 1863. Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 69. pl 2. f. 61. 1884. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2:860. 1894. Rabh. FI. Eur. Alg. 1: 319. 1864. The original genus of Ehrenberg, though practically restored by Van Heurck by the inclusion of the three genera separated from it by Heiberg, contained some forms that would now be classed elsewhere. Thus H. antarctica Ehrenb.@ is probably a Biddulphia. The grounds advanced by Heiberg for dividing the genus are of the most trivial character. As Grunow points out, Trinacria and Solium are merely triangular and quadrangular examples of Hemiaulus; while Corinna differs simply in its frus- __ tules appearing wedge-shaped in zonal view. It may be added that certain species of Trinacria are indistinguishable from members of the loose genus Triceratium. The close relation of all these forms to the genus Biddulphia is evident; a fact strikingly illustrated by comparing Hemiaulus polymorphus Grun. with Biddulphia elegantula Grev.¢ The genus Ploiaria Pant., represented by the single species, P. petasiformis Pant.,¢ has great resemblance to Hemiaulus in the valval view; but when seen from the zonal view its somewhat concavo-convex form and its apices unprotruded and des- titute of any spines, make its union here unnecessary. Hemiaulus polycystinorum Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 36. f. 43a-d. 1854; Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1855: 299. 1856; Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1875: 52. pl. 1./. 12-15. 1876. Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 65. pl. 2. f. 43-45. 1884. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 143. f. 23-29. 1889. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 851. 1861. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 849. 1894. Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 740. 1901. Hemiaulus antarcticus Weisse in Witt, Verh. Russ. Minn. Ges. II. 22: 39. pl. 6. f. 1-2. 1886, not Ehrenb. Found at station 4029H, Bering Sea. PLOIARIA Pant. Ploiaria Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 84. pl. 28. f. 403, 405.1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 860. 1894. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 457. f. 186.1896. Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 741. 1901. Hemiaulus Ehrenb. in part; Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: 50. pl. 29. f. 295. 1886. The separation of this genus from Hemiaulus appears to me justified. The single species at present known differs from any species of /Hemiaulus in several respects. In the zonal view the frustule is strongly concavo-convex and the apices are destitute of vertical projections tipped with a claw. The center of the valve on one side is raised into a strong dome almost or entirely wanting on the other valve. In the valval view this central area is seen to be unseparated from the rest of the valve by rectangu- lar boundary lines, such as appear in the similar form of Hemiaulus, known as Corinna excavata Heib. So far as I know, the genus is exclusively fossil, and I have heard of no cases where the frustules occur in connected series, as they do in Hemiaulus. Ploiaria petasiformis Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 84. pl. 28. f. 403, 405. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 860. 1894. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 457. /. 186. 1896. Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 742. 1901. Hemiaulus petasiformis Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: 50. pl. 29. f. 295. 1886. Found at station 4029H, Bering Sea. a ¥hrenb. Mikrog. pl. 385A. XXJ. f. 13-15, XXII. f. 15. 1854. 6 Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 60. 1884. ¢ Schmidt, Atlas pl. 143. f. 34. and pl. 119. f. 10. d Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 84. pl. 28. f. 403, 405. 1889. 314 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. TERPSINOE Ehrenb. Terpsinoe Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 402. pl. 3. IV. f. 1, VIL. 30. 1843. Kiitz. Bacill. 128. pl. 80. f. 72. 1844; Sp. Alg. 119. 1849. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4.859. pl. 11. f. 47. 1861. Grun. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 23. 1870. — De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 894. 1894. Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 732. 1901. Pleurodesmium Kitz. Bot. Zeit. 248. 1846. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 896. 1894. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. 115. 1849. Tetragramma Bail. Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 7: 7. f. 7. 1854. Hydrosera Wall. Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. 6: 251. pl. 13. 1858. Triceratium Ehrenb. in part; Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 18°: 24. pl. 6. f. 75. ISS 1. This genus, though showing marked similarity to both Anaulus Ehrenb. and Por- peia Bail. and, therefore, more remotely to Biddulphia Gray, is clearly distinct. Its identity with the three genera enumerated in the synonymy is generally recognized, though De Toni and a few others preserve the separate rank of Pleurodesmium and Hydrosera. In regard to the former it is sufficient to note that the only striking differ- ence is its finer beading of the middle band (zonal view) and coarser beading of the lateral bands, and we find in 7. intermedia Grun., an otherwise typical T. musica, the beading of Pleurodesmium brebissonii Kiitz., so that, as Grunow says,@ the two genera are certainly the same. The genus Tetragramma was made on such insufficient dis-— tinctions that Bailey himself afterwards abandoned it.b Hydrosera even in its usual triangular form shows the music notes and all the characteristics of Terpsinoe. Terpsinoe musica Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 402. pl. 8. IV. f. — 1, VII. f. 30. 1843; Mikrog. pl. 34. V. A. f. 10, VI. A. f. 8-8*, VI. B. f. 2. 1854. Kiitz. Bacill. 128. pl. 30. f. 72. 1844. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 859. pl. 11. f. 47. 1861. L. W. Bail. Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 7: 340. pl. 8. f. 52-58. 1862. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 4. 759. pl. 19. f. 33, pl. 25. f. 10. 1883. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 61. f. 6, 13-15..1890. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 894. 1894. Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 732. 1901. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 199. f. 9-13, pl. 200. f. 7-8. 1895. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 590. 1874. Tetragramma americana Bail. Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 7: 7. f. 1. 1854. Ter psinoe javanensis Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 34. VIII. f. 16. 1854. Terpsinoe americana Ralis in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 859. 1861. Grun. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 23. 1870. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 200. f. 9-13. 1895. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 895. 1894. Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 734. 1901. Ter psinoe magna Bail. Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 7: 340. pl. 8. f. 46. 1862. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 61. f. 7. 1890. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 896. 1894. Terpsinoe tetragramma Bail. Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 7: 340. pl. 8. f. 50-51. 1862. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 61. f. 8-9. 1890. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 896. 1894. _ Terpsinoe minima Bail. Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 7: 340. pl. 8. f. 54. 1862. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 61. f. 12 (poor). 1890. Terpsinoe intermedia Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 59. 1884. Kain & Schultze, Bull. Torr. Club 16: 209. pl. 93. f. 2. 1889. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 198. f. 65. 1877; pl. 199. f. 1-8, pl. 200. f. 1-6. 1895. Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 733.1901. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 895. 1894. Terpsinoe japonica Ehrenb.; De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 895. 1894. It may also be necessary to consider Hydrosera triquetra Wall.¢ as merely a triangu- lar variety of this species, in which case the following would also belong here, as they a Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 59. 1884. » Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 7: 340. 1862. € Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 6: 251. pl. 13. f. 1-6. 1858. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 315 are synonymous with J/7/. triquetra: H. compressa Wall. ,@ H. mauritiana Berger, LH. bor- yana Pant.¢ Triceratium javanicum Cleve.¢ But there is doubt whether these belong here. They would be very widely divergent varieties, and it seems best to leave them in a combination by themselves under the specific name triquetra. 7. ( Pleurodesmium) brebissonii Kiitz., though an evident Terpsinoe, is also in strong enough contrast to stand specifically. I have based this conclusion on a careful comparison of the two species in H. L. Smith’s type no. 388 (P. brebissonii) and no. 590 (7. musica) and on the agreement of these with the figures of Ralfs in Pritchard’s History of Infusoria.é Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. PORPEIA Bail. Porpeia Bail.; Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 850. pl. 6. f.6.1861. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 315. 1864. Grev. Trans. Micr. (Soc. Lond. n.s.18: 52. pl. 6. f. 18-21. 1865. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 893. 1892. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 477. f. 208. 1896. Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 731. 1901. This genus is a connecting link between Biddulphia Gray and Hemiaulus Ehrenb. Its difference from the former is largely a matter of greater massiveness of frustule and the internal septa; its difference from the latter is in the absence of straight or curved spines at the ends of its processes and in its septa. In fact, a study of the zonal view of these genera will show how little is needed to turn one into the other. Schmidt in his Atlas / has figured aspecies which, as he says, is highly interesting, a Hemiaulus-Porpeia with a rudimentary curved spine at the end of each process. Or, if we take figure 42 of the same plate and broaden laterally its central elevation till it presses on the two processes, we have a Porpeia, and the two sutures between the central area and the processes reproduce exactly the septa of Porpeia. But though this genus could in a broad sense be united with either of the other two, Hemiaulus could not be included in Biddulphia without abandoning entirely our present conception of it. For classi- fication it is, therefore, certainly best to retain this genus, as is universally done. Porpeia quadriceps Bail.; Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 850. pl. 6. f. 6. 1861. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 95bis. f. 12-14. 1881. Grev. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n.s. 18: 52. pil. 6. f. 18-19 (pl. 8. f. 13 doubtful). 1865. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 142. f. 38, 46-56. 1889. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 477. 1896. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 893. 1894. Moeb. Diat.- taf. pl. 67. f. 18-19. (pl. 68. f. 13 doubtful). 1881. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 66. f. 25 (f. 30 doubtful). 1890. Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 731. 1901. Porpeia quadrata Grev. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 18: 53. pl. 6. f. 20. 1865. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 67. f. 20.1890. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 893.1894. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 95bis. f. 15. 1881; Treat. Diat. 477. f. 208. 1896. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 66. f. 88.1890. Boyer, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 732. 1901. Porpeia ornata Grev. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 18: 53. pl. 6. f. 21. 1865. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 67. f. 21. 1890. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 894. 1894. Porpeia robusta Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti 18. pl. 3. f. 23. 1880? De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 894. 1894. Porpeia infleca Schmidt, Atlas pl. 142. f. 58. 1889. I think Schmidt does rightly in combining his fourteen figures above cited under this single species. They practically are identical; figure 47 is what Greville calls P. quadrata, and his figures 54 and 56 are Greville’s P. ornata. But I can see no reason aQOp. cit. 252. pl. 13. f. 7-12. b Le Diatomiste 1: 31. pl. 51. pl. 5. f. 8. 1890. c Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 82. pl. 30. f. 420, 423. 1889. @ Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 18°: 24. pl. 6. f. 75. 1881. é Ed. 4. 859, pl. 11. f. 47. 1861. 7 Pl. 142 f. 57. 316 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. for the separation by Schmidt of his P. inflera. There is but little doubt of P. robusta belonging here; the slight difference in beading amounts to nothing, as this species is most variable in that respect, and the lighter and more curved septa appear to me unimportant. I have, however, followed this synonym with a question mark, Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. HEMIDISCUS Wall. Hemidiscus Wall. Trans. Micr. Soc, Lond. n. s. 8: 42. pl. 2. f. 8-4.1860. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 852. 1861. Euodia Bail.; Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 852. 1861. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 317. 1864. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 148. 1886. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 538. 1896. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1324. 1894. H. L. Smith, The Lens 1: 92. 1872. Dichomeris Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1861: 294. 1862; 1872: 265. pl. 9. f. 8. 1873. Palmeria Grev.; Grey. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. III. 16: pl. 5. f. 1-4. 1865. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 538. f. 286. 1896. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 387. 1874. Goniothecium Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 33. X VIII. f. 4. 1854,in part. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. 347. pl. 42. f. 18. 1875. Most diatomists have retained the name Euodia Bailey, notwithstanding the fact that Hemidiscus of Wallich is a year older. Besides this objection to the name there is a still stronger one in the fact that the name Euodia was used by Forster in 1776 fora genus of flowering plants of the family Rutaceae. That Euodia Bailey and Hemi- discus Wall. are synonymous is certain, the only mark of distinction being the pseu- donodule observed near the ventral margin of the valve by Wallich. As Ralfs remarks,¢@ this may have been overlooked by Bailey; or, as is more likely, it was absent from his specimen. It is not infrequent to find the same forms with or without the pseudo- — nodule, or to find a complete frustule with one valve bearing a pseudonodule and the other lacking it. It is also impossible to hold Greville’s Palmeria as a separate genus. The indefinite hyaline central area is the only real difference it possesses, a charac- teristic too trivial to warrant its separation, as on the same basis we should have to divide many other genera, such as Coscinodiscus. The other quality claimed for Palmeria, namely, fine submarginal spines, with lines from these running radially to the center, is not at all peculiar to Greville’s specimen. Wallich refers to the mar- ginal processes as ‘‘marginal puncta” and figures them on the dorsal side. A careful examination of Greville’s Palmeria in the excellent specimens of H. L. Smith’s type slides no. 387 convinces me it is without the distinctions necessary for separate generic rank; though it should be classed as a separate species, viz, Hemidiscus hard- manianus (Grey.) Mann.® On the other hand, it should be here noted that the strik- ing build of the members of this genus leads to the too easy conclusion that all cuneiform frustules bearing a reasonably close resemblance to the original species, Hemidiscus cuneiformis Wall., must be mere varieties of it. Of course such a conclu- sion would be no more justified than to look upon all circular diatoms covered with a delicate, radially arranged network of hexagons as varieties of Coscinodiscus radiatus Ehrenb. I have, therefore, below given to two specimens found by me the separate specific names bestowed by Castracane, although their general similarity to Wallich’s original form is apparent. Hemidiscus cuneiformis Wall. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: 42. pl. 2. f. 8-4 1860. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 31. f. 8-4. 1890. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 853. pl. 6. f. 14. 1861. a Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 853. 1861. b Ruodia hardmaniana (Grev.) H. L. Smith; Hab. Cat, 132. 1877. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. Ole Euodia gibba Bail.; Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 852. pl. 8. f. 22. 1861. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 161. 1874. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 318. 1864. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1325. 1894. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 538. f. 285. 1896. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 68. f. 26. 1890. Dichomeris subtilis Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1861: 294. 1862; 1872: 265. pl. 9. f. 8. 1873. Euodia inornata Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 149. pl. 12. f. 1. 1886? The last name above is doubtful. It agrees very closely with Wallich’s figure, but is a larger diatom with finer markings. I do not include here Ehrenberg’s Gonio- thecium anaulus.¢ Though plainly a member of this genus, it is not easily united with this species.o It is evidently a very coarsely marked form. MHabirshaw, though placing it with the above, questions it. Without an accurate description, which it lacks, I consider its union here somewhat arbitrary and illustrative of the tendency mentioned above, to blend all similar forms with the original species of Wallich. Hemidiscus rectus (Castr.) Mann. Euodia recta Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 149. pl. 12. f. 3. 1886. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1326. 1894. My specimens of this very large diatom have more evidently radial markings than the above figure. Found at stations 2919, 2923, off southern California. Hemidiscus ventricosus (Castr.) Mann. Euodia ventricosa Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 150. pl. 12. f. 5. 1886. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1326. 1894. There is a possible doubt about this being more than a large and delicately marked variety of H. cuneiformis Wall. But after comparing my specimens with those of that species from several localities I have found the contrast too wide to admit of making them synonymous. Found at station 2920H, Hawaiian Islands. RUTILARIA Grev. Rutilaria Grev. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s. 3: 227. pl. 9. f. 1-3. 1863. Grev. Trans. Micr. Soe. Lond. n. s. 14: 124. pl. 11. f. 9-12. 1866. Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 18°: 19. 1881 (exclusive of R. recens Cleve). De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1020. 1894. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 433. f. 156. 1896. The attempt to see a relationship between this genus and Nitzschia, as suggested by Greville, or between it and Melosira, as suggested by H. L. Smith, or between it and Cymatosira, mentioned in that view by Cleve, appear all of them rather far- fetched. Rutilaria epsilon (Kitton) Grev. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s. 3: 228. pl. 9. f. 1. 1833. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 47. f. 1. 1890. Gr. & St. Journ. Quek. Micr. Club II. 3: 74 pl. 6. f. 13. 1887. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1021. 1894. Temp. & Brun, Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 31!: 55. pl. 1. f. 12. 1891. Nitzschia epsilon Kitton, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s. 3: 228. 1863, as synonym. Rutilarva tenwicornis Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 105. f. 10. 1881. Rutilaria longicornis Temp. & Brun, Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 31!: 54. pl. 1. f. 1. 1891. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 433. /. 156. 1896. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1021. 1894. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 3: pl. 33. f. 478. 1893. Rutilaria heragona Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 105. f. 8. 1881. Temp. & Brun, Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 31!: 55. pl. 1. f. 2. 1891. a Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 33, XVIII, f. 4. 1854. 6 Cf. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. 347, pl. 42. f. 18. 1875. 318 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Rutilaria szakalensis Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 76. pl. 24. f. 855. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1023. 1894. . Rutilaria kernerti Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 3: pl. 38. f. 474. 1893. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1024. 1894. Rutilaria capttata Temp. & Brun, Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 31': 54. pl. 1. f. 8a-b. 1891. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1022. 1894. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 3: pl. 33. f. 478. 1893. Rutilaria radiata Gr. & St. Journ. Quek. Micr. Club II. 2: 322. pl. 18. f. 4-5. L886. Rutilaria edentula Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 92. pl. 18. f. 14. 1886. Rutilaria obesum Grey.; Cleve. Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 185: 19. 1881?. Rutilaria superba Grey. Trans. Micr. Soe, Lond. n. s. 14: 125. pl. 11. f. 11-12. 1866. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 74. f. 11-12. 1890. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1022. 1894? Rutilaria elliptica Grey. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s. 3: 229. pl. 9. f. 3. 1863. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 47. f. 8, pl. 74. f. 9-10. 1890. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 14: 125. pl. 11. f. 9-10. 1866. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1022. 1894? Rutilaria ventricosa Grey. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s. 3: 228. pl. 9. f. 2. 1863. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: 44. pl. 9. f. 78. 1886. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 47. f. 2. 1890. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 1022. 1894? This species is subject to great variation. A good gathering will show nearly all the forms represented by the above names, together with intergradations. R. radiata, if judged from the figure alone, would seem quite distinct, but interpreting the lines as rows of beads, as we learn from the diagnosis that they are, we see that we have to do with an unimportant variety of the above. It is practically identical with R. edentula Castr. There is some doubt as to the worth of the last three names with the authority of Greville, but a comparison of the forms represented by these with all the above will indicate that they are probably varieties. I have followed the names with a question mark. The doubt over R. obeswm is due to the lack of a figure. So far as can be made out it belongs here. Found at Station 4029H, Bering Sea. DENTICULA Kiitz. Denticula Witz. Bacill. 43. (not pl. 3. f. 60 a-b). 1844. Char. emend. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 546. 1862. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 773. pl. 18. f. 4. 1861. Van Heur. Synop. 159. pl. 49. f. 1-38. 1881. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 12, 114. f. 80. 1864. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 557. 1892. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 19. pl. 34. f. 292-295. 1856. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. 230. pl. 12. f. 25.1875. Brun, Diat. Alp. 112. pl. 8. f. 34, 36-87. 1880 (not Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 21: 495. pl. 10. f. 34-36, 88-39 (except f. 87). 1857; Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 548. pl. 12. f. 15. 1862). Eunotia Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 84. V. B. f. 7-8. 1854, in part. : Odontidium Kiitz. in part; O'Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 288. 1875. The genus as originally defined by Kiitzing is very indefinitely bounded and con- tains members of several other genera. Grunow’s emendation is also quite faulty, as he lost sight of the true transverse character of the strong costae and thereby opened the way for costae on only one side of the valve; in other words, short and broad forms of Nitzschia. The genus is well marked by Van Heurck,¢@ and the illustrations, which include all the figures of plate 49, are consistent and decisive. Its nearest relative is Diatoma (DC.) Heib., from which it is easily distinguished by the absence of an evident hyaline median line on the valves (‘‘pseudoraphe’’), by its rounded, uncon- 4 Van Heur. Synop. 159. 1885. — — . =" J MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 319 stricted apices, and, in the zonal view, by the costae terminating near the girdle in enlarged or beaded ends. Its type species, D. tenuis Kitz., well represents the characteristics of the genus. Denticula nicobarica Grun. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 97. pl. 1A. f. 5. 1870. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 49. f. 3. 1881. This minute diatom is most plentiful in the following single sounding. Found at station 3635H, Bering Sea. GRAMMATOPHORA Ehrenb. Grammatophora Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1839: 112, 152.1841. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 807. pl. 11. f. 48-49, 52-53. 1861. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 26, 303. f. 81. 1864. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 413. 1862. Van Heur. Synop. 163. pl. 53-53bis. 1881; Treat. Diat. 353. f. 105. 1896. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 750. 1892. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 42. pl. 42. Kiitz. Bacill. 128. pl. 17. f. 23-25. 1844. Disiphonia Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 35A. II. f. 7. 1854; Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1869: 48. pl. 2. I. f. 18. 1870. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 4. 267. pl. 51. f. 16. 1883. Diatomella Grev. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Il. 15: 259. pl. 9. f. 10-13. 1855. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 810. pl. 4. f. 51,52. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 409. 1862. Brun. Diat. Alp. 129. pl. 9. f. 18. 1880. H. D. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 650. 1874. Grun. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 5. 1870. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 3, 25. f. 78. 1864. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 353. 1896. Lagers. Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 114: 20. 1873. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 742. 1892. Diatoma (DC.) Heib. in part; Lyng. Hydro. Dan. 180. pl. 62A. 1819. Fragilaria Lyng. in part; Lyng. Hydro. Dan. 182. pl. 62. E-F. 1819. Striatella C. Ag. in part; Ralfs, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1843.11: 457. pl. 9. f. 5. 1843. There is great need of a capable monograph of this genus. Van Heurck’s Synopsis gives two plates illustrating thirty species. Smith’s British Diatoms illustrates superbly four species. Single species are scattered. here and there through diatom literature. But the available figures are as a class poor and scanty. Owing to the delicate markings that characterize this genus, the earlier investigators, like Lyngbye, Agardh, and Ehrenberg, confused the species to an extreme extent. It is impossible to look upon Greville’s genus Diatomella as anything more than a normally distinct species of Grammatophora. The main mark of distinction relied upon for separation, namely, thessingle straight septa as seen in zonal view, is neither confined to this species nor important enough, weresit peculiar to it, to form a basis for a separate genus. Thus varieties of G. undulata Ehrenb., G. arctica Cleve, and G. stricta Ehrenb.@ show the same quality. This characteristic, together with the extreme minuteness and delicacy of this form, mark it as a sharply distinct species, nothing more. Were, however, its generic status valid, it would necessarily take Ehrenberg’s older name, Disiphonia, instead of that of Greville. Grammatophora flexuosa Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 53bis. f. 22-23. 1881. Temp. & Brun, Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 309: 71. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 759. 1892. Found at station 3013H, Hawaiian Islands. Grammatophora lyrata Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 53bis. f. 21. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 759. 1892. Cleve & Moll. type no. 162. My specimen agrees with the type, except that the lyrate valves are much less strongly undulated. Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. aCf. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: pl. 29. f. 12. 1886, 320 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Grammatophora marina ( Lyng.) Kiitz. Bacill. 128. pl. 17. f. 24 (not pl. 18. f. I. 1-4). 1844. Van Heur. Synop. 163. pl. 538. f. 9-13. 1881; Treat. Diat. 354. pl. 71. f. 479-480a. 1896. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 188. 1874. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 808. pl. 11. f. 52-53 (not pl. 4. f. 47). 1861. W. Smith, Synop. Brit, Diat. 2: 42. pl. 42. f. 314. 1856. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 752. 1892. Rabh. FI. Eur. Alg. 1: 26, 303. f. 81a-b. 1864. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 415. 1862. Jan. Abh. Schl. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 1862: 8. pl. 2B. f. 5. 1862. O'Meara, Proce. Roy. Irish Acad. I]. 2: 515. pl. 29. f. 1. 1875. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 4. 363. pl. 16. f. 35 (mot pl. 1. f. 14). 1883. Diatoma marinum Lyng. Hydro. Dan. 180. pl. 62A. 1819. Grammatophora mericana Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Wien 1841: 443. pl. 8. VII. f. 82. 1843. Kitz. Bacill. 128. pl. 18. I. f. 6, pl. 29. f. 78. 1844. Fragilaria latruscularia Lyng. Hydro. Dan. 182. pl. 62E. 1819. - Fragilaria fasciata Lyng. Hydro. Dan. 182. pl. 62F. 1819. I do not include in the above synonymy several species classed here by De Toni and others. Thus Bacillaria cleopatrae Ehrenb.@ can not be accurately identified as belonging to this or any similar species of Grammatophora. _ Its figures and descriptions make any assignment mere guesswork. I also exclude G. ovalauensis Grun,> united with the above by De Toni; also G. macilenta W. Smith, united with the above by Grunow.¢ I look upon it, as does De Toni, as belonging under G. oceanica Ehrenb.d Found at station 2848, Aleutian Islands. Grammatophora maxima Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 416. pl. 8. f. 5. 1882. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 53bis. f. 12-13. 1881. Cleve, in Nordensk. Vega Exped. 3: 501, 508. 1883. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 754. 1892. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 49. f. 26. 1890. Grammatophora (maxima var.?) ambigua Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 58bis. f. 14. 1881. This is possibly a variety of G. stricta Ehrenb. (=—=G. parallela Ehrenb.), as Grunow suggests. He refers to the valves as hyaline. By careful lighting they are seen to be covered with delicate lines in the three directions common to this species, that is, as in Gyrosigma. Found at station 3688H, Okhotsk Sea. Grammatophora stricta Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 298, 437, pl. 1. I. f. 22, pl. 8. Vil. f. 81. 1843. Ktitz. Bacill. 129. pl. 29. Jf. 76) eee Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 808. 1861. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 49. f. 17 (not f. 18). 1890. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 671. 1874. Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti 16. pl. 3. f.7, 14. 1888. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 57. pl. 29. f. 12. 1886. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: 41. pl. 26. f. 239, pl. 30. f. 307-309. 1886. Grammatophora tabellaria Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 18. f. 89-90. 1854. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 808. 1861. Grammatophora parallela Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 21. f. 26a-d, pl. 22. f. 63 a-b, pl. 33. XIV. f. 16, pl. 835A. XX. f. 8. pl. 39. I. f. 78. 1854. Pritch. Hist. Infus. éd: 4. 808. 1861. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 417. 1862. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 305. 1864. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 754. 1892. Grammatophora (stricta Ehrenb. var.?) biharensis Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: 41. pl. 50. f. 807-809. 1886. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 755. 1892. aEhrenb. Symb. Phys. Everteb. 5. pl. 3, V. f. 2. 1828; Infus. 199. pl. 15. f. 3. 1838. bVan Heur. Synop. pl. 53. f. 24-25. 1881. ¢ Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 354. 1896. d Cf. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 43. pl. 61. f. 882; De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 755. 1892. ‘ MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. oo! Two references found in Ehrenberg’s works should be excluded here.@ In both of these cases Ehrenberg expresses doubt by an interrogation point. Grunow’s selection of the specific name parallela over that of stricta, copied by De Toni, is inadmissible. Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. TESSELLA Ehrenb. Tessella Ehrenb. Infus. 202. pl. 20. f. 7. 1838. In part (exclusive of Striatella forms, e. g. Tesella arcuata Ehrenb.). Ralis, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 12: 104. pl. 2. f. 1. 1843 (not Ralfs in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 804. pl. 8. f. 5; not Kiitz. nor O'Meara). Striatella C. Ag. in part; Ralfs, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 11: 455. pl. 9. f. 6. 1843. Rhabdonema Kiitz. Bacill. 126. pl. 21. I. f. 4, pl. 18. f. 6. 1844. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 32. pl. 38. 1853. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 305. 1864. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 804. 1861. Van Heur. Synop. 165. 1881; Treat. Diat. 360. f. 177. 1896. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 760. 1892. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 422. 1862. This genus was constituted in 1838, though the name appears in literature in 1837.6 As defined and figured by Ehrenberg it is truly synonymous with Kiitzing’s Rhab- donema. Its type species, 7. catena, isidentical with R. arcuatum Kiitz., and so recog- nized by Kiitzing; while Kiitzing’s type species, R. minutum, is recognized by him to be T. catena Ralis (not Ehrenb.) and its citation quoted. It is true that Ehrenberg probably included a species of Striatella C. Ag. in his genus Tessella, namely, 7. inter- rupta;¢ but he recognizes Striatella C. Ag. as a distinct genus, gives it with diagnosis and figures, and thereby limits by exclusion his own genus Tessella. A reading of his discussion of Striatellad will make it evident that his Tessella can not be the same. All of the three species named by Kiitzing in his new genus Rhabdonema were pre- viously named and figured as species of Tessella and are so recognized by him. He therefore should have emended the genus of Ehrenberg rather than have superseded it with Rhabdonema. He does, it is true, give Tessella as a separate genus, but it fails to correspond to the original and the single species he mentions is a Striatella. Under these circumstances Ehrenberg’s name should be restored and simply emended by exclusion of frustules having interrupted septa. Tessella adriatica ( Kiitz.) Mann. Rhabdonema adriaticum Kitz. Bacill 126. pl. 18. f.7. 1844; Sp. Alg. 115. 1849. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 805. pl.13. f. 27. 1861. W.Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 35. pl. 38. f. 805 b, a’, 6’. 1856. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 424. 1862. Jan. & Rabh. in Rabh. Beitr. 1:11. pl. 3. f. 20. 1863. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 306. | 1864. O’Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 319. 1875. H.L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 432. 1874. Van Heur. Synop. 166. pl. 54. f. 11-13. 1881. Truan, Anal. | Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat. 14: 68. pl. 3. f. 15. 1885. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 764 1892. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 51. f. 2-4. 1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 217. f. 17-29. 1895; pl. 221. f. 14. 1896. Tessella sp.? Lobarz. Linnaea 14: 270. pl. 4. f. 2. 1840, according to Kiitzing and De Toni. Found at stations 2835, 3698H, 3712H, off Lower California and in Okhotsk Sea. a Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1847: 448. pl. 2 Lf 22. 1849: probably a spe- cies of Fragillaria; op. cit. 1870: 72. pl. 1. I. f. 43 a-d. 1871; probably a Navicula. b Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1835: 173. 1837. ¢ Ehrenb. Infus. 202. 1838. 4 Op. cit. 229-230. 322 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Tessella catena Ehrenb. Infus. 202. pl. 20. f. 7. 1838, not Ralis, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 12: 104. pl. 2. f. 1. 1843. Diatoma arcuatum Lyng. Hydro. Dan. 180. pl. 62. 1819? Striatella arcuata C. Ag. Consp. 16. 1832. Ralfs, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 11: 455. pl. 9. J. 6. 1843? not S. arcuata Ehrenb. Infus. 230. pl. 20. f. 6. 1838. Rhabdonema arcuatum Kiitz. Bacill. 126. pl. 18. f. 6. 1844. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 34. pl. 88. f. 305 (not f. 805a’—b’. 1853). Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1"*: 24. pl. 4. f. 21. 1873. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 804. pl. 10. f. 203-204. 1861. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 433. 1874. Cleve & MOll. type no. 69. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 220. f. 17-26. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 423. 1862. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 54. f. 14-16. 1881; Treat. Diat. 360. f. 111. pl. 12. f. 487a, 1896. O'Meara, Proc. Roy. Imsh Acad. II. 2: 318, not pl. 29. f. 5. 1875. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 306. 1864. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 761. 1892. Striatella crozierti Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 835A. XXIII. f. 14-16. 1854. Rhabdonema crozierti Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 423. 1862, not R. crozierii Ralfs in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 805. pl. 4. f. 43. 1861, nor H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 434. 1874, nor Schmidt, Atlas pl. 220. f. 8-11. 1899; pl. 221. f. 1-1a. 1900. As will be seen by the above synonymy, there is great confusion among the names assigned to this diatom. As Cleve points out,@ there is no important difference between R. arcuatum Kiitz. and Grunow’s R. crozierii, based on S. crozierti Ehrenb., the simple difference of outline being of no account. But the R. crozierti of Ralfs is an altogether different thing. It corresponds in its dilated center with the variety of arcuatum which Cleve calls variety ventricosum;> but in all other respects it is unlike it. Probably, as Cleve states, it is reproduced by Janisch¢ and called R. arcuatum. Whereas R. arcuatum Kiitz. and R. crozierti (Ehrenb.) Grun. has monili- form striae or striae so nearly divided as to appear like a string of beads, the diatom shown by Ralfs, H. L. Smith, and Schmidt has transverse costae bearing fine punctate dots in a single median line, and whereas the zonal divisions of the former are strongly beaded, those of the latter are finely dotted with one or two rows of puncta. Habir- shaw @ masses all these forms together, with the result that he makes this species and Tessella arcuata Ehrenb. (=Striatella, probably S. unipunctata) synonymous, an evi- dent absurdity. I think Diatoma arcuatum Lyngb., and Striatella arcuata C. Ag., are not the same diatom; a question not relevant here, as neither can be safely identified with this species. My specimens are uniformly of the outline of Cleve’s variety ventri- cosum, but with coarse beading on the valves and heavy markings of the zonal septa, as figured by Schmidt. ¢ Found at stations 3607, 3688H, 3712H, Bering and Okhotsk seas. Tessella japonica (Temp. & Br.) Mann. Rhabdonema japonicum Temp. & Br. Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 30°: ‘53. pl. 1. f. 6. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 762. 1892. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 218. f. 7-31, pl. 219. f. 1-4, 6-12. 1899; pl. 221. f. 24. 1900. Rhabdonema mikado Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 3: pl. 33. f. 469-470. 1893. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 219. f. 2-4 (note). 1899. I have examined a large number of specimens, compared with care all literature, together with figures, to get a clear-cut and satisfactory basis for distinguishing between a Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 1'*: 24. 1873. bOp. cit. pl. 4. f. 12. ¢Rabh. Beitr. 1: 12. pl. 3. f. 19. 1863. d Hab. Cat. 301. 1877. eSchmidt, Atlas pl. 220. f. 21-22a. 1899. | ] } _MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 333 this and R. robustum Grun., but have not succeeded. So far as the valval view is concerned, neither the median line, the arrangement and punctation of the striae, the outline, the size, the character of the border, or the shape of the apical hyaline areas give any constant marks of distinction. So far as I am aware, robustum never displays the striking double-lobed valves commonly met with in japonicum; but unfortunately this feature is not at all constant in the latter, and in fact the original type is not of that shape.¢ The only appreciable difference is to be found in the zonal view. The striae in japonicum are generally small and narrow, forming a closely set row for each compartment of the series, made up of coarse but obscure blotches, giving a semimoniliform appearance to the striae; or if the striae be broad and the blotches approach squares, they are also coarsely dotted. Robustum has generally large square markings, set loosely in the rows of each compartment, and marked with fine puncta. I am convinced that these two species are with difficulty to be kept separate; and that a study of the abundant figures in Schmidt ® will prove this. I have named my specimens solely on the basis of the zonal markings, and many valves unquestionably belonging to a single species, but not affording a zonal view, could with equal accuracy be given Grunow’s specific name. The variety called by Pantocsek R. mikado occurs at station 3688H. Found at stations 2844, 2848, 3604, 3688H, 3784, Bering and Okhotsk seas. ENTOPYLA Ehrenb. Entopyla Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1848: 6. 1849. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 428. 1862. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 231. 1902. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 773. 1892. - Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 810. 1861. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 308. 1864. Eupleuria Arn. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 6: 89. 1858. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 809. 1861. Margaritoxicon Jan. Abh. Schl. Ges. 18627: 6. 1862, as synonym. Gephyria Arn. in part; Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 8: 20. 1860. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 809. pl. 4. f. 50. 1861. Achnanthes Bory, in part; Johnst. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 8: 15. pl. 1. f. 14. 1860. Surirella Turp. in part; Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 388. pl. 1. I. f. 96. 1848. The distinctive marks separating this genus from Gephyria Arn. are summarized by Schmidt, ¢ as follows: (1) The costae on the valves of Entopyla alternate on either side the median line; in Gephyria they are transversely continuous. (2) The inter- nal septa in Entopyla have their pores in a longitudinal straight row along either side and therefore show as straight rows of dots through the costae; in Gephyria these pores are in two zigzag longitudinal series. (3) These pores are in Entopyla close to the margin on either side; in Gephyria midway between the margin and the median line. Although the foregoing characteristics are well marked and seem to be constant, they constitute at best a scanty basis for generic distinction between forms otherwise so much alike. Entopyla australis Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1848: 6. 1849. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 810. 1861. Jan. Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 18627: 6, 22, 32. pl. 1B. f. 8, 14, 16-20. 1862. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 773. 1892. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 230. f. 1-16. 1902. . Surirella australis Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wien 1841: 388. pl. 7. I. f. 9b. 1843. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 798. 1861. Eupleuria incurvata Arnott, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 6: 90. 1858. a Cf. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 219. f. 13. with pl. 220. f. 1. 1899. bOp. cit. pl. 217-221. ¢Op. cit. pl. 231. 1902. 324 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Gephyria incurvata Arnott, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 8: 20. 1860. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 809. pl. 4. f. 50. 1861. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 173. 1874. Grun. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 8. 1870. Achnanthes costatus Johnst. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci, 8: 15. pl. 1. f. 14. 1860. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 27. f. 14. 1890. Entopyla incurvata Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 428.1862. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 773. 1892. Entopyla cohnii Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 429. 1862. Grun. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 8. 1870. Margaritoxicon cohnii Jan. Abh. Schl. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 18627: 6. 1862, as synonym. Gephyria gigantea Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 14: 122. pl. 11, f. 7-8. 1866. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 74. f. 7-8. 1890. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 42. pl. 15. J. 10.1886. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 61. f. 1-2. 1890. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 775. 1892. Gephyria constricta Grev. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 14: 77. pl. 8. f. 2. 1866. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 72. f.2. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 775. 1892. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 61. f. 3. 1890. Entopyla hungarica Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 67. pl. 4. f. 58. 1889. There is a possibility of questioning the last synonym, as the diagnosis is not thorough and the figure is plainly very carelessly drawn. I do not think the doubt is strong enough to warrant this form receiving separate rank. Found at stations 3607, 4029H, Bering Sea. GEPHYRIA Arnott. Gephyria Arnott, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 8: 20. 1860. Char. emend. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 231.1902. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: p. 308. 1864. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 429. 1862. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 775. 1892. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 809. 1861. H. L. Smith. Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 662. 1874. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. 340. 1875. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 340. f. 98. 1896. Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti 16. pl. 4. f. 14-17. 1880. Eupleuria Arn. in part; Moll. type no. 21. Achnanthes Bory in part; Johnst. Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. 8: 14. pl. 1. f. 13a, b, f. 1860. Entopula Ehrenb. in part; Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 14: 122. pl. 11. f. 7-8. 1866. For the marks of distinction between this and the close genus, Entopyla Ehrenb., see under the latter. Gephyria media Arnott, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 8: 20. 1860. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 809. pl. 4. f. 49. 1861. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 429. 1862. Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti 16. pl. 4. f. 14-17. 1880. Le Diatomiste 2: pl. 19. f. 8.1894. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 662. 1874. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 775. 1892. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 340. f. 98. 1896. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 61. /. 4-5. 1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 231. f. 18-21, pl. 232. f. 1-22. Eupieurva media MOll. type no. 21. Achnantes angustata Johnst. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 8: 14. pl. 1. f. 18a, b, f. 1860. Though Johnston’s specific name precedes that of Arnott, it had been preempted by Greville for an entirely different diatom.¢ The genus Gephyria, not having been constituted, Johnston rightly placed his species in Achnanthes; for it should be noted the two genera are, together with Entopyla, quite similar in stricture and in mode of growth. The specimen found by me is the short and robust variety called forma miocena.® Found at stations 2920H, 3698, Hawaiian Islands and off Honshu Island, Japan. a4 Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 7: 163. pl. 8. f. 9. 1859. b Le Diatomiste, 2: pl. 19, f. 8. 1894. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 325 CLIMACOSPHENIA Ehrenb. Climacosphenia Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 314, 440. pl. 2. VJ. f. 1. 1848. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 353. 1862; in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 5. 1870. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 739. 1892. Echinella Achar. err. det. Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 144. 1842. Clavicula Pant. in part; Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 3: pl. 3. f. 50. 1893. Climacosphenia elongata Bail. Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 7: 8. pl. 1. f. 10-11. 1854. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 353. pl. 6. f. 22. 1862. Grun. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1:5. 1870. Leud.-Fort. Mem. Soc. Emul. St. Brieuc 54. 1879. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 772. 1861. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 739. 1892. Climacosphenia frauenfeldii Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 353. 1862, as synonym. Clavicula kinkeru. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 3: pl. 3. f. 50. 1893. Pantocsek figures the lower portion only of the outer plate of this diatom and names it Clavicula kinkeru. There can be no doubt of its being the above. It so happens that the form found by me has precisely the irregularity of beading of the central band near the lower extremity that Pantocsek has figured. Whether this is general or not, I do not know. I have, like Grunow, found it to be a very rare diatom. Leud.-Fort. in the citation above erroneously attributes the name to Grunow. Found at station 3696, off Honshu Island, Japan. Climacosphenia moniligera Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 314. pl. 2. VI f. 1. 1843. Kitz. Bacill. 128. pl. 29. f. 80. 1844. Jan. & Rabh. in Rabh. Beitr. 6. pl. 2. f. 1. 1863. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 772. pl. 11. f. 45-46: 1861. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 13: 139. pl. 14. f. 17. 1863. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. pl. 19. f. 9. 1875. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 29. f. 7-8. 1890. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 67. pl. 30. f. 426. 1889. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 631. 1874. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 740. 1892. Echinella moniligera Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 144. 1842, nom. nud. not Achar. 1810. Chmacosphenia catena Shadb. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 2: 17. pl. 1. f. 15. 1854. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 3. f. 15. 1890. The generic name Echinella of Acharius @ was applied by Ehrenberg under a mis- apprehension, the name being that of a clustered form of marine ovae similar in appearance to clusters of Climacosphenia.®? Ehrenberg corrected the generic name in the first citation given above. Found at station 2920H, Hawaiian Islands. PLAGIOGRAMMA Grev. Plaguogramma Grey. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 7: 208. pl. 10. 1859. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 24. 1890. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 117. 1864. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 773. 1861. Van Heur. Synop. 145. 1881; Treat. Diat. 337. f. 95. 1896. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 717. 1892. Denticula Kitz. in part; Greg. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 21: 494, 496. pl. 10. f. 32, 37a-c. 1857. This genus has close affinity with Dimeregramma Ralfs, and the doubtful genus Glyphodesmis Grey. It is, however, well marked from these by the internal trans- verse septa, especially those that divide off the central and the terminal hyaline areas from the rest of the valve. Iam not in favor of including here any of the mem aWeber, Beitr. z. Naturk. 2: 340. pl. 4. 1810. b Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. 273. 1875. 326 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. bers of Ehrenberg’s genus Heteromphala. Its type, //. himantidium,¢ is probably a Glyphodesmis, certainly not a Plagiogramma. De Toni,® quotes it in its original genus. Ralise changes it to Plagiogramma himantidium. As he there says, the side view is unknown. How he could decide on its being a Plagiogramma from Ehren- berg’s description and without any knowledge of its side view is beyond my compre- hension. There are two references in Ehrenberg which De Toni thinks it worth while to quote as members of this genus, one@ called with some doubt “ Heteromphala ? trinodis,”’ a probable Navicula, and the other //. binodis,¢ which is either a Navicula ora Glyphodesmis. Figure 22 of the same plate, called by Ehrenberg simply “ Anau- lus—?,’’ is, despite the central and terminal nodules, almost certainly a representa- tive of this genus, probably P. elongatum Grevy., a fact which also indicates that what he calls Heteromphala is not identical with the present genus. Plagiogramma elongatum Grev. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 14: 121. pl. 11. f. 1-2. 1866. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 74. f. 1-2. 1890. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 720. 1892. Anaulus sp.? Ehrenb, Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1872: 387. pl. 2. f. 22. 1873. This species is like P. crassum Cleve & Grove,/ except for the massive transverse septa of the latter. Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. Plagiogramma sceptrum Mann, sp. nov. Piate LIT, riaures 1, 2. Valve elongated; sides nearly parallel to the broad rounded apices; markings of small but strong beading, set in transverse rows, interrupted by a median hyaline line, two beads wide, running nearly the entire length of the valve, that is, from one apical area to the other; four to five beads in each half row on either side of the median line; apical areas, in this genus usually hyaline or faintly mottled, here beaded with slightly smaller beads, spread out fan-wise toward the sides and apices of the valve and traversed by a thin irregular median line continuous with the median line of the rest of the valve; border not plain; but ornamented with a single row of beads larger than the rest. Instead of transverse *‘vittae”’ there are strong internal transverse septa, not contin- uous across the valve, but usually stopping at the position of the hyaline median line before mentioned and generally not opposite each other on the two sides of the valve; central area quite small, not reaching the border, transversely oval and bearing a decided boss in the middle; zonal view showing the internal septa enlarged at the inner ends like the music-notes of Terpsinoe musica Ehrenb.; the septa as seen both in zonal and valval view, placed at very irregular distances, there being from two to seven rows of beads between them; girdle with two faint longitudinal ridges dividing it into thirds, but no beading. Length of vaive, 0.200 to 0.212mm.; width of valve, 0.027 to 0.029mm. The only species at all like this one is P. rectum Cleve & Grove. The resemblance is merely superficial. Type inthe U.S. National Museum, No. 590141, from station 2807, Galapagos Islands, April 4, 1888; 812 fathoms, bottom of Globigerina ooze and coral mud. Plagiogramma tesselatum Grev. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 7: 208. pl. 10. f. 7. 1859. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 24. f. 7.1890. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 774. 1861. Lewis, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1861: 68. 1862. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 719. 1892. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 359. 1862. The absence of internal transverse septa in this species led Greville to have some doubt of its right here. Grunow thought it might be made a new genus. Except for a4 Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1858: 13. 1859. b De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 730. 1892. e Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 775. 1861. d Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1861: 295. 1862, e Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1872: pl. 2. 6. 23. 1878. J Le Diatomiste 1: 54. pl. 8. f. 4-5. 1891. ee } , MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 327 this lack it is a perfectly typical Plagiogramma, and this negative quality is insufti- cient for separating it. Specimens found in the-following dredging have a circular central area and nearly round instead of rectangular or “‘tesselated”’ beading. Found at station 2808, Galapagos Islands. DIMEREGRAMMA Ralfs. Dimeregramma Ralfs in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 790. pl. 4. f. 33-35. 1861. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 13. 123. f. 36. 1864. Van Heur. Synop. 146. pl. 36. f. 7-13. 1881 1885. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 711. 1892. Walk. & Chase, Notes on Diat. 1: 1. pl. 1. f. 3.1886. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 377. 1862. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 790. pl. 4. f. 34. 1861. Denticula Kiitz. in part; Greg. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 21: 495. pl. 10. f. 39. 1857. The nearest genus to this is Glyphodesmis Grevy., from which it differs by the absence of a large central boss. This single characteristic is, however, striking and uniform. Castracane # is wrong in stating that the only distinction between this genus and Denticula Kiitz. is that the former has smooth sides to the valves. Dimeregramma may have the same; but it has a pronounced hyaline median line, *‘ pseudoraphe,”’ dilated at the center, is without transverse costae, and has large boss-like elevations at the apices (seen clearly in the zonal view), all which distinctions are inapplicable to Denticula. Dimeregramma inflatum Mann, sp. nov. Piate XLIV, FIGURE 6. Valve seven to eight times as long as broad, inflated at the center, with bluntly tapering ends; at the apex of each a large beak-like process; valves marked with transverse rows of beading, extending from the margin for one-third the width of the valve, leaving a median hyaline area, also one-third the width of the valve; each row consisting of four beads, the outer largest and decreasing in size toward the center. Length of valve 0.086 mm; width of valve 0.015 mm. Type in the U.S. National Museum, No. 590142, from station 2823, Gulf of Califor- nia, April 30, 1888; 26.5 fathoms, bottom of broken shells. _ The nearest form to this is D. marinum (Greg.) Ralis,® but I have found it impossible to refer it to that species. Gregory’s form has striae with two beads somewhat sepa- rated, their line being continued outward to the margin by bars or costae; whereas the moniliform lines in my species begin with very large marginal beads and end inward with beads of extreme minuteness. Indeed the whole build of the diatom is distinct. ACHNANTHES Bory. Achnanthes Bory, Dic. Hist. Nat. 1: 79. pl. 51. f. 2. 1822. Monogramma Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1843: 136. 1844, no species, 1854, not Comm. 1809. Achnanthidium Kiitz. Bacill. 75. 1844: Achnanthes dispar Mann, sp. noy. PLaTE XLIV, FicureEs 4, 5. Under valve beaded with minute moniliform striae, transverse until near the ends, then becoming concentric to the points of the apices; the raphe made up of a closely set but moniliform line of exceedingly small beads, at least toward its central and terminal portions, and forking near each end into two branches, one proceeding to the rounded apex and terminating in a small bead, the other and shorter branch running to one side and also terminating in a small bead; a narrow hyaline area on either side of the raphe; the transverse, median, hyaline stauros broad and increasing at the @ Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 46. 1886. 5 Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 21: 496. pl. 10. f. 39. 1857. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 90 1861. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 36. f. 9. 1881. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 712. 1892. 31713—voL 10, pr 5—O7——8 32S CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. margins; upper valve with a broad, central, longitudinal, hyaline area, slightly wider near the center of the valve; striae of coarse and distant beads, two to four on each side of the median line, transverse until near the ends, then becoming concentric to the points of the apices. Length of valve, 0.08 mm.; width of valve, 0.018 mm. Rows of beading on under valve, 88 in 0.1 mm.; on upper valve, 56 in 0.1 mm. | Type in the U.S. National Museum, No. 590143, from station 3635H, Bering Sea, August 21, 1895; 141 fathoms, bottom of gray sand. The nearest approach to the above is Achnanthidiwm (== Achnanthes) arcticum, Cleve,@ but the differences are greater than the resemblance. The beading on the under (ventral) side of Cleve’s species is 68 in 0.1 mm. with a valval length of 0.048 mm., whereas in mine it is 88 in 0.1 mm. with a valval length of 0.08 mm.; in other words, it is very much finer on a valve about twice as large, as the proportion between size of valve and striation in Cleve’s species would be in my specimen 41 instead of 88 in 0.1 mm. But what shows that this is not a very finely marked though large specimen of the above is that the valves do not taper, but have blunt, rounded ends; the markings are strictly transverse except toward the apices; the stauros is quite broad; the raphe is beaded and bifurcates near the ends; there is a broad, hyaline line on either side of the raphe; a distinctly marked rim of uniform breadth runs around the entire valve. COCCONEIS Ehrenb. Cocconeis Ehrenb. Infus. 193. pl. 14. f. 8-9, pl. 21. f. 11. 1838. Campyloneis Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 429. 1862. Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 10. 1870. Orthoneis Grun. in part, in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 9-10. 1870. Anorthoneis Grun. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 9-10. 1870. Grunow breaks up Ehrenberg’s genus by emending its scope and creating the above three new genera. I do not find any advantage in this arrangement. Ehrenberg’s generic concept is a well-marked and precise one; its members are in clear con- trast with other diatoms by their solitary growth attached by the inferior, raphe- bearing valve, by the concavo-convex shape of the frustules, by the general, perhaps universal, dissimilarity of the inferior and superior vaives, and by their uniform oval or suboval contour. However useful Grunow’s distinctions may be for subgeneric division, it seems to me best to leave these forms in the compact and satisfactory genus that Ehrenberg constructed for them. This view seems to prevail with most authors. Cocconeisa antiqua Temp. & Brun. Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 30*: 32. pl. 8. f. 5. 1889. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 191. f. 50, 52. 1877. Cocconeis trachytica Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 8: pl. 42. f. 582. 1893. The form from station 3604H is identical with Schmidt’s figures above. It is, how- ever, wide of the type, and I assign this name to it with some doubt. More typical specimens occur at station 4029H, together with a variety which lacks the curved hyaline bands midway between the raphe and the sides. Found at stations 3604H, 4029H, Bering Sea. Cocconeis baldjikiana Grun.; Van Heur. type no. 546. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 190. f. 7-10. 1894. Cocconeis scutellum Ehrenb.; Grun. Bot. Centralblatt 33: 324. 1888. Cleve in Schmidt, Atlas pl. 190. f. 7-10. 1877. I agree with Schmidt in the above citation that Grunow’s union of this beautiful and vigorous form with C. scutellum Ehrenb. is inadvisable. Even Smith's too strongly marked figure » of the latter lacks the beautiful broadening of the markings a Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1'%: 25. pl. 4. f. 22. 1873. bW. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: pl. 3. f. 34. 1856. - MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 329 of this species, as well as their breaking up into fine puncta near their union with the margin. Found at station 2848, south of Alaska Peninsula. ——s =e Cocconeis costata Greg. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. S: 39. pl. 4. f. 10. 1855. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 5: 68. pl. 1. f. 27. 1857. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 5. f. 10, pl. 12. f. 27. 1890. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 104. 1864. Jan. Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 18627: 18. pl. 1A. f. 36. 1862. Cleve in Nordensk. Vega Exped. 3: 460. 1883. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 30. f. 11-17. 1881. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 871. 1861. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27%: 182. 1895. Surirella quarnerensis Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 456. pl. 9. f. 10. 1862. Raphoneis scutelloides Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 383. pl. 4. f. 34. 1862. Raphoneis archeri O'Meara, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s. 7: 247. pl. 7. f. 12. 1867. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 77. f. 12. 1890. Cocconeis imperatrix Schmidt, Atlas pl. 189. f. 10-15. 1894. Cocconeis janischii Schmidt, Atlas pl. 189. f. 33. 1894. Cocconeis extravagans Jan.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 189. f. 28-32. 1894. Campyloneis costata Lagers. Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand. 3'°: 55.1876. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 441. 1891. Campyloneis grevillei Grun. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 11. 1870, not Cocconeis grevillei W. Smith. There is not enough similarity between this species and C. regina Johns. ¢ or between this and the gigantic C. kerguelensis Pet. © to warrant uniting them, as is done by Cleve.c The species is, however, a very variable one both in size and markings. Found at station 3604, Bering Sea. Cocconeis decipiens Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1'%: 14. pl. 1. f. 6.1873; Nor- densk. Vega Exped. 3: 460. 1883, Cleve & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 17°: 16. 1880. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 450. 1891. Cocconeis arctica Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 11%: 14. pl. 2. f. 11a (not /. 11b). 1873. Cleve & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 177: 16. 1880. Cocconeis sigmoradians Temp. & Brun, Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 30°: 33. pl. 8. f. 4. 1889. Cocconeis sigma Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: 32. pl. 8. f. 68. 1886. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 196. f. 11. 1894. Temp. & Brun, Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 30°: 70. 1889. | Cocconeis oculus-catis Brun, Mem. Soc. Phys. et. Hist. Nat. Geneva 31!: 17. pl. 18. ] fo. 1891. Cocconeis sparsipunctata Brun, Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 31': 18. pi. 18. f. 8. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 196. f. 12-15. 1894. Cocconeis dirupta Greg. var.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 29. f. 18-19. 1881. Cleve; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 196. f. 16. 1894. Cocconeis fulgur Brun, Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 31!: 17. pl. 18. f. 3. 1891. A discussion of the separation of this species from C. dirupta Greg., with which it is united by Cleve. may be found under the latter species. It may be here stated that the union of the above sigmoid forms agrees with De Toni @ in so faras that he does not admit them under C. dirupta, but either gives them separate rank or unites one or two, as C. decipiens Cleve and C. arctica Cleve. . Most of the above are found in the following dredgings; that corresponding to a Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 8: 13. pl. 1. f. 12. 1860. 6 Miss. Sci. Cap. Horn 116. pl. 10. f. 5. 1889. ¢ Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27%: 182. 1895. d@Syll. Alg. 2: 450. 1891. 330 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. C arctica at station 3607, itself an arctic dredging, is another illustration of the value of the diatoms for fixing the source of the material composing sea bottoms. Found at stations 3607, 4516H, Bering Sea and off Lower California. Cocconeis dirupta Greg. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 21: 491. pl. 1. f. 25. 1857. Jan. Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterls. Cult. 1862*: 3. pl. 2B. f. 14. 1862. Grun. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot, 1: 14. 1870. Cleve in Nordensk. Vega Exped. 3: 460. 1883. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 633. 1874. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 29. f. 13-15. IS8l. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 196. f. 7, 17, 18.1894. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 453. 1891. Cocconcis diaphana W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 22. pl. 30. f. 254B. 1853. Cocconcis beltmeyert Jan.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 196. f. 22-23. 1894. Cocconeis delicata Schmidt, Atlas pl. 196. f. 24. 1894. Cleve @ unites under the above name, in addition to those here given, all cases of his own C. decipiens ® which are similar to the above in the broadly oval character of the valves, in the fineness and curvature of the beading, in the presence of a transverse stauros at the middle of the lower valve, and in a general tendency toward a sigmoid outline in the median line of one or both valves. There is much in favor of this, for (.dirupta does show these characters,even the sigmoid curvature in some instances, But such unification is here attended with confusion. The forms thus grouped are too diverse, e. g., C. beltmeyeri Jan., a very evident variety of C. dirupta and C. sparsi- punctata Temp. & Brun., avery evident variety of C. decipiens. To call these two one species is carrying condensation too far for practical use. I have accordingly united only the three above names with C. dirupta and have grouped all the other forms under C. decipiens. This arrangement, though no less artificial than that of Cleve, is no more so,and it affords an easy means of grouping these confusing forms. The salient char- acteristic of C. dirupta is, as its name indicates, a hyaline median area on one or both valves, broad at the center and tapering to a point at each end, slightly or not at all sigmoid. This line in C. decipiens is slightly or extremely sigmoid, the ends of the raphe curved like an “S”’ in opposite directions, the median area generally narrow or sometimes wanting, and the transverse stauros plain. It may be added that the members of the C. dirupta group are generally much smaller than those belonging to C. decipiens. Found at stations 2690H, 4516H, off central and Lower California. Cocconeis distans Greg. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 3: 39. pl. 4. f. 9. 1855; 5: 67. pl. 7. f. 25.1857. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 5. f. 9, pl. 12. f. 25. 1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 193. f. 29-87, 40. 1894; Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 2: pl. 3. f. 22-23. 1874. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4.870. pl. 7.f. 38. il. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 70. 1874. Grunow ¢ makes this a variety of C. scutellum Ehrenb., for which there is some war- rant. Asthere is, however, quite a difference between what I conceive to be Gregory’s type and that of Ehrenberg, I have retained the above name. The two figures of Gregory’s in the above citations are not at all alike. The first was evidently incor- ‘rectly drawn by Tuffen West, so far as the beading is concerned. It is represented in very regular rows evenly graded from the large marginal beads to the smaller medium ones. But Gregory says,@ *‘This beautiful form is at once characterized by the equal size of the dots or granules and their great distance from each other, so that it almost . loses the aspect of striation.’’ The faulty representation of this is corrected, in fact over-corrected, in Gregory’s second figure. When the type idea of Gregory’s species is thus made out and is compared with Ehrenberg’s original figure and description,¢ it seems to me the two are sufficiently wide apart to admit of the retention of both names. Found at station 4505H, Santa Cruz light-house, Monterey Bay, Cal. a Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27%: 175. 1895. b Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1'*: 14. pi. 1. f. 6. 1873. ¢ Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 9. 1870. @ Op. cit. 39. ¢Ehrenb. Infus. 194. pl. 14. f. &. 1838. MANN—-DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 331 Cocconeis grevillei W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 22. pl. 3. f. 35.1853. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 102. 1864. Jan. Abh. Schl. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 18627: 18. pl. 2.1. f. 10. 1862. H.L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 72. 1874. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 870. 1861. Campyloneis grevillei Grun. err. det. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 10, 98. 1870. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 1: 245. pl. 14. f. 5. 1878. Petit, Fonds de la Mer 3: 171. pl. 4. f. 5. 1877. Van Heur. Synop. 134. pl. 28. f. 8-12. 1881. De Toni, P Syll. Alg. 2: 439. 1891. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 430. 1862. | Campyloneis argus Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 429. pl. 10. f. 9. 1862. Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 10. 1870. Van Heur. Synop. 134. pl. 28. f. 15-16. 1881. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 441. 1891. Truan, Anal. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat. 13: 363. pl. 10. f. 22-23. 1884. De Toni@ gives separate rank to C. grevillei W. Smith, C. regalis Grey. and C. argus Grun. under the generic head Campyloneis. Cleve, in above citation, unites the three under Campyloneis grevillei (W. Smith) Grun., thus following Grunow’s analysis.) I do not think C. grevillei and C. argus can be held separate. Differences exist, but they are slight and variable, having chiefly to do with the thickenings on the internal craticular plates. But the union of Greville’s C. regalis with these is too radical. A comparison of the published figures does not show the strong contrast that is to be seen in specimens of these two species. The craticular plates and the inferior valves are never closely alike; but the widest difference is to be seen in the superior plates, which in C. grevillei have beading actually or approximately alike in the middle and outer portions, while C. regalis has an oval central area marked with bars of fine puncta, while the outer area, separated from this central portion, is marked by very large beads. Two specimens afforded by H. L. Smith, types no. 72 and no. 635, show this contrast finely, the former of C. grevillei from Granville, France, and the latter of C. regalis from Cape of Good Hope. I therefore take the position of Van Heurck, De Toni, and others in classifying these species separately. Found at stations 2807, 3698, Galapagos Islands and Honshu Island, Japan. Coccone‘s pellucida Grun. in Rabh. Beitr. 1: 21. pl. 6. f. 11. 1862; in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 12. 1870; not C. pellucida Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 13: 145. pl. 13. f. 6. 1863, which is C. psewdomarginata Greg. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 191. f. 48, pl. 198. f. 5-8, pl. 194. f. 2, 15, pl. 195. f. 1-6. 1894. Grun. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 98. pl. 1. f. 7-8. 1870. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 455. 1891. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 178.1894. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 3: pl. 32. f. 465. 1893. Cocconeis curvi-rotunda Temp. & Brun, Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 30°: 32. pl. 8. f. 6. 1889. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 195. f. 10-19. 1894. Cocconers lunyacsekii, Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 3: pl. 41. f. 564. 1893. Cocconeis notabilis Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 3: pl. 35. f. 492. 1893. Cocconeis circumcincta Schmidt, Atlas pl. 195. f. 7-9. 1894. The doubt of Tempere and Brun of their C. curvi-rotunda being anything more than a variety of this species, indicated by their bracketing the latter name with their own, is, I think, well founded. Indeed, I have met with all possible varieties of these extremely close forms, and I am convinced they should be united. So also regarding C. circumeincta Schmidt. Its radially arranged markings and its generally straight raphe are not sufficient to separate it from the above. It occurs at stations 3346 and 3604. I exclude C. heteroidea Hantzsch¢ and the variety of it regarded by Janisch asaspecies C. flevella,d though both Grunow and De Toni are impressed with their « De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 439-441. 1891. b Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 10. 1870. ¢ Rabh. Beitr. 1: 21. pl. 6. f. 10. 1862. d Rabh. Beitr. 1: 7. pl. 1. pl. 11. 1862. 332 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. close affinity. They belong, with C. emmerict Jan. and C. aliena Schmidt, to a very different group. Grunow explains @ that he gave the name pellucida b to a specimen of (’. pseudomarginata Greg., being misled bya poor figure of Ralfs.¢ He refers to the form cited by Hantzsch@ as the true type. , Found at stations 2844, 2848, 3346, 3604, 3604H, Aleutian Islands and Bering Sea. Coccone's senegalens’s Breb.; H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 79. 1874. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 464. 1891. Hab. Cat. 84. 1877. Though both De Toni and Habirshaw recognize this as an authentic species, I sus- pect itisa synonym of some other form. I have been, however, unable to find such, and as my specimen agrees with Smith's type I am compelled to assign this name provisionally. Found at stations 2680H, 2694H, 4516H, off central and Lower California. Coccone’s splendida Greg. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 21: 493. pl. 9. f. 29. 1857. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 870. 1861. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 102. 1864. Orthoneis splendida Grun. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 15. 1870. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 28. f. 1-2. 1881. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27%: 148. 1895. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: pl. 24. f. 852. 1889. Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti 18. pl. 4. J. 13. 1888. Truan, Anal. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat. 13: 363. pl. 10. f. 20. 1884. Cocconeis punctatissima Grey. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 5: 3. pl. 3. f. 1. 1857. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 11. f. 1, 1*. 1890. Orthoneis punctalissima Lagerst. Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 3'%: 57.1876. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 466. 1891. Melosira cribrosa Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 577. pl. 5. f. 10a-d. 1860. It is not perfectly clear that Greville’s and Gregory’s species are the same. That of Greville would appear from the figures to be much more finely beaded, particularly as he says its beading is ‘‘ very minute,”’ especially toward the median line. The fact is also against their identity that Greville made the drawings for Gregory’s paper, including-this very form, yet does not look upon his own publication as a renaming of the same diatom. But they are united by Cleve, Grunow, De Toni, and others, while Ralfs holds them separate. If admitted to be the same, which seems on the whole to be best, the question what name should be assigned presents some difficulties. Both names were published in 1857.¢ There is no record in the Proceedings of the London Microscopical Society as to when Greville’s paper was presented, in the records either of 1856 or of 1857. Gregory’s paper was read January 19, 1857, and appeared that year. The preference would, therefore, be in favor of Gregory; and as his name is the better established of the two, I have for all these reasons adopted it. Grunow’s Melosira cribrosa must be included here. It appears to me more nearly to resemble the.Greville type than that of Gregory, though Grunow and Cleve take an opposite view. It is also rather difficult to see the reasons for assigning only figures 10a, b of Grunow’s figures to this species and placing the other two, figures 10 ¢ and d, in different species, as Grunow does. / a Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 12. 1870. b Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 138: 145. 1863. ¢ Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. pl. 7. f. 39. 1861. d Hantzsch in Rabh. Beitr. 1: 21. pl. 6. f. 11. 1862. eGreville’s paper was published on pages 7-12 of the Quart. Journ. Mier. Sei. for 1857, which probably appeared before July, if not as early as April or May, 1857. While Gregory's paper was read on January 19, 1857, it was not published until an appendix dated May 28, 1857, and a corrigenda dated August 1, 1857. It constituted pages 473-542 of Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 21: 1857, which came at the end of the volume which unquestionably was not published until after August 1, 1857. / Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 16. 1870 MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 333 | Small specimens of the present species approach closely to robust specimens of C. adriacica Kiitz., a‘ variety of C. scutellum Ehrenb., the best mark of distinction being the round and widely set beads of {'. splendida and the more compact and rectangular beads of C. scutellum. Found at station 3696, off Honshu Island, Japan. NAVICULA Bory. Navicula Bory, Encycl. Meth. d’Hist. Nat. 2: 562. 1824. Ehrenb. Infus. 173. 1838. Kiitz. Bacill. 88. 1844. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 6. 1891. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 46. 1853. Donk. Brit. Diat. 2. 1871-1873. Van Heur. Synop. 71. 1881; Treat. Diat. 162. 1896. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 22. 1886. Pritch. Hist. | Infus. ed. 4. 892.1861. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 168. 1864. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 4, 136. 1894; 27°: 10. 1895. Cleve & Grun. Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 177: 27. 1880. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 10: 513. 1860. srun, Diat. Alp. 63. 1880. Pinnularia Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1840: 213. 1841. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 54. 1853. Diploneis Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 84. 1845. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 26°: 76. 1894. Stauroptera Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 134. 1843. Stauroneis Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 134. 1843. Kiitz. Bacill. 194. 1844. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 204. 1891. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 158. 1896. Pleurostauron Rabh. in part; Grun. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 101. 1870. Dickieia Berk. in part; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 16.f.10. 1881; Treat. Diat. 233. 1896. Anomoeoneis Pfitz.; Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27°: 6. 1895. Neidium Pfitz. in Hanst. Bot. Abhandl. 2: 39.1871. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 26°: 68. 1894. Caloneis Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 267: 46. 1894. Stenoneis Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27%: 123. 1895. Frustulia C. Ag. in part; Kiitz. Linnaea 8: pl. 13.f. 16. 1833. Cymbella C. Ag. (=Cocconema Ehrenb.) in part; Consp. Diat. 8. 1832. Synedra Ehrenb. in part; Kitz. Bacill. 63. pl. 3.f. 29. 1844. Amphiprora Ehrenb. in part; Mikrog. pl. 3. I. f. 10-11, IIT. f. 8a-c. 1854. Schizonema C. Ag. in part; W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 71. 1856. Colletonema Breb. in part; W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 70. pl. 56. f. 351-353. 1856. Achnanthidium Kiitz. in part; W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2:31. pl. 61.f. 380. 1856. Pleurosigma W. Smith in part; Ehrenb. Infus. 180. pl. 13. f. 10. Kiitz. Bacill. 102 {no. 127, 128, etc.) pl. 4.f. 25, 26, etc. The enormous size.of this genus has incited many authors to attempt its division ‘upon more or less tenable grounds. Thus Ehrenberg divided it into Navicula (Bory) | Ehrenb. and Pinnularia Ehrenb., the chief distinction being that the former had smooth, the latter ribbed, valves. But the distinction was seen to be fictitious. and Kiitzing and Brebisson refused to accept it. William Smith revived the names, making the distinguishing feature the character of the striation, that in Pinnularia being composed of smooth costae, while Navicula had the striae broken more or less into moniliform or beaded lines. This would serve admirably to distinguish such species as Pinnularia nobilis Ehrenb. from Navicula aspera Ehrenb. But two difficul- ties have stood in the way of making application of this distinction in general; first, very few of the multitude of species in the genus can be positively classified by this criterion, every conceivable gradation between plain (or apparently plain) costae and rows of independent beads being presented: and, second, in even the extreme Pinnula- _ ria type the apparent presence or absence of perfectly smooth bars or costae is largely a matter of illumination. It is true that scientific classifications are chiefly valuable 334 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. for so assorting objects of nature into small groups as to render easy their availability and identification. Nor can at the present time that other purpose of classification, the indication of relationships, be presse very strongly.. But unless all the usual conceptions of the word ‘genus’ are to be ignored, the distinctions drawn by William Smith must be considered as too unimportant and especially too unstable to admit of adoption. By far the most painstaking and thorough analysis of Navicula is that of Cleve in his Naviculoid Diatoms.¢ I regret I can not follow his divisions of this genus. It would be aside from the purpose of this report to discuss in ample detail the merits of this extensive work. It must, therefore, suffice to say that a careful reading of the chapter “On the value of the characteristies,"’ on page 4 of that work, will, in connec- tion with the divisions of Navicula subsequently made in the work, reveal the fact that nearly all the characteristics there looked upon as inadequate are subsequently employed as bases for the new genera created. I therefore follow in general the majority of authors writing since Cleve’s work appeared, in considering these distine- tions of value for subgeneric grouping, though not of generic worth. Especially has Van Heurck ® grouped the genus Navicula in a way satisfactory tothe writer. Excep- tion must, however, be taken to his recognition of the genus Stauroneis Ehrenb. as a genus. As Van Heurck there says, the true Stauroneis forms differ in no respect from Navicula, except ‘‘by the central nodule being transversely dilated into a stauros.’’ This has always appeared to me to be a very trivial ground. The stauros Is a most common accident of many species in several other genera, as Ach- nanthes Bory, in A. coarctata (Breb.) Grun.;¢ Pleurosigma W. Smith, in P. asiaticum Temp. & Brun and P. staurophorum Grun.;4 and Cocconeis Ehrenb., in C. formosa Brun.¢ Nor is this any more or less the ‘‘dilation of the central nodule? in the one case than in the other. In short, the separation of stauros-bearing forms into a genus is an impossibility, either inside the genus Navicula or outside of it. I look upon the following genera as having fairly good claim to separate standing: Mastogloia Thwaites, for reasons stated under that genus; Dictyoneis Cleve, on account of its peculiar internal plates and especially its loculate border,/ though it may possibly be necessary to unite it with Mastogloia; Rouxia Brun & Herib.; g also the following six genera, which, although separate from Navicula, should be united under the same generic name: FrustuliaC. Ag., in part, Berkeleya (Grev.) Van Heur., Reicheltia Van Heur., Amphipleura Kiitz., Brebissonia Grun., Vanheurckia Breb., for all which see under Frustulia in this report; also their figures and descriptions by Van Heurck. * To the foregoing may be added Cleve’s genus Cistula; for although it at present includes only the single species C. lorenziana (Grun.) Cleve, this is perfectly constant and strikingly unlike other naviculoid diatoms. On the whole the best conception of Navicula and its allies is that of Van Heurck. / . Navicula aestiva Donk. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 6: 32. pl. 3. f. 18. 1858; Brit. Diat. 6. pl. 1. f. 3.1871-73. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 7. f. 8, 10-11 (unnamed), pl. 8. f. 26 (type), f. 32 (unnamed). 1875. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 184. 1864. De Toni, Syll. a Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 1894; 27%: 1895. b Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 1896. «© Van Heur. Synop. pl. 26.f. 18. 1881. d Perag. Le Diatomiste 1‘: pl. 8. f. 44-45. 1891. é Schmidt, Atlas pl. 193.f. 46. 1894. Cf. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 124. 1894: and Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 157. 1896. 9g Herib. Diat. Auverg. 156. 1893. h Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 239, 242-245. 1896. i Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 26°: 124. 1894. 3 Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 162-237. 1896. { 7 MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 335 Alg. 2: 93.1891. O’Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. IT. 2: 384 (pl. 32. 2 20. worth- Jess). 1875. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 26°: 94. 1894. Pritceh. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 899. 1861. Navicula fusea Grex. varicty; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 7. f/. 1-4. 1875; Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 2: pl. &. f. 26. 1874. Navicula smithii Breb. variety; Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 198. 1896. . This beautiful form is, as Van Heurck claims, near to NV. smithii Breb., but is vastly finer and, so far as I have seen, it never shows the double-beaded striae of that species, its striae being delicate and obscurely moniliform. Its.resemblance to NV. fusca (Greg. | Ralfs is also superficial. Schmidt's figures of that species quoted above are quite dis- tinct from Gregory’s type, originally published as NV. smith Breb. variety fusca Greg., its true name, for as Ralfs, who makes it a separate species, says,@ it “differs from N. smithii Breb. in its much larger size and more distinct striae.’’. It is, therefore, even more strongly in contrast with the present species, and I agree with Cleve and De Toniin recognizing its distinctness. The peculiar termination of the two halves of the raphe at the center of the valve ® is well displayed in a specimen accompanying this report. Found at station 2920H, Hawaiian Islands. Navicula anceps ([Ehrenb.) Mann. Stauroneis anceps Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 306, 422. pl. 2. I. f. 18. 1843. Kiitz. Bacill. 105. pl. 29. f. 4. 1844. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 60. pl. 19. f. 190. 1853. Brun, Diat. Alp. 89. pl. 9. f. 1-2. 1880. Van Heur. Synop. 68. pl. 4. f. 4-8. 1881; Treat. Diat. 160. pl. 1. f. 55-57. 1896. Schum. Schrift. Phys. Okon. Ges. K6énigsb. 5: 22. pl. .2. f. 27. 1864. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 8. f. 4 (not f. 8-9). 1890. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 211. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl, 26°: 147. 1894. Cleve & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 17*: 48. pl. 3. f. 65. 1880. - Stauroneis amphicephala Kiitz. Bacill. 105. pl. 30. f. 25. 1844. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 912. 1861. Schum. Schrift. Phys. Okon. Ges. Kénigsb. 22. pl. 2..f. 29. 1864. Stauroneis linearis Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 300. pl. 1. T/. f. 11. 1843 ?; Mikrog. pl. 39. IJ. f. 106. 1854. In adopting the above name to represent this widely known and variable diatom I am led by considerations of policy on!y. Ifa strict observance of priority were fol- lowed Ehrenberg’s linearis would probably have to supersede his anceps, as the former appears earlier in both the text and plates of his article. Cleve¢ questions the union of linearis with this species. To me it seems impossible to diagnose either of them with any accuracy. Certainly the numerous figures of both given by Ehrenberg represent a considerable number of species. And it is because I can not see the boundaries of these two names by means of the original citations that Iam unwilling to overturn the above accepted and widely-known specific name fora theoretically earlierone. Diatoms differ from most other organisms in that their minuteness and delicacy of structure are so extreme that only by the finest lenses and the most exact drawings can their specific characteristics be seen and recorded. As a consequence, most of the earlier observa- tions of the more minute diatoms are untrustworthy, and too much weight is attached to the names assigned in these writings. A large part are veritable nomina nuda, and should be given consideration only when subsequent repetitions establish their char- acter. For this reason anceps is to be preferred to linearis. The union of the Stau- roneis diatoms with Navicula has been discussed under the genus. Found at station 3669H, along Kurile Chain. a Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 898. 1861. bCf. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 7. f. 3. 1875. ¢Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 147. 1894. 336 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Navicula antillarum (Cleve & Grun.) Mann. , _ Alloneis ( Navicula ?) antillarum Cleve & Grun. in Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 5°:8. pl. 2. f. 11. 1878. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 35. pl. 15. f. 5, pl. 20. f. 14, pl. 28. f. 14. 1886. Scoliopleura antillarum Pellet. Diat. 288. f. 231. 1888-89. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 265. S91. Trachyneis antillarum Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 267: 193. 1894. Navicula ( Alloneis ?) kurzii Grun.; Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 5*: 8. pl. 2. f. 12. 1878. | The last does not seem to me to be a good synonym, but Kiitz. Bacill. pl. 28. f. 76. 1844. ¢W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 53. pl. 17. f. 154a. 1853. @ Schmidt, Atlas pl. 174. f. 13. eSv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 85. 1894. / Kiitz. Bacill. pl. 4. f. 7. and pl. 28. f. 75. 1844. Donk. Brit. Diat. pl. 7. f. 3. and pl. 7. f. 8a. 1871-73. gSchmidt, Jahresb. kK omm. Deut. Meere 2: 86. 1874. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 337 shorter, giving thereby a broader hyaline area around the central nodule; zonal view subrectangular, with rounded corners, slightly narrowed at the middle by the depres- sion of the centers of the valves; zone or girdle broad and hyaline. Length of valve, 0.06 mm.; width of valve, 0.01 mm. Costae, 52 in 0.1 mm. I have named this minute Navicula with reluctance, having tried to brirg it into union with several known forms, such as Gomphonema gracile naviculoides Grun.,@ or with N. tenella Breb.» It could be looked upon as a wide variety of the former of these two, which is the same as Gomphonema naviculoides W. Smith, if that diatom were at all like the figure given in Strose,¢« but the identification there is incorrect. The zonal view is beyond question that of a Navicula, and Strose shows his doubt of the name by an interrogation point. My species resembles somewhat a minute specimen of N. pennata Schmidt,¢ but the strictly unbeaded costae of my species, as well as the size, precludesa union. Itsnearest representative is an unnamed figure of Schmidt’s,é which it closely resembles except in the matter of the apices. Type in the U. S. National Museum, No. 590144, from station 2680H off central California, October 11, 1891: 864 fathoms, bottom of brown mud and sand. Navicula arenaria Donk. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n.s.1: 10 pl. 1. /. 8. 1861; Brit. Diat. 56. pl. 8.f. 5a—c. 1871-73. Rabh. Fl. Eur.- Alg. 1: 177. 1864. Grun.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 47: f. 38-40 (not f. 41). 1876. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 8. f. 18. 1881?. O’Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 411. pl. 34. f. 17. 1875. Lagers. Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 31°: 34. 1876. Leud.-Fort. Mem. Soc. Emul. St. Brieuc 23. 1879, not H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 250. 1874. Navicula lanceolata Kiitz.; Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27°: 22.1895. Van Heur. Synop. 88. 1885. De Toni, Sy!l. Alg. 2: 58. 1891, not Cymbella lanceolata C. Ag. Although there is similarity between certain figures called N. lanceolata (C. Ag.) Kiitz. and the above species, I find none that can be considered the same. In fact, I am at a loss to decide what this lanceolata of Kiitzing is specifically. No defi- nite idea can be obtained from the original descriptions and figures,’ the figures showing a variety of outlines, but devoid of any markings known in Navicula. I notice that Cleve g passes over all citations from Kiitzing and apparently bases his conception of the species on the description and figure in Lagerstedt.2 If so, it is quite irreconcilable with Donkin’s species. I think that here, asin some other cases, Cleve has carried condensation beyond the point of usefulness. The specimens found by me are so exactly Donkin’s type that I accept his name as valid. Found at station 3635H, Bering Sea. Navicula aspera Ehrenb.; Donk. Brit. Diat. 62. pl. 10. f. 1a—-c. 1871-73. Van Heur. Synop. 94. pl. 10. f. 13. 1881; Suppl. pl. B. f. 26.1885; Treat. Diat. 205, pl. 4. f. 165. 1896. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 48. f. 2-6, 21 (f. 14-15 doubtful). 1876. Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 56. pl. 1. /. 20. 1884. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 42. pl. 10. f. 180.1889. Schultze, Bull. Torr. Club 14: 70. pl. 66. f. 6. 1887. De Toni, Syl. Alg. 2: 109. 1891. Navicula aspera Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 206. 1842, nom. nud.; Mikrog. pl. 835A, XX. f. 5. 1854, as synonym. a Van Heur. Synop. pl. 24. f. 13. 1881. 6 Van Heur. Synop. pl. 7. f. 20-21. 1881. ¢ Strose, Bacillarienlager pl. 1. f. 18, 21. 1884. @ Schmidt, Atlas pl. 48. f. 41-43. 1876. €Op. cit. pl. 46. f. 65. #C. Ag. Consp. Diat. 9. 1832. Kiitz. Bacill. 94. pl. 28. f. 38, pl. 30. f. 48. 1844. gSv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 26°: 1894. h Otv. Kgl. Vet. Akad. 417°: 49. pl. 8. f. 5. 1884. 338 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Stauroptera aspera Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 299, 387. pl. 1. If. 1-2, pl. 1. II. f. 1-2, pl. 2. VI. f. 20. pl. 4. IV. f. 1 (2). 1843; Mikrog. pl. 19. f. 26, pl. 385A, XX. f. 5. 1854. Bail. Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 7: pl. 1. £18. 1854. Stauroptera achnanthes Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 387. pl. 3. IM, J. 7 (2), pl. 4. IIL. f. 2 (2). 1843, not Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 17. I. f. 10. 1854. Stauroneis espera Kitz. Bacill. 106. pl. 29. f. 12a-b. 1844. Stauroneis pulchella W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 61. pl. 19. f. 194a-b. 1853. Stauroptera oblonga Bail. Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 7: 10. pl. 1. f. 17 (2). 1854. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 48. f. 16 1876? Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 24. pl. 20. f. 7. 11, 1886. : Navicula neumeyert Jan.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 48. f. 1 1876? Navicula pseudoaspera Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 3: pl. 18. f. 258. 1893. Trachyneis aspera Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 191. pl. 3. f. 87. 1894. 1 have marked several of the above synonyms as doubtful, among them the 8S. oblonga of Bailey, though what Castracane calls by that name is an unquestionable example of the present species. I exclude the following species classed as synonyms by Cleve: Stauroneis robusta Petit ¢, Stauroneis pygmea Castr.,5 Navicula contramina Schmidt, ¢ Navicula residua Schmidt,d Navicula amphora Brun.,e Navicula schmidtiana Grun. / : De Toni, though recognizing Stauroneis as a valid genus, considers this particular species to be a Navicula. Found at stations 2808, 2848, 2920H, 3013H. Navicula (aspera ?) intermedia Grun.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 48. f. 14-15. 1876. I mention this variety separately because I think with Schmidt that it is classed with N. aspera with much. difficulty. I discovered it in different dredgings from those that yielded N. aspera. Found at stations 2807, 2823, 2919, 3611, Galapagos Islands to Bering Sea. Navicula bisulcata Lagers. Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1: 31. pl. 7. f. 8-9. 1873. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 49. f. 15, 17, 18. 1877. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 150. 1891. Neidium bisuleatum Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 26°: 68. 1894. It has the general build of NV. firma Kiitz., but is of extreme delicacy and fineness of structure. It resembles far less NV. scita W. Smith.g to which Cleve compares it, this lattcr having dotted and-slightly radiating striae and no pronounced hyaline central area. Found at station 3712H, Okhotsk Sea. Navicula bombus (Ehrenb.) Kiitz. Sp. Alg. 83. 1849. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 204. 1864. Greg. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 21: 484. pl. 9. f. 12. 1857. Donk. Brit. Diat. 50. pl. 7. f. 7a (not f. 7b). 1871-73. O'Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 401. pl. 33. f. 28.1875. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 69. f. 28-29. Van Heur. Synop. 90; Suppl. pl. B. f. 22. 1885. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 893. 1861. Cleve, in Nordensk. Vega Exped. 3: 471. 1883. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 75. 1891. Van Heur. Treat. ' Diat. 194. pl. 3. f. 149. 1896. | Pinnularia bombus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 30. 1845. Diploneis bombus Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 19. f. 31. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 90. 1894. e Navicula bombus Ehrenb.; Schmidt, Atlas ed. 2. pl. 13. f. 4-14, 16. 1885. a Fonds de la Mer 3: 185. pl. 5. f. 16a-b. 1877. bCastr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 25. pl. 29. f. 7. 1886. ¢Schmidt, Atlas pl. 48. f. 17-18. 1876. @QOp. cit. pl. 48. f. 29. € Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 31': 32. pl. 15. f. 3. 1891. /Schmidt, Atlas pl. 48. (f. 12-13 unnamed), f. 19-20. 1876. g Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Il. 19: 8. pl. 2. f. 4. 1857, MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 339 Navicula gemina Wiitz. Baecill. 100. 1844? Navicula gemina Schmidt, Atlas pl. 18. f. j-9, 13-14, 16. 1875; Jahresb. Komi. Deut. Meere 2: pl. 1. f. 1 (not pl. 2. f. 1). 1874. This brilliant and massive diatom, though a well-marked species, is represented by many figures so bad as to cause confusion. Some of Schmidt’s figures @ of this as well as of the synonymous N. gemina® are much too delicately represented, while others ¢ are so aberrant as to be difficult of recognition. Wolle’s figures @ are absolutely deceptive. The form called by Donkiné *‘a var. from Northumberland” is evidently an example of N. didyma (Ehrenb.) Kiitz.,/it also being from Northumberland. The best figures of the type are those of Ehrenberg, Van Heurck, and Schmidt,9 enu- merated below. Schmidt wrote ‘N. gemina A. §S.’’ instead of N. gemina Kiitz. or N. gemina (Ehrenb.) Kiitz., because, as he states, he was unable to figure out what the older names represented. Cleve avoids the difficulty by omitting any reference to Kiitzing or to the Pinnularia gemina Ehrenb. as figured in Schmidt’s Atlas” or the Navicula bombus Ehrenb. It is, however, certain that all these are the*same, unless it be the P.gemina Ehrenb., which in its single reference I look upon as a nomen nudum. Found at stations 2916H, 2920H, Hawaiian Islands. Navicula brasiliens‘s Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 13: 152. pl. 14. f. 10. 1863; in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 19. 1870. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 6.f. 19-21, 23-25, pl. 6. f. 31-33 (unnamed). 1875. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 30. pl. 20. f. 1-2. 1886. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 43. pl. 5. f. 82. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27?: 47. pl. 1. f. 19. 1895. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 55. 1891. My specimens are identical with some unnamed figures of Schmidt’s,’ which he is disposed to regard as representing a new species. The minute differences he cites for separating these forms from the above, as figured by him on the same plate, are hardly sufficient to mark them as varieties, much less species. Found at station 2920H, Hawaiian Islands. Navicula brevis Greg. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 21: 478. pl. 9. f. 4. 1857. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 11. f. 18-19. 1881. Donk. Brit. Diat. 19. pl. 3. f. 4. 1871-73. Schmidt, Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 2: pl. 2. f. 14-15. 1874. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 899. 1861. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 10. f. 7,17. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 123. Cleve, in Nordensk. Vega Exped. 3: 465. 1883. Navicula (brevis variety ?) distoma Grun. in Cleve & Grun. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 177: 30. pl. 1. f. 25-26. 1880. Caloneis brevis Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 61, 1894. Cleve mentions as a possible synonym NV. crassa Greg.j In form they are much alike, but I do not regard them as the same. If they were, N. crassa would super- sede N. brevis. Gregory certainly did not consider them the same, and as Cleve & Grunow point out,* they are distinguished by the far finer dotting of the striae in _V. brevis. Found at station 2885, off Oregon. @Schmidt, Atias ed. 2. pl. 13. f. 7-12. 1885. 6 Schmidt, Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 2: pl. 2. f. 1. 1874. ¢Schmidt, Atlas pl. 69. f. 28-29. 1881. @Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 10. f. 47-48, 50, pl. 23. f. 3. 1890. € Donk. Brit. Diat. pl. 7. f. 7b. 1871-73. / Donk. op. cit. f. &. g Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 19. f. 31. 1854. Van Heur. Synop. Suppl. p/. B. f. 22. 1885. Schmidt, Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 2: pl. 1. f. Ja—b. 1874. h Ber. Alsad. Wiss. Berl. 7840: 214. 1841. iSchmidt, Atlas pl. 6. f. 31-33. 1875. J Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. 3: 41. pl. 4. f. 18. 1855. " kSy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 17?: 30. 1880. 340 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Navicula clavata Greg. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 4: 46. pl. 5. f. 17. 1856. Donk. ~ Brit. Diat. 15. pl. 2. f. 8 1871-73. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 3. f. 13, pl. 70. f. 50. 1881; pl. 129. f. 16. 1888; Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 2: pl. 1. f. 33. 1874. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Acad. Hand]. 27*: 61. 1895, Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 848. 1861. O'Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. IL. 2: 386. pl. 32. f. 23 (figure poor). 1875. Navicula wrightti O'Meara, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s. 7: 116. pl. 5. f. 4 (figure poor). 1867. Navicula caribaea Cleve; Schmidt, Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere, 2: 89. pl. 1. f. 40. 1874; Atlas pl. 2. f. 17. 1875; pl. 70. f. 48. 1881? Navicula hennedyi W. Smith; Van Heur. Synop. 93. 1881; Treat. Diat. 204, 1896. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 104. 1891. Navicula lyra Ehrenb.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 70. f. 47. 1881. Hab. Cat. 193, 212. 1877. This diatom stands midway between N. lyra Ehrenb. and N. hennedyi W. Smith. The union here of O’Meara’s N. wrightti is justified by Cleve, though the figure in the ‘ above citation would not lead one to suspect it, unless it were compared with the equally deceptive figure by O’Meara of N. clavata. Most of that author’s machine- made illustrations are useless for identification. The specimens found by me are the variety with the spaces between the marginal and median striations strongly granulated instead of hyaline. Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. Naviculacrabro(Ehrenb.) Kiitz. Sp. Alg. 83. 1849; W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 94. 1856. Grey. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 5: 7. pl. 3. f. 11. 1857; Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 894. 1861. Rabh. Fl. Eur Alg. 1: 204. 1864. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 10: 524. pl. 3. f. 21. 1860; in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 18. 1870. Donk. Brit. Diat. 46. pl. 7. f. 7. 1871-73. Schmidt, Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 2: pl. 1. f. 5-6, pl. 2. f. 4. 1874; Atlas pl. 69. f. 1-4. 1881; pl. 174. f. 4, 6-7. 1892. De Toni, Syl]. Alg. 2: 68. 1891. Van Heur. Synop. 83. pl. 9. f. 1-2. 1881; Treat. Diat. 192. pl. 3. f. 144. 1896. Pinnularia crabro Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 85. 1845. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 219. 1864. - Diploneis crabro Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 19. f. 29a-c. 1854. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. . Hand]. 267: 100. pl. 2. f. 8 (?), 10 (2), 11. (?) (not f. 9). 1894. Navicula pandura Breb. Mem, Soc. Sci. Nat. Cherb. 2: 253. f. 4. 1854. Schmidt, Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 2: pl. 2. f. 3. 1874; Atlas pl. 11. f. 1-2, 4, 8-9. 1875. Greg. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 4: 43. pl. 5. f. 11. 1856. Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti 17. pl. 4. f. 14. 1888. Pinnularia pandura Greg. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 21: 489. pl. 9. f. 22. 1857. Navicula multicostata Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 10: 524. pl. 1. f. 13. 1860 (figure bad). Schmidt, Atlas pl. 11. f. 14-20, pl. 12. f. 71-72. 1875. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 69. 1891. Pinnularia multicostata Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 219..1864. - Navicula grevillei Donk. Brit. Diat. 47. 1871-73. Navicula nitida W. Smith; Greg. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 4: 44. pl. 5. f. 12* (not f. 12). Navicula dirrhombus Schmidt, Atlas pl. 11. f. 21-22. 1875; pl. 69. f. 9-10. 1881. Navicula suspecta Schmidt, Atlas pl. 11. f. 12-13, 26-27. 1875? Navicula gibelii Schmidt, Atlas pl. 12. f. 73. 1875? Navicula separabilis Schmidt, Atlas pl. 11. f. 38, 5-7, 10, 17. 1875. Navicula erpleta Schmidt, Atlas pl. 69. f. 7-8. 1881? Navicula polita Brun, Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 31!: 37. pl. 15. f. 1. 1891. Navicula gloriosa Brun, Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 31!': 34. pl. 15. f. 8, 12. 1891. Navicula navigans Brun; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 774. f. 1. 1892. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 341 Navicula siderialis Schmidt, Atlas; pl. 174. f. 3. 1892. Navicula ornata Schmidt, Atlas pl. 69. f. 5. 1875; pl. 174. f. 25. 1892. The above synonymy agrees mainly with that of Cleve.¢ I have, however, placed question marks after some in the list; for although they are near enough to N. crabro to suggest their union, I am not satisfied as to the wisdom of uniting them. The following, included by Cleve, I exclude from the list: N. limitanea Schmidt, Diploneis crabro pandurella Cleve,¢ N. confecta Schmidt,¢ N. mantichora Pant.e This last name is a matter of doubt, there being no text to accompany the figure; but judging from the figure, as I infer Cleve did, I can not take the view that it is a‘ corroded’ ’ specimen of N. crabro. Anyone who reads Schmidt's pathetic appeal / for guidance out of the labyrinth of confused forms called N. crabro, N. pandura, and N. mutticos- tata can not but realize that Cleve has done a large and valuable work in simplifying this part of our nomenclature. Found at stations 2807, 2808, 2920H, 3013H, Galapagos and Hawaiian islands. Navicula curvilineata Mann, sp. nov. PuateE LIT, ricure 4. Valve broadly oval, tapering by nearly straight lines to the subacute apices; raphe extensively curved near the apices toward opposite sides, and sharply bent at the center toward the same side; otherwise straight; markings of large massive beads, so arranged in rows as to give curved lines, oblique to the raphe, in two directions; hyaline space much broader on one side of the raphe than on the other ( Alloineis ty pe); a distinct border of strong, closely set lines perpendicular to the margin, broadest at the center of the valve and narrowing proportionately toward its apices; a large hyaline stauros at the center, about one-half the width of the valve. Length of valve, 0.128 mm.; width of valve, 0.062 mm. Curved obliaue striae (at center), 40 to 45 in 0.1 mm.; radiating striae (at center), 75 to 80 in 0.1 mm. This brilliant diatom has some resemblance to the following species, united by Cleve 9 under the names Anomoeoneis polygramma (Ehrenb.) Cleve, Stauroneis polygramma Ehrenb.;” Navicula costata Kiitz.;+ Navicula bohemica Ehrenb., / and Navicula fossilis Ehrenb.* Type in the U. S. National Museum, No. 590145, from station 2807, Galapagos Islands, April 4, 1888; 812 fathoms, bottom of Globigerina ooze and coral mud. Navicula cuspidata Kiitz. Bacill. 94. pl. 3. f. 24, 37. 1844. Rabh. Sussw. Diat. 37. pl. 5. f. 16. 1853. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 47. pl. 16. f. 131. 1853. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 905 (not pl. 12. f. 5). 1861. Donk. Brit. Diat. 39. pl. 6. f. 6. 1871-73. O'Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. IT. 2: 357, pl. 31. f. 1.1875. Brun, Diat. Alp. 66. pl. 7. f. 6. 1880. Van Heur. Synop. 100. pl. 12. f. 4. 1881; Suppl. pl. B. f. 30. 1885; Treat. Diat. 214. pl. 4. f. 190-191. 1896. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 259. 1874. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 109. 1894. Truan, Anal. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat. 13: 342. pl. 7. f. 26. 1884. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 136. 1891. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 12. f. 16. 1890. Frustulia cuspidata Kitz. Linnaea 8: pl. 2. f. 26. 1833. a Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 26°: 100-102. 1894. 6 Schmidt, Atlas pl. 11. f. 23. 1875; pl. 69. f. 12, 23. 1881. e Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 267: 101. pl. 2. f. 9. 1894. d Op. cit. pl. 12. f. 46. e Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 3: pl. 35. f. 490. 1893. / Schmidt, Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 2: 85-86. 1874. 9 Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27°: 6. 1895. hk Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: pl. 2. VI. f. 30. 1843. i Kitz. Bacill. 93. pl. 3. f. 56. 1844. j Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 10. I. f. 4a. 1854. k Op. cit. pl. 10. I. f. 6. 342 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM, Navicula ambiqua Ehrenb. err, det. ?; W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 51. pl. 16. f. 149. front. f. CX LIX. 1853. Donk. Brit. Diat. 39. pl. 6. f. 5. 1871-73. O'Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II, 2: 360. pl. 31. f. 10. 1875. HH. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no, 243. 1874. Brun, Diat. Alp. 67. pl. 7. /. 23. 1880. Van Heur. Synop. 100. pl. 12. f. 5. 1881; Treat. Diat. 214. pl. 4. f. 192. 1896. Truan, Anal. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat. 18: 343. pl. 7. f/. 28. 1884. Grun, Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 10: 529. pl. 2. f. 33(?). 1860. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 137. 1891 (not Schum. Schrift. Phys. Okon. Ges. Kénigsb. 10: 88. pl. 2. f. 14. 1869). Navicula sphaerophora Wiitz.; Grun. Verh, Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 10: 540. pl. 2. f. 34. 1860.? Cleve unites NV. ambiqua Ehrenb., adding a question mark, and the same in Kiitzing,@ to the above. I can see no reason for this. Ehrenberg’s figures are as usual not uniform, but noneof them, nor his meager descriptions, warrant their union with this well-marked species. The fact is that a number of authors, mainly those cited above, have given toa variety of N. cuspidata having the general outline of some of Ehren- berg’s figures, the name NV. ambigua Ehrenb. The first definite figure and description is by W. Smith® and many of the older diatomists have maintained that the name should be credited to him, a procedure entirely out of accord with modern usage. There. is, however, no questicn that his species, so well figured and described, belongs here.” De Toni and Brun look upon the two as separate, but Van Heurck and others, while printing their figures and descriptions separately, state that they are probably alike. I have not only examined the many figures but a number of specimens of the two,as H. L. Smith’s types, nos. 243 and 259, and find them to be only unimportant varieties, Cleve also groups here N. sphaerophora Kiitz.¢ The figure is a little suggestive of that species, but it would be misleading to include this distinct diatom here. His union of N. birostrata Greg. and@d N. quarnerensis Grun.é is a mistake. It is of inter- est that both N. cuspidata and the variety called as above, N. ambigua, affoad fre- quent examples of the internal craticular plates which were formerly known as Surirella craticula, Craticula ehrenbergii, and Stictodesmis craticula. Good figures of this structure are given by Van Heurck and by Heribaud./ Found at station 3607, Bering Sea. ,Navicula didyma (Ehrenb.) Kiitz. Bacill. 100. pl. 4. f. VIJ. 1-2, pl. 28. f. 75. 1844. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 893. pl.7.f. 61; pl. 15. f.12. 1861. Van Heur. Synop. 90. pl. 9.f.5-6. 1881; Suppl. pl. B.f. 20. 1885; Treat. Diat. 193. pl. 3. f. 147. 1896. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 53. pl. 17. f. 154, Front. f. CLIV. 1853. Donk. Brit. Diat. 51. pl.7.f.8b (not /. Sa). 1871-73. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 203. 1864. Schmidt, Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 2: 85. pl. 1. f. 7a-b. 1874. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 13.f. 1-3. 1875 (not pl. 69. f. 30, 37-39. 1881). O’Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 402 (not pl. 33. f. 29). 1875. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 265. 1874. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 71. 1891. Navicula (Pinnularia) didyma Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1839: 155. 1841. Pinnularia didyma Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 383. pl. 2. 1V. f. 3, pl. 2.VI_f. 24, pl. 3. VII. f. 19 (?). 1843. Jan., Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 1862 ?: 28. pl. 2B.f. 13. 1862. a Kiitz. Bacill. 95. pl. 28. f. 66. 1844. 6’W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 51. pl. 16. f. 149. 1853. ¢ Donk. Brit. Diat. 34. pl. 5. f. 10. 1871-73. d Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 3: 40. pl. 4. f. 15. 1855. ¢ Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien 10: 530. pl. 3.f.8. 1860. /Van Heur. Synop. pl. 12. f.6. 1881; Treat. Diat. pl. 4. f. 193. 1896. Herib. Diat, Auverg. pl. 4.f. 15. 1893. a MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 343 Diploneis didyma Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 18.f. 69 (2), pl. 19.f.32, pl. 21.f.34 (2), pl. 22. f. 60 (?). 1854. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 90. 1894. Here again it is a question if Ehrenberg should be quoted as the author of this name. A bare reference to Pinnularia didymus is followed by a confusion of irreconcilable figures. That a well-understood conception has grown around this name is certain, but that it matches Ehrenberg’s form or forms can not be proved. Cleve drops Ehren- berg out of the category, except for the original reference. De Toni masses the hete- rogeneous lot from Ehrenberg and other authors without comment. He also includes here N. (Pinnularia) apis Ehrenb. a thing not to be commended. There are a large number of diatoms of this general build, and the above species doubtless grades off into N. bombus (Ehrenb.) Kitz. on the one hand and N. splendida Greg. on the other. Their drawings are still more liable to overlap. But aside from the fact that N. apis Ehrenb. is an indefinite quantity, the modern conception of it in Kiitzing, Donkin, and others can not be joined with this species. Found at station 3008H, Hawaiian Islands. Navicula distans (W. Smith) Ralfs, Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 907. 1861. Schmidt, Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 2: 91. pl. 2. f.38 (unnamed). 1874. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 46. f. 11-14. 1876. O’Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. IT. 2: 343 (not pl. 30. f.6). 1875. Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 1'%: 17. 1873. Grun. in Cleve & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 177: 38. pl. 2. f.42. 1880. Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 55. pl. 1. f.26. 1884. Van Heur. Synop. Suppl. 87. pl. A. f. 18. 1885; Treat. Diat. 185. pl.3./f. 133. 1896. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 53. 1891. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27%: 35. 1895. Pinnularia distans W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 56. pl. 18. f. 169. 1853. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg.1: 217. 1891. Found at stations 3526, 3604, 3635H, 3692H, Bering and Okhotsk seas. Navicula fluminensis Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 10: 520. pl. 1.f.7. 1860. Cleve, in Nordensk. Vega Exped. 3: 463. 1888. Cleve & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 177: 28. pl. 1.f.12. 1880. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 111. 1891. Navicula ( fluminensis var.?) floridana Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 18°: 6. pl. 7. f.10. 1881. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 35. 1891. Navicula loczyi Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 51. pl.6.f. 114. 1889. Cleve makes this a variety of Pinnularia quadratarea (Schmidt) Cleve,@ which is his own N. pinnularia.6 He says, however, regarding N. fluminensis: ‘‘1 have not seen original specimens and am therefore uncertain whether this form belongs to P. quadratarea or whether it is a Caloneis.’’ It has no likeness to that form, except in its having the transverse striae interrupted by a stauros at the center. My speci- men is much larger than any observed by Grunow, his largest (variety kuguelensis) being 0.057 mm. long, while mine is 0.085 mm. long. But Cleve’s N. floridana and Pantocsek’s N. loczyi approach it, the former being 0.075mm. and the latter 0.081mm. long. Found at station 3692H, Okhotsk Sea. Navicula formosa Greg. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s.4: 42. pl. 5. f. 6. 1856. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 50.f.9-14 (not f.8, 15). 1877. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 274. 1874. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 909. 1861. Van Heur. Synop. 102. pl. 11. f. 2. 1881-85; Treat. Diat. 218. pl. 5. f. 199. 1896. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 142. 1891. Pinnularia oregonica Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1870: pl. 2. If. 10 1871. aSv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27%: 96. 1895. bOfv. Kgl. Vet. Akad. Forhandl. 25: 224> pl. 4.f. 1-2. 1868. 31713—vo. 10 pr 5—07——9 344 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Navicula holmiensis Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 18%: 8. pl. 2. f. 18. 1881. Navicula liburnica Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. 102. pl. 11. f.8. 1881-85. x Caloneis formosa Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 57. 1894. The truly transverse striae of V. formosa fossilis Pant.4 makes it a questionable refer- ence to the fbove, Cleve puts it in Caloneis liber (W. Smith) Cleve.® Gregory's original figure is a little more coarsely striated than normal. Found at station 2929, off southern California. Navicula gemmata Grey. Edinb. New Phil. Journ. n. s. 10: 30. pl. 4. f. 7. 1859. Grun. in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 100. pl. 7A. f. 16. 1870. Sehmidt, Atlas pl. 8.f. 38,42. 1875; pl.70.f.74 (unnamed), 1882. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: 25. pl. 20.f. 181. 1886. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 69. 1891. Diploneis gemmata Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 98. 1894. Navicula pseudogemmata Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 8: pl. 29.f. 420. 1893. Navicula grunowti Rabh. err. det. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 70. f. 73. 1882. Navicula pristiophora Schmidt, Atlas pl. 70.f.72. 1882. Navicula mediterraneana Grun.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 8. f. 40. 1875 (?); Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 2: pl. 2.f. 10. 1874. Navicula eudoxja Schmidt, Atlas pl. 8.f. 39. 1875; pl. 70.f. 71. 1882. Navicula chimmoana O'Meara, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s. 12: 285. pl. 13. f. 1. 1872. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 81. f. 7. 1890. Navicula suluensis O'Meara, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s. 12: 285. pl. 13.f.2. 1872. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 87.f. 2. 1890. Navicula bipunctata O’Meara, Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s. 12: 286. pl. 73. f. 5. 1872. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 81.f.5. 1890? Navicula unipunctata O'Meara (?) Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s. 12: 286. pi. 13.f. 4. 1872. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 81. f. 4. 1890. I exclude from the above the following included by Cleve: N. basilica Brun ¢ and N. spectabilis Grun.¢ This last is a preempted name, having been used by Gregory in 1856. Rabenhorst therefore renamed it NV. grunowii.¢ It is not the same as the form so called by Schmidt, which is included here. Found at station 2920H, Hawaiian Islands. Navicula graeffii Grun.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 7. f.5-6. 1875. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 94. 1891. ° Diploneis graeffii Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 26°: 93. 1894. Found atstation 4516H, Gulf of California. Navicula gyrinida Mann, sp. nov. Puate LII, ricure 6. Valve broadly oval, curving from the center to the rounded ends; markings ~ moniliform striae, extending from the margin to a line inclosing a spindle-shaped — central area; this area ribbed transversely with smooth striae confluent with the outer moniliform striae, these last being radiate; a minute H-shaped hyaline central space. Length of valve, 0.054 mm.; width of valve, 0.035 mm. This species is close to the unnamed figure of Schmidt’s,/ of which he says, “mit N. elliptica schwerlich zu vereinen.’’ It is certainly impossible to call it N. ellip- tica Kutz.g Nor can it be either of the irreconcilable figures of N. elliptica W. Smith.’ 4 Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 46. pl. 20. f. 310. 1889. bSy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267%: 55. 1894. ¢ Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 31!': 32. pl. 15. f. 14. 1891. @ Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 10: 533. pl. 1./f. 11. 1860. ¢Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 203. 1864. JSchmidt, Atlas pl. 7.f. 24. 1875. ; 9 Kiitz. Bacill. 98. pl. 30. f. 55. 144, and Van Heur. Synop. pl. 10. f. 10, 1881. AW. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 48. pl. 17. f. 152. 1853, MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 345 The name here given refers to its resemblance in outline and convexity to the water- beetle, Gyrinida. Type in the U.S. National Museum, No. 590146, from station 2807, Galapagos Islands, ‘April 4, 1888; 812 fathoms, bottom of Globigerina, ooze and coral mud. Navicula hennedyi W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 93.1853. Greg. Trams. Micr. Soc, Lond. n. s. 4: 40. pl. 5. f. 3. 1856. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 10: 532. pl. 1. f. 21-22. 1860. Donk. Brit. Diat. 11. pl. 2. f. 3. 1871-73. Schmidt, Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 2: 89. pl. 1. f. 41. 1874. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 3. f. 3-5, 17, 18. 1875; pl. 129. f. 10. 1888. Van Heur. Synop. 93. pl. 9. f. 14. 1881; Treat. Diat. 204. pl. 4.f. 160, pl. 27.f.755. 1896. Jan. Diat. Gaz. Exped. pl. 15. f. 14. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 898. pl. 7. f. 69.1861. Witt, Verh. Russ. Min. Ges. II. 2: 29. pl. 9. f. 5. 1886. O’Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 387. pl. 32. f. 241. 1875. Rabh. FI. Eur. Alg. 1: 178. 1864. Leud.-Fort. Mem. Soc. Emul. St. Brieuc 29. pl. 8. f. 88. 1879 (?). Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 47. pl. 12. f. 207. 1889. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 18°: 7. pl. 1. f. 14-15 (not pl. 2. f. 19). 1881; 273: 57. 1895; 267: pl. 4. f. 14. 1894. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 103..1891. Petit, Fonds de la Mer 3: 182. pl. 4. f. 13. 1877 (?). Navicula nebulosa Greg. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 21: 480. pl. 9. f. 8. 1857. Donk. Brit. Diat. 11. pl. 2. f. 2. 1871-73. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 3. f. 14. 1875; pl. 70. f. 44. 1881. Cf. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 204. pl. 27. f. 755. 1896. Navicula californica Grev. Edinb. New Phil. Journ. n. s. 10: 29. pl. 4. f. 5. 1859. Grun.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 3. f. 6, 19. 1875. Navicula polysticta Grey. err. det. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 3. f. 26-28. 1875. Schmidt, Jahresb. Komm? Deut. Meere 2: 89. pl. 1. f. 36, 42. 1874. Cf. Edinb. New Phil. Journ. 10: 28. pl. 4. f. 2. 1859. Navicula bacillifera Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 42. pl. 5. f. 80. 1889. Navicula (hennedyi var. ?) caliginosa Cleve. & Grove, Le Diatomiste 1: 67. pl. 10. f. 9. 1891. Navicula perennis Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 3: pl. 41. f. 560. 1893. This widely distributed diatom is most variable and grades off so gradually into forms so different from the type that it is out of the question to draw a boundary line around this species. It merges into N. praeterta Ehrenb. and N. lyra Ehrenb. I have excluded from the synonymy such species as seem to me too wide of the ideal to be in any way confused with it; though I recognize that there are transitional forms in nearly every instance. For this reason I do not include N. sandriana Grun.,@ N. fallax Cleve.® N. schleinitzii Jan.,¢ and it is with some uncertainty that I have followed the lead of Cleve in classing the very delicate N. nebulosa Greg. with the above. This last occurs plentifully at station 2807 and W. Smith’s type at stations 2807 and 2835. Found at stations 2807, 2808, 2835, 2920H, Galapagos and Hawaiian islands and off Lower California. Navicula impressa Grun.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 6. f. 17-18. 1875. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 50, 1894. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 134. 1891. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 6. f. 36 (annamed). 1875. My specimen is an unsatisfactory example of this diatom. It agrees accurately with Schmidt’s unnamed figure cited above. Though I share the doubt of Schmidt of this being identical with any known species, I think the similarity to the above is too close to admit of maintaining here two good species. Lagerstedt@ has given this name by mistake to a variety of V. cancellata Donk. Found at station 3712H, Okhotsk Sea. @Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 18: 153. pl. 4. f. 5. 1863. bSv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 135. pl. 5. f. 27. 1894. ¢Schmidt, Atlas pl. 70. f. 48. 1881; Jan. Diat. Gaz. Exped. pl. 15. f. 1. @ Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 3'°: 33. pl. 1. f. 3. 1876. 346 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Navicula invenusta Mann, sp. nov. Pirate LIII, ricgures 6, 7, Valve elliptical, broad, massive; costae punctate with a double row of alternating minute beads; the inner ends of the costae forminga straight line parallel to the raphe; an irregularly placed row of large Deads near the inner ends of the costae; sutures between the costae projected inward, with enlarged ends, the three on either side of the hyaline central space extending farther than the rest; a single row of round beads bordering the median line, the latter terminating in a rectangular hyaline area at each apex, Length of valve, 0.120 to 0.165 mm.; width of valve, 0.040 to 0.056 mm. The larger of the two specimens photographed for the above figures was selected because, being slightly tilted, it shows the two kinds of beading previously mentioned. Type in the U.S. National Museum, No. 590147, from station 2807, Galapagos Islands, April 4, 1888; 912 fathoms, bottom of Globigerina ooze and coral mud. Navicula irrorata Grey. Edinb. New Phil. Journ. n. s. 10: 27. pl. 4. f. 1. 1859. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 2. f. 19, 22-23. 1875. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27%: 56. 1895; 26°: pl. 4. f. 18. 1894. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 100. 1891. - Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 49. pl. 8. f. 147. 1889. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 897. 1861. Navicuia approximata Grev.; Grun. in Schmidt, Atlas pl. 2. f. 20. 1875. Such varieties as Schmidt's figure 19, cited above, show the transition of this species into varieties of NV. sculpta W. Smith.¢ Found at station 2823, Gulf of California. Navicula lacrimans Schmidt, Atlas pl. 12. f. 59-61.1875. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 50. pl. 2. f. 18. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2:70. 1891. Diploneis gemmulata Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 26*: 104. 1894, not Navicula gem- mulata Grun.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 13. f.20-21. 1875. Cleve’s union of the first two of the three figures of Schmidt, cited above, with Grunow’s Navicula gemmulata is not to be commended. First of all, the three repre- sent one species; then, further, they are widely different from N. gemmulata Grun. It may be added that his joining with these N. taschenbergeri Schmidt > and N. bey- richiana Schmidt ¢ is equally bad. Later@ he held the last-named separate. Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. Navicula lata (Breb.) W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 55. 1853. Donk. Brit. Diat. 71. 1871-73. Schum. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 17: 73. pl. 4. f. 54. 1867. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 10: 515. 1860. Van Heur. Synop. 76. pl. 6. f. 1-2. 1881; Treat. Diat. 169. pl. 2. f. 76. 1896. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 18. 1891. Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 98. pl. 1. f. 14-17. 1884. Herib. Diat. Auverg. 86. pl. 4. f. 5. 1893. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 289. 1874. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 908. 1861, not Kiitz. Bacill. 92. f. 57. 1844 Frustulia lata Breb. Consid. Diat. 18. 1838. Pinnularia pachyptera Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 421. pl. 4. I. f.9. 1843; Mikrog. pl. 388A. X VII. f. 7 (not pl. 354. f. 17). 1854. Rabh. Sussw. Diat. 45. pl. 6. f. 11. 1853. Bail. in Fremont, Rep. Expl. Exped. 1842-44. 302. pl. 5. f. 6. 1845. Navicula pachyptera Kiitz. Bacill. 98. pl. 28. f. 58. 1844. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 896. 1861. O’Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. I]. 2: 342. pl. 30. f. 5. 1875. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 45. f. 5-8. 1845. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 3: pl. 20. f. 302. 1898. Pinnularia lata W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 55. pl. 18. f. 167. 1853. Rabh- Sussw. Diat. 42. 1853; Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 212. 1864. Brun, Diat. Alp. 85. pl. 8. f. 25. 1880. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27*: 81. 1895. aVan Heur. Synop. pl. 12. f. 1. 1881. b Op. cit. pl. 174. f. 8-9. c Op. cit. pl. 69. f. 16-17. d Journ. Quek. Mier. Club IL. 2: 167. 18865. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 347 Pinnularia megaloptera Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 3. I. f. 4, III. f. 2. 1854; Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1870: pl. 3. I. f. 16. 1871. _ Navicula megaloptera Herib. Diat. Auverg. 88. pl. 4. f. 6. 1893. Navicula costata Ehrenb.; Herib. Diat. Auverg. 87. pl. 4. f. 7. 1893, not Kiitz. 1844. A mistake that is constantly being repeated is the uniting of Kiitzing’s figure with this species, to which it has not the remotest resemblance. It is the same as N. micro- stoma Kiitz.,4 which is only a variety of N. firma Kiitz., as De Toni? and others point out. Nevertheless, De Toni,¢ after recognizing this fact, quotes this error of Kiitzing. Cleve falls into the same mistake, though omitting any reference to the figure of Kiitzing, his diagnosis being in perfect harmony with his figure. Both Donkin and O’Meara in the above citations note the mistake made by Kiitzing. Found at station 3611, Bering Sea. Navicula lyra Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 419. pe. 7. 1. f. Ga. 1843. Kiitz. Bacill. 94. pl. 28. f. 55. 1844. Greg. Trans. Roy. Micr. Soc. Edinb. 21: 485. pl. 9. f. 13-146. 1857. Jan. & Rab. in Rabh. Beitr. 1: 10. pl. 3. f. 7. 1863. Jan. Abh. Schl. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 18627: pl. 1A. f. 26. 1862. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: pl. 17. f. 152a*. 1853; 2: 93. 1856. Pritch. Hist. Iufus. ed. 4. 897. 1861. Donk. Brit. Diat. 14. pl. 2. f. 7. 1871-73. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 2. f. 4-5, 8-9, 16, 18 (not. f. 29-33, f. 25-27 doubtful). 1875; Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 2: pl. 1. f. 34-35, 38-39 (all doubtful). 1874. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 177. 1864. Van Heur. Synop. 93. pl. 10. f. 1-2. 1881-85; Treat. Diat. 203. pl. 4. f. 161. 1896. Jan. Diat. Gaz. Exped. pl. 15. f. 8-9, 18. Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 5°: 4. pl. 1. f. 1. 1878; Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27%: 63. 1895. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 95. 1891. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: 27. pl. 17. f. 150. 1886; 2: 50. 1889; -3: pl. 33. f. 466, 468, pl. 34. f. 479. 1893. Grev. Edinb. New Phil. Journ. n. s. 10: 28. pl. 4. f. 3. 1859. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 33. pl. 30. f. 13. 1886. Truan, Anal. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat. 13: 44. pl. 8. f. 23-24. 1884. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 10: 532. pl. 3. f. 22 (not f. 23). 1860. H.L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 292. 1874. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 16. f. 4, 6, 9, 14, 26. 1890. Navicula bullata Norm. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 9: 8. pl. 2. f. 7. 1861. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 36. f. 7.1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 3. f. 8-9. 1875. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 29. pl. 28. f. 7 (not f. 10), pl. 30. f. 7. 1886. Pinnutaria couperii Bail. Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 2°: 39. pl. 2. f. 33. 1851. Navicula couperi Bail.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 2. f. 12. 1875? ; Navicula zanzibarica Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 14: 129. pl. 12. f. 22. 1866. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 2. f. 3. 1875. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 31. pl. 28. f. 8. 1886. Navicula robertsoniana Grey. Trans. Bot. Soe. Edinb. 8: 235. pl. 3. f. 9. 1866. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 2. f. 7, 11. 1875. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 16. f. 8. 1890. Navicula durandii Kitt.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 129. f. 1-3. 1888. I have not included here the reference in O’ Meara,@ because all six figures are worse than worthless. Nor is Schmidt’s figure, cited above and called N. cowperi Bail., like the original or a good example of N. tyra. Cleve adds N. seductilis Schmidt,e which Lalso omit. It is plain that this polymorphic form has no hard and fixed boundaries, and that what is to be included or what not must always be somewhat a matter of per- sonal preference. I feel thatin this and similar cases condensation ought to be carried only so far as that the average student will be more likely to pick out the species assigned than any other. Where, in other words, the relationship begins to seem a Kiitz. Sp. Alg. 71. 1849. 6 De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 155. 1891. e Op. cit. 18. @ Proc. Roy. Trish Acad. IT. 2: 391. pl. 33. f. 1-6. 1875. € Schmidt, Atlas pl. 2. f. 85-86. 1875. 348 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. forced, I think it is time to stop. Thus it seems to me that Schmidt’s figure 34,¢ though clearly grading into N. lyra, would be more likely to be taken for N. foreipata Grey. I therefore classify it so, Greville’s species not being considered by anyone to be synonymous with N. lyra. Cleve gives 25 named varieties of N.lyra. I omit these. They could easily be increased to 100; but our nomenclature will soon change from binomial to trinomial if this plan becomes a general one. Found at stations 2694H, 2807, 2808, 2835, 2920H, 3013H, 3604, 3635H, 4014H, Galapagos Islands to Bering Sea and off Honshu Island, Japan. Navicula major Kiitz. Bacill. 97. pl. 4. f. 19-20. 1844. Donk. Brit. Diat. 69. pl. 11.f. 2. 1871-73. Van Heur. Synop. 73. pl. 5. f. 3-4. 1881; Treat. Diat. 165. pl. 2. f. 69. 1896. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 42. f. 8 1876 (all other figures doubtful)- Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 3: pl. 7. f. 118. 1893. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 10. 1891. HL. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 294. 1874. Truan, Anal. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat. 13: 341. pl. i 7. f. 20. 1884. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 896. pl. 7. f. 65. 1861. Frustulia major Kiitz. Linnaea 8: 547. f. 25. 1833 ? Pinnularia major W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 54. pl. 18. f. 162. 1853. Rabh. Sussw. Diat. 42. pl. 6. f. 5. 1853. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27%: 89. pl. 7. . 22. 1895. Navicula heroina Schmidt, Atlas pl. 43. f. 2. 1876. Navicula nobilis Ehrenb.; Brun, Diat. Alp. 84. pl. 8. f. : 1880. Navicula transversa Schmidt, Atlas pl. 43. f. 5-6. 1876 (? Navicula viridis Ehrenb. Infus. 182. pl. 13. f. 16 (not 7 21. f. 12). 1838, in part; Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1837: pl. 1. f. 19. 1839. Bail. Am. Journ. Sci. 42: 96. pl. 1. f. 16. 1842. Here we meet a problem of specific limitation that is particularly difficult. I have in the main followed the arrangement of Cleve,¢ though it leaves much to be desired. Pinnularia subacuta Ehrenb.¢ I do not include here. Butaside from this, the question of what distinction can be drawn between the above and N. dactylus (Ehrenb.) Kiitz., also N. nobilis (Ehrenb.) Kiitz., is not satisfactorily answered. De Tonie unites N. dactylus and N. nobilis, but separates them from N. major. All these, as well as figures of N. viridis (Ehrenb.) Kiitz. are without any lines of separation from each other. Schmidt says/ ‘‘ Pinn. viridis und dactylus, E., N. major und viridis, K. verschwimmen so in einander, dass sich ein geniigender Nachweiss iiber ihr Verhaltniss zu einander gar nicht geben lisst.”’ Found at stations 2848, 2929, south of Alaska peninsula and off southern California. Navicula nitescens (Greg.) Ralfs, Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 898. 1861. Donk. Brit. Diat. 8. pl. 1. f. 7. 1871-73. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 7. f. 37-41, pl. 8. f. 14-16 (unnamed). 1875. Jan. & Rabh. in Rabh. Beitr. 1: 10. pl. 2. f. 7. 1863. O’Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 389. pl. 32. f. 82. 1875. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 91. 1891. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 198. pl. 26. f. 747. 1896. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. ‘2: 53. pl. 9. f. 163. 1889. Diploneis nitescens Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 26°: 97. 1894. Navicula smithii Breb. variety; Greg. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 21: 487. pl. y. f. 16. 1857. Navicula adriatica Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 10: 525. je. 1. f. 17. 1860. Pinnularia arraniensis O’ Meara, been Journ. Micr. Sci. 14: 116. pl. 5. f. 6. 1867. aSchmidt, Atlas pl. 2. 7 4. 1875. 6 Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 7: 83. pl. 6. f. 10-11. 1859. eSv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27%: 89. 1895. d¥hrenb. Mikrog. pl. 385A. VI. f. 12. 1854, and Schmidt, Atlas pl. 48. f. 31-33. 1876. ¢ De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 9. 1891. J Atlas pl. 42. f. 3. 1876. —— Se S-S,S—‘(i‘i‘itCU™!™UCT;F™TCC OO ———— ————— MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 349 As Ralis@ points out, this is too wide of N. smithii to make a variety, as Gregory pro- posed. I do not think it necessary to include here N. serru/ata Schmidt,? as is done by Cleve. Schmidt himself points out that they are related, but they seem to me, as to him, worthy of separation. Found at station 3696, off Honshu Island, Japan. Navicula notabilis Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 11: 18. pl. 1. f. 9. 1863. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 49. f. 9. 1890. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 192. 1891. Schmidt, Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 2: 88. pl. 1. f. 20, pl. 2. f. 11. 1874. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 8. f. 46-52. 1875. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 200. pl. 26. f. 750-751. 1896. Mploneis notabilis Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 26°: 93. 1894. My specimen agrees with the two figures of Schmidt,¢ N. notabilis expleta, which make so divergent a variety that it would almost be allowable to raise the form to spe- cific rank instead of considering it a variety of the above species. Found at station 2808, Galapagos Islands. Navicula oamaruensis Grun.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 129. f. 9. 1888. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27°: 57. 1895. It is a question if this can be maintained as a separate species from N. praeterta Ehrénb. It isso close to N. haytiana Truan & Witt,@ that the only point of contrast is in the latter having the marginal striae interrupted at the terminations of the raphe, while the above has the striae unbroken around the entire valve. The close resem- blance is noted by Grunow in the above citation. Cleve unites N. haytiana with N. praetexta, yet gives this separate rank. I can only say in conforming to this rather inconsistent arrangement that the line has to be drawn somewhere. It is significant that the following dredging which furnishes this form also furnishes the normal N. praetexta and the typical N. haytiana, as will be noted under N. praetexta. Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. Navicula pennata Schmidt, Atlas pl. 48. f. 41-43. 1876. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 113. 1891. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27%: 32. 1895. Navicula kinkeri Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 50. pl. 9. f. 169. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 21. 1891. Scoliopleura szakalensis Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 57. pl. 8. f. 154. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 267. 1891. Navicula pinnata Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 54. pl. 20. f. 308. 1889. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 27%: 33. 1895. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 64. 1891. Leaving out the unimportant matter of size, this species differs from . longa Greg. chiefly in its tapering and transversely cut striae. I see no reason to consider any of the above forms of Pantocsek as different from this species. Cleve unites the first two here, but assigns inconsequent reasons for giving V. pinnata separate stand- ing. Scoliopleura szakalensis is merely a contorted specimen of V. kinkeri; both come from the same fossil deposit at Szakal. N. pinnata, though not recorded by Pantocsek from Szakal, is of wide distribution, occurring with N. kinkeri and S. szakalensis at Nagy-Kurtos, as well as at Bory and Bremia. The union of N. pinnata here happens to have the added advantage of making synonymous a name too easily confused with that given by Schmidt. Found at station 4516H, Gulf of California. Navicula phoenicenteron (Nitzsch) Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. W) s. Berl. 1836: 53. 1837; Infus. 175. pl. 13. f. 1. 1838. Bacillaria phoenicenteron Nitzsch. Neue Schrift. Naturf. Ges. Halle 3: pl. 3. f. 12, 14 (exclusive of other figures). 1817. Ehrenb. Infus. 175. 1838. @Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 893. 1861. bSchmidt, Atlas pl. 7. f. 42-43. 1875. ¢ Opp. cit. pl. 8. f. 49-350. @Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti pl. 4. f/. 9. 1888. 359 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Cymbella phoenicenteron Ag. Consp. Diat. 10. 1832. Stauroneis lanceolata Kiitz. Bacill. 104. pl. 30. f. 24. 1844. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 10: 563. 1860. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 913. 1861. Rabh. Sussw. Diat. 48. pl. 9. f. 9. 1853. Stauroneis phoenicenteron Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 387. pl. 2. V. f. 1, pl. 3.1. f. 17. 1843; Mikrog. pl. 2. II. f. 8, pl. 3. Tf. 770 4, pl. 6. I. f. 21, pl. 9. I. f. 15, pl. 15. I. A. f. 27. B. f. 10, pl. 16. tee Jf. 5, TI. f. 28. 1854 (not Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1870: pl. 2. I. f. 29, pl. 3. I. f. 21. 1871). Rabh. Sussw. Diat. 47. pl. 9. f. 1. 1853. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1:59. pl. 19. f. 185. 1853. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 913. pl. 9. f. 189, pl. 12. f. 17-18. 1861. Brun, Diat. Alp. 88. pl. 9. f. 5, 7. 1880. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 4. 735, pl. 15. f. 43. 1883. Van Heur. Synop. 67. pl. 4. f. 2. 1881; Treat. Diat. 158. /. 30, 159. pl. 1. f. 50. 1896. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 204. 1891. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 26*: 148. 1894. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 496. 1874. Belloc, Rev. de Comm. 3: 40. pl. 3. f. 117. 1887. Not Kitz. Stauroneis baileyi Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 422. 1843; Mikrog. pl. 2. ITT. f. 12 (not f. 10), pl. 8. IH. f. 6-7. IV. f. 11, pl. 4. Tf. 4 ae ITT, f. 2, pl. 5. I. f. 18. LI. f. 14, pl. 6. I. f. 17. 1854. Kitz. Bacill. 106, 1844. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 913. 1861. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 207. 1891. Stauroneis pteroidea Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 423. 1843; Mikrog. pl. 14. I. f. 5. 1854. Kiitz. Bacill. 105. 1844. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 207. 1891. Stauroneis amphilepta Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 386. pl. 1. II. f. 9, 13. 1843; Mikrog. pl. 14. f. 18. 1854. Kiitz. Bacill. 105. pl. 29. f. 16-17. 1844. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 913. 1861. Stauroneis brunvi Perty; Herib. Niat. Auverg. 76. pl. 3. f. 22. 1893. Cleve leaves out the two first-named synonyms and consequently credits the name to Ehrenberg. I am dependent for the reference upon the accuracy of Ehrenberg’s citation,® but as it is about universally conceded to be correct I quote the reference to Nitzsch without having seen the original publication. I do not favor placing Stauronets gracilis Ehrenb. in this list. Ehrenberg’s original figures ® represent a diatom sharper, much smaller, and much more delicate. The same is true of Smith’s figures,¢ though this fails to agree with the Ehrenberg type because of its narrower stauros. The question of the union of Stauroneis with the present genus has been discussed under Navicula above. Found at station 2882, off Oregon. Navicula pinguis Mann, sp. nov. Puate LITT, ricure 5. Valve broad, slightly narrowed at the center; ends blunt, center depressed; markings of heavy ridges bearing large oval beads, three to four, the outer row being elongated to the margin; a longitudinal hyaline area, through which runs the raphe, connecting the apices and bordered on either side by a single row of large oval beads of the same ~ number as and continuous with the ridges. Length of valve, 0.160 mm.; width of valve, 0.070 mm. Striae, 28 in 0.1 mm. This species bears considerable resemblance to Grunow’s figure of N. subcincta Schmidt,@ and were this identification correct I would not hesitate to write this as a aEhrenb. Infus. 175. 1838. b Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 386. pl. 1. I. f. 14, pl. 2. I. f. 17. 1843; Microg. pl. 2. I. f. 2. 1854. eW. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 59. pl. 19. f. 186. 1853. @ Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 56. pl. 1. f. 39. 1884, MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 351 wide variety of that species. But Grunow’s form is in no sense Schmidt’s diatom. Aside from a general similarity of outline and of the median line area, they are most strongly contrasted. Not only does it fail to agree in beading and the direction of the striae, especially at the center, with the figure in the Atlas quoted by Grunow,@ but if we take Schmidt’s original type form ® the difference is even more pronounced. Grunow also includes what Lagerstedt has perhaps erroneously called NV. didyma (Ehrenb.) Kiitz.¢ This form, the author says in a note, is close to one of Donkin’s figures of N. didyma.4 But without going into the merits of Lagerstedt’s identifica- tion it is enough to say that it has little if any resemblance to either Schmidt's swb- cincta or to my species, and that subcincta is far closer to Donkin’s figure of didyma than the one given by Lagerstedt, a fact noted under N. swbcincta in this report. The exact type form of Schmidt’s N. subcinecta occurs at station 3008H, corresponding with it in form, markings, and size. When it is compared with this species, all true resemblance vanishes. It may be instructive to add here the measurements of Gru- now’s and Schmidt’s specimens for comparison with those given above. Length of Grunow’s largest specimen, 0.107 mm.; smallest, 0.062 mm; of Schmidt’s type, V. sub- cincta, 0.054 mm. Type in the U. S. National Museum, No. 590148, from station 3604, Bering Sea, August 12, 1895; 1,401 fathoms, bottom of green ooze. Navicula pleurostaurum Mann. Stauronets acuta W. S. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 59. pl. 19. f. 187, front. f. 187. 1853. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 914. pl. 7. f. 76. 1861. Van Heur. Synop. 68. pl. 4. f. 3. 1881; Treat. Diat. 159. pl. 1. f. 51. 1896. Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 47. 1884. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 485. 1874. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 8. f. 11. 1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 141. f. 4-5. 1889. Deby, Ann. Soc. Malacol. Belg. 11: 88. 1876. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 267: 150. 1894. Pleurostaurum acutum Rabh. Hedwigia 1: 17. pl. 1. f. B. 1859. Jan. in Hedwigia 1: 25. 1859; 5: pl. 3. f. 1-8. 1863. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 20. 259. f. 6. 1864. Pleurostauron acutum Rabh.; De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 222. 1891. Stauroneis kochii Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 3: pl. 6. f. 93. 1893. As I find it necessary to discard the genus Stauroneis as separate from Navicula for reasons already given, I am compelled to give a new specific name to this well-known diatom. The name N. acuta is preempted by NV. acuta Kiitz., an indeterminate form,¢ as well as N. acuta (W. Smith) O’ Meara. / The synonymous form Stauroneis kochii Pant. can not be used, as there is a N. kochii Pant.g I therefore apply to this diatom the specific name pleurostaurum, taking the lapsed generic name of Rabenhorst,” of which this particular diatom was the type. As Rabenhorst has pointed out, this diatom is peculiar in the sunken stauros as well as in the internal thickening of the side margins, especially toward the ends, which give a thickened, hooded aspect to the apices. De Toni and others accept this as an ade- quate generic distinction. I do not consider this and similar forms, as NV. (Stauroneis) _ fulmen Bright., to be sufficiently distinct from other examples of Navicula to require their separation. Cleve,i while retaining this in Stauroneis, makes use of Pleuro- aSchmidt, Atlas pl. 13. f. 41. 1875. bJahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 2: pl. 2. f. 7. 1874. ¢ Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 3": 36. pl. 7. f. 4. 1876. @ Donk. Brit. Diat. pl. 7. f/. 8b. 1871-73. e Kiitz. Bacill. 93. pl. 3. f. 69. 1844. J Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 407. pl. 34. f. 5. 1875. g Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 49. pl. 4. f. 72. 1889. h Hedwigia 1: 17. B859. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 150. 1894. 352 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. stauron as a subgeneric distinction. As such it is to be commended, though I think Cleve is here inconsistent, as Pleurostaurum (original spelling) is as different from his Stauroneis as it is from Navicula. Found at station 3635H, Bering Sea. Navicula praetexta Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1840: 214. 1841. Greg. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 21: 481. pl. 1. f. 11. 1857. Kiitz. Bacill. 98. 1844. Donk. Brit. Diat. 10, pl. 2. f. 1. 1871-73. O'Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 387. pl. 32. f. 27.1875. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 3. f. 80-34. 1875; pl. 129. f. 7-8. 1888. Van Heur. Synop. 92. pl. 9. f. 13. 1881-85; Treat. Diat. 204. pl. 4. f. 159. 1896. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 183. 1864. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 898. 1861. Witt, Verh. Russ. Min. Ges. 11. 22: 165. pl. 9. f. 4. 1886. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: 30. pl. 9. f. 79. 1886. Truan, Anal. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat. 13: 44. pl. 8. f. 27. 1884. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27*: 55. 1895. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 102. 1891. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 20. f. 1, 7 (not pl. 111. f. 3). 1890. Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti 17. pl. 4. f. 8. 1888. Pinnularia praeterta Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 19. f. 28. 1854. Navicula lunyacsekii Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: 28. pl. 14. f. 122. 1886? Navicula haytiana Truan & Witt, Diat. Hayti pl. 4. f. 9. 1888. Navicula reticulo-radiata Temp. & Brun, Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 30°: 44. pl. 5. f. 4. 1889. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 204. f. 18. 1897. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27°: 55. 1895. It is somewhat of a stretch to include here the above-named synonym of Pantocsek’s; but the very suggestive figure cited above by Truan & Witt is so evident a comment on the validity of Pantocsek’s species that I follow Cleve in joining them. I think that with almost equal reason another figure on the same plate,@ called N. newpauerii Pant., could be classed here. De Toni? and Cleve ¢ include N. haytiana, as above. Three reasons are given by the authors for holding it separate from N. praetexta. The best answer to these is found in comparing their own figures of the two species on plate 4, figures 8 to9. This particular form, haytiana, is found at station 2807 in company with the true type. Found at stations 2807, 2920H, Galapagos and Hawaiian islands. Navicula prodiga Mann, sp. nov. Piate LITI, ricure 4. Valve outline of 6 perfectly straight lines forming an elongated hexagon, the apices alone being rounded; the two median sides shorter than those running to the apices; markings of moniliform striae arranged in the general lyrate pattern, the striae of large rounded beads, the actually median striae alone being transverse, those on either side of the middle curving and becoming concentric to the two apices; interspaces between the striae one-half the width of a bead; lyrate hyaline area narrow, its ends not approaching, hence the beaded rows on each side of the raphe of nearly equal width from center to apices; marginal striae at the middle of the valve fully two-fifths its width, thence diminishing toward the apices as the sides approach; valve surface just within the margin all around depressed, whereas the margin itself is slightly elevated above the rest of the surface, thus producing the appearance of a border. Length of valve, 0.150 mm.; width of valve, 0.085 mm.; striae, 48 in 0.1 mm. The hexagonal form called N. hennedyi cuneata Schmidt @ resembles my species only in its hexagonal outline. A far nearer form in Janisch’s Diatoms of the Gazelle Expe- dition, plate 15, figure 23, is named N. lyra elliptica Schmidt by Cleve,¢ where it is joined with figures in Van Heurck’s Synopsis, plate 10, figure 2, Schmidt’s Nordsee a Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: pl. 14. f. 123. 1886. b De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 103. 1891. eSy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27*: 55. 1895. dSchmidt, Atlas pl. 3. f. 4. 1875. éSy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27*: 63. 1895. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 353 Diatomaceen, @ plate 1, figure 39, and Schmidt’s Atlas, plate 2, figure 29. It also has considerable resemblance to Schmidt's Atlas, plate 2, figure 10, V. kittoniana Schmidt, which Cleve ® makes a variety of N. approrimata Grey.; though how he can see N. approximata in that form and _N. lyra in the form figured by Janisch just mentioned is beyond my understanding. Whether or not the form represented by Janisch’s figure, the N. kittoniana of Schmidt, and my specimen should be classed as a variety of V. lyra is a question of the limits of a species and the degree of dissimilarity it is desirable to include under one name. Taking the view that it is advantageous to add as few new forms as possible to the already enormous species NV. lyra, I have given the above name. For reasons mentioned in the introduction, the naming of varieties is not favored by the writer. It may be noted that my specimen differs in several respects from the two I have here associated with it, especially in the H-shaped hyaline space not having its tips approach, but strictly parallel, whereby the central rows of striae are of the same width from the apices to the center. But the minor differences between my form and that of Janisch’s above can not make them two species. Type in the U.S. National Museum, No. 590149, from station 2920H, Hawaiian Islands, November 21, 1891; 570 fathoms, bottom of brown mud and fine sand. Navicula sandriana Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 13: 153. pl. 13. f. 5. 1863. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 3. f. 10. 1875; pl. 70. f. 45. 1881. O’Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 388. pl. 32. f. 29. 1875 (figure poor). Lagers. Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 3!°: 41. 1876. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 105. 1891. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27%: 59. 1895. Navicula rimosa Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 14: 129. pl. 12. f. 25. 1866. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 75. f. 25. 1890. . It seems to me the original figures of both the above give emphasis to a rather incon- stant feature of this diatom, namely, the narrow sickle-shaped line of striae midway between the center and the margin. This is very liable to be reduced to a somewhat indefinite granulation blending with the more indistinct granulation about it. In fact, there are unmistakable varieties in which these sickle-shaped lines can virtually disappear. In such a case we are confronted by the question in what respect such a _ form is separable from varieties of N. hennedyi and N. praetexta, nor can we find any satisfactory answer. In other words, however useful for classification it undoubtedly is to retain the enumerated names to designate the more diverse of these forms, it is probable that both N. sandriana and N. hennedyi will eventually be considered only striking variations of NV. praetezta. Found at station 4516H, Gulf of California. Navicula silicula Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 419. 1843; Mikrog. pl. 6. I. f. 16, pl. 10. I. f. 13, pl. 14. f. 22, pl. 15A. f. 87a-b. 1854. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 894. 1861. Navicula limosa Kiitz. Bacill. 101. pl. 3. f. 50. 1844. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 10: 544. pl. 3. f. 8a-c, 10 (not f. 7, 8d-e, 9). 1860. Donk. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s. 9: 294. pl. 18. f. 7. 1869. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 79. f. 7. 1890. Donk. Brit. Diat. 73. pl. 12. f. 6. 1871-73. Brun, Diat. Alp. 73. pl. 7. f. 12. 1880 Van Heur. Synop. 103. pl. 12. f. 18-20, 22-23. 1881; Treat. Diat. 219. pl. 5. /f. 207-208. 1896. Lagers. Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 1'*: 31. pl. 1. f. 6, 7a. 1873. Rabh. Sussw. Diat. 41. pl. 6. f. 31. 1853. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 894. 1861. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 147. 1891. Navicula silicula Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 12. f. 21. 1881. Caloneis silicula Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 51. 1894. @Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 2: pl. 1. f. 39. 1874. 6 Loc. cit. 304 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Navicula gibberula Kitz. Bacill. 101. pl. 8. f. 50. 1844. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: pl. 17. f. 160. 1853. Lagers. Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1": 31. pl. 1. f. 7. 1873. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 148. 1891. Navicula ventricosa Ehrenb. err. det. Donk. Brit. Diat. 74. pl. 12. f. 7. 1871-73. Van Heur. Synop. 103. pl. 12. f. 24-26. 1881; Treat. Diat. 220. pl. 5. f. 209. 1896. Cleve & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 17*: 29. pl. 1. f. 16-18. 1880. De Toni Syll. Alg. 2: 148. 1891. Cleve‘in Nordensk. Vega Exped. 3: 464. 1883. : Navicula subventrwosa Grun.; Cleve & Grun. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 17?: 29. pl. 1. f. 19. 1880. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 150. 1891. Cleve in Nordensk. Vega Exped. 3: 464. 1883. * Navicula horvathti Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 10: pl. 6. f. 18. 1860. Navicula haslinszkyi Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 48. pl. 11. f. 193. 1889. Navicula neogena Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 3: pl. 17. f. 252, pl. 25. f. 872. 1893. There is some doubt of the propriety of including here N. ventricosa, especially if we take into consideration Ehrenberg’s authorship. It should either be left out of this category or referred to as N. ventricosa Ehrenb. err. det. Donk. as above. The con- trast is considerable even in that case, because of the striking stauros. But if we take into consideration NV. haslinszkyi (see above), we find a perfect gradation from one phase to the other. Donkin has included here several species that have absolutely nothing in common with this species except the trinodal outline; thus, N. leptogongyla Ehrenb.¢ O’Meara offers such absurd figures of this diatom & that they are much worse than none. Found at station 3696, off Honshu Island, Japan. Navicula smithii Breb.; W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 92. 1856. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 10: 531. 1860; Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 56. pl. 1. f. 40- 41. 1884; in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 18. 1870. Schmidt, Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 12: pl. 1. f. 19. 1874; Atlas pl. 7. f. 14-20 (f. 21-22 doubtful). 1875. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 178. 1864. Donk. Brit. Diat. 6. pl. 1. f. 40. 1871-73. O'Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 382. pl. 32. f. 18. 1875. Van Heur. Synop. 91. pl. 9. f. 12; Suppl. pl. B. f. 23. 1881-85; Treat. Diat. 197. pl. 4. f. 151. 1896. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 55.1889. Truan, Anal. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat. 18: 45. pl. 8. f. 25-26. 1884. Petit, Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 1: 245. pl. 14. f. 14.1878. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 86. 1891 (not N. smithii (C. Ag.). Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 231. 1896). Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 12. f. 11, pl. 14. f. 12 (not pl. 20. f. 8). 1890. Diploneis smithii (Breb.) Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 26°: 96. 1894. Navicula elliptica W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 48. pl. 17. f. 152a (not f. 152a*). 1853 (not Kiitz. 1844). Navicula doczyi Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 45. pl. 14. f. 247. 1889. De Toni here includes Pinnularia scutellum O’Meara,¢ which is Navicula scutellum O’Meara.¢ This is a gross error. O’Meara’s form, judged by its figures and descrip- tions, is a truly costate-ribbed diatom which shows none of the double-rowed beading so characteristic of N. smithw. I think if such were present, it could not have been twice overlooked by O’Meara. Cleveé questions Van Heurck’s determination of N. scutellum O’ Meara,/ referring the figure doubtfully to N. smithii Breb. It is some- thing like N. smithii, but in the absence of the beading I think it is a poor figure of O’Meara’s species. Van Heurckg has transferred Schizonema smithii C. Ag. to Navi- a Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 10. I. f. 11, pl. 16. I. f. 10. II. f. 7. I. f. 22. 1854. b Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: pl. 31. f. 80-31. 1875. ¢ Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. n. s. 9: 151. pl. 12. f. 5. 1869. d Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 396. pl. 33. f. 14. 1875. eSv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 96. 1894. J Van Heur. Synop. pl. 9. f. 11. 1881. g Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 231. pl. 5. f. 241. 1896. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 355 cula smithii (C. Ag.) Van Heur., and refers to his former figures. Undoubtedly the figures given by Van Heurck are a Navicula, and undoubtedly all such forms should be changed from Schizonema to Navicula. Were this, therefore, a justifiable identifi- cation, N. smithii Breb. would have to give way to N. smithii (C. Ag.) Van Heur., as ~ Schizonema smithii C. Ag. was published in 1824.0 There are two early representa- tions of S. smithii C. Ag.¢ In the earlier there is no mention of the markings of the valve, the description being concerned with the shape of the gelatinous threads inclosing the frustules, as is common in Kiitzing. The figures are too small to give any clear idea of the valve. Enough, however, is evident to show that Kiitzing’s idea of this species of Agardh is irreconcilable with that of William Smith. Smith’s figure is clear and the description accurate, yet the author quotes Kiitzing’s entirely discordant figure. Van Heurck’s figures are different from both the foregoing, and he says@ of this form, ‘‘nec Kiitz., Smith, &c.,” and on figure 4 of the same plate he refers both the figure in Kiitzing and that in Smith to S. ramosissimum C. Ag. De Tonié recognizes Van Heurck’s idea of S. smithii C. Ag. to be correct, while Cleve / makes it a synonym of Navicula avenacea Breb. I think there can be no doubt that the S. smithii C. Ag. of Smith’s Synopsis is the same as S. ramosissimum C. Ag. as that form is interpreted by Van Heurck, Cleve, and others. I could extend indefi- nitely the recital of this muddle over S. smithii C. Ag. were it worth while. Enough has been said to illustrate the fact I now wish to mention, namely, that in dealing with members of the old genus Schizonema we are as a rule confronted with indefinable names, impossible to include in our synonymy, if we wish to be at all accurate as to facts. This arises from the custom in the earlier books of laying stress on the gelat- inous envelope to the partial or complete neglect of the diatoms inclosed, so that the species and in many cases the genus of the original form is absolutely obscured. Here and there we find a case where a name, originally indefinable, becomes in subse- quent works repeated and more clearly imaged, and grows to be widely accepted as standing for a diatom of well-marked and generally understood characteristics. In such cases it is perhaps well to refer to the original citation and include it in the synon- ymy. But S. smith C. Ag. is an example of a host of forms with no such history. Nobody knows what Agardh meant by his name. There is no agreement among the various authors as to its structure. We can not even know that it was a Navicula. To take what, practically speaking, is a nomen nudum, and transfer it to Navicula on the basis of mere guesswork, thereby invalidating a long-established and thoroughly understood name, is manifestly not justifiable, for it destroys a valid name for an inde- finable one. Found -at stations 2920H, 3696, 3712H, Hawaiian Islands, Honshu Island, and Okhotsk Sea. Navicula solaris Greg. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 4: 43. pl. 5. f. 10. 1856. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 10. f. 10. 1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 46. f. 16.1876. Rabh. FI. Eur. Alg. 1: 181. 1864. O’Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 410. pl. 34. f. 13. 1875 (poor figure). Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 904. 1861. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27%: 32. 1895. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 53. 1891. Schmidt’s doubt of his figure, quoted above, being V. solaris was shown to be unnec- essary by a complete frustule I found in the dredging at station 3607, in which one a@Van Heur. Synop. pl. 15. f. 33. 1881; Treat. Diat, pl. 5. f. 241. 1896. bC, Ag. Syst. Alg. 10. 1824. . ¢ Kittz. Bacill. 114. pl. 27. f. 5. 1844. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2:75. pl. 57. f. 862. 1856. dVan Heur. Synop. pl. 15. f. 83. 1881. eSyll. Alg. 2: 293. 1891. JSv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27°: 15. 1895. 9 W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 75. 1856, 306 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. valve corresponded exactly to his figure and the other showed the sun-like rays around the center, referred to in the specific name. I find a minute error in focusing inten- sifies this ‘‘solar” effect, which must be the method by which such greatly exag- gerated representations as that by O'Meara were obtained. Found at stations 3607, 3611, Bering Sea. Navicula speciosa Mann, sp. nov. -Prare LIT, ricure 5. Valve deeply constricted at the middle; the two halves broadest just beyond this constriction; thence narrowing rapidly to the blunt, rounded apices; striae monil- iform, except at the constriction, where they are fused into three ridges; beads large, oval, the marginal ones double the length of the others; striae toward the middle of the valve oblique to the raphe, but not curved, toward the apices becoming curved; a single row of large beads on either side of the median line; ends of the raphe at the center separated by a small hyaline round area, the central nodule. Length of valve, 0.12 mm.; width of valve, 0.045 mm., and at the middle, 0.012 mm. Type inthe U.S. National Museum, No. 590150, from station 2807, Galapagos Islands, April 4, 1888; 812 fathoms, bottom of Globigerina ooze and coral mud. Navicula spectabilis Greg. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 21: 481. pl. 9. f. 10.1857. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 178. 1864. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 2. f. 31, pl. 3. f. 20-21, 29. 1875. Donk. Brit. Diat. 12. pl. 2. f. 5. 1871-73. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27%: 60. 1895. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 32. pl. 28. f. 9, 1886. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2:98. 1891. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 898. 1861. O’Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. Il. 2: 390. 1875. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 202. pl. 27. f. 757. 1896 (not N. spectabilis Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 10: 533. pl. 1. f. 11. 1860). Navicula excavata Grey. variety; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 3. f. 22-25. 1875 (not N. excavata Grev.). Jan. Diat. Gaz. Exped. pl. 15. f. 22. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 18°: 8. pl. 2. f. 20. 1881 (not Schmidt, Atlas pl. 70. f. 46. 1881, according to Grun.). Navicula mikado Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 3: pl. 23. f. 334. 1893. Although the figures above cited of N. excavata Grey. variety are clearly synonyms of this species, I do not think the original form of Greville’s diatom,@ nor the figure so named by Grunow,? can safely be looked upon as the same. Beyond question N. o’swaldii Jan.¢ is the same as Greville’s species, as Grunow points out.? But when we compare any of these figures of N. excavata which are in harmony with the original with the type of N. spectabilis as given by Gregory or in the superb figure by Donkin, it is plainly too wide a stretch to cover both forms by one specific name. As Cleve says, this species merges toward N. lyra Ehrenb., on the one hand, and N. hennedyi W. Smith, on the other; but if it is to bea species at all and have any boundaries, it can not include Greville’s diatom. Nor is Cleve correct in adding to the above synonymy N. bullata Norm.¢4 and N. rattrayi Pant.e If we wish to see the result of this over con- densation on the part of Cleve, we can not do better than compare figures 46 and 52 1n plate 70 of Schmidt’s Atlas, both of which he ranges under N. spectabilis. Such a “‘species” is out of all bounds and not worth retaining. _ Found at stations 2807, 2920H, Galapagos and Hawaiian islands. Navicula splendida Greg. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n.s. 4: 44. pl. 5. f. 14. 1856. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 893. Schmidt, Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 2: 85. pl. 1. f. 8-4; pl .2. f. 2. 1874; Atlas pl. 13. f. 31-84. 1875; pl. 69. f. 22. 1881. Van. Heur. Synop. aTrans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 14: 130. pl. 12. f. 15. 1866. b Schmidt, Atlas pl. 70. f. 46. 1881. ¢Schmidt, Atlas pl. 70. f. 46.1881. Jan. Diat. Gaz. Exped. pl. 15. f. 12. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 52. pl. 25. f. 370. 1889. dCastr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 29. pl. 28. f. 10. 1886. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 70. f. 51-52. 1881. ¢ Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 52. pl. 30. f. 427. 1889, MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 357 pl. 9. f. 4. 1881; Treat. Diat. 193. pl. 26. f. 729. 1896. O'Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 402. pl. 33.f. 30 (poor). 1875. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 80. 1891. Navicula entomon Ehrenb. err. det. Donk. Brit. Diat. 49. pl. 7. f. 5. 1871-73. Navicula didyma Ehrenb. err. det. Greg. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n.s. 4: 45. pl. 5. f. 16 (not f. 15). 1856. Navicula gemmatula Grun. err. det. Cleve, Journ. Quek. Mier. Club IT. 2: 167. pl. 12. f. 1. 1885. Diploneis splendida Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 26°: 87. 1894. Donkin’s placing this species under N. entomon Ehrenb. is not to be favored, as his figure is clearly a N. splendida. It is difficult to determine what N. entomon is, as Ehrenberg’s figures@ are not remotely alike; but certainly they can not be united with the above species. Rabenhorst ® erroneously includes here NV. incurvata Greg., an arrangement accepted by De Toni.¢ Cleve holds them separate, and also groups here quite a number of species that I do not consider synonymous. There is, how- ever, one in his list,¢ namely N. diplosticta Grun.é which is close to this species, per- haps too close.f A specimen from station 3604 is unusually small and with very deli- cate beading, but built on the general plan of this species. See also remarks under N. omaruensis (Cleve) Mann Ehrenb. in this report. Found at stations 2920H, 3008H, 3603, 3604, Hawaiian Islands and Bering Sea. Navicula spuma Mann, sp. nov. PuaTeE LII, Ficure 7. Valve broadly elliptical, tapering by even curve to the rounded, somewhat produced apices; raphe perfectly straight, on either side of it a very narrow hyaline space, expanded at the center into a large circular hyaline area one-half the width of the valve; markings a fine shagreen, this near the margin all around the valve broken up into a row of foam-like flakes; margin delicately beaded. . Length of valve, 0.075 mm.; width of valve, 0.030 mm. The general aspect of this diatom is that of a Mastogloia, but it entirely lacks the internal marginal plates or septa characteristic of that genus. Type in the U. S. National Museum, No. 590151, from station 4029H, Bering Sea, June 27, 1900; 913 fathoms, bottom of grey sand and clay. Navicula subacuta (Ehrenb.) Ralfs in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 908.1861. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 43. f. 31-33. 1876. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 192. Pinnularia subacuta Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 35A, VI. f. 12. 1854. Pinnularia major Cleve. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27°: 89. 1895, not Navicula major Kiitz. Bacill. 97. pl. 4. f. 19, 21. 1844. Some of my specimens approach one of Schmidt’s unnamed figures,g and therefore somewhat resemble Schmidt’s figure of N. formosa Greg.,” though this present species and N. formosa are clearly distinct. Cleve’s‘union of N. subacuta with N. major Kitz. is not wise. See under that species in this report. Found at station 4029 H, Bering Sea. Navicula subcincta Schmidt, Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 2: 87. pl. 2. f. 7. 1874. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 13. f. 41. 1875. Navicula succincta Schmidt, Atlas pl. 69. f. 32. 1881. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 76. 1891. Diploneis subcincta Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 86. 1894. a Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: pl. 1. I. f. 8-4. 1843; Mikrog. pl. 19. f. 30. 1854. b Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 204. 1864. ¢ De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 81. 1891. @d Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 87-88. 1894. e Schmidt, Atlas pl. 13. f. 25-30. 1875. / Ci. also Schmidt, Atlas pl. 69. f. 22. 1881; pl. 174. f. 10. 1892, g Schmidt, Atlas pl. 43. f. 29. 1876. h Schmidt, Atlas pl. 50. f. 12. 1877, 358 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. This is probably distinct from N. didyma (Ehrenb.) Kiitz., though it closely ap- proaches Donkin’s figure of that species.¢ I look upon this resemblance as much more striking than that between the present species and N. didyma (Ehrenb.) Kiitz.,® as suggested by Grunow.¢ Grunow’s own figures of this species are a quite different thing, and agree more closely with the diatom I have named N. pinguis; see under this for fuller discussion. O’Mearad is careless in calling this N. subcivita on his plate, and his figure is inexcusably bad. Found at station 3008H, Hawaiian Islands. Navicula undata Mann. sp. nov. Puate LIII, rieure 1. Valve an elongated ellipse, with blunt apices, the sides scarcely curved until about half way between the center and the ends, thence the curvature more pronounced for a short distance, and finally the sides nearly straight to the broad and blunt apices; markings of coarse beading of the N. aspera type, but the beads round, not oval, arranged in oblique moniliform striae, the beads of which are so spaced as to give a marked wavy appearance to the valve; raphe obscurely beaded, especially toward the center, there each half slightly bent toward the same side of the valve; a broad median area on either side the raphe, extended at the center as a large stauros run- ning from one side of the valve to the other; terminations of the raphe at the extreme apices of the valve surrounded by large hyaline circular areas, reaching over the curve of the apices to the border. Length of valve, 0.080 mm; width of valve, 0.019 mm. Striae, 17 in 0.01 mm. This very minute but robust diatom belongs to the N. aspera group, except for its coarse beads being round and its central hyaline band extending from one side to the other, like the stauros of the Stauroneis type. It is in marked contrast with any known form, the nearest species being N. macraeana Pant.,¢ which differs greatly in its apices, its delicate beading, its stauros, its raphe, etc. Type in the U.S. National Museum, No. 590152, from station 3571H, Bering Sea, July 6, 1895; 696 fathoms, bottom of green mud and ooze. Navicula vagabunda Brun; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 174. f. 5. 1892. Diploneis vagabunda Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 103. pl. 2. f. 13, 15. 1894. This diatom is suggestively near that variety of V. crabro (Ehrenb.) Kiitz., known as N. pandura Breb. Found at station 2808, Galapagos Islands. Navicula vidovichii Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 13: 150. pl. 13. f. 4. 1863. Piate LI, ricure 3. Navicula egyptica Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n.s. 14: 127. pl. 12. f. 16-17. 1886. Moeb. Diat-taf. pl. 75. f. 16-17. 1890. Navicula bartholomei Cleve; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 160. f. 9.1890, not Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 5°: 6. pl. 1. f. 5. 1878. Navicula sectilis Schmidt; Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 55. pl. 8. f. 152. 1889?. - The above combination represents a clear and satisfactory specific concept. WN. egyptica is exactly the same as N. vidovichii; ‘the variety called by Schmidt N. bartholomer Cleve variety, differs merely in being more constricted at the center of the valve, and the variety called by Pantocsek N. sectilis boryana differs merely in being less constricted at the center of the valve. To add to these other species less clearly related, though similar, as Cleve/ and De Tonig have done, is to lose all boun- a4 Donk. Brit. Diat. pl. 7. f. 8b. 1871-73. b Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 3'%: pl. 1. f. 4. 1876. ¢ Denkschr. Akad. Wien 48*: 56. 1884. @ Proc. Roy. Irish Akad. I]. 2: 398. pl. 33. f. 22. 1875. € Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 52. pl. 8. f. 155. 1889. / Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 267: 63. 1894. g De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 174. 1891. — rt‘; 23S: . MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 5359 daries of the species, and, what is worse, to find no halting place whatever. Both the the authors mentioned place this species under N. powellii Lewis; @ to which combina- tion is added by Cleve N. bartholomei Cleve. The resemblance between this species and N. powelli is slight. Why not then add the more nearly related N. mirabilis Leud.-Fort.,¢ N. intercedins Schmidt, @ N. amica Cleve & Grun.,é and soon ad libitum? This general type of Navicula has a vast number of related forms, and we must draw the line rather strictly around a given species or have no line to draw. For this reason I do not favor making the above a variety of N. powellii. I have figured the variety found by me, as it presents the interesting phase of having the marginal as well as the internal rows of costae interrupted at the center, thus making a stauros-like transverse band from side to side. Length of (perfect) valve, 0.160 mm.; width of valve, 0.033 mm. Striae, 50 in 0.1 mm. Found at station 4029H, Bering Sea. Navicula viridis (Nitzsch) Ehrenb. Infus. 182. pl. 13. f. 16 (in part), pl. 21. f. 12. 1838. Bacillaria viridis Nitzsch, Neue Schrift. Naturf. Ges. Halle 3:97. pl. 4. f. 1-3. 1817. Frustulia viridis Kitz. Linnaea 8: 551. Syn. Diat. 1833. Navicula viridula Ehrenb. Infus. 183. pl. 13. f. 17 (not pl. 21. f. 14). 1838, not Kiitz. Pinnularia viridis Ehrenb. in part; Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: pl. 3. I. f. —2 (not pl. 1. I. f. 7. IT. f. 8. IV. f. 8), 1843. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1 54. pl. 18. f. 1634 (not f. 163a—b). 1853. Rabh.; Brun. Diat. Alp. 83. pl. 8. f. 5 (not f. 4.) 1880. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 273: 91. 1895. Navicula v ape Kiitz. Bacill. 97. pl. 4. f. 18, pl. 30. f. 12. 1844. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 907. pl. 9. f. 183-136(poor). 1861. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 42. f. 11-14, 19-21. 1876. Van Heur. Synop. 73. pl. 5. f. 5 (not f. 6). 1881; Treat. Diat. 165. pl. 2 Pago (mousy. 71). 1896. De. Toni, Syll.. Ale. 2: 11. 1891: Eng. & Pr. Pflanzenfam. Bacill. 1!»: 43. f. 55C—D. 1896. Navicula leptogongyla Ehrenb.(?); Schmidt, Atlas pl. 45. f. 26-28. eho Navicula commutata Grun.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 45. f. 35-37 (not f. 22-25). 1876. Navicula (Pinnularia) rupestris Hantzsch; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 45. f. puie (f. 38- 40, 442). 1876. Navicula decumana Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 3: pl. 35. f. 499. 1893. This very variable diatom might well be subdivided into several species were it not that the intergradations are so close that no definition of their differences can be made. It approaches another large and variable species, N. major Kiitz., so that cer- tain forms are about as well referred to one of these as the other. Found at station 2691H, Okhotsk Sea. FRUSTULIA C. Ag. char. emend. Frustulia ©. Ag. in part; Syst. Alg. 13. 1824; char. emend. Ag. Consp. Diat. 43. 1832. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 20, 227. f. 64. Ehrenb. Infus. 231. 1838. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 573. 1860. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 276. 1891. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 267: 121. 1894. Van Heurckia Breb. Ann. Soc. Phyt. et Micr. Belg. 201. 1868. Van Heur. Synop. 112. 2s 17. f. 1-2. 1881; Treat. Diat. 239. i 39. 1896. @ Proc. ery Phila. 1861: 65. Die. $2 1862. 6 Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 5*: 6. pl. ce 5. 1878. ¢Mem. Soc. Emul. St: Brieuc 31. pl. 2. f. 21. 1879. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 160. f. 6-8. 1890. ad Op. cit. pl. 160. f. 3-5. eSv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 18°: 12. pl. 3. f. 37. 1881. 31713—VoL 10, pr 5—O7——10 360 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Brebissonia Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 512. 1860. O'Meara, Proce. Roy. Irish Acad. IT. 2: 388 (not fig.). 1875. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 244. f. 44. 1896. Colletonema Breb. in part; W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 70. pl. 56. f. 351. 1856. Cocconema Ehrenb. in part; Ralfs in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 878. pl. 7. f. 48a-b. 1861. Doryphora (Kiitz.) W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 77. pl. 24. f. 228. 1853, in part. Schizonema ©. Ag. in part, Thwaites, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 11. 1: 170. pl. 12. f. H. 1848. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 17. f. 3, 6. 1881. Berkeleya Grey., in part; Scott. Crypt. Fl. 1: 294. 1823, Ralfs, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 16: 110. pl. 8. f. 2. 1845. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 245. f. 46. 1896. Amphipleura Kiitz. Bacill. 103. pl. 3. f. 52. 1844, in part. Van Heur. Synop. 113. pl. 17. f. 14-15. 1881. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 26*: 125. 1894. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 242. f. 42. 1896. Reicheltia Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 243. f. 43. 1896 (?). : Navicula Bory, in part; W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 46. pl. 16. fi 129. 1853. Kiitz. Bacill. 94. pl. 28. f. 45, pl. 30. f. 44. 1844. Donk. Brit. Diat. 42. pl. 6. f. 11-12. 1872. The separation of the avove genera, in whole or in part, from the true Navicula diatoms is generally felt by students to be necessary. Although they have a navicu- loid outline and possess valves that are alike and that bear a raphe divided at the center, they possess severa. characteristics found in no other naviculoid diatoms. The chief characteristic is the elevated, ridge-like border of silica that surrounds the two halves of the raphe, partly or completely inclosing them and, by its longitudinal extension at the center of the valve (where it represents the central nodule), separating the two halves of the raphe farther and farther, until in Amphipleura and Reicheltia the greater length of the valve is traversed by this ridge and the two halves of the raphe are near the apices. It is on the basis of the gradual extension of this ridge and the consequent progressive separation of the two halves of the raphe that I have here combined these forms into one genus, as it appears to me there is no distinction between the genera above enumerated except this variable one. Viewed from this stand- point the series would be as follows: (1) Frustulia (=Van Heurckia), where the central extension of the ridge is short and the two halves of the raphe traverse nearly the whole length of the valve; (2) Brebissonia (synonymous with Doryphora), where the central extension of the ridge is greater; (3) Berkeleya, where the central extension of the ridge is one-sixth to one-fourth the length of the valve and the two halves of the raphe are correspondingly reduced; (4) Amphipleura and Reicheltia, in which the central extension of the ridge is extreme and the two halves of the raphe very short and near the apices. It seems to me simplicity is gained by this union, since one member of the series runs into another, and especially since they are otherwise greatly alike, being characterized by great delicacy of structure with transverse beaded striae of extreme fineness covering the entire valve, except the ridge. Reicheltia is the most aberrant of this group, its striae being large, though very finely punctate, and the beaded terminations of the divisions of the raphe being peculiar.@ Still it is so manifestly a unique species of Amphipleura that it is difficult to separate it. Pfitzer > brings out the interesting fact that the above differ strikingly from Navicula in internal structure, in the process of fission, and in that of conjugation. Frustulia rhomboides (Ehrenb.) De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 277. 1891. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 26*: 122. 1894. Navicula rhomboides Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 419. pl. 3. I. f. a(Cf{. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 243. f. 43. 1896. b Hanst. Bot. Abhandl. 2: 1.871. 15. 1843? Kitz. Bacill. 94. pl. 28. f. 45, pl. 30. f. 44. 18442 W. Smith, MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 361 Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 46. pl. 16. f. 129. 1853. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 171. 1864. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 903. 1861. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 549. pl. 3. f. 14a-b. 1860? Schum. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien Suppl. 17: 68 (not pl. 3. f. 41). 1867. Donk. Brit. Diat. 42. pl. 6. f. 11. 1842. Lewis, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1865: 10. pl. 2. f. 10-11. 1865. Cleve & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 177: 47. pl. 8. f. 59. 1880. Colletonema viridulum Breb.; Kiitz. Sp. Alg. 105. 1849. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 88. 1874. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 926. 1861. Navicula crassinervia Breb.; W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 47. pl. 37. f. 277. 1853. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 900. 1861. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 548. pl. 3. f. 12.1860. Donk. Brit. Diat. 42. pl. 6. f. 12.1872. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 313. 1874. Frustulia torfacea A. Braun in Rabh. Sussw. Diat. 50. pl. 7. f. 2. 1853. Frustulia saxonica Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 227. 1864. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 8. 323. pl. 14. f. 17. 1875. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 172. 1874. Rabh. Sussw. Diat..50. pl. 7. f. 7. 1853. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 924. 1861. Pfitz. in Hanst. Bot. Abhandl. 2: 58. pl. 4. f. 4-8. 1871. Schizonema viridulum Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 266. 1864. Vanheurckia rhomboides Breb. Ann. Soc. Phyt. et Micr. Belg. 204. 1868. Van Heur. Synop. 112. pl. 17. f. 1-2. 1881; Treat. Diat. 240. pl. 5. f. 249-250. Truan, Anal. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat. 13: 352. pl. 8. f. 1. 1884. Vanheurckia crassinervia Breb. Ann. Soc. Phyt. et Micr. Belg. 204. 1868. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 17. f. 4-5. 1881. Truan, Anal. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat. 13: 352. ~pl. 8. f. 2. 1884. Vanheurckia viridula Breb. Ann. Soc. Phyt. et Micr. Belg. 203. 1868. Van Heur. Synop. 112. pl. 17. f. 3. 1881. Frustulia viridula De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 278. 1891. I have worked out the above extensive synonymy because this diatom is very widely distributed and has been included in the older as well as the more recent diatom literature under so many names that the nomenclature is very confusing. In one or two instances I have left out supposed synonyms, because their exact appli- cation is impossible to determine. Thus Navicula lineolata Ehrenb.@ is included by Cleve » in the above, though upon what basis I can not determine. The figures and descriptions of Ehrenberg convey no image sufficiently exact to determine even if it belongs to this genus, much less if to this species. In fact, De Toni includes it, and with as much reason, under Navicula serians (Breb.) Kiitz.¢ Many of Ehrenberg’s figures are quite unlike the others. The same is true to some extent of the original Navicula rhomboides Ehrenb., from which the above specific name is derived; and I would not hesitate to pass over this authority, were it not for the fact that this particu- lar name has been so constantly repeated by succeeding authors with better figures and descriptions that it is pretty certain this particular diatom is meant in each instance. As these diatoms, though sometimes free, are generally inclosed in gelatin- ous tubes or masses, the older observers gave especial attention to this transient con- dition; and in many cases we have elaborate descriptions of the appearance of these forms in bulk, without a word on the sculpture or build of the frustules; and where figures of the original plants are attempted they are likely to be so minute as to be worthless. Cleve has repeatedly stated his inability to identify some of these earlier figures and descriptions. Found at station 2885, off Oregon. a Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 418. pl. 1, I. f. 4a, pl. 2. VI. f. 27, pl. 4. I. f. 6. 1843; Mikrog. pl. 16. J. f. 3, II. f. 1-2. 1854. bSv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 122. 1894, *De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 141. 1891. 362 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. GYROSIGMA Hass. Gyrosigma Hass. Hist. Brit. Algae 1: 435, pl. 102. f. 11. 1845. Rabh. Sussw. Diat. 47. 1853. Cleve, char. emend. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 112. 1894, Pleurosigma W. Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 1. pl. 1-2. 1852. Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 61. pl. 20-22. 1853. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 230. 1864. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 915. 1861. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 10: 555. 1860. Cleve & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 17*: 48. 1880. Van Heur. Synop. 114. pl. 18-21. 1881; Treat. Diat. 249. pl. 6-7. 28. 1896. Perag. Le Diatomiste 1**: 1-35. pl. 1-10. 1891. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 36. 1886. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 4. 606. pl. 15. 1883. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 231. 1891. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 26°: 112. 1894. Frustulia ©. Ag. in part; Kiitz. Linnaea 8: 555 (nos. 49-50). pl. 14. f. 35-86. 1833. Navicula Bory, in part; Ehrenb. Infus. 180-181 (nos. 226-230). pl. 13. f. 10-14. 1838. Kiitz. Bacill. 102 (mo. 132). pl. 4. f. 82. 1844. Toxonidea Donk. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 6: 19. pl. 4. f. 1-2. 1858. Cleve, Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 45. 1894. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 247. 1896. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 920. 1861. Perag. Le Diatomiste 1*°: 27. pl. 9. 1891. Donkinia Rallis in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 920. pl. 8. f. 49.1861. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 248. 1896. Perag. Le Diatomiste 1**: 29. pl. 9. 1891. Rhoicosigma Grun. Hedwigia 6: 10. 1867. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 260. 1896. Perag. Le Diatomiste 1**: 30. pl. 9-10. This genus of diatoms is one of the best defined and most sharply separated of the large genera. Its valves are more or less sigmoid, both as to their outline and in respect to the trend of the raphe. They are evenly marked with delicate striations of great beauty and often of extreme delicacy, either in two directions, transverse and longi- tudinal, or in three directions, one transverse and two oblique, the three being at angles approximately of 60° to each other. This striation covers the entire valve with a gauzy network, except a very narrow longitudinal space through which runs the raphe and a minute area around the central nodule. The valves are as a rule convex, thin, made up of two or three layers, and therefore strongly prismatic. The zonal view is in most cases extremely narrow compared to the valval view. Their beauty, wide distribution, and importance as tests of the efficiency of microscope objectives have resulted in their being more generally known and carefully studied than most other genera. William Smith’s generic name, Pleurosigma, is very appropriate and has been uni- versalky accepted in preference to the earlier one of Hassall. But there can be no question of the validity of Gyrosigma. We find it in his British Algae as a mono- typic genus, based on G. hippocampa (Ehrenb.) Hass., the description and illustration of which are unmistakable. Hassall also quotes Ehrenberg’s excellent reference to this diatom,@ as Navicula hippocampus Ehrenb. The reasons advanced by Brebisson, Ralfs, and others, for preferring Smith’s name are wholly inadequate; and although we are indebted to Smith for a most clear and comprehensive analysis of this genus it is necessary to recognize the right of Hassall’s name to represent these diatoms. Several attempts have been made to create new genera out of certain species of Gyrosigma having more or less striking peculiarities. The first was the separation of all species having an arcuate instead of sigmoid raphe, with valves extremely con- vex on one side and nearly straight on the other (i. e., strongly asymmetrical on their longitudinal axis). These were placed in a genus, Toxonidia, by Donkin.®> The next separation was by Ralfs of valves with extremely sigmoid raphe, the ridge of the — raphe being raised into a keel above the rest of the valve, except at the central nodule. a Ehrenb. Infus. 180. pl. 73. f. 11. 1838. » Donk. Trans. Mier. Soc. Lond. n. s. 6: 19. pl. 3. f. 1, 1858. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 18, f. 1. 1890. | ) MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 363 These he called Donkinia.¢ The third genus to be separated was Rhoicosigma by Grunow,? including all species with strongly bent frustules (seen in zonal view) and with valves sometimes, though not always, dissimilar. These distinctions have been accepted by Van Heurck, Peragallo, and De Toni. Cleve rejects them, except Toxonidea, and accepts this, as he admits, on dubious grounds. I think nothing is gained by breaking up the generic unity of this sharply marked genus. The char- acteristics, as Cleve points out,¢ are variable in each of the above cases. For sub- generic division they can be, at least at present, made use of; but beyond this they only increase the difficulty of assigning diatoms that have the clear Gyrosigma quali- ties. Cleve has, however, gone further than others toward obliterating the worth of this genus by dividing it into two genera on the sole basis of the direction of the striation. He includes all forms with transverse-longitudinal striae in Gyrosigma (Hass.) Cleve, and the others, with striae in three directions (excepting Foxonidea) in Pleurosigma (W. Smith) Cleve. It is probably true, as he says, that there are no transitional forms between these two kinds; indeed, it would not be easy to conceive how there could be, for lines in two directions could hardly change to lines in three directions without assuming new angles, and only one of the three lines could possibly remain in the original direction of one of the two lines; and this is just what we find, both the two-line and three-line forms having one of the lines transverse. The lack of transition is, therefore, to my mind an empty argument. If, now, we look at the striking forms, called by Ralfs Donkinia, a genus rejected by Cleve, we find species of both two-line and three-line sculpture that are far too close to put into separate genera, on any reasonable interpretation of a genus; thus D. recta (Donk.) Grun. and D. carinata (Donk.) Ralfs.¢ Whoever also compares such two-line forms as G. (Pleurosigma) littorale (W. Smith) Griff. & Henf. and G. (Pleurosigma) acuminatum (Kiitz.) Grun. with such three-line forms as G. (Pleurosigma) latum Grun. and G. (Pleurosigma) affine Grun. must see that it is artificial to place them in two genera. I do not therefore look upon Cleve’s division of this genus as having the merit of the earlier ones. Gyrosigma aestuarii (Breb.) Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. 356. pl. 11. f. 35. 1875. Navicula aestuarti Breb.; Kiitz. Sp. Alg. 890. 1849. Pleurosigma aestuarii W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 65. pl. 31. f. 275. 1853. Cleve & Grun. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 177: 52. 1880. Perag. Le Diatomiste 1*°: 12. pl. 5. f. 12-13, 15. 1891. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 42. 1894. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 916. 1861. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 234. 1864. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. pl. 15. f. 35 (f. 33c?). 1875. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 18. f. 8. 1881. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 394. 1874 (not Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. 1": 13. pl. 2. f. 19. 1873—=P. normanii Ralfs). Pleurosigma angulatum W. Smith, variety; Van Heur. Synop. 115. 1881; Treat. Diat. 251. pl. 6. f. 258. 1896. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 232. 1891. Pleurosigma candidum Schum. Schrift. Phys. Okon. Ges. Konigsb. 8: 59. pl. 2. f. 57. 1867. Perag. Le Diatomiste 1*°: 12. pl. 5. f. 11. 1891. The desire of H. L. Smith, Van Heurck, and De Toni to make this a variety of P. angulatum W. Smith is not to be commended. Though smaller than the latter, the markings are decidedly coarser, the ends narrower and less gracefully tapered, and in the type form slightly but sharply bent sidewise. Found at station 2823, Gulf of California. @ Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 921. pl. 8. f. 49. 1861. bSv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 177: 58.1880. Le Diatomiste 1**: 33. pl. 10. f. 2-3. 1891. eSv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 32, 112. 1894. @d Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 6: pl. 3. f. 5, 6. 1858. Le Diatomiste 1*°: pl. 9. /. 6, 8. 1891. 364 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Gyrosigma formosum (W. Smith) Griff. & Henf. Mier. Dict. ed. 3. 355. pl. 17. f. 25. 1875, . Pleurosigma formosum W. Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat.. Hist. II. 9: 5. pl. 7. f. 1-2. 1852; Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 63. pl. 20. f. 195. 1853. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 231. 1864. | Cleve & Grun. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 17*: 48. 1880. Van Heur. Synop. 116. pl. | 19. f. 4. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 402. 1874. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 917. pl. 8. f. 32. 1861. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. pl. 11. f. 25. 1875. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 45. pl. 4. f. 21. 1894. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 243. 1891. Perag. Le Diatomiste 1**: 4. pl. 7. f. 1-6. 1891. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 254. pl. 6. f. 268. 1896. Pleurosigma decorum W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 63. pl. 27. f. 196. 1853. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4.918. 1861. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 232. 1864. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 694. 1874. Cleve in Nordensk. Vega Exped. 3: 497, 506. 1883. | Van Heur. Synop. 116. pl. 19. f. 7. 1881. Perag. Le Diatomiste 1**: 5, pl. 1. f. | 9-13 (pl. 2. f. 6-9 doubtful). 1891. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 254. pl. 6. f. 269. 1896. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. pl. 11. f. 26.1875. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 243. 1891. Pleurosigma australicum Witt, Journ. Mus. Godef. 1: 70. pl. 8. f. 7. 1873. De Toni, | Syll. Alg. 2: 246. 1891. Pleurosigma tahitiense Witt, Journ. Mus. Godef. 1: 67. pl. 8. f. 18. 1873. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 245. 1891 (not P. tahitiense Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 38. pl. 28. f. 4. 1886). Pleurosigma pulchrum Grun.; H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 695. 1874 (not P. pulchrum Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 10: 556. pl. 4. f. 2. 1860; not Perag. Le Diatomiste 1*°: 4. pl. 1. f. 81. 1891.). The Grunow variety longissima, as figured by Peragallo,¢ occurs at station 2848 and an unusually large and robust variety at station 3603; also the P. decorum variety at | station 3712H. Found at stations 2848, 2929, 3603, 3691H, 3712H, Okhotsk and Bering seas to southern California. Gyrosigma inermedium (W. Smith) Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. 356. pl. 11.f. 86. 1875. Pleurosigma intermedium W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 64. pl. 21. f. 200. 1853. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 918. 1861. Van Heur. Synop. 116. pl. 18. f. 6. 1881. Treat. Diat. 253. pl. 6. f. 267. 1896. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 405. 1874. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 235. 1891. Perag. Le Diatomiste 1°: 13. pl. 5. f. 27-28 (f. 29 doubtful). 1891. Cleve & Grun. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 177: 52. 1880. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 234. 1864 (not Truan, Anal. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat. 13: 49. pl. 9. f. 2. 1884). Pleurosigma nubecula W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 64. pl. 21. f. 201. 1853. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 34. 1894. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 235. 1891. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 232. 1864. Perag. Le Diatomiste 1**: 14. pl. 5. f. 26. 1891. Pleurosigma thumivi Castr.; Perag. Le Diatomiste 1*°: 14. pl. 5. f. 25. 1891. Pleurosigma subrectum Cleve in Cleve & Grun. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 17?: 14, 53. pl. 3. f. 72. 1880. Perag. Le Diatomiste 1**: 14. pl. 5. f. 30. 1891. Pleurosiqma elongatum balaericum Perag. Le Diatomiste 1:7. pl. 2. f. 22. 1891. -_ —_— EEE = Cleve agrees to the practical identity of P. intermedium and P. nubecula, as do Van Heurck and Peragallo, but for some reason he has selected the less known name nube- cula, occurring after intermedium in Smith’s work, instead of intermedium. Found at station 3091, off Oregon. Gyrosigma normanii (Ralfs) Mann. Pleurosigma normanii Ralis; Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 919. 1861. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 236. 1864. Cleve & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 17°: 14, 52. pl. 3. f. 67. a Loc. cit. ——— eee ES —— SS ec rl rT SS MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 365 1880. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 237. 1891. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 26°: 40. 1894. : Pleurosigma affine Grun.; Cleve & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 177: 51. 1880. Van Heur. Synop. 115. pl. 18. f. 9. 1881; Treat. Diat. 252. pl. 6. f. 263 (not f. 264). 1896. Perag. Le Diatomiste 1*°; 9. pl. 4. f. 5-8, 15-18 (not f. 4; f. 1-3 doubtful). 1891. Pleurosigma virginicum H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 416. 1874. Van Heurck places here P. nicobaricum Grun.,@ probably basing it on Grunow’s P. affine nicobarica.6 1 doubt the wisdom of calling this a variety of P. affine. Certainly Grunow’s type in the above citation and in Peragallo’s Monograph¢ should not be forced into this species. As Cleve points out, it is nearer to P. validum Shadb. Found at stations 2844, 3607, Aleutian Islands and Bering Sea. Gyrosigma rigidum (W. Smith) Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3.356. pl. 11. f. 30. 1875. Pleurosigma rigidum W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 64. pl. 20. f. 198. 1853. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 918. 1861. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 232. 1864. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 410. 1874. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 19. f. 3. 1881; Treat. Diat. 251. pl. 6. f. 265. 1896. Truan, Anal. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat. 13: 49. pl. 9. f. 4. 1884. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 237. 1891. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 267: 39. 1894. Perag. Le Diatomiste 1*°: 14. pl. 6. f. 2-7. 1891. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 4. pl. 15. f. 30. 1883. Pleurosigma validum Shadb. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 2: 16. pl. 1. f. 8. 1854. Cleve & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 177: 53. 1880. De Tomi, Syll. Alg. 2: 245. 1891. Pleurosigma giganteum Grun.; Cleve & Grun. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 177: 53. 1880 (not P. gigantewm Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 10: 558. pl. 4. f. 1. 1860). In the last name there is a confusion on the part of the author, which is repeated in several other works. The original P. giganteuwm is not only plainly drawn as a transverse-longitudinal striated species, but is so described, the ambiguous sentence ‘‘lineolis decussatis subtillimis” not necessarily meaning oblique lined, as any line at right angles to another is strictly ‘‘decussating.’’ In the case of oblique striation Grunow in that work uses such expressions as ‘‘in lineas obliquas.’’ Moreover, he expressly says of P. gigantewm, ‘‘Am nachsten steht ihm das folgende Pleurosigma tropicum, welches jedoch durch kleinere Gestalt und stirkere Biegung wesentlich verschieden ist.’’ This diatom is also figured and described with transverse-longitu- dinal striz and is universally recognized as having that character. Yet Grunow in his later works@ unites P. gigantewm to P. validum Shadb., and says of his own species, “Pl. giganteum hat 18 schiefe und 17 Querstreifen,’’ and it is so figured by Peragallo and others. At station 2807 occurs a small and delicate variety agreeing with a figureé which Peragallo erroneously speaks of as typical. Found at stations 2807, 3520, Galapagos Islands and Bering Sea. Gyrosigma sagitta (Temp. & Brun) Mann. Pleurosigma sagitta Temp. & Brun, Mem. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneva 30°: 49. pl. 9. f. 19. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 242. 1891. There is reasonable doubt of this being a synonym of P. nicobaricum Grun.,/ with which it is united by Cleve and others. It not only lacks the double-rowed transverse a Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 101. pl. 14. f. 20. 1870. bVan Heur. Synop. 115; Suppl. pl. C. f. 34. 1881-5. Cf. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 252. pl. 6. f. 264. 1896. Perag. Le Diatomiste 1*°*: pl. 4. f. 10-12. 1891. ¢ Perag. op. cit. pl. 4. f. 9. dSy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 17%: 53. 1880. e Le Diatomiste 1*°: pl. 6. f. 6. 1891. J Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 101. pl. 1A. f. 20. 1870. 366 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. markings of the latter (though these Grunow admits are inconstant) but it does not show transverse lines wider and heavier than the oblique, but the three sets about equal and growing finer toward the apices. Nor is there any trace of a rectangular, finely punctate central area. It must be said, however, that both these are close to minute forms of G. rigidum. I have with some doubt left it, as De Toni does, as a separate species, Found at station 4029H, Bering Sea. Gyrosigma speciosum (W. Smith) Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. 356. pl. 11. f. 28. 1875. Pleurosigma speciosum W. Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. IT. 9: 6. pl. 1. f. 8. 1852; Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 63. pl. 20. f. 197. 1853. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 262: 44. 1894. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 236. 1891. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 917. 1861. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 232. 1864. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 4. pl. 15. f. 28. 1883. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 253. pl. 28. f. 793. 1896. Cleve. & Grun. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 17°: 49. 1880. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 37. pl. 28. f. 2. 1886. Perag. Le Diatomiste 1**: 6. pl. 2. f. 13-19 (not f. 10, 12; f. 11 doubtful). 1891. Pleurosigma pulchrum Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 19:°556. pl. 4. f. 2. 1869. Perag. Le Diatomiste 1**: 4. pl. 1. f. 8 (doubtful). 1891 (not P. pulchrum Grun.; H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 695. 1874=G. formosum). There is a fine gradation over from this species to G. formosum, though the two are to be viewed as safely distinct. Thus H. L. Smith’s P. pulchrum is close to G. for- mosum and is best classed there. The real P. pulchrum Grun., on the other hand, isa variety of the present species and yet is reasonably close to Smith’s form. I do not favor placing here, as is done by Cleve, P. tortuosum Cleve;@ a diatom of the extreme Donkinia type; nor the inclusion suggested by Peragallo, of P. tahitiense Castr. Found at station 3607, Bering Sea. Gyrosigma thuringicum (Kiitz.) Rabh. Sussw. Diat. 47. pl. 5. f. 4. 1853. Navicula thuringica Kitz. Bacill. 102. pl. 4. f. 27. 1844. Navicula angulata Quek. Treat. Micr. 438. pl. 8. f. 4-7. 1848. Pleurosigma angulatum W. Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. II. 9: 7. pl. 1. f. 7-9. 1852; Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 65. pl. 21. f. 205. 1853. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 234. 1864. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 918. 1861. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 389-391. 1874. Cleve & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 177: 51. 1880. Van Heur. Synop. 115. pl. 18. f. 2-5. 1881-85; Treat. Diat. 351. pl. 6. f. 257, 259-260 (not f. 258, 261). 1896. Truan, Anal. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat. 18: 48. pl. 9. f. 1. 1884. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 4. 607. pl. 15. f 33. 1883. Perag. Le Diatomiste 1**: 11. pl. 5. f. 3-6. 1891. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 231. 1891. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 26°: 40. 1894. Pleurosigma thuringicum Ralfs; Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. “ 919. 1861. Pleurosigma quadratum W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 65. pl. 20. f. 204, 204B. 1853. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 235. 1864. Pritch. oie Infus. ed. 4. 918. 1861. Griff. & Henf. Mier. Dict. ed. 4. pl. 15. f. 34. 1883. Truan, Anal. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat. 13: 45. pl. 9. f. 3. 1884. Perag. Le Diatomiste 14°: 11. pl. 5. f. 7-8. 1891. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 18. f. 1. That this diatom, known almost universally as Pleurosigma anqulatum W. Smith, is identical with Kiitzing’s Navicula thuringica there can be no doubt. Although he ofits all data regarding the striation, this is not surprising, as he usually calls most diatoms with as delicate markings as this one “laevis” or “ laevissimus,”’ as he does here. Its build is most characteristic. Rabenhorst, Ralfs, Grunow, Van Heurck, De Toni, and in fact nearly every author recognizes the identity of the two. De Toni aSy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 18°: 5. pl. 1. f. 6. 1881. 6 Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 38. pl. 23. f. 4. 1886. Perag. Le Diatomiste 1**: pl. 2. f. 10. 1891. | MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 367 makes N. thuringica Kitz. asynonym of P. angulatum (Quek.) W. Smith, butsaysafter the former, ‘Nomen anterius!!’’ Grunow @ gives the following important testimony: “ Navicula thuringica Kg. ist nach Exemplaren von Arten im Kiitzing’schen Herbar. identisch mit Pl. angulatum, so dass die Art eigentlich PJ. thuringicum heissen sollte.”’ Van Heurck, after quoting N. thuringica Kiitz. as a synonym of P. angulatum and following it with an exclamation point, adds this statement; ‘Cette espéce devrait done porter le nom de Pl. thuringica, ce changement de nom est cependant impos- sible, car cette diatomée si repandue et si employée comme test, est universellement connue sous le nom donné par W. Smith.’’ There is no question that the change of name here made is an unfortunate necessity, as this particular species is the best known of all the diatoms; and it is with reluctance that the name which should have been accorded to it over fifty years ago is here preferred. Cleve adds to the above list of synonyms P. strigosum W. Smith,? P. normanii Ralis, ¢ and P. finnmarchicum Cleve.4 These three are alike; but with their blunt apices, smooth outline, coarser markings, and more sigmoid raphe they are very bad examples of varieties of the present species. De Toni, who gives separate rank to P. normanii, unites under P. angulatum some impossible forms, such as P. delicatulum W. Smith. é The variety corresponding to P. quadratum W. Smith is very abundant at station 3603. Found at stations 2919, 3200H, 3603, 3696, 4530H, Honshu Island, Japan, to Bering Sea, southern California, and Santa Cruz Island, West Indies. PLAGIOTROPIS Pfitz. Plagiotropis Pfitz. in Hanst. Bot. Abhand. 2: 93.1871. Van Heur. Synop. 121. 1881. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 343. 1891. Cleve & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 177: 66. 1880. Amphiprora Ehrenb. in part; Greg. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 21: 505. pl. 12. f. 58. 1857. Tropidoneis Cleve, in part; Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 27°: 27. 1895. I admit this genus with hesitation, as it is very doubtful if anything is gained by separating its forms from Amphiprora. The genus is hard to understand, on account of the contorted and pellucid character of the diatoms. I lean toward a union of all its forms under Amphiprora; but as I have not been able to establish a satisfactory reason for this by an exhaustive study of the different species, I classify the single species found during these investigations under its generally accepted name. If Cleve’s contention that this genus should be included in his later genus Tropidoneis is correct, it would have been better to have enlarged and emended this genus instead of creating a new one. - Plagiotropis van heurckii Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. 122. pl. 22bis. f. 6-8. 1881. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 346. 1891. Tropidoneis van heurckii Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 26°: 27. 1894. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 265. pl. 6. f. 295. 1896. Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. aSv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 17?: 52. 1880. bAnn. Mag. Nat. Hist. I]. 9: 7. pl. 1. f. 7. 1852. ¢Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 919. 1861; cf. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 177: 52. pl. 3. /f. 67. 1880. @ Denkschr. Akad. Wien 48°: 105. 1884. eW. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 64. pl. 21. f. 202. 1853. 368 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM, AMPHIPRORA Ehrenb. Amphiprora Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 401, 410. 1843. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. 93. 1849. Van Heur. Synop. 120. 1881. Entomoneis Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 154. 1845. Amphicampa Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 257. 1864. Amphitropis Rabh. in Hanst. Bot. Abhand. 2: 94. 1871. Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 53. pl. A. f. 52-53. 1884. The complicated figure of these diatoms is due mainly to the fact that they are, as a rule, contorted spirally about their long axis through an are of 90° or less, making . the build, which is naviculoid, difficult to understand. The genus is close to Amphora Ehrenb., Plagiotropis Pfitz., and Auricula Castr. - Amphiprora conspicua Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 9: 86. pl. 10. f. 16. 1861. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 40. f. 16. 1890. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 22bis. f. 3. 1881. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 335. 1891. Amphiprora pulchra var. B. Lewis, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1863: 346. pl..1. f. 10. 1864. Van Heurck’s figure above represents a doubtful aspect of this species. Found at station 3604, Bering Sea. : MASTOGLOIA Thwaites. Mastogloia Thwaites; W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 63. pl. 54. f. 340-841, pl. 62. f. 388-3889. 1856. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 574. pl. 5. f. 4-8. 1860. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 313. 1891. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 20, 260. f. 65. 1864. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 924. pl. 15. f. 30.1861. Van Heur. Synop. 69. pl. 4. f. 13- 28. 1881-85; Treat. Diat. 153. f. 28, pl. 2. f. 60-66. 1896. O'Meara, Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 323. pl. 29. f. 9-13. 1875. Brun, Diat. Alp. 92. pl. 8. f. 28-29. 1880. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 142. 1894. Pleurosiphonia Ehrenb. Monatsb. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1853: 203. 1854, nom. nud.;1856: 338 pl. 1. f. 32. 1857; Mikrog. 59. 199. pl. 33. I. f. 14.1854. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1870: 52, 58. pl. 3.J1/. f. 1-6. 1871. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 915. 1861. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 326. 1891. Stigmaphora Wall. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: 43. pl. 2. f. 5-8. 1860. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 31. f. 5-8. 1890. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 325.1891. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 156. f. 28a. 1896? ‘Navicula Bory in part; Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 18: 151. pl. 14. f. 12. 1863; in Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 99. pl. 1A. f. 11. 1870. Dickieia Berkeley in part; Thwaites, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. II. 1: 171. pl. 12. f. K. 1848. Cocconeis Ehrenb. in part; Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 10: 577. pl. 5. f. 10a-d. 1860. This genus is of most questionable merit. As a convenience in reducing somewhat the unwieldy genus Navicula, it is of advantage, but it is doubtful whether it deserves generic rank on its own merits. The structure of the frustule displays all the charac- teristics of Navicula, except in having a more or less evident row of internal loculi along the margins of the valves, from the center toward or to the apices. In this it agrees with certain species of Cocconeis Ehrenb., to which for that reason it was joined by Gru- — now in his genus, Orthoneis. It differs, however, from Cocconeis in having both valves alike. Toadmit that this internal plate structure is a generic mark is to invite confusion in some other genera. Leaving out the untenable breaking up of Cocconeis already mentioned, there is Navicula cuspidata Kiitz. This diatom I have found at Farmingdale, New Jersey marl pits, both with and without the large internal craticular plates, which when separated from the frustule were known for a long time as Surirella craticula Ehrenb. They are more pronounced structures than the marginal plates of es eS eee ——— MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 369 Mastogloia, but we can not for that reason divide N. cuspidata into two genera. In fact in some species of Mastogloia we find a close approximation to the craticular plate by the extension of the marginal plates toward or to the center of the valve, as in M. smithii Thwaites,@ a form called for that reason Navicula biscalaris by Brebisson.b There is, however, some reason, despite the foregoing objections, for admitting the genus, namely, that true examples of Mastogloia always have, so far as I know, these marginal internal loculi and are thereby rendered widely distinct in appearance from any Navicula. As for their mode of growth, i. e., the individuals being embedded in gelatinous masses, this can not be taken into account here for the reasons mentioned under Cocconema. Besides, as Grunow points out, ¢ living specimens of Mastogloia are often found without this gelatinous matrix. It seems best, on the whole, to recognize the genus subject to the foregoing remarks. The admission of Ehrenberg’s genus Pleurosiphonia as a synonym is also open to question. Most authors overlook it entirely. Thus I can find no reference to it in Cleve’s extensive work on the naviculoid diatoms.¢ De Tonié recognizes it asa distinct genus with seven species. Rallis, /though giving it a place in his classification, says: “The characters of this genus are unknown to us (they were not given by Ehrenberg till ten years later—1870); but from Ehrenberg’s figure of P. affinis we think it is probably identical with Mastogloia.’’ Even the diagnosis does not quite settle this doubt. There is no exact mention of marginal loculi, but of “‘siphons’’ (whence the name), on either side as lateral lines. These, which Ehrenberg states are “saepe aere repleto,”’ are so figured in all the above citations, and in every case they are drawn as within the marginal space occupied by the loculi of Mastogloia; that is, nearer the center of the valve; and invariably as unbroken tubes, not as rows of chambered loculi, a fact empha- sized in the diagnosis by the word “‘simplice.’’ But no such diatoms have ever been met with. Thenearest thing known is Mastogloia, and it is reasonable to suppose with Ralfs that Ehrenberg was dealing with specimens of Mastogloia. Pleurosiphonia ap- pears in literature three years prior to the making of Mastogloia; that, isin 1853. But this is without figure or description, a nomen nudum. Ehrenberg’s figure precedes Thwaites’s publication by two years, but the diagnosis does not occur till 1870, under the title ““ Nova Genera.” (See citationabove.) The generally recognized rule of bot- anists that the date of a name shall rest on its diagnosis rather than on an undescribed figure should not be used too strictly with the Diatomaceae; for, as a rule, figures are worth much more than any diagnosis, as the intricate sculpture of the diatoms, on which their genus and species depend, is possible to figure but well-nigh impossible to describe. Besides, the reason for this rule in higher plants, seed catalogues, and similar non-scientific publications, plays no part with the diatoms. I would not, therefore, as a rule, make the diagnosis the chief factor in fixing the date of a genus or species in the Diatomaceae. But in this case, where the figures are at best indefinite and the diagnosis does not appear till four years later than Thwaites’s accurate figures and description, I give preference to the latter. Mastogloia lemnisca Leud.-Fort. Mem. Soc. Emul. St. Brieuc 35. pl. 3. f. 29. 1879. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 186. f. 14-15. 1893. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 324. 1891. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 273: 159. pl. 2. f. 26. 1895. My specimen exhibits the markings of the variety represented by Schmidt’s figure 14 above. Found at station 3013H, Hawaiian Islands. a@W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: pl. 54. f. 341B. 1856. bIn lit. January, 1853. ¢ Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 10: 575. 1860. @Svy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 1894; 27%: 1895. €De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 326. 1891. /Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 915. 1861. ~ 370 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. GOMPHONEMA ©. Ag. Gomphonema ©. Ag. Syst. Alg. 15. 1824. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 886. 1861. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 77. pl. 27-29. 1853. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 22. 282. f. 71. 1864. Van Heur. Synop. 122. pl. 23-25. 1881; Treat. Diat. 268. f. 58. 1896. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 419. 1891. Brun, Diat. Alp. 33. 1880. Griff. & Henf. Mier. Dict. ed. 3. 346. pl. 12. f. 34. 1875. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 26?: 178. 1894, char. emend. Meridion ©. Ag. in part; Ehrenb. Infus. 208. pl. 16. f/. 3. 1838. Sphenosira Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 402. pl. 3. I. f. 27. IV. f. 12.1843. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 892. 1861. Kitz. Bacill. 88. pl. 29, f. 47. S44. Sphenella Kiitz. Bacill. 83. 1844. Gomphonella Rabh. Sussw. Diat. 61. pl. 9. f. 1-8. 1853. Gomphoneis Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 26*: 73. 1894. | The inadequate ground for constituting a genus—namely, the matter of its being ~ provided with a gelatinous attachment or being free—discussed under the genus Cocconema Ehrenb., is responsible for some of the above synonyms. Thus Gompho- nella Rabh. is the form of Gomphonema C. Ag. that is found in gelatinous masses, while Sphenella Kiitz. is made up of the forms that are free. Heiberg@ showed that both forms occur in the same species. Cleve’s Gomphoneis is based on a fine line near the margin and a slight difference in the punctation of the costae. Cleve is consist- ent, in that he breaks up other genera, as Navicula, on just such grounds; but, as is shown under that name, the distinctions are too trivial to separate generically forms that are otherwise so nearly related. The genus Rhoicosphenia Grun. is sometimes spoken of as differing but slightly from this genus. It is much nearer to Achnanthes Bory by reason of the totally unlike valves of the frustule. Gomphonema is closer to Cocconema Ehrenb. than to any other valid genus. Gomphonema herculeanum Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1845: 78. 1846; Mikrog. pl. 87A. f. 9, pl. 35.A. VII. f. 12-13. 1854. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 23.f. 2. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 890. 1861. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 420. 1891. Gomphoneis herculeana Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 26°: 73. 1894. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 215. f. 4-14. 1899; pl. 283. f. 1-2. 1902. De Toni gives as reference H. L. Smith’s type no. 177. Smith labels it ‘‘Gompho- nema capitatum herculaneum’’ (not herculeanum). It is an unimportant variety of that species and does not at all resemble this one. Found at station 3694H, Okhotsk Sea. Gomphonema mammilla Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 87. IT. f. 10. 1854; Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1870: 56. 1871. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 23. f. 1. 1881. Ralfs in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 890. 1861. Gom phones mamilla Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 26°: 73. 1894. - Gomphonema oregonicum Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 87. II. f. 12-18. 1854 ? Gomphonema (oregonicum var.?) marimum Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 238. f. 8. 1881.(?) I am not satisfied of the specific identity of Ehrenberg’s G. mammilla and G. oregoni- cum. As Ralis points out, there are some considerable differences. It is, however, doubtful if they can be held separate. I do not agree with De Toni in looking upon — all the above as synonymous with G. herculeanum Ehrenb. It should be here noted’ that the figure of Van Heurck is misleading in having an unsymmetrical curvature of the costae on opposite sides of the median line. Found at station 2882, off Oregon. | MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 371 COCCONEMA Hemp. & Ehrenb. Coceonema Hemp. & Ehrenb. in Ehrenb. Symb. Phys. Evertebr. 9. pl. 2. IV. /. 10. 1828. Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1829: 15. 1830; Infus. 223. pl. 19. f. 7.1838; Mikrog. pl. 10. I. f. 18.1854. Kiitz. Bacill. 80. pl. 6. f. 1. 1844. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 3. 877. pl. 10. f. 194-198. 1861. Hass. Hist. Brit. Alg. 1: 425. pl. 101. f. 1. 1845. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 10. f. 1-35. 1875. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 75. pl. 23. f. 219. 1853. Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 97. pl. 1. //. &. 1884. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. 180. pl. 12. f. 19-20. 1875. H. L. Smith. Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 80-85. 1874. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 6. f. 1-5. 8-9, 11, 14. 1890 Bacillaria Gmel. in part; Hemp. & Ehrenb.in Ehrenb. Symb. Phys. pl. 2. IV. f. 10. 1828. Cymbella C. Ag. Consp. 1. 1830. Kiitz. Bacill. 79. pl. 6. f. 11. 1844. Rabh. FI. Eur. Alg. 1: 10, 77. f. 20. 1864. Brun. Diat. Alp. 55. pl. 3. f. 1-8, 10-19. 1880. Van Heur. Synop. 59. pl. 2. f. 1-19. 1881. Truan, Anal. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat. 13: 336. pl. 7. f. 5-12. 1884. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 84. 1856. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 875. pl. 7. f. 45-46. 1861. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 115-123. 1874. H. L. Smith, The Lens 1: 76. 1872. Greg. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 3: 4. pl. 1. f. 17-21. 1856. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 349.1891. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 7. f. 1-35. 1890. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 26%: 156. 1894. Heib. Krit. Overs. Danske Diat. 107. 1863. Gomphonema Ag., in part; C. Ag. Consp. 33. 1830. Kiitz. Linnaea 8: 564. pl. 4. f. 52. 1833. Frustulia Ag. in part; Kitz. Linnaea 8: /. 10. 1833. Menegh. in Kiitz. Sp. Alg. 59. 1849. Encyonema Kiitz. Linnaea 8: 589. f. 73. 1833. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 11,85. f. 23. 1864. Van Heur. Synop. 65. pl. 3. f. 9-23. 1881. Kitz. Bacill. 82. pl. 22. f. 1. 1844. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 879. pl. 7. f. 49, pl. 14. f. 22.1861. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 67. pl. 54. f. 345. 1856. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 10. f. 42-66. 1875. Hass. Hist. Brit. Alg. 2: 439. pl. 100. f. 10. 1845. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2:.371. 1891. Syncyclia Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1835: 174. 1837; Infus. 233. pl. 20. f. 11. 1838. Kiitz. Bacill. 81. pl. 22. f. 2. 1844. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 879. pl. 7.f. 58, pl. 10. f. 206. 1861. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 11, 97. f. 24. 1864. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. 759. pl. 14. f. 14. 1875. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 375. 1891. Navicula Bory, in part; Ehrenb. Infus. 184. pl. 13. f. 18. 1838. se al Breb. in part; Breb. & God. Consid. Diat. 14. 1838 (cf. Van Heur. - Synop. pl. 3. f. 19. 1881). Pinnularia Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 133, in part; Mikrog. pl. 5. I. f. 11. 1854. The claim of Heiberg @ that Cocconema and Cymbella should be united is quite generally conceded. They differ solely in that the former grows attached to a gelat- inous stipe. This is, of course, as truly a morphological characteristic as anything connected with the siliceous frustule. But to admit such a distinction is impossible in this group of plants. Even in living forms Cocconema is certain to become detached in large masses from the stipes; and when found in that condition, it is manifestly absurd to attempt a distinction. In fossil forms all question of gelatinous connections must plainly be eliminated. In the same way diatoms are Schizonema C. Ag. while in their gelatinous tubes, but clearly Navicula Bory when set free; and Eunotia Ehrenb. is identical with Himantidium Ehrenb. when the latter is out of its gelatinous invest- ment. But in the selection ofa generic name Heiberg, for utterly trivial reasons, passed over the older name Cocconema and chose Cymbella, and his selection has been gen- erally followed. The older name is, therefore, here restored and Cymbella made its synonym. In the case of Encyonema Kiitz., whose mode of growth is different from the other two, the frustule ae inclosed in gelatinous tubes, its union here is more aes Krit. Given Deck. Diat. 107. 1863. 372 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. open to question; for aside from its mode of growth, which may be neglected, it offers a general distinction in having its raphe stop short of the apices of the frustule and in its terminations being peculiarly bent. But these qualities are very inconstant, and by an examination of many species it is made certain that no distinction is possible between it and the members of the genus Cocconema. Syncyclia Ehrenb. is even more strikingly dissimilar in its mode of growth, the frustules being embedded in gelatinous masses and grouping themselves therein by division into cylindrical com- munities, whence the name. So far as the figures are concerned, they also show some dissimilarity from the present genus in their strongly truncate ends,@ but this must be looked upon as of little significance when we compare them with the drawings of the evident Cocconema? in Pritchard. It is, therefore, best to ignore in the foregoing four genera their differences of attachment and unite them in a single genus. Cocconema inaequale (Ehrenb.) Mann. Navicula inaequalis Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1836: 53. 1837, nom. nud.; Infus. 184. pl. 13. f. 18. 1838. Cymbella ehrenbergii Kiitz. Bacill. 79. pl. 6. f. 11. 1844. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 875. pl. 7.f. 46, pl. 9. f. 154A. 1861. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 9. f. 6-9, 16-18, pl. 71.f. 74, 80.1875. Griff. & Henf. Mier. Dict. ed. 3. pl. 13. f. 31.1875. W.Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 17. pl. 2. f. 27. 1853. Van Heur. Synop. 60. pl. 2. f. 1-2. 1881. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 117. 1874. Brun, Diat. Alp. 59. pl. 2. f. 30. 1880. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 165. 1894. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 349. 1891. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 7. f. 3, 21, 25. 1890. Stauroneis inaequalis Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 16. I. f. 6. 1854. Pinnularia inaequalis Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 16. II. f. 6. 1854. Cymbella delicata Schmidt, Atlas pl. 9. f. 17. 1875. Kiitzing recognizes the identity of his form and Ehrenberg’s Navicula inaequalis. It is possible Stawroneis inaequalis Ehrenb. and Pinnularia inaequalis Ehrenb. can be assigned to some other species as well as to this, as their exact character is rather hard to determine. But they agree fairly well with this species; and it is probable Ehren- berg looks upon them as the same, as he uses the three generic names interchangeably. In fact, the name Stauroneis Ehrenb.¢ is probably a misprint, for the form shows no trace of a stauros. Found at station 3013H, Hawaiian Islands. Cocconema kamtschatica (Grun.) Mann. Cymbella kamtschatica Grun.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 10. f. 31. 1875. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 7. f. 11.1890. MOll. types 3, 2, 10. Cleved makes this a variety of Cocconema mericanum Ehrenb.e De Toni,/ on the other hand, places it as a variety of Cymbella gastroides Kiitz. Both of these resemble the above. In fact, few species of this genus have hard and fast boundaries; and we might add to the above resembling forms Cymbella maculata Kiitz., especially as figured by Van Heurck.g 1, however, think that Grunow’s form, on account of its smaller size than in the above, its finer markings, its blunt apices, and its breadth at the middle of the valve, together with its tumid outline on the ventral side, can be safely left ina species by itself. Found at station 2882, off Oregon. a(Cf{. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. pl. 7. f. 53. 1861. b Pritch. op. cit. pl. 14. f. 18-20. ¢ Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 16. I. f. 6. 1854. d Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 26: 177. 1894. e Cf. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 342.1845. Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 33, VII. f. 6-7, 1854. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 10. f. 32-88, pl. 71. f. 82. 1875-81. f De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 362. 1891. gSynop. pl. 2. f. 16. 1881. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 373 Cocconema lanceolatum (('. Ag.) Ehrenb. Infus. 224. pl. 19. f. 6. 1838; Mikrog. pl. &. I. f.8, pl. 10. I. f. 18, pl. 14. f. 82, pl. 15A. f. 96, pl. 17. II. f. 82, pl. 88A. II. f. 10, pl. 89. IT. f. 16. 1854. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 10. f. 8-10. 1875; pl. 72. f. 22-25. 1881. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 83. 1874. Hass. Hist. Brit. Alg. 426. pl. 101. f. 1. 1845. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 877. pl. 10. f. 194-195. 1861. Kiitz. Bacill. 81. pl. 6. f. 3. 1844. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 83. 1864. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 75. pl. 23. f. 219. 1853. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. 180. pl. 12. f. 19 20. 1875. W. Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Il. 19: 8. pl. 1. f. 8 (not f. 7). 1857. Thw. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 20: 343. pl. 22. f. C, 1-3. 1847. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 6. f. 1-8, 11, 14-16. 1890. Gomphonema lanceolatum C. Ag. Consp. Diat. 34. 1830. Kitz. Linnaea 8: 38. 1833 (not G. lanceolatum Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 306. pl. 2. J. f. 37. 1843). Cocconema asperum Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1840: 206. 1841; Mikrog. pl. 5. meerns. 7. 2.211. f. 27, pl. 6. I. f. $0, pl. 9. Lf. 42, pl. 16. IIL. f. 39. 1854. Kiitz. Bacill. 81. 1844. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 877. 1861. Bail. Amer. Jour. Sci. 124. pl. 2. f. 2 (unnamed). 1838; cf. Hab. Cat. 85. 1877. Cocconema cornutum Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 124. 1843; Mikrog. pl. 5. IT. f. 3. III. f. 28, pl. 14.f. 80, pl. 15A.f. 94, pl. 39. LIT. f. 12. 1854. Cocconema cymbiforme Ehrenb. err. det. Bail. in Fremont, Rep. Expl. Exped. 1842-4. 302. pl. 5. f. 8 (not f. 7, 9). 1845. Cymbella lanceolata Kirchn. in Cohn, Krypt. Flora Sches. 188. 1878. Brun, Diat. Alp. 57. pl. 3. f. 19, pl. 9. f. 16. 1880. Van Heur. Synop. 63. pl. 2. f2 7. 1881. Truan, Anal. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat. 13: 337. pl. 7.f. 6. 1884. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 362.1891. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 41. 1889; 3: pl. 23. f. 344, 350. 1893 (not C. lanceolata C. Ag. Consp. Diat. 9. 1830). Cymbella aspera Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 175. 1894, in part. Although I agree with De Toni in making Cocconema cornutum Ehrenb. synonymous with the present species, I recognize that there is ground for questioning this, C. cor- nutum being more suddenly attenuated on either side of the middle and, therefore, with narrower apices than C. lanceolatum, whence the name. But I do not think this is sufficient to separate them. I have no question in regard to C. asperum Ehrenb., which Cleve holds as a distinct species. Ehrenberg’s own figures of this are indistin- guishable from his C. lanceolatum. Cleve has evidently a somewhat different concep- tion of this diatom, as is shown by his uniting with it such forms as Pantocsek’s Cymbella gigantea,® which seems to me quite distinct from Ehrenberg’s C. asperum. I therefore make Cleve’s species synonymous only in part. Doubtless this species and C. gas- troides Kiitz. interlock. Found at station 2882, off Oregon. AMPHORA Ebhrenb. Amphora Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1840: 205. 1841. Kiitz. Bacill. 107. 1844. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 86.1864. H.L. Smith, The Lens, 2: 64.1873. Van Heur. Synop. 55. 1881. Brun, Diat. Alp. 53. 1880. Navicula Ehrenb. Infus. 188. pl. 14. f. 3. 1838, in part. Frustulia Agardh, in part; Kiitz. Linnaea 8: 535. 1833. Agardh, Flora 10: 627. 1827. Cymbella Agardh, in part; Kiitz. Bacill. 80. pl. 5. f. 8, pl. 6. /. 7. 1844. Cocconeis Ehrenb. in part; Neup. Math. Termesz. Kézlem. 5: pl. 2. f. 49. 1867 Amphora baccata Mann, sp. nov. Piate XLIV, ricure 2. Valves straight or slightly convex on the ventral side; convex by a broad, even are on the dorsal side; ends blunt, rounded; raphe beginning somewhat toward the dorsal @ Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 3: pl. 21. f. 321. 1893. 374 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. side of each apex, curving slightly to that side, then recurving toward the ventral side in a long, graceful are and terminating at a small, rectangular, hyaline central area, close to the ventral side; markings of closely set, moniliform striae, transverse except toward the apices, where they are slightly incurved; beading of the striae alike on both sides of the raphe, which is bordered on each side by a narrow hyaline space; a hyaline line, the width of one row of beads, forming a narrow stauros transversely across the center, from the rectangular central area to the dorsal side. Length of valve, 0.1385 mm.; width of valve, 0.023 mm. Striae, 76 in 0.1 mm. Type in the U.S. National Museum, no. 590153, from station 3688H, Okhotsk Sea, August 27, 1896; 1,562 fathoms, bottom of brown mud and fine sand. There is some resemblance between the above and A. elegans Gregory; but Gregory’s species is more attenuated, especially as to the apices, and is much more delicately marked. Thus De Toni says of it, ‘*Valvis gracilibus, semilunatis, levibus (striis obsoletis).”’ It resembles more strongly A. levis Gregory,¢ a similarity which is, how- ever, accidental to Schmidt’s figure, as can be seen by comparing it with the original description and figures,¢ Gregory saying that his form is ‘‘ very hyaline,”’ and that “‘the striae are very fine, about 60 in 0.001, very hyaline and hardly to be seen with a power of 400 diam.’’ Schmidt’s figure is therefore quite deceptive. Amphora crescens Mann, sp. nov. PLate XLIV, ricure 3. Amphora crassa punctata Grun.? Schmidt, Atlas pl. 28. f. 32. 1875. Valve slightly convex on the dorsal side, more rapidly curving toward the rounded and incurved ends; the margin appearing ribbed because of the transverse striae; ends bent inward into rounded wings extending beyond the ventral line of the rest of the valve and hyaline along their inner edges; raphe beginning near the ends, close to the dorsal margin, almost straight until near the middle, then curving ventrally to the two central nodules, which are distant from the ventral side one-fourth the width of the valve; ventral margin slightly convex at the center, straight or slightly concave between this and the rounded ends; transverse striae obscure, except where seen in relief along the dorsal margin; markings different on the two sides of the raphe; on the dorsal side consisting of rows of beads, three to five in a row, the smallest next to and touching the raphe, increasing regularly in size to the last at the dorsal margin; these rows alternating with the striae visible at the margin, equidistant, 44 in 0.1 mm., transverse at the cen- ter of the valve, thence outward gradually inclining toward the ends; on the ventral side the rows shorter, of two or three beads of nearly equal size, those nearest the raphe slightly larger; not touching the raphe, but uniformly distant the width of one bead, thus leaving a hyaline line along the raphe on the ventral side only; rows absent at the middle for the width of two rows, thence at first inclining from the central area, half- way to their becoming transverse, from there outward gradually inclined from the ends, thus making them at this point confluent with those on the dorsal side of the raphe; at the rounded ends of the valve the ventral rows not reaching the margin, but leaving these hyaline on their inner edges. Length of valve, 0.09 mm.; width of valve,0.013 mm. Beaded striae, 44 in 0.1 mm. Type in the U.S. National Museum, no. 590158, from station 4516H, Gulf of Cali- fornia, December 22, 1904; 1,627 fathoms. This species bears a significant general resemblance to the figure in Schmidt’s Atlas,¢ named A. crassa punctata Grun. The figure is very poor, making it impossible to see whether or not there are beaded striae present, though the varietal name implies that a Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 5: 70. pl. 1. f. 30. 1857. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 12. f. 80. 1890. b De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 381. 1891. ¢ Schmidt, Atlas, pl. 26. f. 9. 1875. ‘d Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 21: 514. pl. 12. f. 74, b-c. 1857. ¢ Pl. 28. f. 82. 1875. = | | MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 375 there are. At anyrate, it is clear Grunow has overlooked Gregory’s clear characteriza- tion of his species, in which he expressly states that his former figure? is incorrect and probably denotes another species. He goes on to say: “‘The markings are entire, coarse, subdistant, about 12 in 0.001. Between the lateral segments are from five to eight converging bars, marked with the same subdistant entire striae. In one focus. not here figured, nothing is seen but bars from one side to the other, which are thus eight or nine in number.’’ He then refers to various localities where he has found this form, showing that it is constant in its characters. If the contour of Amphora, inde- pendent of its markings, were to be considered the specific mark of distinction, then my species and the figure in Schmidt’s Atlas © might be classed as broad varieties of Greg- ory’sform; and to these would have to be added many other otherwise valid species, as this winged contour is not at all uncommon in the genus. But such is not the case; and the above, together with the figure Gregory excludes from his crassa in the citation already made, must rank separately. Prof. H. L. Smith in his Conspectus of Am- phora,@ correctly described and figured A. crassa Greg. He there favors its union with A. sulcata Breb., according to Grunow’s suggestion, but the merits of this question do not enter into the present case, as my form is equally unlike both of these. It is certain that whatever be the interpretation of Schmidt’s blurred figure, the specimen here named and figured can not be referred to Gregory’s A. crassa. Amphora honshuensis Mann, sp. nov. PuaTE XLIV, FicureE 1, Valves broadly rounded, the margin on the ventral side concave and parallel to the convex dorsal margin, until, near the ends, they both converge to form the broad, rounded apices; raphe beginning at the center, close to the ventral margin, curving sharply backward toward the dorsal side and terminating in two large beads close to the dorsal margin, but some distance from the rounded apices; striae of very fine bead- ing, extending from the dorsal and ventral margins'to the raphe, leaving no hyaline band on either side of it; a small lunate, hyaline area between the two central nodules of the raphe and the ventral margin; valve depressed at the center in a broad shallow trans- verse hollow, the two halves on either side rising above this like lobes; on account of this central depression and the elevation of the two halves the lines of beading on the dorsal side of the raphe, although approximately transverse, appearing in the hollow to bend convexly from each other, then halfway toward the ends to become transverse, and near the broad, rounded extremities to again become curved with the concave curvature inward; on the ventral side of the raphe the lines of beading, which are equally minute, beginning at the hyaline lunate area before mentioned, somewhat inclined toward the center and transverse only on nearing the rounded ends; these lines on the ventral side somewhat irregular, producing a wavy appearance; valves very delicate and diaphanous. Name referring to proximity to Honshu Island, Japan. Length of valve, 0.16 mm.; width of valve, 0.04 mm. Striae, 85 to 88 in 0.1 mm. _ Type in the U. S. National Museum, no. 590154, from station 3698, off Honshu Island, Japan, May 5, 1900; 153 fathoms, bottom of green mud, volcanic ashes, and sand. Amphora mexicana Schmidt, Atlas pl. 27. f. 47-48 (not f. 49). 1875. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 409. 1891. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 267: 105. pl. 4. f. 15. 1895. Amphora warhenhusenvi Jan.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 40. f. 88.1876. Diat. Gaz. Exped. pl. 22. f. 47 Amphora boryana Pant. Bacill. Ung. 2: 36. 1889; 3: pl. 38. f. 531. 1893. There is no appreciable difference between the above. It may also be that A. oculus Schmidt ¢ should be added to the nono, hae although the absence of the curved a Trans. Ring. Soc. ‘Edinb. 21: 524. pl. es 94a- d. 1857. _ 6 Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 5: pl. 1. f. 35. 1857. e Pl. 28. f. 32: 1875. @ The Lens 2: 76. pl. 2 € Schmidt, Atlas pl. 27. 31713—VoL 10, pT 5—O7 Sf. 5 f. 52. 1875. WW 376 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. expansions on the ventral side of the raphe in A. oculus and its more massive build make this union doubtful. It is so united by Fricke. A. proteus kariana Grun.,® has also a strong resemblance to the above. I see no reason for uniting with these, under the general name A. oculus Schmidt, the quite different A. farcimen Grun., A. weissflogui Schmidt, and A. kamorthensis Grun., as seems to be done by Fricke.¢ It may be said that Cleve @ also unites A. boryana Pant. with the above, and De Toni¢ includes it as variety boryana, but with a question mark. My specimens agree best with Cleve’s figure, / though they are smaller forms, their average length being 0.079 mm. and their width 0.023 mm. I look upon the diatom figured in Schmidt's Atlas ¢ bearing the above name, as a quite distinct species. Found at stations 3698, 3712H, off Honshu Island and in Okhotsk Sea. Amphora pellucida Greg. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 21: 513. pl. 12. f. 73. 1857. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 27. f. 11, 36-37, 65.1875. H.L. Smith, The Lens 2: 78. pl. 2. f. 15. 1873. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 405. 1891. It is possible this is a delicate variety of A. ovalis Kiitz., as treated by Rabenhorst,” a view also seemingly favored by H. L. Smith and De Toni above. Cleve # says it is ‘too imperfectly described and figured for admitting of identification” (which is not the case); and then he proceeds to identify it by putting it in A. marina (W. Smith?) Van Heur. Again j he places it, as figured in Schmidt's Atlas at above reference, exclusive of figure 65, in A. commutata Grun. If it is to be included in any other species, it should be in A. ovalis Kiitz., but I think there is sufficient doubt about this to justify its being allowed to stand. Found at station 2920H, Hawaiian Islands. Amphora spectabilis Greg. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 21: 516. pl. 13. f. 80a, d, e (not f. 80b, ce). Schmidt, Atlas pl. 40. f. 20-23. 1876. H. L. Smith, The Lens 2: 80. pl. 3. f. 3. 1873. Cleve, In Nordensk. Vega Exped. 3: 462. 1883; Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 27°: 132. 1895. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 408. 1891. Amphora furcata Leud.-Fort. Mem. Soc. Emul. St. Brieuc 20. pl. 1. f. 11.1879. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 402. 1891. The claim made by Leuduger-Fortmorel, above, that Schmidt’s figures, above, are not Gregory’s spectabilis, but a distinct species, which he also figures and to which he gives the specific name furcata, is supported by De Toni, above. I do not agree with this view, but take the position stated by Cleve * that Schmidt’s and Leuduger-Fort- morel’s forms are only a variety of Gregory’s species. A careful reading of Gregory’s long description of this diatom will make it evident that the only particular in which ii fails to correspond with Schmidt’s figures is in the forking of the inner ends of the striae on the dorsal side. Gregory says his specimens were very dimly striated on that side, so much so that though the striae were evident near the dorsal margin, they faded away toward the innerends. Without doubt this fact prevented his noting the forking of these striae; though it ought to be added that this forking is by no means invariable, as is to be seen by comparing Schmidt’s figure 20 with his figure 21. So far as my experience goes, the figure of Leuduger-Fortmorel seems overdrawn in the irregularity of the striae. Found at station 3698, off Honshu Island, Japan. a Fricke, Verzeichniss zu Schmidt’s Atlas 10. 1902. b Cleve & Grunow, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 172: 24. pl. 1. f. 7. 1880. eCleve. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 27%: 105. 1895. d Op. cit. 8. éSyll. Alg. 2: 409. 1891. fOp. cit. pl. 4. f. 15. i Cleve, op. cit. 103. g Pl. 27. f. 49. 1875. j Cleve, op. cit. 119. AF). Eur. Alg. 1: 92. 1864. k Cleve, op. cit. 132. ed We) ~I] a | MANN-—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. CYSTOPLEURA Breb. Cystopleura Breb.; Kiitz. Sp. Alg. 3. 1849, as synonym. Kuntze, Rey. Gen. Pl. 2: 890. 1891 Frustulia C. Ag. in part; Kiitz, Linnaea 8: 16. pl. 1. f. 18. 1833. Eunotia Ehrenb. Infus. 190. pl. 14. f. 5. 1838, in part. Navicula Bory, in part; Ehrenb. Infus. 184. pl. 13. f. 19. 1838. Epithemia Kiitz. Bacill. 33.1844. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 9, 62. f. 15. 1864. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat.1: 11. pl. 7. f. 7. 1853. Brun, Diat. Alp.42. pl. 2. f. 10- 18. 1880. Van Heur. Synop. 138. pl. 31-32. 1881. H.L. Smith, The Lens 1: 80. 1872. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 759. pl. 12. f. 24-25. 1861. Eng. & Pr. Pflan- zenfam. 1'»: 140. f. 256. 1896, not Blume, 1826. Cymbella Hass. Hist. Brit. Alg. 1: 428. pl. 100. f. 7-8. 1845, in part, not C. Ag. The name Epithemia Breb. isa homonym of Epithemia Blume, 1826, a genus of the Primulaceae. The genus Cystopleura Breb. is first technically published by Kuntze, all previous references to it being in synonomy. Cystopleura gibba (Ehrenb.) Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 891. 1891. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 780. 1892. Navicula gibba Ehrenb. Infus. 184. pl. 13. f. 19. 1838. Eunotia gibba Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 3. pl. J. f.39. 1843. Bail. in Fremont, Rep. Explor. Exped. 1842-4. 302. pl. 5. f. 4-5. 1845. Eunotia jastrabensis Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 8. f. 3. 1854. Epithemia gibba Kiitz. Bacill. 35. pl. 4. f. 22. 1844. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 15. pl. 1. f. 13. 1853. Rabh. Sussw. Diat. pl. 1. f. 3. 1853. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 327. pl. 6. f. 7. 1862. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 759. pl. 12. f. 27. 1861. Brun, Diat. Alp. 44. pl. 2. f. 14. 1880. Van Heur. Synop. 139. pl. 32. f. 1-5. 1881. H.L.Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 150.1874. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 35. f. 1-3, 8-9. 1890. Thwaites, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 20: 344. pl. 22. f. F1-2. 1847. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. 287. pl. 51. f. 6. 1875. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 296. pl. 9. f. 351-354. 1896. Grun. Denkschr. Akad. Wien 487: 100. 1884. Epithemia ventricosa Kitz. Bacill. 35. pl. 30. f. 9. 1844. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 15. pl. 1. f. 14. 1853. It is impossible to unite with this species Ehrenberg’s Navicula wncinata,® though subsequent to its publication he refers to it in this connection.® Without a figure and more accurate description there is nothing gained by placing this name in the synonymy. The specimens from station 3346 are a variety in which hardly a trace of the granu- lation of the striae is visible. ’ Found at stations 2690H, 2848, 2917H, 3013H, 5346, Bering Sea to central California and Hawaiian Islands. Cystopleura turgida Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 891.1891. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 777, 1892. Navicula turgida Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1830: 64. 1831. Navicula granulata Ehrenb.; Poggend. Annal. Phys. u. Chem. 38: 220. pl. 3. f. 2. 1836. Eunotia turgida Ehrenb. Infus. 190. pl. 14. f. 5, pl. 21. f. 20a. 1838. Eunotia westermani Ehrenb. Infus. 190. pl. 1/. f. 6. 1838. Eunotia granulata Ehrenb. Infus. 191. pl. 21. f. 20. 1838. Kiitz. Bacill. 36. 1844. Eunotia faba Ehrenb. Infus. 191. pl. 21. f. 21. 1838. Eunotia librile Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 126. pl. 3. I. f. 88. 1843. a Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1828: 64. 1830. b Ehrenb. Infus. 184. 1838. 378 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Epithemia turgida Kitz. Bacill. 34. pl. 5. f. 14. 1844. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg.1: 62. 1864. Rabh. Stissw. Diat. 18. pl. J. f. 11. 1853. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 12. pl. 1. f. 2. 1853. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 761. pl. 4. f. 1, pl. 9. ff. 156-161, pl. 11. f. 1-8. 1861. H.L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 155. 1874. Brun, Diat. Alp. 43. pl. 2. f. 17.1880. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 31./. 1-2, 5-7. 1881. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 324. pl. 6. f. 2. 1862. Epithemia westermanii Kitz. Bacill. pl. 80. f. 4. 1844 (not pl. 5. f. 18; not W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat.1: 14. pl. 1.f. 11. 1853; not H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 157. 1874; not Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 760. pl. 4. f. 2, pl: 9.f. 157.1861). Van. Heur. Synop. pl. 31. f. & 1881. Epithemia librile Kitz. Bacill. 35. pl. 29. f. 45 (poor). 1844. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 761. pl. 12. f. 24-25. 1861. Epithemia vertagus Kitz. Bacill. 36. pl. 30. f. 20. 1844? Epithemia granulata Kiitz. Bacill. 35. pl. 5. f. 20. 1844. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 761. pl. 9. f. 165. 1861. - Epithemia faba Kitz. Bacill. 36. pl. 5. f. 21. 1844. Cymbella turgida Hass. Hist. Brit. Alg. 1: 428. pl. 100. f. 7. 1845. It is doubtful if 2. westermanii ( Ehrenb.) Kiitz., included above, should beattributed to Kiitzing. His first figure and description represent a totally different diatom, as do some of the subsequent copies of it and exsiccati so determined and cited above, which I have also excluded. The figure on plate 30 is, however, a good representation of this species, as is that cited by Van Heurck. There is very close similarity between the present species and EF. hyndmanii W. Smith,¢ so much so that their separation, though upheld by De Toni and others, appears to me decidedly doubtful. In fact, my specimen is about midway between the two, having the strongly bowed dorsal outline and broad rounded apices of FE. hyndmannii together with the beading of EF. turgida, especially the large beading along the ventral margin as seen in the zonal view. Found at station 2882, off Oregon. . : NITZSCHIA Hass. Nitzschia Hass. Hist. Brit. Alg. 1: 435. 1845. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 37. pl. 13-14. 1853. Cleve & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 17?: 67. 1880. Van Heur. Synop. 169. pl. 57-70. 1881; Treat. Diat. 382. pl. 15-16. 1896. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 779. 1861. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 495. Eng. & Pr. Pflanzenfam. 11: 142. 1896. . Navicula Bory, in part; Ehrenb. Infus. 182. pl. 13. f. 15. 1838. Synedra Ehbrenb. in part; Kiitz. Bacill. 67. pl. 4. f. 36-37. 1844. Surirella Turp. in part; Bail. Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 2*: 40. pl. 2. f. 86. 1851. Amphipleura Kiitz. in part; W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 45. pl. 15. f.'128. 1853. Tryblionella W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 35. 1853. Denticula Kiitz. in part; W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 2: 21. pl. 34. f. 295. 1856. Dimeregramma Ralis, in part; Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 790. pl. 4. f. 12. 1861. Nitzschiella Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 163. 1864. Grunowia Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 146. 1864. Pritchardia Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 162. 1864. Perrya Kitton, Mo. Micr. Journ, 12: 218. pl. 81. f. 1-3. 1874. Bacillaria Gmel. in part; De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 493. 1891. Hantzschia Grun. in Cleve & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 17?: 103. 1880. Van Heur. Synop. 168. pl. 56. 1881; Treat. Diat. 280. 1896. The original genus of Hassall was extensively emended by William Smith in 1853 and by Grunow in 1880. In the latter instance the genus Hantzschia was set off by aW. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 12. pl. 1. f. 1. 1853, and Van. Heur. Synop. pl. 31. f. 8-4. 1881. — MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 379 Grunow, but on too unimportant distinctions. The rather sharp constriction of the valves at the center on the dorsal side, and especially the heavier beading of the dorsal margin, sometimes extending as ridges part way across the valve, are the marks of dis- tinction. The apices are liable to be slightly curved ventrally. These characters of Hantzschia singly or together are more or less to be seen in other species of Nitzschia, and are not good generic marks. Van Heurck retains the genus. It is instructive on _this point to compare Nitzschia bilobata W. Smith with Hantzschia amphiorys (Ehrenb. ) Grun.¢@ Nitzschia amphibia Grun. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 574. pl. 12. f. 23. 1862. Cleve, Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 17°: 98. 1880. Van Heur. Synop. 184. pl. 68. f. 15-17. 1881-85. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 157. 1864. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 688. 1874. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 543. 1891. Bacillaria frauenfeldii Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 10: 584. pl. 12. f. 1. 1862. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 545. 1891. Nitzschia frauenfeldii Grun. in Cleve & Grun. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 17%: 98. 1880. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 68. f. 18. 1881. Nitzschia actiuscula Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 68. f. 19-23. 1881. Although the original figures of B. frawenfeldii are much more tapering than those of N. amphibia, a comparison of the two as figured by Van Heurck will show their identity. In fact, Grunow says: ® ‘‘Nahe verwandt mit N. amphibia und wohl nur eine langere Form derselben.’’ - The species is also too close to some other forms, as NV. fossilis Grun.¢ and N. liebetruthti Rabh.¢€ The former differs merely in much greater attenu- - ation, but as I have not seen the diatom I do not include it with the above. Found at station 3091, off Oregon. Nitzschia angustata (W. Smith) Grun. in Cleve & Grun. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 17?: 70. 1880. Van Heur. Synop. 172. pl. 57. f. 22-24. 1881. Cleve & M@ll. typ. no. 154-155. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 500. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 385. pl. 15. f. 498. 1896. Tryblionella angustata W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 36. pl. 30. f. 262.1853. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 148. 1864. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 792. 1861. Brun, Diat. Alp. 103. pl. 4. f. 28. 1880. Nitzschia marina Grun. in Cleve & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 177: 70. 1880. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 57. f. 26-27. 1881. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 500. 1891. Cleve in Nordensk. Vega Exped. 3: 507. 1883. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 44. f. 16 (not f. 17). 1892. Both Brun and Habirshaw add to the above list Tryblionella acuminata W. Smith. ¢ This is incorrect. Nor can Habirshaw’s union of Synedra praemorsa Ehrenb./ be admitted. The measurements of VV. marina vary considerably in the first and fourth citations above, the latter being much larger. Found at stations 2929, 4516H, off southern California and in Gulf of California. Nitzschia insignis Greg. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 5: 80. pl. 1. f. 46, 46*. 1857. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 61. f. 1. 1881; Treat. Diat. 391. pl. 32. f. 835, 836. 1896. Cleve & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 177: 83. 1880. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 521. 1892 (not H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 349. 1874 =N. scalaris (Ehrenb.) W. Smith). Pritchardia insignis Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 163. 1864. @Van Heur. Treat. Diat. pl. 15. f. 484b, 513. 1896. bSv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 177: 99. 1880. ¢ Van Heur. Synop. pl. 68. f. 24. 1881. @ Van Heur. Synop. pl. 68. f. 25-26. 1881. eW. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 36. pl. 10. f. 77. 1853. J Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: pl. 3. VI. f. 17. 1843. 380 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Nitzschia smithii Ralis in Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 781. Cleve & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 177: 84. 1880. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 564. 1862, De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 521. 1892. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 61. f. 4. 1881. Pritchardia smithii Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 163. 1864. Nitzschia spectabilis W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 39. pl. 14. f. 116. 1853 (not Ehrenb.). Nitzschia insignis marginifera Grun. in Cleve & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 17?: 84. pl. 6. f. 105. 1880? Ralis changed William Smith’s name N. spectabilis to N. smithii because of the N. spectabilis of Ehrenberg. There is no difference between this and N. insignis, the sigmoid shape of the frustules in N. smithii being a vanishing quantity in many cases and of no specific importance when present. As Grunow saw only the zonal view of the last-named synonym above, it remains doubtful whether it was this or N. scalaris (Ehrenb.) W. Smith. H. L. Smith’s type referred to above is misnamed, being a true N. sealaris and identical with his type no. 365, except that it is a little smaller. The two species which Van Heurck considers as possible varieties of N. insignis,4 namely, N. adriatica Grun.,® and N. (adriatica var. ?) spathulifera Grun.¢ are rather varieties of N. sealaris. It is more difficult to include with N. scalaris N. (insignis var. ?) nota- bilis Grun., which Grunow? makes an unquestioned variety of the present species. It is certain it does not belong here. Found at station 2823, Gulf of California. Nitzschia panduriformis Greg. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 21: 529. pl. 14. f. 102. 1857. Van Heur. Synop. 172. pl. 58. f. 1-4 (f. 5-6 doubtful). 1881. Cleve, Bih. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1'': 12. 1873. Cleve & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 17*: 71. (pl. 5. f. 92 ?). 1880. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 501. 1892. Van Heur. Treat. Diat. 386. pl. 15. f. 500. 1896. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 44. f. 3-4, 9. 1890. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 780. 1861. Tryblionella lata Witt, Journ. Mus. Godef. 1: 66. pl. 8. f. 6.1873. Lagers. Bih. Sy. Vet. Akad. Handl. 3": 27. pl. 1. f. 2. 1876. Nitzschia lata Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 5°: 12. 1878. Witt’s 7. lata is a very much more finely marked variety than the type, other- wise quite typical; the form of it which Lagerstedt calls ‘‘var. elegans” stands mid- way between it and the type. His superb figure is, like all his figures in the same work, a good approach to the ideal in depicting the diatoms. The N. panduriformis nicobarica Grun.@ does not belong to this species, but is a form of his N. littoral, which in turn is a variety of N. tryblionella Hantzsch. There is some doubt with regard to the two forms of Van Heurck’s cited above, which also correspond to Cleve’s figure, their entire lack of the hyaline area, the so-called ‘‘suleus,’’ making them questionable. Van Heurcké drops them out from the above category. Found at stations 2807, 2808, 2823, 2835, 3008H, Galapagos Islands to Gulf of Cali- fornia and Hawaiian Islands. Nitzschia plana W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 42. pl. 15. f. 114. 1853. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 58. f. 10-11. 1881; Treat. Diat. 387. pl. 15. f. 503. 1896. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 503.1892. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 153. 1864. Cleve & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 177: 72. 1880 (not H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 363. 1874). Nitzschia marginulata didyma Grun. in Cleve & Grun. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 17°: 72. 1880. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 58. f. 14.1881. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 504. 1892. aVan Heur. Synop. pl. 61. f. 2, 3. 1881. bSv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 17°: 84. 1880. ¢ Op. cit. 85. d Fenzl, Reise Novara Bot. 1: 97. pl. 1A. f. 4. 1870. éTreat. Diat. 1896. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 381 It is probable that the other forms of Grunow’s N. marginulata also belong to this species. He says, regarding its relation to N. plana, * Aehnlich, aber mit breiterem, stets bis zu den Schaalenenden reichendem fast ganz glattem Mittelraume.” The specimen found by me has the characteristics of both; it has the practically hyaline central space of Grunow’s form instead of the irregularly punctate space of Smith's type, but, as in the latter, stopping short of the apices instead of extending to these, as Grunow points out. There is, therefore, no doubt of this variety of N. marginulata being the same species as N. plana; and, as already suggested, it might be well to add the other varieties also. H. L. Smith’s type no. 363 is misnamed. It is a small variety of N. dubia W. Smith as figured by that author and as shown in H. L. Smith’s type no. 341. Found at station 2823, Gulf of California. Nitzschia punctata (W. Smith) Grun. in Cleve & Grun. Sy. Vet. Akad. Hand]. 17°: 68. 1880. Van Heur. Synop. 171. pl. 57. f. 2-3. 1881; Treat Diat. 384. f. 125, pl. 15. f. 491-492. 1896. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 496 1892 (not Bail.). Tryblionella punctata W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 36. pl. 10. f. 76a’ (not f. 76a), pl. 30. f. 261. 1853. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 148. 1864. The specimens found by me have markings nearly as coarse as those of NV. granulata Grun.;@ they, however, have the decided marginal loculi on the dorsal side of the valve and are clearly in all respects coarsely marked examples of N. punctata. The diatom given this name by L. W. Bailey® is N. brightwellii Kitton and has no relation with the above. Found at station 3698, off Honshu Island, Japan. Nitzschia scabra Cleve in Nordensk. Vega Exped. 8: 480. pl 38. /. 73a-b. 1883. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 532. 1892. My specimen agrees with the above perfectly, except that the puncta are set wider apart. It has the peculiar ‘‘shagreen-like appearance” referred to by Cleve. It is 0.183 mm. long. I do not favor uniting this with N. sigma W. Smith, although Cleve brackets that name with a question mark. Found at station 3696, off Honshu Island, Japan. Nitzschia sigma (Kititz.) W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 39. pl. 13. f. 108. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 781. pl. 4. f. 21. 1861. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 156. 1864. Grun. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 2: 681, 1879. Brun, Diat. Alp. 105. pl. 5. f. 24. 1880. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 367. 1874. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 65. f. 7-8, pl. 66. f. 1-9. 1881; Treat. Diat. 396. pl. 16. f. 531-535. 1896. Cleve in Nordensk. Vega Exped. 3: 480, 506. 1883. Lewis, Proc. Acad. Phila. 1861: 71. 1862. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 530. 1892. Synedra ? sigma Kitz. Bacill. 67. pl. 30. f. 14. 1844? Amphipleura rigida Kiitz. Bacill. 104. pl. 4. f. 30. 1844? Amphipleura sigmoidea W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 45. pl. 15. f. 128. 1851 (not N. sigmoidea (Nitzsch) W. Smith). Nitzschia anguillula Schum. Schrift. Phys. Okon. Ges. Konigsb. 5: 53. pl. 1. f. 12. 1867: N. sigma anguillula Grun. in Schneider, Beitr. Kennt. Kauk. 119. 1878. Nitzschia sigmoidea H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 369. 1874. Nitzschia habirshawti Feb.; H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 346. 1874. N. sigma habirshawvi Van Heur. Synop. pl. 66. /. 4. 1881. Nitzschia (sigma var. ?) valida Cleve & Grun. Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 5%: 12. pl. 3. f. 19. 1878. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 65. f. 4-5. 1881. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 532. 1892. a Toc. cit. 6 Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 7: 344. pl. 8. f. 76. 1862. 382 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Nitzschia (sigma var. ?) major Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 65. f. 6. 1881. Nitzschia (sigma var. ?) latiuscula Grun.; Van Heur. Synop. pl. 65. f. 3. 1881. I leave out of the above list Navicula lamprocampa Ehrenb.,@ here included by De Toni,® and Nitzschia clausii Hantzsche placed here by Grunow.¢ H. L. Smith, by changing Amphipleura sigmoidea W. Smith, to Nitzschia sigmoidea has confused it with the real Nitzschia sigmoidea W. Smith,e a diatom that can not be included here. Regarding NN. sigmatella Greg./ I can see no reason for including it here, as is done by De Toni and others. There can be no doubt of the N. sigma sigmatella Grun.,g included above, which is a quite different diatom. Found at station 3712H, about 100 miles off Oregon. SPHINCTOCYSTIS Hass. Sphinctocystis Hass. Hist. Brit. Alg. 1: 436. pl. 102. f. 38. 1845. Frustulia C. Ag. in part; Kiitz. Linnaea 8: 554. 1833. Navicula Bory, in part; Ehrenb. Infus. 185. pl. 73. f. 22. 1838. Denticula Kiitz. in part; Bacill. 44. pl. 3. f. 60. 1844. Surirella Turp. in part; Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 15A. f. 50-51. 1854. Cymatopleura W. Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Il. 7: 12. pt. 3. f. 8-9. 1851; Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 36. pl. 10. f. 78-81. 1853. H. L. Smith, The Lens 1: 85. 1872. Ralfs, Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 793. 1861. Van Heur. Synop. 167. 1881; Treat. Diat. 366. /. 779. 1896. Brun, Diat. Alp. 96. 1880. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 598. 1892. Although this genus shows close relation to Surirella Turp., and even closer to the forms of Nitzschia Hass., which were formerly included in Tryblionella W. Smith, its distinctness is generally conceded.’ The older name of Hassall is here restored. Smith, in rejecting this name, says: ‘T should have been glad to have adopted Mr. Hassall’s genus ‘Sphinctocystis,’ “but as this term refers merely to a peculiarity in the external form of one species, I am obliged to reject it.’’ If the failure of a name to be accurately descriptive were valid cause for its rejection, Smith’s substitution would also have to go. ; Sphinctocystis librile (Ehrenb.) Hass. Hist. Brit. Alg. 1: 436. pl. 102. f. 3. 1845. Navicula librile Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1831: 81. 1833; 1833: 267. 1835; Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1836: 53. 1837; Infus. 185. pl. 73. f. 22. 1858. Frustulia quinquepunctata Kiitz. Linnaea 8: 554. pl. 14. f. 28. 1833. Surirella solea Breb. in Breb. & God. Consid. 17. 1838. Kiitz. Bacill. 60. pl. 3. f. 61. 1844. Rabh. Sussw. Diat. 28. pl. 3. f. 7b-c. 1853. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. 34. 1844. Weisse, Mel. Biol. Acad. Sci. St. Petersb. 4: 660. pl. 7. /. 18. 1865. Surirella librile Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 6. I. f. 19, pl. 14. f. 58. 1854. Cymatopleura solea W. Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. I]. 7: 12. pl. 3. f. 8-9. 1851; Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 36. pl. 10. f. 78. 1853. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 793. pl. 9. f. 155 (figure poor), pl. 16. f. 9. 1861" Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 60. 1864. Grun, Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 466. 1862. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 114. 1874. Brun, Diat. Alp. 97. pl. 7. f. 10. 1880. Cleve & MOll. type no. 226-227. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 55. f..5-7. 1881; Treat. Diat. 367. pl. 12. f. 482b. 1896. @ Kiitz. Bacill. 102. pl. 4. f. 5. 1844. b De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 530. 1892. ¢ Hedwigia 2: 40. 1860. ¥ dJourn. Roy. Micr. Soc. 2: 22. 1879. eW. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 38. pl. 13. f. 104. 1853. / Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 3: 38. pl. 4. f. 2. 1855. g Van Heur. Synop. pl. 66. f. 6. 1881. : h See remarks under Cymatopleura by W. Smith, and by Rallis in the above citations. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 383 De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 599. 1892. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 4. 227. pl. 16. f. 28. 1883. Wolle Diat. N. A. pl. 60. f. 1-4, 13. 1890. Cymatopleura apiculata W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 37. pl. 10. f. 79. 1853. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 60. f. 9,12. 1890. Belloc, Rev. de Comm. 3: 52. pl. 1 Pe F 20. 1887. Hassall’s writing of the species name as S. librilis is erroneous. He evidently assumed that Ehrenberg had used the wrong gender of the Latin adjective in his Navicula librile, and as Sphinctocystis is feminine, he wrote S. librilis. But Ehren- berg used the noun /ibrile, meaning a scale-beam, because of the long, notched appear- ance of this species when seen from the zonal side. Kiitzing’s F. guinguepunctata is a practically indefinable form as figured and described by him, but as he refers to it under Surirelia solea as the same thing, I include it in the synonymy. Found at station 2885, off Oregon. Sphinctocystis undulata (Ehrenb.) Mann. Navicula ? undulata Ehrenb. Infus. 187. pl. 21. f. 16. 1838. Survrella oophaena Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 136. pl. 3. V.f. 7. 1843. Denticula undulata Kiitz. Bacill. 44. pl. 3. f. 60. 1844. Surirelia elliptica Breb.; Kiitz. Bacill. 61. pl. 28. f. 28. 1844. Surirella undulata Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1847: 442. 1849; Mikrog. pl. 14. f. 39, pl. $3. I. f. 111, pl. 385A. VII. f. 25-26, pl. 37. I. f. 25. 1854. Surirella ovum Naeg.; Kiitz. Sp. Alg. 889. 1849. Cymatopleura hibernica W. Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. II. 7: 13. pl. 3. f. 12. 1851; Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 37. pl. 10. f. 81. 1851. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 55. f. 3-4. 1881. H. L. Smith, Sp: Diat. Typ. no. 113. 1874. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 61. 1864. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 600. 1892. | Cymatopleura elliptuca W. Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. II. 7: 13. pl. 3. f. 10-11. 1851; Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 37. pl. 10. f. 80a—c. 1853. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 89. 1864. Van Heur. Synop. 168. pl. 53. f. 1-4. 1881; Treat. Diat. 367. pl. 72. f. 480b-481b, pl. 51. f. 863. 1896. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 793. pl. 9. f. 149, pl. 16. f. 7-8. 1861. Brun, Diat. Alp. 96. pl. 7. f. 8, pl. 9.f. 15. 1880. Grun. Verh. | Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 463. pe. 11. f. 13. 1862. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 112. 1874. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 598. 1892. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. | 4. 227. pl. 16. f. 24 1883. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 60. f. 5-7. 1890. Cleve & Moll. type no. 2, 4, 11-12. Surirella undata Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 833A. I. f. 20, 21, 21*. 1854. Surirella plicata Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 15 A. f. 50. f. 51a-b. 1854. Weisse, Mel. Biol. Acad. Sci. St. Petersb. 5: 107. pl. 1. f. 10. 1865. Cymatopleura nobilis Hantzsch, Hedwigia 2: 36. pl. 6. f. 6. 1860. Cymatopleura hibernica rhombica Chase; De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 601. 1892. This long list of synonyms might be increased by Cymatopleura angulata Grey. It stands midway between this and the former species S. librile, the form variety of the latter called C. apiculata being very close to it. Found at station 4505H, near Santa Cruz light-house, Monterey Bay, Cal. SURIRELLA Turp. Surirella Turp. Mem. Mus. Paris 16: 361. pl. 15. f. 1-7, 9-10, 14. 1828 (exclusive of the other figures). Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 9, 51. f. 72. 1864. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 794. 1861. W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 30. pl. 8-9. 1853. Van Heur. Synop. 186. pl. 71-74. 1881; Treat. Diat. 368. f. 120. pl. 12-13. 1896. Brun, Diat. Alp. 97. 1880. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 59. pl. 10. 1886. — @7Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 10: 89, pl. 9. f. 1. 1862. 384 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Survaya Turp. Hanst. Bot. Abhand. 2: 107. 1871. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 567. 1892. Novila Heib. Krit. Overs. Danske Diat. 24. 1863. Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 1'': 11. 1873. Stenopterobia Breb.; Grun. in Cleve, Ofv. Kgl. Vet. Akad. 38": 7. 1882. Méll. type nos. 2, 5, 15, as subgenus. Plagiodiscus Grun. Mo. Micr. Journ. 18: 172. pl. 194. f. 8-9a-b. 1877 (ef. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 56. f. 1. 1877). Navicula Bory, in part Ehrenb. Infus. 186. pl. 14. f. 1-2. pl. 21. f. 15. 1838. Nitzschia Hass. in part; Kiitz. Bacill. 60. pl. 3. f. 46. 1844. Coeconeis Ehrenb. in part; Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 456. pl. 9. f. 10. S62. William Smith in discussing the relations of this genus, considers it to be close to those robust forms of Nitzschia which he calls Tryblionella; its nearer affinity is, however, Campylodiscus Ehrenb., from which it differs simply in the circular outline and uniform saddle shape of the latter. These differences are so constant that an unnecessary loss to classification would result from uniting the two genera. The nearest approach to an intermediate form is to be found in Surirella spiralis Kiitz. (Campylodiscus spiralis Kitz.) W. Smith ¢). The genus has a more remote resem- blance to Sphinctocystis Hass. (Cymatopleura W. Smith), but except in a few forms no confusion can arise between the two. The separation of the greatly elongated forms into the genus Stenopterobia of the kidney-shaped sports into the genus Plagiodiscus and of the forms showing a wedge- shaped appearance from the zonal side into the genus Novilla are utterly useless distinctions. The attempt of Pfitzer and De Toni to change the name into Suriraya so as to make it fit better the name of the French physician, Doctor Suriray, in whose honor Turpin formed the name, is inexcusable, as Turpin had a right to call his genus whatever name be wished. Surirella bifrons Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 388. pl. 3. V.f. 4, pl. 4. III. f. 1. 1843; Mikrog. pl. 14. f. 86, pl. 15, A. f. 46. B.f. 17 (oh Tia and pl. 7. III. A. f. 17-20 are indeterminate). 1854. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 22. f. 5. 10-12, pl. 22. f. 6 (unnamed), pl. 23. f. 1-2. 1875; pl. 245. f. 8-10. 1904. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 4. 746. pl. 17. f. 22. 1883. Kiitz. Pacill. 61. pl. 7. f. 10, pl. 28. f. 29. 1844. Rabh. Siissw. Diat. 29. pl. 3. f. 27. 1853. Navicula bifrons Ehrenb. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1832: 259. 1834. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1836: 53. 1837; Infus. 186. pl. 14. f. 2. 1838. Surirella biscriata Breb. Consid. Diat. 53. pl. 7. 1838. Hass. Hist. Brit. Algae 438. pl. 102. f. 1. 1845. W. Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. II. 7: 8. pl. 2. f. 1. 1851; Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 30. pl. 8. f. 57. 1853. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 454. pl. 10. f. 7. 1862. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 9, 53. f. 12b-c. 1864. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 794. pl. 16. f. 20-26. 1861. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 22. f. 13-14. 1875. H. L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 514. 1874. Brun, Diat. Alp. 99. pl. 2. f. 8 (not f. 9), pl. 9. f. 17. 1880. Belloc, Rev. de Comm. 8: 52. pl. 3. f. 21. 1887. Van Heur. Synop. 186. pl. 72. f. 1-3. 1881; Treat. Diat. 368-369. f. 120, pl. 12. f. 575. 1896. Suriraya biseriata Breb.; De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 567. 1892. Kiitzing, Griffith and Henfrey, and Rabenhorst have rightly united S. bifrons and S. biseriata under the former name. Most authors give preference to Brebisson’s name, though nearly all except Schmidt in his Atlas recognize that the two are synony- mous. Ehrenberg’s name, accompanied by a clear diagnosis, is prior to that of Breb- isson. Itis found in the volume of the Abhandlungen for 1833, which is dated 1835; but on the fascicle in which it occurs is printed, ‘‘Gelesen in der Akademie der Wissenschaft am 2 Juli 1832, revidirt und mit einigen Zusiitzen gedruckt im Mai 1834.” Found at station 3607, Bering Sea. aW. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 29. pl. 7. f. 54. he. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES, 385 Surirella fastuosa Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1840: 214. 1841; Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 388. pl. 2. IV. f.7. VI. f. 14, pl. 3. VII. f. 11-12. 1843. Kiitz. Bacill. 62. pl. 28. f. 19a-d. 1844. W. Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. II. 7: 10. pl. 3. f. 3. 1851; Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 32. pl. 9. f. 66. 1853. Greg. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 3: 40. pl. 4. f. 12. 1855. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 5. f. 12, pl. 43.f. 1. 1890. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4.797. 1861. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1:58. 1864. Jan. & Rabh. in Rabh. Beitr. 1: 13. pl. 1. f. 15. 1863. Jan. Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 18627: 14. pl. 7A. f. 37. 1862. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 461. pl. 9. f. 11 (f. 12 doubtful). 1862. Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 10: 18. pl. 3. f. 1. 1862. Van Heur. Synop. 188. pl. 73. f. 18. 1881; Treat. Diat. 372. pl. 18. f. 588-584. 1896. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 2: 71. 1889; 3: pl. 31. f. 450. 1898. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 4. f. 1-2, 8, pl. 5. f. 4, 7-15, pl. 19. f. 1, 8, 12, 13, pl. 20. f. 1.1875; pl. 56. f.7.1877; pl. 206. f. 1-11, 21.1897. Truan, Anal. Soc. Espan. facet. Nat. 14: 76. pl. 5. f. 11-12. 1885. Wolle, Diat. N. A. pl. 55. f. 5 (not pl. 52. f. 10). 1890. Surirella lata W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 31. pl. 9. f. 67. 1853. Van Heur. Synop. 188. pl. 72. f. 17. 1881. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 59. 1864. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 5. f. 1. 1874; Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere 2: pl. 3. f. 9 (3 fig.). 1874. Surirella hohenackerii Rabh. Hedwigia 1: 103. pl. 13. f. 2. 1859. Surirella cuneata Schmidt, Atlas pl. 4. f. 1-2. 1875. Suriraya fastuosa Ehrenb.; De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 582. 1892. This diatom is one of the commonest of the genus; at the same time it is very vari- able. In consequence of both facts it runs gradually into a number of other species, so that the list of synonyms given above could be easily increased. I have confined myself to evident cases of identity, as the specific lines here are most difficult to fix with exactness.@ Found at stations 2807, 2808, 2823, 2923, 2929, 2635H, 3688H, Galapagos Islands to central California and Okhotsk Sea. Surirella formosa Cleve, Bih. Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 18°: 17. pl. 4. f. 49. 1881. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 205. f. 8. 1897. Suriraya formosa Cleve; De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 584. 1892. My specimens, which are exceedingly abundant in the one dredging mentioned, differ from Cleve’s figure and description in some important particulars. The mark- ings are much more elaborate than he indicates, which may have been due to inade- quate material, as he says his form is ‘‘very rare.”’ The border of my specimens is much narrower and more strongly ribbed and is without the beads. The branching of the forked tips on the inner side of the row of processes with swollen ends is more pronounced. There are other minor differences but not sufficient to indicate a new species. The great points of resemblance are the swollen processes and the ring of beads in the otherwise hyaline central area. Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. Surirella patens Schmidt, Atlas pl. 4. f. 16-17. 1875; pl. 56. f. 10-11. 1877. Jan. Diat. Gaz. Exped. pl. 21. f. 28-29. Suriraya patens Schmidt; De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 597. 1892. This diatom is of the S. fastuosa type, but hardly near enough to be united. To the above references might be added the unnamed figures of Schmidt and Janisch.? Found at station 2807, Galapagos Islands. Surirella robusta Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1840: 215. 1841; Mikrog. pl. 15A. f. 48; pl. 17, I. f. 14; I. f. 1a-b (pl. 11. f. 31 and pl. 16. III. f. 81 indetermi- nate). 1854. Kiitz. Bacill.61. 1844. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 3.795. 1861. Schmidt, a@Cf. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 4-5. 1875, for illustration of this difficulty. b Schmidt, Atlas. pl. 56. f. 12. 1876. Jan. Diat. Gaz. Exped. pl. 21. f. 80. 386 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Atlas pl. 22. f. 3-4. 1875. Van Heur. Synop. 187. pl. 71. f. 1, 2 (exclusive of variety). 1881; Treat. Diat. 371. pl. 12. f. 577 (exclusive of variety). 1896. Suriraya robusta Ehrenb.; De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 571. 1892. Surirella nobilis W. Smith, Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 32. pl. 8. /. 63. 1858. Rabh. Fl. Eur. Alg. 1: 55. 1864. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 795. 1861. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 456. 1862. Surirella splendida W, Smith, in Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. I]. 7: 9. pl. 2. f. 3. 1851 (not J. 2; not Synop. Brit, Diat. 1: 32. pl. 8. f. 62. 1853; not Ehrenb.; not Kiitz.). Surirella valida Schmidt, Atlas pl. 23. f. 8. 1875. Van Heurck unites 8. splendida Ehrenb. with the above, and also S. tenera Greg. Both of these I consider distinct, as do De Toni and others. Schmidt gives his name valida, though expressing doubt of its not being a variety of S. robusta. Despite his very assertive specific name, I think the doubt is well founded. It is the variety most common in the following dredging. Found at station 2871, off Washington. CAMPYLODISCUS Ehrenb. Campylodiscus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1840: 207. 1841. Rahb. Fl. Bur. Alg. 1: 45. 1864. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 798. 1861. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 431. 1862. Van Heur. Synop. 1'*: 189. 1881. Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 62.1886. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 603.1892. Eng. & Pr. Pfilanzenfam. 1'>: 146. f. 267. 1896. . Coronia Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1840: 206. 1841, as subgenus. Calodiscus Rabh. Siissw. Diat. 12. pl. 3. 1853. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed, 4. 802. pl. 8. Sf. 50. 1861. Surirella Turp. in part; Brun, Diat. Alp. 101. pl. 1. f. 16-17. 1880. Campylodiscus concinnus Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: 30. pl. 1. f. 2. 1860. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 18. f. 16-17. 1875; pl. 53.f. 9. 1877. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 800. 1861. Campylodiscus marginatus Johnst. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 8: 13. pl. 1. f. 11. 1860. Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: 30. pl. 1. f. 2. 1860. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 30. f. 2. 1890 (not Ehrenb. 1845). Campylodiscus impertalis Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: 30. pl. 1. f. 3. 1860 (2). | Campylodiscus lineatus Grun.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 18. f. 18. 1875. Campylodiscus samoensis Grun.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 15. f. 18-20. 1875. Campylodiscus crebrecostatus Grey. err. det. Eulen.; Schmidt, Atlas pl. 15. f. 16-17. 1875. My specimen agrees perfectly with the figures by Schmidt, named by Eulenstein — “(. erebrecostatus Grev.’’ This identification is false, as can be seen by comparing with Greville’s original figure and description.¢ Greville recognizes the probability of this species being identical with Johnston’s C. marginatus, and he so names it in his illustration. The identity is a fact, but Johnston’s name is inadmissible, having — been preempted by Ehrenberg? for a quite different species. I am not satisfied with making the above species synonymous with C. imperialis Grev., as is done by De Toni.¢ Greville’s figure and description show marked differences, especially in the border. But whether synonymous or not, De Toni’s selection of the name imper- ialis is wrong, as both the above name and that of Johnston hold priority. De To 4 aTrans. Micr. RE pes | age ‘na: 14. pl. 1. f. 6. 1863; alas Mont: Diat.-taf. pl. 49 f. 6. 1890. b Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1845: 362. 1846. ¢ De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 609. 1892. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 387 also includes C. radiatus Leud.-Fort.,¢ a diatom that does not in the least resemble this species. Found at station 2923, off southern California. Campylodiscus ecclesianus (irev. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sei. 5: 10. pl. 3. f. 5. 1857. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 801. 1861. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 16. f. 8-11, pl. 17. f. 16. 1875; pl. 208. f. 3. 1897; also pl. 16./. 8,5 (unnamed). 1875. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 11: f. 5. 1890. ree Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: 40. pl. 3. f. 26. 1886; 2: 71. 1889. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 623. 1894. Campylodiscus fe aps hes Grev. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 5: 9. pl. 3./f. 4 fag 4 Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 11. f. 4. 1890. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 1862. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 801. 1861. Campylodiscus rabenhorstii Jan. in Rabh. Beitr. 1: 6. pl. 1. f. 6-7. 1863. . Schmidt, Atlas pl. 53. f. 12-14. 1877. Grun. Verh. Zool. as Ges. Wien 12: 435. 1862. Campylodiscus weiss flogi Deby: Fricke, Verzeich. 23. 1902. Campylodiscus taenoides Deby; Fricke, Verzeich. 23. 1902. Although specimen: of this species do show something like the “four-square win- dows’’ mentioned by Greville in his description of C. fenestratus,® it is difficult to believe that Greville was misled by an illusion of two superposed valves and gave a name to that illusion when he had both forms before him; especially as he describes the border of C. fenestratus so differently from that of C. ecclesianus, and that, too, in a way that could not result from two superposed valves. For in C. fenestratus it is of narrow continuous costae, while C. ecclesianus has a strong double row: How- ever ingenious this deduction of Greville’s mistake is, I am not at all certain it is correct. I have, therefore, left the name as above, whereas if the two be actually synonymous the first-mentioned name, C. fenestratus, should be used. The form found by me has the lines of the central area so very faint. that they are practically invisible; a variation somewhat lke that shown in another figure by Schmidt. ¢ Found at station 4516H, Gulf of California. Campylodiscus galapagensis, Mann, sp. nov. PuaTeE LI, FIGURE 3. Frustule comparatively flat, the double bend of the valves, characteristic of the genus, being considerably below the average; rim divided into compartments by very thin cross septa formed by continuations of the sides of the costae, the costae making a double ring within the rim; the compartments of the rim thus being of the same width as, and continuous with, the costae; each compartment ornamented witha stout process projecting inward from the outer margin or edge; within the rim or border two rows of costae; outer row consisting of smooth, large costae, three times as long as broad, their outer ends being slightly notched, their inner ends rounded; costae of the second row continuous (not alternate) with those of the outer row and of about the same length, partly cleft, however, or in some cases wholly divided longitudinally by a thin median line, so that they appear to be double the number and half the width of the costae of the outer row; central area large and marked, first, by a few shadowy indistinct radiating lines, and, second, by a single row on each side of large oval beads, irregularly placed, but generally parallel to the margin. Diameter of valve, 0.19 mm.; width of costae at margin, 28 in 0.1 mm. Type in the U.S. National Museum, No. 590155, from station 2807, Galapagos Islands, April 4, 1888; 812 fathoms, bottom of Globigerina ooze and coral mud. There is enough similarity between this and C. peramplus Cleve,¢ to note here the poenutey ¢ of the two being the same; especially as Cleve’s form was also found aMem. Sha Emu, ‘St. iieus 48. “ 5% z 57. 1879. b Of. also Schmidt, Atlas pl. 16. f. 8. 1875 cOp. cit. pl. 17. f. 16. @ Sv. Vet. Akad. Handl. 18°: 17. pl. 4. f. 58. 1881. SSS CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. at the Galapagos Islands. If this be the case, my name must give way to Cleve’s. But if his poor figure and meager description are to be trusted, the double row of costae are not present and the ornamentation of the border is totally different. Cleve remarks that his form is perhaps a variety of C. ecclesianus Grev., and refers to the double row of alternating costae in the latter. It will be seen that the costae in my form are not alternating and are of very different construction. They are also rela- tively much stouter than Cleve’s, there being 28 in 0.1 mm. on a valve with a diam- eter of 0.19 mm., whereas Cleve’s has 40 to 50 costae in 0.1 mm. on a valve with a diameter of 0.12 to 0.16 mm. At any rate, this form needs to be accurately defined; and I therefore figure and name it, subject to the foregoing remarks, Campylodiscus horologium Williamson, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. IT. 1: 321. 1848. W. Smith Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 28. pl. 6. f. 51. 1853. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 799. 1861. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 437. 1862. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 17. f. 17. 1875; pl. 51. f. 7. 1877; pl. 207. f. 23-25. 1897. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 616. 1892. Campylodiscus mediterraneus Grun.; Cleve & Mdll. type no. 154. 1878. Cf. also Schmidt, Atlas pl. 17. f. 7. 1875. Campylodiscus pfitzert Schmidt, Atlas pl. 17. f. 5-6. 1877. Cam pylodiscus lepidus Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 63. pl. 11. f. 7. 1886. Cam pylodiscus orbicularis Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: 64. pl. 16. f. 10. 1886. Schmidt’s C. pfitzeri is a slightly more robust, but unimportant variety of the above. Found at station 3696, off Honshu Island, Japan. Campylodiscus kinkeri Schmidt, Atlas pl. 207. f. 16. 1897. This species is closely related to C. triumphans Schmidt,@ and C. brightwellii Grun. ;> but these two, together with several other named forms, are certainly varieties of C. undulatus Grev.¢ In the case, however, of C. kinkeri there is a massiveness in the large double row of costae and a distinctness in the border which lead me tenta- tively to classify my specimen as above, the agreement with Schmidt's figure being exact. Found at station 2920H, Hawaiian Islands. A similar form from station 3696 corresponds exactly to C. erosus Castr.,@ but both that and my form are inner or eroded valves of some of the foregoing. Campylodiscus latus Shadb. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 2: 16. pl. 1. f. 13. 1854. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 3.f. 13.1890. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 436. 1862. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 18. f. 21-22. 1875; pl. 207. f. 6-11. 1897. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 617. 1892. . Campylodiscus ambiguus Grey. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. n. s. 8: 31. pl. 1. f. 5. 1860. Moeb. Diat.-taf. pl. 30. f. 5.1890. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 18. f. 23-26. 1875; pl. 51.f. 14.1897. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 801. 1861. Campylodiscus contiguus Schmidt, Atlas pl. 18. f. 19-20. 1875. _ Campylodiscus aemulus Schmidt, Atlas pl. 207. f. 12. 1897. The specific identity of the above four forms is unquestionable. I do not, however, see the necessity of adding to this list C. centralis Greg.¢ or the long and dissimilar list by Leuduger-Fortmorel / which De Tonig looks upon as also synonymous. It may be that an examination of the diatoms themselves would show such identity in some aSchmidt, Atlas pl. 15. f. 4, 5. 1877. b Schmidt, Atlas pl. 15. f. 6, 7. 1877. ¢ Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 11: 229. pl. 9. f. 4. 1863. @ Castr. Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. 2: pl. 11. f. 5. 1886. € Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 21: 501. pl. 11. f. 51. 1857. J Mem. Soc. Emul. St. Brieuc 44-46. 1879. gSyll. Alg. 2: 617. 1892. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. 389 of these forms, for Leuduger-Fortmorel’s drawings in this work are not very accurate; but the drawings, judged in the light of the descriptions, are certainly not all of one species, and, so faras it is possible to make out, none of them belong here, Found at station 2920H, Hawaiian Islands. Campylodiscus noricus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1840: 205. 1841; 1845: 154. 1846. Rabh. Hedwigia 1: 52. pl. 9. f. 2. 1854. Kiitz. Bacill. 59. 1844. ed. 3. 799. 1861. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 438. pl. 10. f. 4, 5. 1862. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 55. f. 8.1877. H.L. Smith, Sp. Diat. Typ. no. 64.1874. Van Heur. Synop. pl. 77. f. 4-6. 1881. Strose, Bacillanienlager 13. pl. 1. f. 30. 1884. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 3: pl. 14. f. 215. 1893. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 627. 1892. Campylodiscus hibernicus Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1845: 154. 1846; Mikrog. pl. 15A. f. 9. 1854. Pritch. Hist. Infus. ed. 4. 799. pl. 4. f. 88. 1861. Schmidt, Atlas pl. 55. f. 9-16. 1877. Van. Heur. Synop. 190. pl. 77. f. 3. 1881. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 439. 1862. Campylodiscus costatus W. Smith, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. I]. 7: 6. pl. 1. f. 1. 1851; Synop. Brit. Diat. 1: 29. pl. 6. f. 52. 1853. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. ed. 3. pl. 12. f. 16. 1875. Grun. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien 12: 439. pl. 10. f. 6. 1862. Hedwigia 2: 29. pl. 5. f. 1-2. 1860. Surtrella norica Kiitz.; Brun. Diat. Alp. 101. pl. 1. f. 16-17; pl. 9. f. 30. 1880. Grunow@ claims that C. noricus Ehrenb. can be provisionally held separate from C. hibernicus Ehrenb. because of its more numerous and more delicate ribs. This is hardly to be conceded. On the same basis the specimens I have found could be constituted a separate species. They correspond closely to Pantocsek’s figure? in having the costae delicately striated with soit, wavy lines, broad at the margin and narrowing to a thread at the center; and especially in all reaching the center, so that the central hyaline space, like an obscure square, is obliterated. Found at station 3635H, Bering Sea. Campylodiscus taeniatus Schmidt, Atlas pl. 16. f. 2. 1875; pl. 41. f. 1. 1877. De Toni, Syll. Alg. 2: 623. 1892. Two varieties, even more contrasted than those figured by Sehmidt, were found by me; the first without a prominent row of beads bordering the inner line of the first ring of costae, from station 3698, and the second with such a row, two beads to each costa, from station 2920H. Found at stations 3698 and 2920H, off Honshu Island, Japan, and Hawaiian Islands. XANTHIOPYAXIS Ehrenb. Xanthiopyxis Ehrenb. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1844: 273. 1845; Mikrog. pl. 33..X VII. f. 17. 1854. As was stated under Chaetoceros, this genus is invalid, being made up principally, if not wholly, of internal cases from the frustules of Chaetoceros. It is placed here merely to enable the reader to trace the following widely figured form, as it occurs abundantly in the hydrographic soundings mentioned. Xanthiopyxis oblonga Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 33. X VII. f. 17. 1854. Cleve, Journ. Quek. Micr. Club II. 2: 175. pl. 13. f. 18. 1885. Lithostylidium hirtum Ehrenb. Mikrog. pl. 34. VII. f. 15. 1854. Xanthiopyxis panduriformis Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 1: 43. pl. 29. f. 7. 1886. Found at station 4029H, Bering Sea. @Schmidt, Atlas pl. 55. f. 9-16. 1877. 5 Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. 3: pl. 14. f. 215. 1893. 390 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. DATA OF THE STATIONS AT WHICH DIATOMS WERE COLLECTED BY THE ALBATROSS. HYDROGRAPHIC STATIONS. Al] stations marked **H’’ are hydrographic soundings; all others are regular dredging and trawling stations. For complete list of stations to 1900 with data see Report of the U. 8. Comm. Fish. 1900: 387-562. 1901. Use is made of the following abbreviations of terms expressing characters of bottoms, with a few names of instruments: ae black ES green. SD. icane ks eye brown PY. 22. 0 gray. VOL. volcanic Sy eee ee broken. inv. eS. 25 lava. Wii. cha white. 1 ee blue. ey Set light. ee vellow. Giese. clay ee mud. LL. B: Potaeee large beam trawl. "Cpe coral. : OAR. ooze. &..B. Ree small beam trawl. Lee coarse. ee pebbles. 8 Tur. -.... Sfoot Tanner beam Gk. is dark. PALS... Cc. particles. trawl. i aes ee fine BR * rock. B.D. 2a rake dredge ae ae gravel. 8..... sand. gpD ou. globigerina. "| eee eae shells. | $£| 2 | pee’ Date. Locality. eo ES a Kind of bot- Remarks. s | 3 eB Se 1 tom. 3a) of 2 Ete tel Lat. N. | Long. W. 1895. a wee cad SOE bec 2287H | May 23 54 23 45 | 166 38 30 | 43 | 38.2 B20) 1 Te SO dows ae Bering Sea | 1890. 2604H | Sept. 25 391210 123 50 50) 54 49.4 6} gam :...54.: Off west coast United States. 1891. . 2680H | Oct. 11 | 36 44 40 | 122 09 30] 55 | 37.0 864 | br. m.8...-...- Cable survey, California to Hawaiian Islands and re- | turn. 2685H |....do....| 36 39 30 | 122 41 00 55 | 35.1 1, 424 | DE Tiere cose Do. 2686H |.... do....| 36.37 00 | 122 5400] 55) 35.0] 1,597 | br. m........- Do. 2687H | Oct. 12 36 35 00 | 123 06 00 55 | 35.0 1, 661 | Drrinics gecc ee Do 2688H |....do...| 36 32 30 | 123 1900] 54) 35.0 1907: | DY. TA Seven Do. - 269011 |....do... 36 28 00 | 123 4400| 54) 35.0] 2,061 | gy. oz......... Do 2691H |....do...| 36 25 30 | 124 02 50 56 | 34.8 | 2,112 TOs eiswees Do 269411 |....do...| 36 09 00 | 124 55 30 59 | 35.0 | 2,434) br. & gy. oz Do 2690511 |....do...| 36 03 00 | 125 13 00 | 57 | 35.0] 2,430 br. oz........2 Do. 269611 Oct. 13 35 58 00 125 3100) 57) 35.0 2,547. br. & gy. oz Do. 2698H |....do... 35 47 30 | 12605 00 | 62 | 35.0 | 2,566 | br. oz......... Do. 2767H | Oct. 23 | 36 47 10 | 122 07 55 58 44.8 202), Swe Be aoe Do. 2768H |....do...| 36 47 10 | 122 08 20| 58)|...... dio | BOW. Boo. a. Do. 2774H |. ...do...| 36 47 10! | \122°95 .50'| “S64... .- | 400") SG7an: Boot tae Do. 27760 |....do0...| 36 47 10 | 122 17°05 | 56 | 37.7 OO | 271.0. BS. -- ee Do. AGH |.-..do_.41°36 46 10) D218 20 bf) ee G21.) @ia. WH Bae eas. Do. 284411 | Nov. 13 | 28 33 30 | 144 37 00} 71 /'|...... 2 Sal! | DP. OD se 8 ne Do 28481I | Nov. 14 28 12 20 | 145 1300] 72|...... 2128 | DEO... .aee Do 2851H |....do0...| 27 5400 | 145 45 30 | 72) 35.2 | 2, (ae 1 DEOOEsS. . saee Do 2913H | Nov. 20 | 22 11 00 | 156.09 00 | 77 | 35.4) 2,640 | br.m.....:-.. Do 2915H |....do..., 22 55 30 | 156 29 30| 77/...... | (SBR 4 eee eee Do 2916H |....do...; 21 47 30 156 39 00 | 77 | B.S | 2, 8781 D¥ritict ee aes Do. 2917H | Nov. 21 | 21 39 00 | 156 48 30 | 77 |...... 2,615 | br. m. fne. s...| Do. 2919H |....do...| 21 29 30 | 156 59 30 77 | 35.5 | 2,056 | br. m. fne. s Do. 2920H |....do...| 21 21:00 | 157 09 00 | 77 ee 570 | br. m. fne. s Do. 2021H |....do...| 21 19 00} 157 13 30) 77.}...... 347 br. m. fne. s Do. 2922H |....do...| 21 18 30 | 157 19 00 77 | 44.8 Oe ee Va Sees See Do. 2995H | Dec. 5/| 21 18 00 | 157 2900] 761]......] 308 fne. wh. s Do 2996H |....do...| 21 20 30 | 157 2500! 76]...... 407 | fne. gy. s...... Do 2998H |....do...| 21 26 00 | 157 1700 76|...... 508 | fne. BY. s...... Do 2000H |....do...| 21:27 00 | 1bf-16-00 | ve ie 549 | fne. gy. s...... Do 3000H |....do....| 21 29 30.| 157 12,.00.| 761.....- 1,557 | gy. m. fne. s Do 3001H |....do....| 21 32 30 | 157 08 00 74 | 35.0 | 11,792 | gy. m. fne. s Do 3007H | Dec. 12 | 21 20 00) 157 19 00| 74}...... $23 | Ine. gy. 8.....- Do 3008H |....do....| 21 23 00 | 157 1430| 74]...... 547 | gy. m. fne. s... Do 3009H |....do....| 21 24 00 | 157 12 00 | 74}...... 603 | gy. m. fne. s... Do. 3010H |....do....| 21 25 00 | 157 1000 | 74]| 36.0} 11,116 | gy. m. fne. s... Do. 3012H |....do...| 21 28 30 157 04 00 LLB eee | 2,067 | br. m. fne. s... Do. 3013H |....do...| 21 32 30.| 156.54 00.| 73 |-35.0 | 31,807 | br. m. 83....-. Do. 3016HL |....do.:.| 21 41:00 | 156'32 20 | 73}... | 2,966 | br. m. fne- 8... Do. 3018H | Dec. 13) 21 56 00 | 155 57 30| 74/...... 2°915 | br. oz......... Do 1892. 3190H Jan. 14° 35 42 00 124 33 30) 59 | 34.0 | 92,312 br. & gy. oz... Do. 3191H | Jan. 15 | 35 47 30 124 21 30 | 5Al...... 2,223 | br. & gy. oz... Do. 3192H |.... do...| 35 53 00 | 12409 30! 54]...... 2,149 | br. & gy. oz... Do. MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES, Hydrographic stations—Continued. Sta- | Date. | Locality. Zé tion. | Dat | ) $2 | 56 D | | Lat. N. | Long. W. | 1892. ° , ” ° , ” oF 3193H | Jan. 15 35 58 30) 123 57 30 54 lost |: - do... 360400 123 4600 55 3195H ....do... 36 09 30 123 3400 54 3196H |....do...| 36 15 00 | 123 22 00 52 3198H --do...| 36 25 00 | 123 00 00 52 3199H |....do...)| 36 29 30 | 122 50 30| 52 3200H |..-- do...| 36 34.00 122 41 00 5 3201H |....do...) 36 38 00 | 122 3100) 5 3202H. peu. 36 40 00 | 122 2600 52 | 1893. 3263H July 6, 51 00 00 | 176 04 00 4 3267H July 7) 5003 00 | 1743000. 49 3361H | Aug. 7) 580100 175 4100) 46 3399H Aug. 20) 5438 00/ 1752700 49 |} 1895. | 3565H July 6 56 5600 1690600 44 } | 3668H |....do...) 57 35 00! 170 2400) 43 3569H ao. o7 41 00 | 170 39 00| 42 3571H |....do- 57 53 00 1710900 42 3604H Aug. 12 54 46.00 1692900 45 3635H Aug. 21 55 4400 | 168 4700) 45 | ; ee: ra 3663H Aug. 10 | 545100 163 4600 49 | 3666H |....do...| 54 32 30 161 58 30) 44 3669H | Aug. 21 48 43.00| 1513100 41 -3671H | Aug. 22) 48 32 00! 154 5500! 37 — 3683H Aug. 26 47 33:00 1520700 39 3684H |....do...| 47 36 00 | 151 4600) 53 -3687H Aug. 27 47 5000 149 4200 50 _—- 3688H |... do. | 47:55 30 | 148 56.0055 -3689H |....do... 48 01 30 148 1630) 55 -«- 3690H_|....do...| 48 08 00 | 147 3400) 56 3693H | Aug. 28 | 48 27 45 145 20 30 56 3694H |....do... 48 31 48 1445451 48 3699H | Sept. 3 47 20 30 1455400 56 3701H_=....do... 46 35 00 146 49 00) 55 3702H |....do... 461500 147 07 00| 55 3703H | Sept. 4 45 48 00 147 2200 54 3704H ....do... 45 4000 147 2800) 53 3705H ..do. 45 31 30 | 147 32 30| 54 3706H |....do... 45 23 00 147 39 30! 54 3712H | Sept. 6 45 2100 1462700 58 3714H | Sept. 7 45 25 00 | 145 02 00 | 57 ! 1900. | 4013H | June 3. Inuboe Saki light, | 72 S.74° W.76 miles. 4014H ....do...| Inuboe Saki light, | 75 S.73° W. 96 miles. 4019H | June 24 Cape Kosloff, N.15°} 45 W. and Cape Tschipunski, §&. 82° W., each about 72 miles. 40200H ....do...| SE. end Bering Is- | 47 land NE. and Cape Kronotski NW.., each about 108 miles. 4021H June 26 W.end Attulsland | 45 S. 90 miles. 4022H June 27 | 543100! 179 2100) 45 | 4231 .-do...| 54 31 00 | 179 3000 | 45 Wnstt ...20... 54 24 20 | 179 2400| 54 31715—voL 10, pT 5—O07 1 perature. - Bottom tem- “pl ¢ Www DOS Gy ar a aan Ge tas ene ie ne Baa 210 Oe HAD DD GH Gr cr é oCmoovowmovoocoorno 2 Depth. Fms. 92, 169 2,107 1,974 1,895 1,725 141 1,804. | | Kind of bot- tom. bok ere 3 - M. ion | gy. br. Ds m. fine. dk. br. - part.... WO Si. . Zy. VOl,.4.... ..- fne. yl. vol. s.. gn.m. fne. vol. Ss gn. m. vol. s. wh. sp. gn.m. fne. vol... | 8. Remarks. Cable survey, California to Hawaiian Islands and Bering Sea, between Pribi- lof and Commander is- lands. Do. Bering Sea, between Pribi- lof and Aleutian islands. Between Bering Island and Kamchatka. : Do. Along Kuril Chain. Do. Sea Okhotsk. oO. East coast Honshu Island. “a Oo. Ca Tschipunski, Kam- chatka, east across Be- ring Sea. Do. ee ie ae 392 Sta- tion. 402511 402711 4028H |... 4029H 443011 444211 444711 445701 447611 450211 4503 11 450411 45051 4506. 4507H | 4508H |. 451611 45170 4555H 4567H 4568H. 457111 45901. The above stations, 4430 to 4590, represent material obtained during the California Part of the material was destroyed by fire. into my hands after the other work of this report had been tabulated and is therefore In most instances the position is given by the true bearing of some coast survey of 1904. given separately. CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM, Hydrographic stations—Continued, Date, Locality. TL / : Lat. N. | Long. W. | wean, fe Eas es June 27 | 54 18 00 urface tem- perature. Bottom tem- perature. °F. 179 1400 4537.2 ..do...) 54 22 00 | 179 OS 00 | a BS ee .do... 54 40 00 | nT? C6'OO)| "| ae ..-do...| 54 47 20 | 17908 00) 45/1...... Gull Inlet, S. coast Santa Cruz Island, N. 4° E. 2.7’. Point Pinos light-house 8. 67° W. 4.6’ dis- tant. Point Pinos light-house S. 21° W. 4.5’ dis- tant. Point Pinos light-house 8. 21° W. 6.1’ dis- tant. Point Pinos light-house 8. 22° W. 9.4’ dis- tant. Santa Cruz light-house N. 6 tant. Santa Cruz light-house 8. tant. Santa Cruz light-house S. 8 tant. Santa Cruz light-house N. 85° W tant. Santa Cruz light-house N. 81° W. tant. | Lat. 8. | Long. W. | Nov. 12} 5 43 06| 81 43 a: ...do...| 5 46 05 | Dec. 22 | 26 54 08 =. 2200... 26-3008 Point Pinos light-house S. 63° E. tant. | Lat. N. | Long. W. Oct. 6 37 25 00 | 122 26 00 ...do...| 36 45 00 | 122 02 00 Oct. 7 33 40 00 Oct. 13 | 18 50 00 *. 8.9’ dis- ”. 3.8" dis- . 5.8" dis- r. 4.6’ dis- | 6.9 dis- Ole 20 ORt] Sto 2s eee 100016) 081 Sale odo, Mp te Gi: acta = eend shore object taken from the vessel. TiO SD) OO! |e ee | 104 50 00 |.....)...... 536 tom. / gy. m. fne. vol. 8. ees te: vol. 8. wh. By- BY- Sp Remarks. Cane Tschipunski, Kam- chatka, east across Be- ring Sea. Do. Do. Do. The residue came = COC SS — =.) Sta- tion. 2807 2808 2823 2835 2844 2848 2851 2859 2860 2866 2871 2882 2885 2919 2923 2929 | 3091 3097 3346 | 3361 3513 3520 3526 3570 3603 3604 3607 3611 3671 3696 3698 |. ..- 3784 3785 |... 3786 |. Date. ADR. < May 4 July 28 July 31 Aug. 4 Aug. 29 Aug. 31 Sept. 20 Sept. 23 Oct. 13 Oct. 1889. Jan. 17 Jan. Jan. 26 Sept. 8 1890. Mar. 5 Sept. 22 1891. Feb. 25. 1893. Aug. 1 Aug. Aug. 1894. Mar. 21 1895. owe Aug. 11 | Aug. 12 Aug. 18 Aug. 22 1897. Apr. 21 1900. May 5 June 27 00 dom < 18 | 19 7 A MANN—DIATOMS OF THE ALBATROSS VOYAGES. DREDGING AND TRAWLING STATIONS. Locality. Lat. S. ° ee 00 24 00 89 06 00 00 36 30 89 19 00 Lat. N. | Long. W. 24 18 00 | 110 22 00 26 42 30 | 113 34 15 53 56 00 | 165 40 00 55 10 00 | 160 18 00 54 55 00 | 159 52 00 55 20 00 1386 20 00 51 23 00 | 130 34 00 48 09 00 | 125 03 00 46 55 00 | 125 11 00 46.09 00 | 124 22 30 45 56 00 124 02 00 32 17 00 | 119 17 00 32 40 30 | 117 31 30 32 27 30 | 117 26 30 45 32.00 | 124 19 30 37 59 O8 | 122 25 45 45 30 00 | 124 52 00 6 10 00) 83 06 00 58 27 00 169 OL 00 59 28 00 | 170 57 00 57 31 00 | 170 57 00 San Diego Bay,Cal. | Long. W. ° Y 4 55 23 00 | 170 31 00 54 54.00 168 59 00 54 11 30 | 167 25 00 56 45 00 | 167 25 00 | 37 00 00 | 122 20 00 Tsuragi Sakilight, S.80° W.,4. 3 miles. Manazuru Zaki, N. 8° W.4. 5 miles. Lat. N. | Long. E. 54 32 00 | 178 31 00 Rat Island, Aleu- tian Chain, S. 150 miles. Lat. N. 54 47 20 | 178 54 00 | Long. W. Surface tem- _ perature. 45 45 Bottom tem- perature. 35. 2 35.9 34.6 393 : kind of bot- i Instrument a tom. Remarks. used. S A Fms. 812 | glob. oz. co. | Galapagos Island.| L. B. T. m. 6344) COn se oe ae: [eo 20 0 Ns See de Do. 26) bul) DrKeSNeo ee - Gulf of California .| L. B. T. 660: |S2Ms Wee Off Lower Cali- | Ship dredge. | fornia. Bay ayia cece. On Alaskasc. 0... Le BEAT R18 Son eee ole LOM eee | Do. B Lota Pi eaytergs 0.) el ong} 01a |< ie oe kOe) Seine Ae | Do. L,. DOO IS, OZe oo eee ee KLOE Bore SA Do. 764 ei Mee ee ‘che ee eae ee Do. RE VoaS ees British Columbia . Do. Sou! Dr 07sec. ae. | Off Washington. . Do. 68 Sess | Off Oregon....... Do. 30 | fne. yj RES (ee (00 eee eee ee Do. | O84) (fy... me. o52 | Off southern Cali- | Do. fornia. | CPN Lit ea ath oi bs sep ey) Pe ee COM Net te nee Do. 623) | ona = seh ee oko ae Ae ee Dibe Ls Or || PM. Wa. | Off Oregon - =. 2. - LURE 6 Taal he iAP oyb is sneha Off central Cali- Do. fornia. (8G) ST. 2 see Off Washington. . Do. Ail eh O7-ecs.—4) Of Pangma:..2 Do. 35 | fne.s.gn.m.| Bering Sea........ Bie T- imud bag. SSuliine: 8! en. me). 5% AGi Ses hee ee Do. 49 | fne.s.dk.m.|..... GQOe ao sachet, Re D: 2} fne. s. oys- | San Diego Bay....| Boat dredge. ters. Ie ((il al Moh Uatcy 75a sae | Bering Seat. aan in B.D, sur | face and interme- diate nets. 1 ye OO Nit 9 0 Wo Abi ae eo eee GO ec See 6 Oo. ORT S20 ew ke eee (oko pegs e sae” Oa Do. lav. s OO.) SN Se cere cee 2 OOs. aactre Se Do. DO) Sn. See -. Monterey Bay... + be Ba 259 | gn.m.fne.s.}| Off Honshu _ Is- | 8 Tnr. 110 land, Japan. 15s) | SN ane VOlec|eaee. CO cksee sree Do. 2.5. 85 | gn. m. fne. | N. of Aleutian Is- Do. gy.s lands. 270 | gy.s. Brahe. 2-00. c. caa i.2 ts Do. 2,106 | gy.s.yl.m. te GOgan paste one Do. BIBLIOGRAPHY The following bibliography is intended to cover only the articles cited in the accom- panying paper. In the literature of the diatoms a large proportion of the citations are to separates and an attempt has been made to correlate these with the publication in which they were originally issued, citing only the latter in a uniformly abbreviated style. For the convenience of students references as full as at present practicable are inserted under each title to the libraries in Washington containing the work. These libraries, however, have not been thoroughly searched for diatom literature and it is probable that many of the works may be found in other of the libraries than those indicated. In case of a single work reference has been made to the library of Northwestern University, Evanston, Ill., where it is known to exist complete. The abbreviations, as far as they concern Washington libraries, are based on those used in A Union List of Periodicals, Transactions, and Allied Publications in the Libraries of the District of Columbia, published by the Library of Congress in 1901. The abbre- viations are as follows: Acr. Department of Agriculture Library. Fisu. Bureau of Fisheries Library. GS. Geological Survey Library. LC. Library of Congress. Mann. Library of Dr. Albert Mann, George Washington University. NM. National Museum Library. Nw. U. Northwestern University Library, Evanston, ill. Par. Patent Office Library. SC. Smithsonian Collection, Library of Congress. So. Smithsonian Institution Library. Sure. Surgeon-General’s Library. For the location of serials containing articles included in the bibliography consult the abbreviation of the serial in its alphabetical sequence. An asterisk (*) after an abbreviation for a library indicates that only the separate of the accompanying article is included in that library. : Serials and original articles in the bibliography not accompanied by an abbrevia- tion for a library have not been consulted and could not be located in Washington. Abh. Schl. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. Abhandlungen der schlesischen gesellschaft fiir vaterlindische cultur. Abtheilung fiir naturwissenschaften und medicin. SC, Janisch, C. 18612: 150-164. 1861. 18622: 1-29. 1862. Agardh, Cart Apotr. Synopsis algarum Scandinaviae, adjecta dispositione uni- versalialgarum. xl,135p. Lundae, ex officina Berlingiana, 1816. 20cm. AGR. Agardh, Cart Apotr. Species algarum rite cognitae, cum synonymis, differentiis specificis et descriptionibus sueccinctis. y. 1:5 p. 1. 531 p. Gryphiswaldiae, sum-_ tibus Ernesti Maurittii, 1823. v. 2: Sectio prior, 1 p. 1. 189 p. Gryphiae, sumtibus- Ernesti Mauritii 1828. 19 em. GS. AGR. v. 1 originally published in 2 pts. Lundae, 1817-20. GS copy of v. 1 has 2 additional title-pages: p. 1-168 dated 1821; p. 169-531, dated 1822. (Ed. nova.) 394 BIBLIOGRAPHY. 395 Agardh, Cart Apotr. Systema algarum. Adumbravit C. A. Agardh. xxxviil, 312 p. Lundae, Literis Berlingianis, 1824. 164 em, AGR. Agardh, Cart Apoir. Conspectus criticus Diatomacearum. pt. I-IV. 66° p. 8°. Lundae, 1830-32. Am. Journ. Micr. The American Journal of Microscopy and Popular Science. AGr. Cox, J.D. 3: 97-101; 125-130. 1878. 4: 97-100. 1879. Grunow, A. 8: 101-105. 1878. Kitton, F. 3: 247-250. 1878. Smith, H. L. 2: 99-103. 1877. Am. Journ. Sci. The American Journal of Science and Arts. NM. GS. Aar. Bailey, J. W. I. 35: 118-124. 1838. 42: 88-105. 1842. 48: 321-332. 1842. 46: 137-141; 297-313. 1844. 48: 321-343. 1845. II. 22: 1-6. 1856. Johnson, A. S. 13: 33. 1852. Am. Mo. Micr. Journ. The American Monthly Microscopical Journal. AGR. Boyer, C. S. 20: 105-108. 1899. Anal. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat. AnalesdelaSociedad Espanol de Historia Natural. SC. Delas y de Gayola, F. 12: 383-392. 1883. Truan y Luard, A. 18: 307-364. 1884. 14: 239-256. 1885. Anders. Svenska Vaxtv. Hist. ANDERSON, GUNNAR. Svenska vixtvarldens his- toria i korthet framstailld. (Fran Stockholms hégskolas populira forelasningar. ) 2 p. 1. 186 p. 56f.1 map. Stockholm, P. A. Norstedt & Séners. 1896. 254 cm. GS. Diatomaceae p. 5, 34-57. f. 2, 27 & 45. Ann. Jard. Bot. Buitenz. Annales du Jardin Botanique de Buitenzorg. GS.* Leuduger-Fortmorel, G. 11: 1-60. 1892. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. The Annals and Magazine of Natural History, including zoology, botany, and geology, (Being a continuation of the ‘‘ Annals” combined with London and Charlesworth’s ‘‘Magazine of Natural History.’’) AGR. Greville, R. K. II. 15: 252-261. 1855. III. 16: 1-7. 1865. Norman, G. II. 20: 158-159. 1857. Ralfs, J. 11: 447-457. 1843. 12: 104-111; 270-276; 346-352; 457-467. 1843. 138: 457-461; 489-493 1844. 16: 109-112. 1845. Smith, W. II. 7: 1-14. 1851. 9: 1-12. 1852. 15: 1-9. 1855. 19: 1-13. 1857. Thwaites, G. H. K. 20: 9-11. 1847. II. 1: 161-172. 1848. Williamson, W. C. ITI. 1: 321-322. 1848. Ann. Soc. Malacol. Belg. Annales de la Société malacologique de Belgique. Agar. Deby, J. 11: 69-90. 1876. Ann. Soc. Phyt. et Micr. Belg. Annales de la Société phytologique et micro- graphique de Belgique. Anvers. 1 v: 1864-1869. all pub. Brebisson, A.;201. 1868. (Van Heurckia.) Anton. & Bon. ANTONELLI, GIOVANNI ET Bonetti, Finrepo. Le Diatomee fossili di Tor di Valle nei Dintorni di Roma. Mem. Accad. Lincei 9: [1-14?]. 1893. Reprinted 14 p. Roma, Filippo Cuggiani, 1893. 29 em. GS.* Arnott, GeorGe ArNotr WALKER-. On “‘species’’ of Diatomaceae. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 3: 307-312. 1855. Arnott, GEorGE Arnorr WaLKER-. On Rhabdonema, and a new allied genus. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 6: 87-93. 1858. Arnott, GeorGE Arnotr WaALKER-. On Arachnoidiscus. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 6: 159-165. 1858. Arnott, Grorce ArNotr WaLkKer-. On the structure of Amphora, a genus of Dia- tomaceae, and the diagnosis of its species. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 6: 184-186. 1858. A résumé of the preliminary notes appeared in Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 4: 74-77. 1858. Arnott, GEorRGE ARNotr Watker-. Note on Arachnoidiscus, Pleurosigma, Am- phiprora, Eunotia, and Amphora. Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. 6: 195-206. 1858. 396 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Arnott, Georce Arnorr WaALKER-. Note on Campylodiscus hodgsonii. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. N. Ser. 6: 85-87. 1858. Arnott, Georce Arnorr Watker-. Bermuda Tripoli. Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. 7: 254. 1859. Arnott, Georce ArNorr WALKER-. On Cyclotella. Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. 8: 244-248. 1860. Atti Accad. Lincei. Atti dell’ Accademia Pontificia de’ nuovi Lincei. Rome. Lanzi, M. 47: [1-7]. 1894. Gs.* Atti Soc. Critt. Ital. Atti della SocietA crittogamologica Italiana residente in Milano. (R. Orto Botanico di Brera.) AGR. Lanzi, M. II. 8: 122-129. 1883. Bailey, Jacos Wurman. On fossil Infusoria, discovered in peat earth, at West Point, N. Y., with some notices of American species of Diatomae. Am. Journ. Sci. 35: 118-124. pl. 2. 1839. Bailey, JAacop Wuirman. A sketch of the Infusoria, of the family Bacillaria, with some account of the most interesting species which have been found in a recent or fossil state in the United States. Am. Journ. Sci. 41: 284-305. pl. 3. 1841. 42: 88-105. pl. 2. 1842. 48: 321-332. pl. 5. 1842. Bailey, Jacop Wuirman. Account of some new Infusorial forms discovered in the fossil Infusoria from Petersburg, Va., and Piscataway, Md. Am. Journ. Sci. 46: 137-141. pl. 3. 1844. Bailey, Jacop Wuirman. Notice of a memoir by C. G. Ehrenberg, ‘‘On the extent and influence of microscopic life in North and South America.’”’ Am, Journ. Sci. 46: 297-313. 1844. See Ehrenberg, C. G. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berl. 1841: 291-446. 1843. Bailey, Jacos WuirMaN. Fossil freshwater Infusoria from Oregon. Fremont, Rep. Explor. Exped. 1842-4. 302. pl. 5. 1845. Bailey, Jacop WuirMan. Notice of some new localities of Infusoria, fossil and recent. Am. Journ. Sci. 48: 321-343. pl. 4. 1845. Bailey, Jacop Wuirman. Microscopical examination of soundings made by the U.S. Coast Survey off the Atlantic coast of the U.S. Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 23; 1-15. pl. 1. 1851. Bailey, JAacosp Wuirman. Microscopical observations made in South Carolina, Georgia and Florida. Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 2°: 1-48. pl. 1-3. 1851. Bailey, Jacop Wuirman. Notes on new species and localities of microscopical organisms. Smithson. Contr. Knowl. 7: 1-16. pl. 1. 1854. Bailey, Jacos Wuirman. List of Diatomaceae, collected by the United States Exploring Expedition under the command of Capt. Wilkes, U. 8. N. Proe. Acad. Phila. 6: 431-482. 1854. Bailey, Jacos Wuirman. Notice of microscopic forms found in the soundings of the sea of Kamtschatka. Am. Journ. Sci. I]. 22: 1-6. pl. 1. 1856. Bailey, Lortnac Woarr. Notes on new species of microscopical organisms, chiefly from the Para River, South America. Bost. Journ. Nat. Hist. 7: 329-352. — pl. 7-8. 1862. Bail. & Harv. in Wilkes Explor. Exped. Sce U.S. Exploring Expedition. See also Harvey and Bailey, and Bailey, J. W. Belloc, Emmr. Les Diatomées de Luchon et des Pyrénées centrales. Rev. de Comm. 3: [1-58]. pl. 3. 1887. AGR.* _— BIBLIOGRAPHY. 397 Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berl. Bericht tiber die zur Bekanntmachung geeigneten Verhandlungen der Kénigl. Preuss. Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. 1836-1847 Nw. U 1848-1855 SC, Ehrenberg, C. G. 1840: 157-162. 1841. 1848: 133-136; 259-272. 1844. 1844: 57-97; 182-207 253-275. 1845. 1845: 53-87. 1846. 1848: 1-5. 1849. Ber. Deut. Bot. Ges. Berichte der deutschen Botanischen Gesellschaft. AGr. Schiitt, F. 13: 35-48. 1895. Bessey, CHARLES Epwin. The modern conception of the structure and classification of diatoms. With a revision of the tribes and a rearrangement of the North American genera. Trans. Am. Micr. Soc. 21: 61-85. pl. 5. 1900. Bih. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bihang till Kongl. Svenska Vetenskaps-Akade- miens Handlingar. AGR. Brun, J. Bd. 26. Afd. IIT8: 1-22. 1901. Cleve, P. T. 58: 1-22. 1878. 11: 1-13. 1873. 118: 1-28. 1873. Lagerstedt, N.S. W. 114: 1-52. 1873. 315: 1-66. 1876. Blake, Witu1am Purrps. Arizona diatomite. Trans. Wise. Acad. 14: 107-111. pl. 3-8. 1903. Bleisch (Max?). Ueber Plaurostaurum. Hedwigia, 2: 19-20. pl. 3. 1860. Bleisch (Max?). Pinnularia chilensis. Hedwigia, 2: 28. pl. 4. f. 1-2. 1860. Bleisch (Max?). Ueber zwei Campylodiscus. Hedwigia, 2: 29-33. pl. 5. 1860. Bory de Saint Vincent, Jean Bapriste Marceviixn. Mémoire sur ]’établissement d’une nouvelle famille dans la classe des infusoires, sous le nom de Bacillariées. Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris, III. 9. 1823. Bory, Dict. Hist. Nat. Dictionnaire classique d’ Histoire naturelle, par Messieurs Adouin, Isid. Bourdon, Ad. Brongniart, De Candolle, Daudebard de Férussac, A. Desmoulins, Drapiez, Edwards, Flowrens, Geoffroy de Saint-Hilaire, A. de Jussieu, Kunth, G. de Lafosse, Lamouroux, Latreille, Lucas fils, Presle-Duplessis, C. Prévost, A. Richard, Thiébaut de Berneaud, et Bory de Saint-Vincent. 17 vy. Paris, Baudoin Fréres, [etc. etc.] 1822-1831. AGR. v. 17 contains 160 plates, mostly colored, and a map. Diatomaceae scattered throughout the work in an alphabetical arrangement. pl. 51. f. 1-2. 54. f. 1, 3. Bost. Jour. Nat. Hist. Boston Journal of Natural History. AGR. Bailey, L. W. 7: 329-352. 1862. Boyer, CHARLES 8. New species of Diatoms. Proc. Acad. Phila. 1898: 468-470. pl. 24. 1898. Boyer, CHARLES 8. Seven new species of Diatoms. Am. Mo. Micr. Jour. 20: 105-108. pl. 1899. Boyer, CuarLes 8. The biddulphoid forms of North American Diatomaceae. Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 685-748. 1901. Brébis. BRrREBISSON, ALPHONSE DE. Note sur quelques Diatomées marines rares ou peu connues, du littoral de Cherbourg. Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. Cherb. 2: 241-258. pl. 1854. Brébis. BreBissoN, ALPHONSE DE. Description de quelques nouvelles Diatomées observées dans le guano du Pérou, formant le genre Spatangidium. Bull. Soc. Linn. Norm. 2: 292-298. pl. 3. 1857. Reprinted in Ann, Sci. Nat. 1V. Bot. 9: 91-96. pl. 4. 1858. Brébis. BreBISsSON, ALPHONSE DE. Notes on some French Diatomaceae. Journ. Quek. Micr. Club, 2: 37-43. pl. 1. 1870. Bréb. et God. BRreEBISSON, ALPHONSE DE, ET GODEY | ). Algues des environs de Falaise. Mém. Soc. Acad. Fal. 1835: 1-63; 256-269. 8 pl. (1836?) 398 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Bréb. et God. Consid. Diat. [Brepisson, ALPHONSE DE, ET GoDEY ( ). » Con- siderations sur les Diatomées et essai d’une classification des geners et des especes appartenant 4 cette famille. 20 p. Falaise. 1838. Bright. Brigurweii, Tuomas. On the genus Triceratium, with descriptions and figures of the species. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 1: 245-252. pl. 4. 1853. Bright. Bricurwe.t, Tuomas. On the filamentous, long-horned Diatomaceae, with a description of two new species. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 4: 105-109. pl. 7. 1856. Bright. Brigutwei,, Tuomas. Further observations on the genus Triceratium, with descriptions and figures of new species. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 4: 272- 276. pl. 17. 1856. Bright. Bricurweti, THomas. Remarks on the genus “ Rhizosolenia?’ of Ehren- berg. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 6: 93-95. pl. 5. 1858. Bright. Bricgurwei_, THomas. Further observations on the genera Triceratium and Chaetoceros. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 6: 153-155. pl. 8. 1858. Bright. Bricgutweit, THomMas. On some of the rarer or undescribed species of Diatomaceae. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 7: 179-181. pl. 9. 1859. 8: 93-96. pl. 5. 1860. Brun, Diat. Alp. Brun, Jacques. Diatomées des Alpes et du Jura et de la région Suisse et Francaise des environs de Genéve. 2 p.1. 146 p. 9 pl. Paris, Georges Masson. 1880. 23cm. MANN. Brun, Jacques. Diatomées espéces nouvelles marines, fossiles ou pélagiques. Mém. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneve 31': 1-47. pl. 11-22. 1891. Brun, Jacques. Liste rectificative [des Diatomées de Hongrie du Dr. Pantocsek]. Le Diatomiste, 2: 51-53. 1894. Brun, Jacques. Diatomées, lacustres, marines ou fossiles, espéces nouvelles ou insuffi- samment connues. Le Diatomiste, 2: 41. pl. 14-17. 1895. The above article has no text and the four leaves with explanations of the plates are not num- bered. The species are included in the index to vy. 2 of Le Diatomiste, but the title of the article is not included. The AGR. copy of Le Diatomiste has plates 14-18 missing from y. 2. The above article is only known in Washington in Dr. Mann's library. It is probable that the article was Originally issued with Le Diatomiste, with separate pagination as in Peragallo’s mono- graph of Pleurosigma. Brun, Jacques. Diatomées d’eau douce de l’ile Jan Mayen et de la céte est du Groenland. Bih. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. Bd. 26. Afd. III'S: 1-22. pl. 1-2. 1901. Brun & Temp. Brun, Jacques er TempeERE, J. Diatomées fossiles du Japon. Espéces marines & nouvelles des calcaires argileux de Sendai & de Yedo. Mém. Soc. Phys. et. Hist. Nat. Geneve, 30°: 1-75. pl. 1-8. 1889. Bull. Acad. St. Pétersb. Bulletin de Académie Impériale des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg. ; AGR. Weisse, J. F. 12: 120-125. 1868. Bull. Soc. Belg. Micr. Bulletins de la Société Belge de microscopie. Sura. Deby, J. 4: clxii-clxx. 1878. Prinz, W. 7: xlv-lvii. 1881. Bull. Soc. Bot. Fr. Bulletin de la Société Botanique de France. AGR. Petit, P. 23: 372-383. 1876. Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse. Bulletin. Société d'histoire naturelle de Toulouse. SC. Peragallo, H. 18: 189-272. 1884. 22: 13-100. 1888. Bull. Soc. Linn. Norm. Bulletin de la Société Linnéenne de Normandie. SC. Brébisson, A, de. 2: 292-298. 1857. Bull. Soc. Philom. Paris. Bulletin des Sciences, par la Société Philomatique de Paris. AGR. Bory, J. B. M. III. 9. 1823 BIBLIOGRAPHY. 399 Bull. Torr. Club. Bulletin of the Torrey Botanical Club. NM. Aar. Kain, C. H. 14: 25-32; 141. 1887. Kain, C. H. and Schultze, E. A. 14: 25-32; 141. 1887. 16: 71-76; 207-210. 1889. Schultze, E. A. 14: 69-73; 96; 109-114. 1887. 16: 98-104. 1889. C. Ag. Consp Diat.—Sp. Alg.—Syn. Alg. Scand. Syst. Alg. Sve Agardh, (. A. Card. & Dun. Carp, G. W. AND Dun, W.S. The diatomaceous earth deposits of New South Wales. Rec. Geol. Surv. N.S. W. 5: 128-148. pl. 12-15. 1897. Gs. Carp. Micro. CARPENTER, WILLIAM BENJAMIN. The microscope and its revelations, by the late William B. Carpenter, C. B., M. D., LL. D., F. R.S. Eighth edi- tion in which the first seven and the twenty-third chapters have been entirely rewritten, and the text throughout reconstructed, enlarged and revised by the Rev. W{illiam] H[enry] Dallinger, D. Sc., D. C_L., LL. D., F. R.S., &e. xx. 1181 p. front. 22 pl. 817 fig. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston’s Sons & Co. 1901. 23cm. Diatomaceae, p. 587-625. pl. 10-12. f. 441-468. os Carruthers, Winiiam. See Gray, J. E. Castr. in Rep. Voy. Chall. Bot. CasrrRaAcANE DEGLI ANTELMINELLI, CONTE ABATE FrANcEsScO, in Report on the scientific results of the voyage of H. M. S. Chal- lenger during the years 1873-76, under the command of Captain George 8S. Nares, R. N., F. R. S., and the late Captain Frank Tourle Thompson, R. N. Botany. [Diatomaceae.] v. 2. 4 p. l. iv, 178 p. 30 pl. 1886. AGR. Chase, Harvey H. See Walker and Chase; a/so Habirshaw, F. Cleve, Penr THEopor. Diatomaceer fran Spetsbergen. Ofv. Kgl. Vet.-Akad. 24: 661-669. pl. 23. 1868. Cleve, Penr THEopor. Svenska och Norska Diatomacéer. Ofv. Kgl. Vet.-Akad. Foérhandl. 25: 213-239. pl. 4. 1868. Cleve, PEHrR THEODOR. Examination of Diatoms found on the surface of the sea of Java. Bih. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1'!: 1-13. pl. 1-3. 1873. Cleve, PeHrR THEODOR. On diatoms from the Arcticsea. Bih. Sv. Vet.-Akad. 1": 1-28. pl. 1-4. 1873. Cleve, PeHr THEopoR. Diatoms from the West Indian archipelago. Bih. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 58: 1-22. pl. 1-5. 1878. Cleve, PEHR THEODOR. On some new and little known diatoms. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 18°: 1-28. pl. 1-6. 1881. Cleve, Penr THEopor. Fiarskvattensdiatomecéer fran Grénland och Argentinska republiken. Ofv. Kgi. Vet.-Akad. 38"": 3-13. pl. 16. 1882. Cleve, PEnr THEeopor. Diatoms collected during the expedition of the Vega. 1883. in Nordensk. Vega Exped. See Nordenskiold, A. E. Cleve, PEHrR THEODOR. On some fossil marine diatoms found in the Moravian “tegel’’ from Augarten, near Brun. Journ. Quek. Micr. Club, II. 2: 165-177. pl. 12-13. 1885. Cleve, PeHr THEeopor. Dictyoneis Cleve n.g. Note préliminaire. Le Diato- miste, 1: 14—17. 1890. Cleve, PeHr THEeopor. Synopsis of the naviculoid diatoms. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 26°: 1-194. pl. 1-5. 1894. 27%: 1-219. pl. 1-4. 1895. Cleve, PeHr THEoporR. Notes on some Atlantic plankton-organisms. Sv. Vet.- Akad. Handl. 34!': 1-22. pl. 1-8. 1900. Cleve, Penr THEeopor. The plankton of the North sea, the English channel and the Skagerak in 1899. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 34°: 1-75. 1900. 400 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Cleve, Penr THeopor. Report on the plankton collected by the Swedish expedi- tion to Greenland in 1899. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 34°: 1-21. 1900. Cleve & Grun. CLeve, Penr THeopor uNp Grunow, AiBerr. Beitrige zur kenntniss der arctischen diatomeen. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 177: 1-121. pl. 1-7. 1880. Cleve & Jentz. Cieve, Penk THeopor und Jenrzscn, ALrrep. Ueber einige diluviale und alluviale diatomeenschichten norddeutschlands. Schrift. Phys.- ‘Okon. Gesell. Kinigsb. 22: 129-170. 1882. Cox, Jacosp Dotson. Isthmia nervosa, A study of its modes of growth and repro- duction. Am. Journ. Micr. 3: 97-101; 125-130. f. 1-6. 1878. Cox, JacoB Dotson. Surirella craticula, an abnormal form of Navicula cuspidata. Am. Journ. Micr. 4: 97-100. f. 1-2. 1879. Cox, JacoB Dotson. Deformed diatoms. Proc. Am. Soc. Micr. 12: 178-183. f. 1-19. 1891. Deby, JutreN. Note sur l’argile des polders suivie d’une liste des fossiles qui y ont été observés dans la Flandre occidentale. Ann. Soc. Malacol. Belg. 11: 69-90. pl. 1876. Deby, Jutten. Synonymie des diatomées décrites dans le ‘‘ Conspectus criticus diatomacearum,’’ de Ch. Ad. Agardh. Bull. Soc. Belg. Micr. 4: clxii-clxx. 1878. Deby, JunmeN. A bibliography of the microscope and micrographic studies, being a catalogue of books and papers in the library of Julien Deby. Part III. The Diatomaceae. Compiled with the cooperation of Frederic Kitton. 4 p.1. 67 p. London, David Bogue. 1882. 264 cm. SurG. Delds y de Gayola, Francisco pe 8. pr. Nota sobre algunas diatomaceas recogidas en olot durante el verano de 1883. Anal. Soc. Espan. Hist. Nat. 12: 383-392. 1883. Denkschr. Akad. Wien. Denkschriften der kaiserlichen akademie der wissen- schaften. Mathematisch-naturwissenschaitlichen classe. Wien. Sm. Grunow, A. 482: 53-112. 1884. De Toni, Syll. Alg. See Toni, J. Bb. pe. Le Diatomiste; journal spécial s’occupant exclusivement des diatomées et de tout ce qui s’y rattache, paraissant tous les trois mois par J. Tempére avec la colla- boration de MM. J. Brun, P. Bergon, P. T. Cleve, E. Dutertre, E. Grove, Dr. P. Miquel, & H. Peragallo. June 1890-Mar. 1896. Paris, J. Tempére [ete. ete.] 2v. 1890-96. 30cm. Aar. GS. Issued in 24 parts. Brun, J. 2: 51-53. 1894. Cleve, P. T. 1: 14-17. 1890. Peragallo, H. 14: 1-35. 1891. 18-9: 79-82: 99-117. 1892. Dillw. Brit. Conferv. Dimtuwyn, Lewis Wesron. British Confervae; or colored figures and descriptions of the British plants referred by botanists to the genus Conferva. 3 p.1.87, 6 p. 11. 109, A-G col. pl. Printed and sold by W. Phillips, George yard, Lombard street, London, 1809. 255 em. Plates 1-109 accompanied by 1-2 unnumbered pages of descriptive text. See Kitton, F. Donk. Donkin, ArruurR Scorr. On the marine Diatomaceae of Northumberland, with a description of eighteen new species. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. N.S. 6: 12-34. pl. 3. 1858. Donk. Donkin, Artuur Scorr. On the marine Diatomaceae of Northumberland, with a description of several new species. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. N.S. 1: 1-15. pl. 1. 1861. BIBLIOGRAPHY. AQ] Donk. Donkin, ArtTHUR Scorr. On several new and rare species of fresh-water Diatomaceae discovered in Northumberland. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. N.S. 9: 287-296. pl. 13. 1869. Donk. Brit. Diat. Donkin, Arruur Scorr. The natural history of the British Diatomaceae. Parts I-III]. (all published). 74 p.12 1. 12 pl. 3 p. 1871-73. AGR. Edinb. New Phil. Journ. The Edinburgh New Philosophical Journal, exhibiting a view of the progressive discoveries and improvements in the Sciences and the Arts. LC. Greville, R. K. N.S. 10: 25-30. 1859. 18: 34-43; 181-187. 1863. Ehrenb. Symb. Phys. Evertebr. JJHRENBERG CHRISTIAN GOTTFRIED. Symbolae physicae seu icones et descriptiones animalium evertebratorum sepositis insectis quae ex itinere per Africam borealem et Asiam occidentalem. Berolini, ex officina academica, 1828. 504 cm. Pages not numbered. Diatomacese scattered through signatures a-f of section designated Phytozoa, and plates 1-3. sc, Ehrenb. ExRENBERG, CHRISTIAN GorrrRIED. Uber die entwickelung und lebens- dauer der infusionsthiere; nebst ferneren beitragen zu einer vergleichung ihrer organischen systeme. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1831: 1-54. pl. 144. 1832. Ehrenb. EnrenBerc, CuristiAN Gorrrriep. Uber das massenverhiiltniss der jetzt lebenden kiesel-infusorien und tiber ein neues infusorien-conglomerat als polirschieser von Jastraba in Ungarn. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1836: 109-135. pl. 1-2. 1838. Issued separately as ‘‘Die fossilen infusorien und die lebendige dammerde.”’ Berlin, 1837. Ehrenb. Infus. EHRENBERG, CHRISTIAN GoOTTFRIED. Die infusionsthierchen als vollkommende organismen. Ein blick in das tiefere organische leben der natur. xviii p. 21. 548 p. 11.65 pl. Leipzig, Leopold Voss, 1838. 46 cm. Sura. Ehrenb. EnreNBERG, CuristIAN Gorrrriep. Uber die bildung der kreidefelsen und des kreidemergels durch unsichtbare organismen. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1838: 59-147. pl. 1-4. 1840. Ehrenb. EnRENBERG, CHRISTIAN GoTrrRIED. Uber noch jetzt zahlreich lebende thierarten der kreidebildung und den organismus der polythalmien. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1839: 81-74. pl. 1-4. 1841. Ehrenb. EHRENBERG, CHRISTIAN GOTTFRIED. Erstlich tiber ausgezeichnete jetzt lebende peruanische und mexikanische meeres-infusorien, welche mit zur erlau- terung rathselhafter fossiler formen der kreidebildung dienen. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1840: 157-162. 1841. Ehrenb. EnRENBERG, CHRISTIAN GOTTFRIED. Verbreitung und einfluss der mi- kroskopischen lebensin Siid- und Nord-Amerika. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1841: 291-446. pl. 1-4. 1843. Reviewed, with extracts by J. N. Bailey, Am. Journ. Sci. 46: 297-313. 1844. Ehrenb. ExRENBERG, CHRISTIAN GorrrRIED. Uber die weitere entwickelung der verbreitung und des einflusses des mikroskopischen lebens in Afrika. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 18438: 133-136. 1844. Ehrenb. EnReNBERG, CurIsTIAN Gorrrriep. Uber eine fortgesetzten beobach- tungen des bedeutenden einflusses unsichtbar kleiner organismen auf die unteren stromgebiete, besonders der Elbe, Jahde, Ems und Schelde. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1843: 259-272. 1844. Ehrenb. EHRENBERG, CHRISTIAN GOTTFRIED. Mittheilung tiber zwei neue lager von gebirgsmassen aus infusorien als meeres-absatz in Nord-Amerika und eine vergleichung derselben mit den organischen kreidegebilden in Europa und Afrika. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1844: 57-97. 1845. 402 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Ehrenb. EnRENBERG, CHRISTIAN Gorrrriep. LEinige vorliufige resultate der untersuchungen der von der siidpolreise des Capitain Ross, so wie von den Herren Schayer und Darwin zugekommenen materialen tiber das verhalten des kleinsten lebens in den oceanen und den gréssten bisher zugiinglichen tiefen des Weltmeers. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1844: 182-207. 1845. Ehrenb. EnNRENBERG, CHRISTIAN GorrrrieD. Untersuchungen tiber die kleinsten lebensformen im Quellenlande des Euphrats und Araxes, so wie tiber eine an neuen formen sehr reiche marine tripelbildung von den Bermuda-inseln. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1844: 253-275. pl. 1. 1845. Ehrenb. EHRENBERG, CHRISTIAN GorrrrieD. Neue untersuchungen tiber das kleinste leben als geologisches moment. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1845: 53-87. 1846. Ehrenb. EHRENBERG, CHRISTIAN GOTTFRIED. Passatstaub und blutregen. Ein grosses organisches unsichtbares wirken und leben in der atmosphire. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1847: 269-460. pl. 1-6. 1849. Ehrenb. EnrenberG, CuristiaN Gorrrriep. Uber in dem magen eines peruani- schen flussfisches als speise gefundene mikroskopische organismen. Ber. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1848: 1-5. 1849. Ehrenb. Mikrog. EnRENBERG, CHRISTIAN GoTrrRIED. Mikrogeologie. Das erden und felsen schaffende wirken des unsichtbar kleinen selbstindigen lebens auf der erde. 2 v. text, atlas. Leipzig, Leopold Voss, 1854. LC. Text, xxviii, 374 p. Atlas, 31 p. 40 pl. with explanatory leaves. Ehrenb. EnReNBERG, CHRISTIAN GorrrrieD. Uber das mikroskopische leben der centralen landflaichen mittel-Afrika’s, nach Dr. Vogel’s materialien. Monatsb. Preuss. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1856: 325-339. 1 pl. 1856. Ehrenb. EnRENBERG, CHRISTIAN GorrrrieD. Uber die seit 27 jahren noch wohl erhaltenen organisations-priparate des mikroskopischen lebens. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1862: 39-74. pl. 1-3. 1863. Ehrenb. EnRENBERG, CuristTiAN GorrrrreD. Uber miichtige gebirgs-schichten vorherrschend aus mikroskopischen bacillarien unter und bei der stadt Mexiko. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1869: 1-66. pl. 1-3. 1870. Ehrenb. EnRENBERG, CHRISTIAN GorrrRIED. Uber die wachsende kenntniss des unsichtbaren lebens als felsbildende bacillarien in Californien. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1870: 1-74. pl. 1-3. 1871. Ehrenb. Enrensperc, CuristiaAn Gorrrriep. Ubersicht der seit 1847 fortgesetzten untersuchungen tiber das von der Atmosphire unsichtbar getragene reiche orga- nische leben. Phys. Abh. Acad. Wiss. Berlin, 1871: 1-150. pl. 1-2. 1872. Ehrenb. EHRENBERG, CHRISTIAN GOTTFRIED. Mikrogeologische studien tiber das kleinste leben der meeres-tiefgriinde aller zonen und dessen geologischen einfluss. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1872: 131-398. pl. 1-12. map. 1873. Ehrenb. EHRENBERG, CHRISTIAN GOTTFRIED. Fortgesetzung der mikrogeologischen studien als gesammt-iibersicht der mikroskopischen paliontologie gleichartig analysirter gebirgsarten der erde, mit specieller riicksicht auf den polyeystinen- mergel von Barbados. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin, 1875: 1-226. pl. 1-30. 1876. Eng. & Pr. Pflanzenfam. ENGier, ApoLF UND PRANTL, Kart ANTON EUGENE, Die natiirlichen Pflanzenfamilien nebst ihren gattungen und wichtigeren arten insbesondere den nutzpflanzen, unter mitwirkung zahlreicher hervorragender fachgelehrten. Teil 1. Abteilung 1b. 153 p. 282 f. Leipzig, Wilhelm Engel- mann, 1896. 25 em. NM. AcR. Peridiniales (p. 1-30) and Bacillariales (p. 31-150) by Franz Schiitt. : BIBLIOGRAPHY. 408 Eulens. EuLensrein, THeopor.@ On Homoeocladia in fresh water. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. N. S. 4: 172-173. 1864. Eulens. Euiensrern, THeopor. Value of habitat asa distinctive species. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. N. S. 5: 65-66. 1865. Eulen. Diat. Sp. Typ. HuLensrein, THeopor. Diatomacearum species typicae. (Exsiccata.) Stuttgart, 1868. Fenzl, Enuarp. Reise der ésterreichischen fregatte Novara um die erde in den jahren 1857, 1858, 1859, unter den befehlen des Commodore B. von Wiillerstorf- Urbair. Botanischer theil. v. text plates. Wien, aus der K. K. Hof- und Staatsdruckerei, 1870. 314 cm. ey Bd. 1. Sporenpflanzen von A. Grunow, J. Krempelhuber, Dr. H. W. Reichardt, Prof. Dr. G. Mettenius, Dr. J. Milde. 2p. 1. 261 p. 36 pl. 1870. Les Fonds de la Mer. Paris. GS.* Petit, P. 38: 167-198. 1877. Fremont, Rep. Explor. Exped. 1842-4. I remonv, JouN CHARLES. Report of the exploring expedition to the Rocky mountains in the year 1842, and to Oregon and north California in the years 1843-44. 583 p. plates, maps. 1845. [House document no. 166.] LC. AGR. Bailey, J. W. Diatomaceae. p. 302. Fricke Verzeich. Fricke, Friepricu. Verzeichniss der in A. Schmidt’s Atlas der diatomaceenkunde Tafel 1-204. (Serie i-v.) Abgebildeten und bekannten formen. 69 p. Leipzig, O. R. Reisland, 1902. 305 cm. AGR. Girard, Diat. Foss. Girarp, J. Etudes micrographiques. Les diatomées fossiles. 14p.4pl. Paris, E. Martinet, 1867. 24 cm. GS. Gough, Lewis H. Report on the plankton of the English channel in 1903. Rep. No. Sea Fish. Comm. 2: 325-377. charts 1-16. f. 1-7. 1905. Gran, Norske Nordh. Exped. Gran, HAaken HaAssBera. Protophyta: Diato- maceae, Silicoflagellata og Cilioflagellata. (Den Norske Nordhausexpedition 1876-1878. XXIV. Botanik.) 2 p.1.36 p.4 pl. Christiana, Grgndahl & Sons Bogtrykker, 1897. . 374 cm. NM. Text in both Norwegian and English. Gran. in Rém. & Schaud. Faun. Arct. See Rémer, I’... ANDScHAuUDINN, F. Fauna arctica. Gray, JonN Epwarp. Handbook of British water-weeds or algae. iv, 123 p. Lon- don, R. Hardwicke, 1864. 184 cm. SC. The Diatomaceae by W[illiam] Carruthers. p. 75-116. Gray, SAMUEL FREDERICK. A natural arrangement of British plants according to their relations to each other as pointed out by Jussieu, De Candolle, Brown, &c., including those cultivated for use; with an introduction to botany, in which the terms newly introduced are explained; illustrated by figures. 2 y. xxviii, 824 p- 21 col. pl. incl. front. viii, 757 p. London, Printed for Baldwin, Cradock and Joy, 1821. 22 cm. AGR. Diatomaceae. v. 1. p. 293-295. Greg. Grecory, WititAM. Notice of a diatomaceous earth found in the Isle of Mull. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. N.S. 1: 92-99. f. 1-2. 1853. Greg. Grecory, WiLLIAM. Notice of the new forms and varieties of known forms occurring in the diatomaceous earth of Mull; with remarks on the classification of the Diatomaceae. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 2: 90-100. pl. 4. 1854. Greg. GreGory, WILLIAM. Observations on some deposits of fossil Diatomaceae. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. N.S. 2: 104-106. 1854. @ The author’s initials are erroneously given in this article as F. L. 404 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM, Greg. Grecory, WittiAM. On a remarkable group of diatomaceous forms, with remarks on shape or outline as a specific character in the Diatomaceae. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. N. S. 3: 10-15. pl. 2. 1855. AGR. Greg. Grecory, WILLIAM. On a post-tertiary lacustrine sand, containing diato- maceous exuviae, from Glenshira near Inverary. Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. 3: 30-438. pl. 4. 1855. Aar. Greg. GreGcory, WittiAM. Notices of some new species of British fresh-wate Diatomaceae. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 4: 1-14. 1856. AGR. Greg. Grecory, WituiAM. On the post-tertiary diatomaceous sand of Glenshira. Part II. Containing an account of a number of additional undescribed species. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. N. S. 4: 35-48. pl. 5. 1856. 5: 67-88. pl. 1. 1857. Greg. Grecory, WittiAM. On new forms of marine Diatomaceae, found in the Firth of Clyde and in Loch Fine. Trans. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 21: 473-542. pl. 9-14. 1857. AGR. Grev. Scott. Crypt. Fl. Grevitie, Roperr Kaye. Scottish cryptogamic flora, or coloured figures and descriptions of cryptogamic plants, belonging chiefly to the order Fungi; and intended to serve as a continuation of English Botany. 6 vy. 360 pls. with descriptive text. Edinburgh: printed for Machlachlan & Stewart, Edinburgh; and Baldwin, Cradock & Joy, London, 1823-28. Aor. Diatomaceae, pls. 16, 35, 244, 287, 289, 291, 295, 297, 298, 354 & 358. Grev. GReEVILLE, RopertT Kaye. Report ona collection of Diatomaceae made in the district of Braemar by Prof. Balfour and Mr. George Lawson. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. I]. 15: 252-261. pl. 9. 1855. Grev. GREVILLE, Roperr Kaye. Description of some new diatomaceous forms from the West Indies. Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. 5: 7-12. pl. 3. 1857. Grev. GRreEvILLE, Roperr Kaye. Descriptions of some new species and varieties of Naviculae &c., observed in California guano. Edinb. New Phil. Journ. N.S. 10: 25-30. pl. 4. 1859. Grev. GrRevILLE, Roperr Kaye. Descriptions of new species of Diatomaceae, chiefly observed by the late Professor Gregory. Quart. Journ. Mier. Sci. 7: 79-86. pl. 6. 1859. Grev. GREVILLE, Ropert Kaye. Descriptions of Diatomaceae observed in Califor- nia guano. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 7: 155-166. pl. 7-8. 1859. Grev. GREVILLE, Ropert Kaye. On Plagiogramma, a new genus of Diatomaceae. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 7: 207-211. pl. 10. 1859. Grev. GREVILLE, RoBert Kaye. On Campylodiscus &c. Trans. Mier. Soe. Lond. N. S. 8: 29-32. pl. 1. 1860. Grev. GREvVILLE, Ropert Kaye. A monograph of the genus Asterolampra, includ- ing Asteromphalus and Spatangidium. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. N.S. 8: 102- 124. pl. 3-4. 1860. Grev. GREVILLE, Ropert Kaye. Descriptions of new and rare Diatoms. Series I-IV. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. N.S. 9: 39-45; 67-87. pl. 4 & 8-10. L861. Series V-VI. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. N. S. 10: 18-29; 89-96. pl. 2-3 & 9. 1862. Series VII. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. N. S. 2: 231-236. pl. 10. 1862. Series VIII-IX. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. N.S. 11: 13-21; 63-76. pl. 1 & 4—5, 1863. ) Series X. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. N. S. 3: 227-237. pl. 9-10. 1863. } Series XI-XIII. Trans. Mier. Soc. Lond. N. S. 12: 8-14; 81-94. pl. 1-2 & ~ 10-13. 1864. Series XIV-XVII. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. N. S. 13: 1-10; 24-34; 43-75; 97-105. pl. 1-6 & 8-9. 1865. Series XVII-XX. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. N.S. 14: 1-9; 77-86; 121-130. pl. 1, 2, 8, 9, 11 & 12. 1866, > BIBLIOGRAPHY. 405 Grev. GReEVILLE, Roperr Kaye. On the Asterolamprae of the Barbadoes deposit. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. N.S. 10: 41-55. pl. 7-8. 1862. Grev. GREvILLE, Rosperr Kaye. A monograph of the genus Auliscus. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. N. S. 11: 36-53. pl. 2-3. 1863. Grev. GREVILLE, Ropert Kaye. Descriptions of new genera and species of dia- toms from the south Pacific. Edinb. New Phil. Journ. N.S. 18: 34-45; Is! 187. pl. 1, 4. 1863. Grev. GREVILLE, RoBpertT Kaye. Descriptions of new genera and species of dia- toms from Hongkong. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. II[I. 16: 1-7. pl. 5. 1865. Grev. GREVILLE, RopertT Kaye. Descriptions of new species of diatoms from the south Pacific. Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 8: 233-238. pl. 3. 1866. Grev. GREVILLE, Rosert Kaye. Descriptions of new and rare diatoms from the tropics and southern hemisphere. Trans. Bot. Soc. Edinb. 8: 436-441. pl. 6. 1866. Griff. & Henf. Micr. Dict. Griffiths, John Wilham and Henfrey, Arthur. The micrographic dictionary; a guide to the examination and investigation of the structure and nature of microscopic objects. Ed. 3. by J. W. Griffiths and Martin Duncan, assisted by Rev. M. J. Berkeley and T. Rupert Jones. vy. 1. xli, 845 p. front. 812 f. v. 2. 1 p. 1. 48 pl. with explanatory text. London: John van Voorst. 1875. 214 cm. AGR. Diatomaceae, p. 235-247. pl. 11-14, 19, 41-43. Also ed. 4. 1883. MANN. Gr. & St. Grove, EDMUND AND Sturt, GERALD. Ona fossil marine diatomaceous deposit from Oamaru, Otago, New Zealand. Jour. Quek. Micr. Club, II. 2: 321-330. pl. 18-19. 1886. 3: 7-12; 63-78; 131-148. pl. 2-3; 5-6; 10-14. 1887. AGr* Grun. in Schneider, Beitr. Kennt. Kauk. Sve Schneider, Oscar. Grun. GruNow, ALBERT. Ueber neue oder ungeniigend bekannte algen. Erste folge. Diatomaceen, familie naviculaceen. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien. 10: 503-582. pl. 3-7. 1860. Grun. GrRuNow, ALBERT. Die Osterreichischen diatomaceen nebst anschluss einiger neuen arten von andern lokalititen und einer kritischen uebersicht der bisher bekannten gattungen und arten. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 12: 315 472; 545-585. pl. 3-7, 13. 1862. Grun. GrRuNow, ALBERT. Ueber einige neue und ungentigend bekannte arten und gattungen von diatomaceen. Verh. Zool.-Bot. Ges. Wien, 13: 137-162. pl. 4-5. 1863. Grun. GrRuNOw, ALBERT. Beitrage zur kenntniss der Schizonema- und Berkeleya arten. Hedwigia, 7: 1-7. 1868. Grun. GRuUNOWw, ALBERT. Diatomaceae in Fenzl, Eduard. Reise Novara Bot. 1: 1-28. pl. 1-1A. 1870. SC. Grun. GRuUNOW, ALBERT. New diatoms from Honduras. Mo. Micr. Journ. 18: 165-186. pl. 93-96. 1877. Grun. GRUNOW, ALBERT. Some remarks concerning P. T. Cleve and Méller’s diatoms. Upsala, 1877. no. 1-48. Am. Journ. Micr. 3: 101-105. 1878. Grun. GRuUNOW, ALBERT. New species and varieties of Diatomaceae from the Caspian sea. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 2: 677-691. pl. 21. 1879. Grun. GRuNOow, ALBERT. Onsome new species of Nitzschia. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 3: 394-397. pl. 12-13. 1880. Grun. GruNnow, ALBERT. Beitriige zur kenntniss der fossilen diatomeen Osterreich Ungarns. Mojs. & Neum. Beitr. Paliont. Ost.-Ung. 2: 136-159. pl. 29-30, 1882, 406 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Grun. Grunow, ALtBertr. Diediatomeen von Franz Josefs-land. Denkschr. Akad. Wien, 48°: 53-112. pl. 1-5. 1884. Hab. Cat. Hanirsnaw,F. Catalogue of the Diatomaceae with references to the vari- ous published descriptions and figures. Reproduced by the Edison electric pen process. 272 p. New York, 1877. AGr. Ed. 2 by R. Hitchcock. p. New York, 1881-2. 1 pt. only pub. Ed. 3 by Harvey H. Chase. 343[10]p. Geneva, N. Y. 1885. Ed. 4 by Ilarvey H. Chase. 351 p. Linden, Mich. 1887 26 em, Ed. 5. Index of Diatomaceae by H. 1. Chase. 501 p. 1894. AGRr, copy of ed. 4 has many penciled additions. Dr. Mann’s copy of ed. 3 has been kept up to date. Hanst. Bot. Abhand. Hansrein, JonANNES. Botanische Abhandlungen aus dem gebiet der morphologie und physiologie. AGR. Diatomaceae by E. Pfitzer v.38. vi, 189 p. 6 pl. 1871 Harv. & Bail. Harvey, Wittiam Henry, anp Batitey, Jacop Wuirman. New species of Diatomaceae, collected by the United States Exploring Expedition under the command of Capt. Wilkes, U. 8S. N. Proc. Acad. Phila. 6: 430-431. L854. Reprinted in Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 3: 93-94. 1855. Hass. Hist. Brit. Alg. Hassatt, Arruur Hiwy. A history of the British freshwater algae, including descriptions of the Desmideae and Diatomaceae with upwards of one hundred plates illustrating the various species. v. 1. vill, 462 p. 11. vy. 2. 24 p. 103 col. pl. London: 8. Highley, [etc. etc.] 1845. 22 em. LC. Diatomaceae. v. 1. p. 395-439. v. 2. p. 21-24. pl. 93-102. . Hedwigia. AGR. Bleisch, (Max?). 2: 19-20; 28-33. 1860, Grunow, A. 7: 1-7. 1868. Wigand, A. 2: 41-46, 1860. Heib. Krit. Overs. Danske Diat. Hriperc, Peper ANDREAS CuRIsTIAN. Kritisk oversigt over de Danske diatomeer. Forste hefte: trykt som afhandling for den philosophiske doktorgrad. 1 p. 1. 78 p. 6 pl. Kj@benhayn, William Priors. 1863. 26 cm. . SC. Reviewed with extracts in Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. N.S. 4: 198-200. 1864. Title given as Conspectus criticus diatomacearum Danicarum, Hendry, WituiaAM. On the Hull Pleurosigma fasciola. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. N.S. 2: 152-155. 2 f. 1862. Herib. Diat: Auverg. Herrpaup, Josern. Les diatomées d’Auvergne. 1p. 1. 255 p. 6 pl. Paris, Paul Klincksieck. 1893. 27 em. AGR. Herib. Diat. Foss. Auverg. Heripaup,Josern. Les diatomées fossilesd’ Auvergne. 2 pts. text. pls. Paris, Clermont-Ferrand [et] Paul Klincksieck. 1902-1903. 274 cm. GS. pt. 1. 79 p. pl. 7-8. 1902. . pt. 2. x, 166 p. pl. 9-12. 1903. Heurck, Henri vAN. Synopsis des diatomées de Belgique. 2 y. text and atlas, Anvers. Edité par l’auteur. 1880-1885. 264 cm. Text, 4 p. 1. 235 p. 31.3 pl. Table alphabetique, 120 p. 1885. Atlas, 3 p. 1. 132 pl. with deser. leaf, and index of 3.1. 1880-1881. Heurck, Henri van. Typesdu Synopsis des diatomées de Belgique. Serie I-X- XII. Exsiccata. Anvers, 1884— Series V-X XII reviewed in Bot. Centralbl. 33: 323-325. 1888. Heurck, Henri van. A treatise on the Diatomaceae containing introductory remar on the structure, life history, collection, cultivation and preparation of diatoms and a description and figure typical of every known genus, as well as a descripti and figure of every species found in the North Sea and countries bordering i including Great Britain, Belgium, &ce. xx, 558 p. front. 35 pl. 291 text fig. Lo don; William Wesley & Son, 1896. 284 cm. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 407 H.L. Smith. See Smith, HH. L. Hook. in Sm. Eng. FI. See Smith, J. EF. Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere. Jahresbericht der kommission zur wissenschait- lichen untersuchung der deutschen meere in Kiel. GS. Schmidt, A, 2: 81-96. 1875. s Jan. Diat. Gaz. Exped. Janiscu, ©. The diatoms of the Gazelle Expedition. 22 pl. photographs, with manuscript index. MANN. Not published but distributed to several diatomists by the author. This set lacks the index and plates 7, 8, 10, 12, 13, 14, 17 and 18. Jan. Janiscny, ©. Zur charakteristik des guano’s von verschiedenen fundorten. Abh. Schles. Ges. Vaterl. Cult. 1861°: 150-164. pl. 1-2. 1861. 18627: 1-29. pl. 1A-2B. 1862. Jan. & Rabh. in Rabh. Beitr. See Rabenhorst, Lupwia. J.E. Smith. See Smith, J. EF. Johnson, ALEXANDERS. Notice of some undescribed infusorial shells. Am. Journ. Sci. I]. 13: 33. 1852. Johnst. JOHNSTON, CHRISTOPHER. Descriptions of Diatomaceae, chiefly of those found in ‘*‘ Elide” (Lower California) Guano. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 8: 11-21. pl. 1. 1860. Jorg. in Nordg. Hydrog. & Biol. Inv. See Nordgaard, \). Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. The Journal of the Linnean Society. Botany. AGR. Kitton, F. 20: 513-515, 1884. O’Meara, E. 15: 55-59. 1876. Journ. Mus. Godef. Journal des Museum Godeffroy. Geographische, ethnogra- phische und naturwissenschaftliche mittheilungen. SC. Witt, O. N. 1: 63-70. 1873. Journ. Quek. Micr. Club. The Journal of the Quekett Microscopical Club. Sura. Brébisson, A. de. 2; 37-43. 1870. Cleve, P. T. II. 2: 165-177. 1885. Grove, E. & Sturt, G. II. 2: 231-330. 1886 3: 7-12; 63-78; 131-148. 1886-87. Kitton, F. 2: 99-102; 168-171. 1871. II. 1: 166-172 1883. Morland, H. II. 3: 79-80; 167-168. 1887. Rattray, J. II. 4: 137-212. 1890. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. Journal of the Royal Microscopical Society; containing the transactions and proceedings and a record of current researches relating to invertebrata, cryptogamia, microscopy, «ce. AGR. Grunow, A. 2: 677-691. 1879. 31: 394-397. 1880. Mills, L. G. II. 1: 865-867. 1881. Petit, P. 1: 237-245. 1878. Rattray, J. IT. 81: 337-382. 1888. ITI. 82: 861-920. 1888. Shrubsole, W. H., & Kitton, F. II. 1: 381-387. 1881. Stolterfoth, H. 2: 835-836. 1879. Kain, C. Henry. Notes on diatoms. Bull. Torr. Club, 14: 25-32; 141. 1887. Kain, ©. Henry. See also Schmidt, Apo.r. Kain, (. HENry, AND Schultze, Epwin A. Ona fossil marine diatomaceous deposit, from Atlantic City, N. J. Bull. Torr. Club. 16: 71-76; 207-210. pl. 89, 92, 93, 1889. Kain, C. Henry, AnD Schultze, Epwin A. The Santa Monica diatomaceous deposit with list of referenecs to figures of species. Bull. Torr. Club, 24: 496-504. 1897. Witton, Freperic. A bibliography of the microscope and micrographic studies, being a catalogue of books and papers in the library of Julien Deby. Part III. The Diatomaceae. See Deby, J. 31713—voL 10, pr 5—O7 13 40S CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Kitt. Krrron, Freperic. Descriptionof anew genus of Diatomaceae, and observa- tions on the costae of Pinnularia peregrina. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. N.S. 8: 16-17. 1868. Kitt. Kirron, Freperic. Diatomaceous deposits from Jutland. Journ. Quek. Micr. Club, 2: 99-102. pl. 1-3. 1870; 168-171. pl. 13-14. 1871. Kitt. Kirron, Freperic. Remarks on Aulacodiscus formosus, Omphalopelta versi- color, &c., with description of a new species of Navicula. Mo. Mier. Journ. 10: 6-9. pl. 21. 1873. Kitt. Kirron, Freperic. New Diatoms. Mo. Mier. Journ. 12: 218-220. pl. 81-82. 1874. Kitt. Krrron, Freperic. Hyalodiscus subtilis and H. californicus. With notes by H. L. Smith. Am. Journ. Micr. 3: 247-250. f. 1-8. 1878. Kitt. Krirron, Freperic. Notes on diatomacearum Dillwynii, or the genera and species of Diatomaceae in ‘The British Confervae” of Dillwyn. Journ. Quek. Micr. Club: II. 1: 166-172. pl. 6. 1883. Kitt. Kirroxn, Freperic. On some Diatomaceae from the island of Socotra, Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 20: 513-515. pl. 48. 1884. Kiitz. Kiirzinc, Frieprich Travucorr. Synopsis diatomaceearum, oder versuch einer systematischen zusammenstellung der diatomeen. Linnaea, 8: 529-620. pl. 13-19. 1833. Kiitz. Bacill. Kierzinc, Friepricu TrauGorr. Die kieselschaligen bacillarien oder diatomeen. 3 p.1. 152 p. 29 pl. Nordhausen, W. Kéhne, 1844. 284 em. LC. Kiitz. Sp. Alg. Kirzinc, Frieprich TrauGorr. Species Algarum. yi, 922 p. Lipsiae, F. A. Brockhaus, 1849. 214 cm. AGR. Lagers. LaGersrept, Nis GerRHARD WILHELM. S6tvattens diatomaceer fran Spetsbergen. Bih. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 1'*: 1-52. pl. 1-2. 1873. Lagers. LaGrersrept, Nits GERHARD WILHELM. Saltvattens-diatomacéer fran Bohuslin. Bih. Sv. Vet.-Akad. Handl. 3": 1-66. pl. 1. 1876. Lagers. LaGrersrepr, Nits GERHARD WILHELM. Diatomaceerna i Kiitzings exsi- katverk: Algarum aquae dulcis germanicarum decades. Ofv. Kgl. Vet.-Akad. 41°; 29-64. pl. 8. 1884. Lanzi, Marreo. Lediatomee rinvenute nel lago Trajano, nello stagno di maccarese eloro adiacenze. Atti Soc. Critt. Ital. Il. 3: 122-129. 1883. Lanzi, Marreo. Le diatomee fossili del Quirinale. Atti Accad. Lincei, 47: [1-7]. 1894. GS.* Laud. Lauprer, Henry Scorr. Onnewdiatoms. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. N. S. 12: 6-8. pl. 3. 1864. Laud. Lauper, Henry Scorr. Remarks on the marine Diatomaceae found at Hong Kong, with descriptions of new species. Trans. Mier. Soc. Lond. N. S. 12: 75-79. pl. 8. 1864. Le Diatomiste. See under Diatomiste. Tue Lens: a quarterly journal of microscopy and the allied natural sciences, with the Transactions of the State Microscopical Society of Illinois. Edited by 8. A. Briggs, E. H. Sargent, Charles Adams, O. 8. Westcott, publishing committee. 2 vy. pls. Chicago, The State Microscopical Society of Ilinois, 1872. 234 em, (all published). AGR. © Smith, H. L. 1: 1-19; 72-93; 154-157. 2: 65-91. 1873. Leud.-Fort. LeupuGer-ForrmoreL, G. Catalogue des diatomées de Jile- Ceylan. Mém. Soc. Emul. St. Brieuc, 1-73. pl. 1-9. 1879. GS.* Leud.-Fort. LeupuGrer-Forrmoret, G. Diatomées de la Malaise. Ann. Jard. — Bot. Buitenz. 11: 1-60. pl. 1-7. 1892, GS*. ti, Me tie Mie BIBLIOGRAPHY. 409 Lewis, Francis W. Notes on new and rarer species of Diatomaceae of the United States sea board. Proc. Acad. Phila. 1861: 61-71. pl. 1-2. 1862. Republished without the platesin Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. N.S. 2: 155-161. Lse2, Lewis, Francis W. On some new and singular intermediate forms of Diatomaceae. Proc. Acad. Phila. 1863: 336-346. pl. 1564. Lewis, Francis W. On extreme and exceptional variations of diatoms in some White mountain localities, Kc. Proc. Acad. Phila. 1865: 7-18. pl. l-2. 1865. Linnaea. Ein journal fiir die botanik in ihrem ganzen umfange. NM. Aar. Kiitzing, F. T. 8: 529-620. 1833. L. W. Bail. Sce Bailey, L. W. Lyng. Hydro. Dan. LyncsByr, Hans CuristiaAn. Tentamen hydrophytologiae danicae, continens omnia hydrophyta cryptogama Daniae, Holsatiae, Faeroae, Islandiae, Groenlandiae hucusque cognita, systematice disposita, descripta et iconibus illustrata, adjectis simul speciebus norvegicis. 1 p. 1. xxxil, 248 p. 70 ‘col. pl. Hafniae, Typis Schultzianis, 1819. 26 cm. LC. Mann, ALBert. List of Diatomaceae from a deep sea dredging in the Atlantic ocean off Delaware bay by the U. 8. Fish commission steamer Albatross. Proce. U.S. Nat. Mus. 16: 303-312. 1894. Math. Termész. Kézlem. Mathematikai és Természettudomanyi Kézlemenyek. Vonatkozolag a hazai viszonyokra. Kiadja a Magyar Tudomanyos Akadémia Mathematikai és Természettudomanyi Alland6 bizottsiga. AGR. Neupauer, J. 5: 183-206. 1867. Meddel. Komm. Havund. Ser. Plankt. Meddelelser fra Kommissionen for Havun- dersogelser. Serie: Plankton. NM. Acar. Paulsen, O.. 13: 1-7. 1905. Mél. Biol. Acad. Sci. St. Pétersb. Mélanges Biologiques tirés du Bulletin de l’Académie Impériale des Sciences de St. Pétersbourg. NM. Weisse, J. F. 1: 875-211. 1851. 2: 237-250. 1855. 3: 357-362. 1860. 4: 659-664. 1865. 5: 105-108. 1865. 6: 303-311. 1867. Mem. Accad. Lincei. Memorie dell’ Accademie Pontificia de’ Nuovi Lincei. Rome. GS.* Antonelli, G., et Bonetti, F. 9: 1-14. 1893. Mém. Mus. Paris. Mémoires du Muséum d’Histoire Naturelle, Paris. SC. Turpin, P. J. F. 16: 361-368. 1828. Mém. Soc. Acad. Fal. Mémoires de la Société Académique des Sciences, Arts et Belles-lettres de Falaise. 1. v. 1835°: 1836. Brébisson, A. de, et Godey. p. 1-63; 256-269. Mém. Soc. Emul. St. Brieuc. Mémoires de la Société d’ Emulation des Cétes-du- Nord. St. Brieuc. GS.* Leuduger-Fortmorel, G. 1-73. pl. 1-9. 1879. Meém. Soc. Phys. et Hist. Nat. Geneve. Mémoires de la Société de Physique et d’ Histoire Naturelle de Genéve. NM. Acr. Brun, J. 811: 1-47. 1891. Brun, J. & Tempére, J. 30%: 1-75. 1889. Mém. Soc. Sci. Nat. Cherb. Mémoires de la Société des Sciences Naturelles de Cherbourg. LC. Brébisson, A. 2: 241-258. 1854. Mills, Lewis G. Diatoms from Peruvian guano. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soe. Il. 1: 865-867. pl. 11. 1881. Moeb. Diat.-taf. Morsius, B. Diatomeen-tafeln zusammengestellt fiir einige freunde. Als manuskript gedruckt. 32 p.81 pl. [New York, 1890.] 24cm. Agr. Moebius’s plates of diatoms. Index. [n. p.,n.d.] 171. 22cm. 410 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Mo. Micr. Journ. The monthly microscopical journal: transactions of the Royal Microscopical Society, and record of histological research at home and abroad. Grunow, A. 18: 165-186. IS77, Kitton, F. 10: 6-9. 1873. 12: 218-220. 1874. Monatsb. Akad. Wiss. Berlin. Monatsberichte der Kéniglichen Preuss. Akade- mie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. AGr. Ehrenberg, C.G. 1856: 323-339. Mont. in Sagra Hist. Cuba. Sve Sagra, RaMon pe La. Morland, Henry. On the structure of Aulacodiscus margaritaceus Ralfs. Journ. Quek. Micr. Club, Il. 3: 79-80. 1887. Morland, Henry. Do Porodiscus interruptus and Craspedoporus elegans belong both to one form? Journ. Quek. Micr. Club, II. 3: 167-168. 1887. Mojs. & Neum. Beitr. Paliont. Ost.-Ung. Mousisovics, E. v. unp Neumayer, R. Beitrage zur Paliontologie Osterreich-Ungarns und des Orients. y.2. 2.p.1. 162 p. 30 pl. Wien, Alfred Hélder. 1882. ~ EQ. GE Diatomaceae by A. Grunow. p. 136-159. Murray, Georce. On the reproduction of some marine diatoms. Proce, Roy. Soc. Edinb. 21: 207-219. pl. 1-3. 1897. Neue Schrift. Naturf. Ges. Halle. Neue schriften der Naturforschende Gesell- schaft. Halle. Nitzsch, C. L. 8: (—). 1817. Neup. Nevupaver, JANnos-rou. Az asatag diatomaceak (oszlékafilék). Rhyo- lith csiszpalaban s egyéb kézetekben. Math. Termesz. Kézlem. 5: 183-206. pl. 1-3. 1867. Nitzsch, Curistian Lupwiac. Beitrige zur infusorienkunde oder naturbeschrei- bung der zerkarien und bazillarien. Neue Schrift. Naturf. Ges. Halle, 3: (“<) 387. Sura. Noetl. Noeruinc, Frirz. Ueber diatomaceenfiihrende schichten des westpreus- sischen diluviums. Zeitsch. Deut. Geol. Gesell. 35: 318-354. 1883. Nordenskiéld, Apotr Errk. Vega-expeditionens vetenskapliga iakttagelser bear- betade af deltagare i resan och andra forskare. v. 3. 2 p. 1., 529, 2 p. 44 pl. Stockholm, F. & G. Beijers férlag, 1883. 25 cm. AGR.* SC. Diatoms collected during the expedition of the Vega examined by P{ehr] T[{heodor Cleve). p. 455-517. pl. 35-38. Nordgaard, 0. Bergens museum. Hydrographical and biological investigations in Norwegian fiords. The protist plankton and the diatoms in bottom samples by — E[ugen] Jorgensen. 4 p. 1. 254 p. 21 pl. Bergen, John Grieg, 1905. 37¢em. | Diatomaceae, p. 50, 54, 57, 60, 63, 66, 69, 73, 76, 79, 83, YO-108, 146-151, 195-225. pl. 6-7. Norm. Norman. Georae. Notes on some new and rare Diatomaceae from the stomachs of Ascidiae. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. I]. 20: 158-159. 1857. Norm. Norman, Georce. List of Diatomaceae occurring in the neighborhood of Hull. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. N.S. 8: 59-71. 1860. Norm. Norman, Georce. On some undescribed species of Diatomaceae. Micr. Loc. Lond. N.S. 9: 5-9. pl. 2. 1861. LA Notarisia. Commentarium phycologicum. Redattori G. B. de Toni e Da Levi-Morenos. Toni, G. B. de. 2: 351. 1887. 3: 608, 626. 1888. Nyl. Nyzanper, Witu1AM. Diatomaceis Fenniae fossilibus additamentum. Faun. Fl. Fenn. Foérh. 6: 145-159. 1861. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 411 Ofv. Kgl. Vet.-Akad. Ofversigt af Kongl. Vetenskaps-Akademiens Pérhand lingar. AGR. Cleve, P. T. 24: 661-669; 25: 213-239, 1868. 3819: 3-13, 1882. Lagerstedt, N. G. W. 41+: 29-64. 1884. Okeden, Firzmaurice. On the deep diatomaceous deposits of the mud of Milford Haven and other localities. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sei. 3: 26-30. 1555. O’Meara, EuGENE. On some new and rare Diatomaceae from the west coast of Ireland. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. N.S. 7: 113-118. pl. 5. 1867. O’Meara, Evcene. On new forms of Diatomaceae, from dredgings off the Arran Islands, Co. Galway. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. N.S. 7: 245-247. pl. 7. 1867. 9: 150-151. pl. 12. 1869. O’Meara, EvGene. On some peculiar forms of Navicula from the Sulu archipelago. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. N. S. 12: 283-287. pl. 13. 1872. O’Meara, Evcene. On Diatomaceae from Spitzbergen. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. N.S. 14: 254-261. pl. 8. 1874. O’Meara, Evcene. Report on the Irish Diatomaceae. Part I. Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. II. 2: 235-425. pl. 26-35. 1875. All published. O’Meara, Evcene. On the diatomaceous gatherings made at Kerguelen’s Land by H. N. Moseley, M. A., H. M.S. Challenger. Journ. Linn. Soc. Bot. 15: 55-59, pl. 1. 1876. Palmer, THOMAS CHALKLEY AND Keeley, Frank J. The structure of the diatom girdle. Proc. Acad. Phila. 1900: 465-479. pl. 15-16. 1900. Pant. Beitr. Bacill. Ung. PanrocsexK, Joser. Beitriige zur kenntniss der fossilen bacillarien Ungarns. 38 teile. texts, pls. Nagy-Tapolosany, Julius Platzko, 1886-1893. GS. [pt. III missing. ] I. teil. Marine bacillarien. 75 p. 30 pl. 1886. II. teil. Brackwasser-bacillarien. Anghan: Analyse der marinen depéts von Bory, Bremia, Nagy-Kiirtés in Ungarn; Ananino und Kusnetzkin Russland. 123 p. 30 pl. 1889. [S.] III. teil. Stisswasser-bacillarien. Anhang- Analysen 15 neuer depéts von Bulgarien, Japan, Mihren, Russland und Ungarn. 11. 42 pl. 1893. [Ap.] 2.-verbesserte auflage. 3. teile in 1 heft. Berlin, W. Junk. 1903. 28 em. I. teil. 77 p. 30 pl. II. teil. 123 p. 30 pl. III. teil. 1.1. 42 pl. GS. Pauls. Pautsen, Ove. On some Peridineae and plankton-diatoms. Meddel. Komm. Havund. Ser. Plankton. 1°: 1-7. f. 10. 1905. Perag. Peracatito, H. Diatomées du midi de la France. Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse, 18: 189-272. 1884. AcrR.* Reprinted p. 1-88. 1884. Perag. Preracatito, H. Diatomées dela baie de Villefranche. Bull. Soc. Hist. Nat. Toulouse, 22: 13-100. pl. 1-6. 1888. AGR.* Reprinted as ‘* Diatomées du midi de la France’’ with a subtitle as above. p. 1-92. 1888. Perag. Preracatto, H. Monographie du genre Pleurosigma et des genres alliés. Le Diatomiste, 1‘: 1-16. pl. 1-5. 1891. 15: 17-35. pl. 6-10. [Index 21.] 1891. Perag. Peracatto, H. Monographie du genre Rhizosolenia et de quelques genres voisins. Le Diatomiste, 1: 79-82; 99-117. pl. 13-15 & 17-18. 1892. Petit, Paut. Catalogue des diatomées de l’ile Campbell et de la nouvelle-Zelande. Fonds de la Mer, 3: 167-198. pl. 4-5. 1877. Gs.* Translated by F. Kitton and republished in Journ. Roy. Mier. Soc. 1: 237-275. pl. 14-15. 1878. 412 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. ; Petit, Paun. Essai d'une classification des diatomées. Bul. Soc. Bot. Fr. 28: 372-383. pl. 4. 1876. Translation by F. Kitton in Mo. Mier. Journ. 18: 10-14; 65-75. pl. 187. 1877. ‘etit, Miss. Sci. Cap Horn. Perrtir, Paut. Mission Scientifique du Cap Horn. ISS2-1883. v. 5. Botanique par P. Hariot, P. Petit, J. Muller d’Argovie, E. Bescherelle, C. Massalongo, et a. Franchet. 2 p. 1. 400 p. 33 pl. 3 maps. Paris, Gauthier-Villars et Fils. 1889. 274 cm. Pfitz. Privzer, Ernst. Untersuchungen iiber bau und entwicklung der bacil- lariaceen. (Diatomaceen.) Hanst. Bot. Abhandl. 2: i-vi, 1-189 p. pl. 1-6. 1871. Phys. Abh. Akad. Wiss. Berlin. Physikalische Abhandlungen der Kéniglichen Akademie der Wissenschaften zu Berlin. 1831-49 SM. 1851—date Aar. 1862-75 LC. Ehrenberg, C. G. 1831: 1-154. 1832. 1836: 109-135. 1838. 1838: 59-147. 1840. 1839: 81- 174. IS41. 1841: 291-446. 1843. 1847: 269-460. 1849. 1862: 39-74. 1863. 1869: 1-66. 1870. 1870: 1-74. S71. 1871: 1-150. 1872. 1872: 131-398. 1873. 1875: 1-226. 1876. . Prinz, W. Etude sur des coupes de diatomée observées dans des lames minces de la roche de Nykjobing (Jutland). Bull. Soc. Belg. Micr. 7: xlv-lvii. pl. 1. 1881. Pritch. Hist. Infus. PrircHarp, ANpRew. A history of infusoria, living and fossil: arranged according to ‘‘ Die infusionsthierchen”’ of C. G. Ehrenberg; con- taining coloured engravings, illustrative of all the genera, and descriptions of all the species in that work, with several new ones; to which is appended an account of those recently discovered in the chalk formations. viii, 439 p. 12 pl. London, Whittaker and Co. 1842. 214 cm. Le. Edition 1 reprinted in 1845 and 1849 without change except to leave out p. vii-viii containing the list of original subscribers. 1849 repr. AGR. SURG. AGR. 1849 copy is called ‘‘Second Edition”’’ on the title page but is only a reprint. Edition 4 revised and enlarged by J. T. Arlidge, W. Archer, J. Ralfs, W. C. Williamson and the author. xii, 968 p. 40 pl. London, Whittaker and Co. 1861. 23 cm. AGR. SURG. Pritch. Hist. Animale. PrircHarp, ANDREW. A history of Infusorial animalcules, living and fossil: illustrated by several hundred magnified representations. A new edition enlarged. viii, 704 p. 11.24 pl. London, Whittaker and Co. 1852. 214 ¢m. In some copies the plates are colored. AGrR. LC. Proc. Acad. Phila. Proceedings of the Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. NM. Aar. Baily, J. W. 6: 431-432. 1854. , Boyer, C.S. 1898: 468-470. 1898. 1900: 685-748. 1991. Harvey, W. H., & Bailey, J. W. 6: 430-431. 1854. Lewis, F. W. 1861: 61-71. 1862. 1868: 336-346. 1864. 1865: 7-18. 1865. Palmer, T. C., & Keeley, F. J. 1900: 465-479. 1900. Proc. Am. Soc. Micr. Proceedings of the American Society of Microscopists. : LC. AGr.* Sura. Cox, J. D. 12: 178-183. 1891. Smith, H. L. 8: 30-66. 1886. 9: 126-167. 1888. Proc. Roy. Irish Acad. Proceedings of the Royal Trish Academy. Second Series. AarR.* LC. O’Meara, FE. 2: 235-425. 1875. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. Proceedings of the Royal Society of Edinburgh. Aar. Sura.* Sm. Murray, G. 21: 207-219. 1897. Rattray, J. 16: 449-692. 1889.* Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus. Proceedings of the United States National Museum. 5 NM. AGR. Mann, A. 16: 303-312. 1894. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 413 Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. Quarterly Journal of Microsopical Science. AGR.* Sure. LC. Arnott, G. A. Walker-. 3: 93-94; 307-312. 1855. 6: 87-93; 159-165; 184; 186; 195-206. 1858S. 7: 254. 1859. 8: 244-248. 1860. Brightwell, Thos. 1: 245-252. 1853. 4: 105-109; 272-276. 1856. 6: 93-95; 153-155. 1858. 7: 179 181. 1859. 8: 93-96. 1860. Donkin, A.S. N.S. 1: 1-15. 1861. N.S. 9: 287-296. 1869.* Eulenstein, Th. N.S. 4: 172-173. 1864. 5: 65-66. 1865. Gregory, W. 2: 90-100. 1854. 3: 30-43. 1855. 4: 1-14. 1856. Greville, R.K. 5: 7-12. 1857. 7: 79-86; 155-166; 207-211. 1859. N.S. 2: 231-236. 1862. N.S. 8: 227-237. 1863. Hendry, W.T. N.S. 2: 152-155. 1862. Johnston, C. 8: 11-21. 1860. Kitton, F. N.S. 8: 16-17. 1868. Okeden, F. 3: 26-30. 1855. O’Meara, E. N.S. 7: 113-118; 245-247. 1867. 12: 283-287. 1872. 14: 254-261. 1874. Roper, F.C.S. 2: 283-284. 1854. 6: 17-25. 1858. 7: 261-262. 1859. Schultze, M.S. 7: 13-21. 1859. N.S. 3: 120-134. 1863. Smith, Wm. 3: 130-135. 1855. Wallich, G.C. 6: 242-253. 1858. West, T. 6: 186-188. 1858. Quek. Treat. Micr. QuEKeET?r,JoHN. A practical treatise on the microscope. (— p.) London. 8°. ed. (1?). 1848. Libr. Linn. Soe. Lond. (not seen). ed. (2?). 1855. Rabh. Siissw.-Diat. RasBeNHOorRstT, Lupwic. Die siisswasser-diatomaceen fiir freun- de der mikroscopie. 72 p.10 pl. Leipzig, Eduard Kummer, 1853. 31 cm. AGR. Rabh. Beitr. RasBeNHorst, Lupwice. Beitrige zur naiheren kenntniss und_ ver- breitung der Algen. v. 1. ( p. ), 1863. 4°. Janisch, C., und Rabenhorst, L. Ueber Meeres-Diatomaceen von Honduras. Rabh. Krypt. Fl. RasBennorst, Lupwic. Kryptogamen-flora von Sachsen, der Ober-Lausitz, Thiiringen und Nord-Béhmen, mit beriicksichtigung der benach- barten lander. 2 vy. text, figs. Leipzig, Eduard Kummer. 1863-70. 183 cm. GS. Aar. Diatomaceae. vy. 1. p. 1-56. figs. 1863. . Fl. Eur. ; ABE) st, Lupwie. Flora Europaea algarum aquae dulcis Rabh. FI. Eur. Al RABENHORST, LUDWI Flora E lg | lul et submarinae. Sectio 1-3. figs. Lipsiae, apud Eduardum Kummerum, 1864— 1868. 234 cm. GS. AGR. Diatomaceae. Sectio 1. 359 p. figs. 1864. Ralfs, Jonn. On the Diatomaceae. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 11: 447-457. pl. 8-9. 1843. 12: 104-111; 270-276; 346-352. pl. 2, 8, 9. 1843. Ralfs, Joun. On the British species of Meridion and Gomphonema. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 12: 457-467. pl. 18. 1843. Ralfs,Joun. On the British species of Grammonema-and Eunotia. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 13: 457-461. pl. 14. 1844. Ralfs, JoHn. On the British species of Achnanthes. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 13: 489- 493. pl. 14. 1844. Ralfs, Joun. On the British Diatomaceae. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 16: 109-112. pl.3. 1845. Ratt. Rarrray, Joun. A revision of the genus Aulacodiscus Ehrb. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 8': 337-382. pl. 5-7. 1888. Ratt. Rarrray, Jon. A revision of the genus Auliscus Ehrb., and some allied genera. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. 8°: 861-920. pl. 12-16. 1888. Ratt. Rarrray, Jonn. A revision of the genus Coscinodiscus and some allied genera. Proc. Roy. Soc. Edinb. 16: 449-692. pl. 16 [3 pts.]. 1889. AGR.* 414 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Ratt. Rarrray, Jonn. A revision of the genus Actinocyclus Ehrb. Journ. Quek. Micr. Club, II. 4: 137-212. pl. 11. 1890. Rec. Geol. Surv. N.S. W. Records of the Geological Survey of New South Wales. (Department of Mines and Agriculture, Sydney.) GS. Card, G. W., & Dunn, W. 8. 5: 128-148. 1897. Rept. No. Sea Fish.Comm. North sea fisheries investigation committee. Report (no. 2.—Southern area) on fishery and hydrographical investigations in the North sea and adjacent waters. 1902-1903. ix, 377 p. charts. figs. London, Darling & Son, Ltd., 1905. 374 cm. Le. Rept. Sta. Geol. N. J. Annual report of the state geologist. [Geological survey of New Jersey.] GS. AGR.* Woolman, L. 1881: 223-232. 1892. Rept. U.S. Comm. Fish. U. 8. Commission of Fish and Fisheries. Report of the commissioner. AGR. Rev. de Comm. Revue de Comminges, Saint-Gaudens. AGr.* Belloc, E. 3: [1-58.] 1887. . Ries, Hernricu. Microscopic organisms in the clays of New York state. Trans. N. Y. Acad. Sci. 13: 165-169. pl. 3-4. 1894. Romer, Frirz, uNp Schaudinn, Frirz. Faunaarctica. Eine zusammenstellung der arktischen tierformen, mit besonderer beriicksichtigung des Spitzbergen-gebietes auf grund der ergebnisse der Deutschen expedition in das nérdliche eismeer im jahr 1898. vy. 14%. pls. figs. Jena, Verlag von Gustav Fischer, 1900-1906. 36 cm. ! NM. Die diatomeen der arktischen meere. Von Haaken Hasberg. Gran. 3: 509-554. pl. 17. 1904. Roper, FREEMAN CLARK SaMvueEL. Three new British species of Diatomaceae. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 2: 283-284. f. 1-3. 1854. Roper, FREEMAN CLARK SAMUEL. Some observations on the Diatomaceae of the Thames. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. N.S. 2: 67-80. pl. 6. 1854. Roper, FREEMAN CLARK SAMUEL. Notes on some new species and varieties of British marine Diatomaceae. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 6: 17-25. pl. 3. 1858. Roper, FREEMAN CLARK SamMvuet. On Actinocyclus and Eupodiscus. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 7: 261-262. 1859. Roper, FREEMAN CLARK SAMUEL. On the genus Biddulphia and its affinities. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. N.S. 7: 1-24. pl. 1-2. f. 1-5. 1859. Roper, FREEMAN CLARK Samuet. On Triceratium arcticum. Trans. Mier. Soc. Lond. N. S. 8: 55-58. f. 1. 1860. Roper, FREEMAN CLARK SAMUEL. On the genus Licmophora (Agardh). Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. N. S. 11: 53-62. f. 1-2. 1863. Sagra, Ramon pe LA. Historia fisica, politica y natural de la isla de Cuba. 13 v. pl. maps. Paris, 1840-1861. 40 cm. AGR. Diatomaceae by Montagne, Jean Francois Camille. vy. 9. p. 8-9. 1845. 2 Sdllsk. Faun. Fl. Fenn. Forh. Notiser ut siillskapets pro fauna et flora Fennica forhandlingar. AGR. Nylander, W. 6: 145-159. 1861. Schmidt, Atlas. Scumipr, Apotr. Atlas der diatomaceen-kunde, in verbindung — mit den Herren Grundler, Grunow, Janisch, Weisflog und Witt, herausgegeben yon — Adolf Schmidt, archidiaconus in Aschersleben. 36 Heft. 144 pl. [with explana-_ tory leaf]. Aschersleben, Ernst Schlegel, 1875-1882. 404 cm. Verzeichniss der in A. Schmidt’s Atlas der diatomaceenkunde. Heft 1-36 (Serie I-III) abgebildeten arten und benannten varietiiten nebst den mit ange- fiihrien synonymen. 2p.1.29p. Leipzig, O. R. Reisland, 1890. Blueprint copy by C. Henry Kain, Camden, N. J. 1884— ? AGR. The date of issue is printed on the first page of each heft, except heft 1, which was January, 1874. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 415 Schmidt, Atlas. Zweite revidirte auflage. Serie I-V. Heft 1-66. pl. 1-264 with explanatory leaf]. [Heft 1-36.] Aschersleben, Ludwig Sievers. [left 37-66.} Leipzig, O. R. Reisland, 1885-1906. AGR. Verzeichniss der auf tafel 1-240 (Serie I-V) abgebildeten u. bekannten formen. Herausgeben von F. Fricke. 69 p. Leipzig, O. R. Reisland, 1902. [N} The dates of publication of the plates of edition two are only partly given on the plates. For convenience in reference all of the dates are here given, those inclosed in brackets being taken from Friedliinder’s Naturae Novitates issued on the dates given, all others being taken from the plates. Series I. Heft 1- 6. pl. J1- 24. 1 Ag 1885. Heft 7-8. pl. 25- 30. 1S 1885. pl. 31- 32. 1D = 1885. Heit 9. pl. 33- 36. 1Ja 1886. Heit 10. pl. 37— 40. 1 Mr 1886. Heft ll. pl. 41- 44. 1 Ap 1886. _ Heft 12. pl. 45- 48. 1 My 1886. Series II. Heit 13. pl. 49- 52. 15 Ag 1886. Heft 14-17. pl. 53- 68. 1S 1886. Heit 18-20. pl. 69— 80. 15 Mr 1887. Heft 21-22. pl. 81- 88. J1 1885. Heft 23-24. pl. 89- 96. 1lJa 1886. Series III. Heft 25-26. pl. 97-104. 1 Ag 1886. Heft 27-28. pl. 105-112. 1N 1886. Heft 29-30. pl. 113-120. [Ap 1888.] Heft 31-32. pl. 121-128. 1 Ag 1888. Heft 33-34. pl. 129-136. [N 1888.] Heft 35-36. pl. 137-144. [ 1889. ] Series IV. Heft 37-38. pl. 145-152. [Fe 1890.] Heft 39-40. pl. 153-160. N_ 1890.4 Heft 41-42. pl. 161-168. Je 1891.] Heit 43-44. pl. 169-176. [My 1892.] Heft 45. pl. 177-180. [N 1892.] Heft 46. pl. 181-184. 1Jy 1893. Heft 47. pl. 185-188. 15 O- 1893. Heit 48. pl. 189-192. [S 1894.] Series V. Heft 49. pl. 193-196. [S 1894.] Heft 50. pl. 197-200. [Ap 1895.] Heft 51. pl. 201-204. [O 1896.] Heft 52-53. pl. 205-212. [Mr 1897.] Heft 54. pl. 213-216. [Mr 1899.] Heft 55. pl. 217-220.. [N 1899.] Heit 56. pl. 221-224. N 1900. Heft 57. pl. 225-228. S 1901. Heft 58. pl. 229-232. Ap 1902. Heft 59-60. pl. 233-240. QO 1902. Series VI. Heft 61. pl. 241-244. S-~ 1903. Heft 62-63. pl. 245-252. Mr 1904. Heft 64. pl. 253-256. Ag 1905. Heft 68. pl. 257-260. S 1905. Heft 66. pl. 261-264. Je 1906. Heft 67. pl. 265-268. D_ 1906. These dates were worked out by the author a few months before their publication by B. B. Woodward, Journ. Bot. 44: 384-386. 1906. Mr. Woodward has recorded the exact date of receipt of heft 48-65 at the Botanical Department of the British Museum, which may be an additional advantage in some cases since only the month of publication is recorded on the plate or in Fried- linder’s Naturae Novitates. @ Date at bottom of explanation of plate 153 overlooked by Mr. Woodward. 416 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Scamidt, Apotr. Die in den grundproben der nordseefahrt vom 21 Juli bis 9 Sept. IS72 enthaltenen diatomaceen. Jahresb. Komm. Deut. Meere, 2: 81-96. pl. 1-3. 1874. AGr. A blue print copy of the above article has been issued privately to several diatomists, size reduced to 204 cm. Schneider, Oscar. Naturwissenschaftliche beitrige zur kenntniss der Kaukasus- lander, auf grund seiner sammelbeute. 160 p.5 pl. Dresden, E. Blockmann & Sohn, 1878. 25 cm. LC. Schrift. Phys.-Gkon. Gesell. Kinigsb. Schriften der Physikalisch-Okonomischen Gesellschaft zu Kénigsberg. AGR. Cleve, P. T. & Jentzsch, A 22: 129-170. 1882. Schumann, J. 3: 166-192, 1863. 5: 13-23. 1864. 8: 37-68. 1867. 10: 83-88, 18869. Schultze, Epwin A. Note on a variety of Asteromphalus roperianus Grey. Bull. Torr. Club, 14: 96. 1887. Schultze, Enywin A. A descriptive list of the Staten Island diatoms. Bull. Torr. Club, 14: 69-73; 109-114. pl. 66, 69. 1887. 16: 98-104. pl. 90. 1889. Schultze, Max SigismuNpd. Phenomena of internal movements in Diatomaceae of the North sea, belonging to the genera Coscinodiscus, Denticella, and Rhizo- solenia. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 7: 13-21. pl. 2. 1859. Schultze, Max Sicismunp. Die structur der diatomeenschale, vergliechen mit gewissen aus fluorkiesel kiinstlich darstellbaren kieselhiuten. Verh. Naturhist. Ver. Rheinl. u. Westph. 20: 1-41. pl. 1. 1863. Translation in Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. N. S. 3: 120-134. 1863. Schum. ScuuMann, Jutius. Preussische diatomaceen. Schrift. Phys. Okon. Gesell. Kénigsb. 3: 166-192. pl. 8-9. 1863. 5: 13-23. pl. 2. 1864. 8: 37-68. pl. 1-3. 1867. 10: 83-88. pl. 2. 1869. Schum. ScHUMANN, Juttus. Die diatomeen der hohen Tatra. Verh. Zool. Bot. Ges. Wien, Suppl. 17: 1-102. pl. 1-4. 1867. Schiitt, Franz. Arten von Chaetoceras und Peragallia. Ein beitrag zur hochsee- flora. Ber. Deut. Bot. Ges. 13: 35-48. pl. 4-5. 1895. Schiitt, Franz. in Eng. & Pr. Pflanzenfam. See Engler, A. uNp Prantl, K. S. F. Gray, Nat. Arr. See Gray,S. F. : Shadb. SuHapBott, GeorGe. On the structure of the siliceous loricae of the genus Arachnoidiscus. Trans. Micr. Soe. Lond. 3: 49-55. pl. 11. 1852. This number is missing from the Smithsonian collection, having been lost or misplaced. Shadb. SnHapBo.r, GeorGe. A short description of some new forms of Diatomaceae from Port Natal. Trans. Micr. Soc. Lond. N.S. 2: 13-18. pl. 1. 1854. Shrubs. & Kitt. SuruBso_e, W. H. anv Krrron, Freperic. The diatoms of the London clay. Journ. Roy. Micr. Soc. II. 1°: 381-387. pl. 5. f. 1. 1881. Smith, Hammron LANPHERE. Conspectus of the families and genera of the Diato- maceae. The Lens, 1: 1-19; 72-93; 154-157. 1872. Smith, Hamiron LANPHERE. Conspectus of the Diatomaceae. Analysis of the species of the genus Amphora. The Lens, 2: 65-91. pl. 1-3. 1873. Smith, Hamimron LANPHERE. Species diatomacearum typicae. (—p.) New York. 1874. NM. Accompanied by slides. \a Smith, Hamiron LANpHERE. Notes on Cent. I of the ‘Species typicae diatoma- cearum.’’ Am. Journ. Micr. 2: 99-103. 1877. ‘ Smith, Hammron Lanpnere. A contribution to the life history of the Diato ceae. Proc. Am. Soc. Micr. 8: 30-66. pl. 1-5. f. 1-14. 1886. 9: 126-167. pl. 1-6. f. 1-6. 1888. BIBLIOGRAPHY. 417 Smith, Smr James Epwarp. The English flora, by Sir James Edward Smith. 5 vy. in 6. London, Longman, Rees, Orme, Brown, Green, & Longman, 1824-36. LC. AGR. Diatomaceae, v. 5. p. 401-415. 1833. Smith, Rev. Wmuam. Notes on the Diatomaceae; with descriptions of British species included in the genera Campylodiscus, Surirella and Cymatopleura. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. Il. 7: 1-14. pl. 1-3. 1851. Smith, Rev. Wmuram. Notes on the Diatomaceae; with descriptions of British species included in the genus Pleurosigma. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. I1. 9: 1-12. pl. 1-2. 1852. Smith, Rev. Wiruiam. A synopsis of the British Diatomaceae; with remarks on their structure, functions and distribution; and instructions for collecting and preserving specimens ... The plates by Tuffen West. v. Ll. xxxiv, 89 p. 31] pl. [inel. front.]. 1853. v. 2. xxx, 107 p. pl. 32-42, A-E [incl. front.]. 1856. Lon- don, Smith and Beck, 1853-6. 26 cm. AaR. Smith, Rev. Wimuram. Notes on an excursion to the south of France and the Au- vergne in search of Diatomaceae. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. II. 15: 1-9. pl. 1. 1855. Smith, Rev. Winuram. On the determination of species in the Diatomaceae. Quart. Journ. Micr. Sci. 3: 130-135. 1855. Smith, Rev. Wizuiam. Notes on an excursion to the Pyrenees in search of Diatom- aceae. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. I]. 19: 1-13. pl. 1-2. 1857. Smithson. Contr. Knowl. Smithsonian Contributions to Knowledge. Sm. M ") ~ 7 ll . pe eee + 5 : ? par. ae ey a a = « ° ~ oo * : - e igs i Se < o al A 7 - dé [ha , (. — Se ~ ee ~~ v i, Ee ret ogee Contr. Nat. Herb., Vol. X. PLATE XLIV. Trt ” ” -* — DIATOMS OF THE GENERA AMPHORA, ACHNANTHES, AND DIMEREGRAMMA. > fe dere 31713—voL 10, pr 5—07——14 oe ae eel SS Ea PLATE XLV. Fic. 1.—Actinoptychus alternans Mann. Enlarged stacks be ge tion, Fic. 2.—Actinoptychus planus Mann. Balerged 740 Se rn orce ee = ‘ Fig. 3.—Actinoptychus radulus Mann. diameters. Descript: Fig. 4.—Asteromphalus nanus Mann. Seay 612 diameters. Deserip Fic. 5.—Asteromphalus van heurckii Mann. Enlarged 660 diameters, I FiG. 6.—Stephanopy-is trisculpta Mann, Enlarged 550 diameters. Descri 424 PLATE XLV. Contr. Nat. Herb., Vol. X. S DIATOMS OF THE GENERA ACTINOPTYCHUS, ASTEROMPHALUS, AND STEPHANOPYX! Bote a Bp oe bh V1. i“ F a i Ne ai ies ae x ai. ne a A a ; . 1 i , ’ . -* a 400 d 7 » % % e —a av: a a>: 7 A — - om on, p. 298. t ‘ ne rs_ os 4.—Biddulphia subjuncta Mann. Enlarged 660 diameters. Description, p. Fic. 5.—Biddulphia lwminosa (Temp. and Br.) Mann. Enlarged 660 ¢ ey og ia ee ‘ Ms o = es ie Ay , = pet | bat | i | ml Bee a Fic. 1.—Biddulphia alaskiensis Mann. Fig. 2.—Biddulphia roperiana Grey. (a Fic. 3.—Biddulphia culcitella Mann. En Fie. = & _ a Ei ae ene: all. a = , —_— + PLATE XLVI. Xx. Herb., Vol. Contr. Nat. DIATOMS OF THE GENUS BIDDULPHIA. er eee by eX TV LT. . a * ‘ a =e FT — ° “a 6 ‘. Ne i * “7 a ey 7 i ‘ ' a - : A: A © ™ 7 oy ve Fo4 os 7 4 air = € ot ° A \ >@ * ’ @ . - s - ‘ [ : , : PLATE XLVI. 4 Fra, 1.—Biddulphia ertensa Mann (sahal view). \ g:sacebvattoeaaaa : Fic. 2.—Biddulphia extensa Mann (valval view). Enlarged 575 diameters, — f Fic. 3.—Biddulphia scutellum Mann, Enlarged 375 diameters. z Fic. 4.—Biddulphia gladiorum Mann. Enlarged 750 diameters. Description, P. 428 i. . 4 ~ } ’ z j — Pe » 7 . 1 - : ; ee $< = » 5 , NT a ~~ oe, ’ ; f a ee » > : - cr ats 7 + y= - « Contr. Nat. Herb., Vol. X. PLATE XLVII. 1S DIATOMS OF THE GENUS BIDDULPHIA. Pee XV LL ~ > ise a > * *.- Fw 7 #5 eae > <«- > ae = ad - . my e 2 of = ©, ——) * A 7 Ys Se. al Bint. ¢ a4 aos ' ® : ; ‘ aad PLATE XLVIIL Fic. 1.—Coscinodiscus deformatus Mann. Enlarged 550 diameters. Dese' Fig. 2.—Coscinodiscus deformafus Mann. Enlarged 550 diameters. De FiG. 3.—Coscinodiscus pustulatus Mann. Enlarged 375 diameters. Desc Fic. 4.—Coscinodiscus robustus Grey. (variety with open girdle). Enls tion, p. 258. 4ou Contr. Nat. Herb., Vol. X. PLATE XLVIII. DIATOMS OF THE GENUS COSCINODISCUS. a be AD TGA, > “ . » cA ge py . ~~ in r a = Ta ran am 2 q , a at Oe ee ee i wis ih ’ 7 4 Nahe a4 ty ® * ry a ~ PLATE XLIX. 5 3-4 ATE Fic. 1.—Coscinodiscus undulosus Mann. Enlarged 550 diameters, Des FG. 2.—Coscinodiscus marginatus Ehrenb. variety (?). Enlarged 375 d@ ; 432 a - - te a eS » = i ae pee 5 *@ a ~~ a” é ‘ € Tr can =: J 0 4 © ok i ae ss ay kor % >? 9@ 7 ee * >. ty eee PLATE XLIX. tr. Nat. Herb., Vol. X. we Ov, 994 y ~ © *“ eo” DIATOMS OF THE GENUS COSCINODISCUS. is ya a A a ey ee yee UJ € : 7 aay 4 as ae 4 t >,” 7 * oi, nee hh * ; - a4, @ > ae od Z a 7 - — 4 . f, ut aw es re) 4 x ot 7 ate »s 7?) oe io hg ee ear : make > . i é . * _ } “oe fa - PLATE L. Fic. 1.—Coscinodiscus verecundus Mann. Enlarged 500 diameters. 1 Fig. 2.—Cyclotella regina Mann. Enlarged 500 diameters. Descriptio: Fig. 3.—Melosira medusa Mann. Enlarged 500 diameters. Desctipena aie ay Fig. 4.—Melosira scopos Mann. Enlarged 600 diameters. Description, Fic. 5.—Stictodiscus gelidus Mann. Enlarged 600 diameters. Descriy Fic. 6.—Tripodiscus beringensis Mann. Description, p. 278. - - r= . -* “-S a ee ® — | +» ° . é oa » ~_* = — >: in? - od = <.. : P Tne = 4 a © 2, et ee he = tens PLATE L. Contr. Nat. Herb., Vol. X. a hl , ‘Se ‘ apne be’ X32 c ha, Fy tie * — ian DIATOMS OF SEVERAL GENERA. ove ee Ba i iia al FS eee Pee TS PLATE LI. Fie. 1.—Melosira coronaria Mann (zonal view). Enlarged 600 diameters. De eri tior FiG. 2.—Melosira coronaria Mann (valval view). Enlarged 600 diameters. De rt Fic. 3.—Campylodiscus galapagensis Mann. Enlarged 300 diameters. Descriy FiG. 4—Trigonium rusticum Mann. Enlarged 600 diameters. Description, p. 294. Fig. 5.—Trigonium adspersum Mann. Enlarged 600 diameters. Description, p. 4 436 - . ~ o | uk Saat - 0 ee Be ee | ES a a ak gt.. 3 o e ets > oe he a > Contr. Nat. Herb., Vol. X. PLaTe LI. mat hin: AWN Vai "uy ie se i ai ai BI — Fy 4, DIATOMS OF THE GENERA MELOSIRA, CAMPYLODISCUS, AND TRIGONIUM. ind 5 youd Mae oe PLATE LIT. Fic. 1.—Plagiogramma sceptrum Mann ‘sales view). Enlarged 375 d Fig. 2.—Plagiogramma sceptrum Mann (zonal view). Enlarged 375. diamet Fic. 3.—Navicula vidovichii Gran. (form). Enlarged 550 diameters. Descrip Fic. 4.—Navicula curvilineata Mann. Enlarged 515 diameters. Description, 7 ema . Fic. 5.—Navicula speciosa Mann. Enlarged 550 diameters. Description, p. 356. be Fig. 6.—Navicula gyrinida Mann. Enlarged 660 diameters. Description, ph Rt. Fig. 7.—Navicula spuma Mann. Enlarged 600 diameters. Description. aa ails. 438 way a &~ a ah vise 1S tip 3 —— ei 7 - eenae = ° eT ~@ i . > qo oe PLATE LIl. Contr. Nat. Herb., Vol. X. oe 0 6 <200 0009 9099 00 A SETS 90000000 000000009 0 000000 00000000 998 ) i) Ly) NN 9000090090000000 00 Winoinon DIATOMS OF THE GENERA PLAGIOGRAMMA AND NAVICULA. PLATE LIIL 1 ieee oe ee = = 2 | __-81713—vor 10, pr 5—07—15 PLATE LIL. Fic. 1.—Navicula undata Mann. Enlarged 990.diameters. Description, p. 358. Fic. 2.—Navicula ardua Mann (valvyal view). Enlarged 600 ap Mm Fig. 3.—Navicula ardua Mann (zonal view). Enlarged 600 diameters. ion, p.: Fic. 4.—Naricula prodiga Mann, Enlarged 600 diameters. ah aie Dp. ae Fic. 5.—Navicula pinguis Mann. Enlarged 375 diameters. Description, p. 350. Fig. 6.—Navicula invenusta Mann (type). Enlarged 375 diameters. Descrip Fic. 7.—Navicula invenusta Mann (form). Enlarged 375 diameters. Descri 7 eR TE Tee ®) THEE eis RARE TERS PLPA IADR IS ERIS OA, PLATE LIII. : a ——_— mrognenon ce: y jake 2 : ars Was aod wat, oe Pree aott gs F to 4 ! eat ' lane Py hiae tithe pod i - i { ass. ele’) ot Moet peer es ie ; ; st 4 ™ sea MMMSANME LLL L$ 42S 3s ddd linn ths ontr. Nat. Herb., Vol. X. ~ “ DIATOMS OF THE GENUS NAVICULA. ‘v ® . ‘a 2 le ‘ ‘79 cam 1.) 0% eee + 1% ~ 4 4 Fy ~ aa © se wt Re ¢ o- in» - ~. > PLATE LIV. a Fi. 1.—Tripodiscus concentricus Mann (type). Enlarged 600 diameters, Desc FiG. 2.—Tripodiscus concentricus Mann (form). Enlarged 600 diam er Desc FiG. 3.—Tripodiscus larus Mann. Enlarged 550 diameters. Description, p, 279. Fic. 4.—Tripodiseus cosmiodiscus Mann. Enlarged 550 diameters. Des 442 Contr. Nat. Herb., Vol. X, PLATE LIV. . DIATOMS OF THE GENUS TRIPODISCUS. Page. Nanay sak w a dens dacwhdnaver aes 234, 327 SP RTINITSI ME es en Gina a ivis vivradiaswlee c.c'e oa vaee 323, 524 BEMATIULMAGLEUITE 5 diane caccecrcccessansses 32), 000 NE TE yon a wee nes niece ew od co's 285 RI NIPMU MI oe oon. cuicis aid onlin wine one's sme 231, 260 OS ee ee 240, 269 as bh ahaa nse «nin cece were. «0 273 I fi aa pad’ on ond pue sin wens sans 269 ee 232, 269 | SMLODE CUB nn kicn nan accwesoeéeccsccse 260, 267 EE ed. Doce ied wales eclbc winnie’ len 336 SE es eee 368 ee Siew bate a sip cine inp onic a wise os 289 SS Seer nor eee reer 360, 378 goon se ioirnik's ce wun sews os ani 235, 368 Ne ey Saivis awa ou awsinew san 333, 367 MTR Eee nn oS rincic.s «Sen vie eS <'e' S025 289, 298 OU ee re 368 0 ee re 235, 373 Anomoeoneis........- Ft Rata a ne > CRs 333 EM a ee ee 328 LRG RECO rs 269 MMCIIPAUAIBONE . Soho Oo So Sco sae awacee es Jones 266 ONG ORE CT SE ee 266 EMTS a nics Sela oe noon wisn tee 232.972 TMIIRTININECEE B igre 06s io woo ois nin ee ose 273 BERECTOSPIBN UN. |). 0 = sss oF anaes so 232, 273 MTOM IDI IMAUS oS a ~ 7's < Siw Son's = Sona rmnia orci By 92 LTTE OE see a 283 RTS ieee ee 277 MN ale ichdin ew oe nh ule va pa eae anidn nbs 236 © STIS CL UM 232, 281 a 260 MRCHUARS oot ea duno nescescceveccs 349, 371, 378 NIT a a 285 ER Es Search cow's va edcmnpsdaen oo 360 MESA TIMI eon Sw coe loc evens eons 02% 233, 298 Ses Sl ea ee 289 CASTE get 360 I Soh cu nwiccwul eka cannes 386 DIN ee er Ee ta gece mace ea es wacsus 333 BERETS IOOABCHS Se 62's ao eiciw ov ae nicc wee sins’ 236, 386 NG fe Bie ine anes wie a eines ialaisiwieie sme 333, 368 DD TTT CITG: et Se SO ECO a et See 285 !DVERUTED VES, 5, 9 OREO ei RO OO ee Oe 244 DINETTE P TANNIN a: 6-5 Sin om en's ce cleialelcin ae eel 234, 327 DAREN T NIL I0 So oe SO 378 DOG OGG [I pa oS ARSED Seep a 333 COICO ele wren ioiain ota anal a te ea ne 239, 265, 267 ERRAND LONIT ie epee te inte a at cde n whe ee ae meas mo 319 LEM lly (cy ae pe ee ee ce ecm eae eB Sr DUT ee aes cao ee enleiet pie e eteen me tee 362 TOI YS RE RE, SS ry es RP Ee 360 VG YA MO Se a ee eee 325 LOGE TIES OE CT ene ite Ee CEES ee 371 LOU CR eh ocinia kre Winns wrele es mos Sisto Ses os 246 SEAR LOT Tee tas nila 6 0 aale'x ple wieie mis mn ee ees 368 PER LR oon 8k Stews seh pipe siete oc sewn 234, 323 LDP AGC TUS Se A aa ee 324 NE Naito NEO 5 al RS a ee te 377 EET ARR eis stn le las he A bya laa Sain se 246 TEIN TO ee eT ECR a APO Ce Cee 283 LETHE TOT GR SEES ae eae ee a 318, 377 ALS Tho hale hea u ek + noid o oceans 316 COOK Os 7 ee es eee 328, 324 VAGUABEUMR Stee ee cee dan ea 249, 251, 260, 277, 282 Eee eRe eck Okan as acme eam r oh o's 319 URINE A seins ciOh snp wa sek tne eniehiv's were 200; O09 PPURNHEE bs cnns wdawaveaece 333, 362, 371, 373, 377, 382 CE Oe GE eee a eee 236 (OPEC OURS ESR ie PS, 2 eel ee Ee 236 CEN On hoes i SR ee ny 234, 324 Ea eek ace edd aia tans tas soe oss on x 323 DOS oT a Aan Pe 370 Vil VII INDEX OF GENERA, Page Page. Gomphonella. «x .cccsccvescvascnccducthageaenee 370 | Pleurostauron ............ Pe a ee Gomphonews ocssscncceevauncsedaeealnen 235,370 | Pleurostaurum ............ eer ee GOMPRONGIAG. 6 ie dnns di cdawntacus drapes OTE | Pidtarig..ecksoncceecctaatae oosatépaknaeunel aan Gontethectams 5 ocss as casbavdanscdubep helen 26,026 | Pediogus 43.455. 0.s<0ssscmnin ‘os eeneSeeeanien Guammeatophors.. .oiwci sscavdacceaneessane 234,319 | Podowife........ccscectuccte «conscncsdeula nee GYUROWIE 6 ons ccncactaventanedayse esunnaunen | » wecdecs ventas Cesena: = oun cdscdckoccctuwstde vite 264 1 POVMYEUS 6. oc sdecce coe Perr ry GYTOMBIOR «vos vc awdt debe deenes bts aen eee 286, 962, |* Povrotilectis .....cc-cewsdewan rrr HOMONG 5, oo6 cs iinctscéwuataptee eee WO. | FOTpCIa 5 fo. < cnccecncaueen Pere ee 233, 315 Hantgschdes «os. o3 as< cate énenshueehaneenaeee 378 | Pritchardia .........c0c« oaFhalegu ouscmnmpae! «Ue EBRODGUG. « . cosh cntgp cies cugs U0 estan tee 260 | Pacudauliscus.......c.cceusneen a0 els ane, aa Piomalatilas,. . ooscs cencduvdeusscveeeksecnene 238,312 | Pseudotriceratium.............. »40cn reas cniaseanmene 232,266 | Raphoneis.............. cacceweateaanel aoceny ae FRAP CORALS « 6 oc cncuncndaduannoenes inaaiiee 285 | Belchellia .......-ce0-0ceduuumanneeee --- 360 Heteroste pha RED os icopdndntetsinascedcnteweot 246 EAGOGOREIAG . «<< nace ueueee a> wesade ane a $21 EEUOGINCUE. 0 envi eines tupaetne teas tae 240, 260, 264 | Rhizosolenia ...........casuhensuenenee . 282, 283 BONG GNIG 0 0's on candy ecckudinnenleaaeee 314 | Rhoicosigma .........< mm. long, 5 to 1 mm. wide, not turgid; rachilla broadly winged above the fertile glume, the wing resembling a second glume, but the rachilla also bearing a very small depauperate glume. DistrRiBUTION: California; Mexico. Costa RICAN COLLECTION: Salinas Bay, Tonduz 2711. 2. Mariscus sieberianus Nees, Linnaea 9: 286. 1834. DisTRIBUTION: Very common in the warmer parts of the Old World; in the New World rare. 2a. Mariscus sieberianus evolutior ©. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 622. 1894. Spikelets linear, 2 to 4 nut-bearing. DistrRiBuTION: Heated regions of the Old World, rather frequent; in the New. World less so. Costa RIcAN COLLECTIONS: Talamanca, Tonduz 8737; El Rodeo de Paquita, altitude 900 meters, Tonduz 1621. 13391—08——2 452 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM, 3. Mariscus mutisii H. 8. K. Novy. Gen. & Sp. 1: 216. pl. 66. 1815. Cyperus mutisti Griseb. Fl. Brit. West Ind. 567. 1864. DistripuTion: Tropical parts of America. Costa Rican couiections: Alajuelita, altitude 1,000 meters, Tonduz 8844; Rio Tiribf, Tonduz 6947. 4. Mariscus ehrenbergianus (Boeckl.) C. B. Clarke. Cyperus ehrenbergianus Boeck]. Linnaea 36: 391. 1869-70. Cyperus randuzii [tonduzii] Boeckl. Allgem. Bot. Zeitschr. 2: 17. 1896, slender variety excluded. Spikes 2 to 6, cylindric, dense, digitate on each rather long ray of the umbel; spike- lets small, oblong, each maturing | to 3 tawny greenish nuts; glumes ovate, acute, imbricated in fruit; style 3-fid. DistripuTION: Tropical America, sparse. Costa Rican couuections: Nicoya, Tonduz 13743; El Rodeo de Paquita, alti- tude 900 meters, Tonduz 1621. 5. Mariscus rufus® H. B. K. Noy. Gen. & Sp. 1: 216. pl. 67. 1845. Cyperus ligularis L. Amoen. Acad. 5: 391. 1759. ; Cyperus coriifolius Boeck]. Linnaea 36: 391. 1869-70, in part. DisTRIBUTION: Common in tropical Africa and America. Costa RicAN COLLECTIONS: Sipurio, altitude 150 meters, Tonduz 8728; Puerto Limon, Pittier 4213; Boca Banana, Tonduz 9123; Limén, Tonduz 9795; Salinas Bay, Tonduz 2712; San Carlos, Tonduz 2590. 6. Mariscus manimae (H. B. K.) C. B. Clarke. Cyperus manimae H. B. K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 1: 209. 1815 Cyperus spectabilis coarctatus Boeckl. Linnaea 35: 606. 1867-68, in part. Stolon thickened into a rhizome 3 to 4 mm. in diameter; spikes 2 to 4, rather long- peduncled, forming a simple umbel, ovoid or cylindric, dense, tawny yellow green; spikelets oblong, maturing 3 to 7 nuts; glumes ovate, obtuse, striate, at length obliquely spreading, not caducous; style 3-fid; nut ellipsoid, trigonous, two-thirds to three-fourths as long as the glume. DisTRIBUTION: Mexico, 6a. Mariscus manimae divergens (H. B. K.) C. B. Clarke. Cyperus divergens H. B. K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 1: 208. 1815. Cyperus triceps Nees, Linnaea 19: 697. 1847. Cyperus asperrimus Liebm. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skr. 2: 30. 1849. Spikes sessile or short-peduncled; summit of stem, together with the bracts and leaves, often densely or sparsely hispid-scabrous. DistRIBUTION: In Central America (with the Andes at Quito) abundant. Costa Rican couLections: Hoffmann 343; Cartago, altitude 1,400 meters, Tonduz 10756. Species common in Central America in many varieties and forms. In my opinion the following belong here: 6b. Mariscus manimae apiculatus (Liebm.) C. B. Clarke. Cyperus apiculatus Liebm. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skr. 2: 32. 1849. Keels of the glumes excurrent. Gc. Mariscus manimae hartwegianus ©. |. Clarke. Spikes crowded into a single head; spikelets dark-red, 10 to 12-flowered. 7. Mariscus jacquinii H. B. K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 1: 216. 181. Carex hermaphrodita Jacq. Coll. 4: 174. 1790. Cyperus thyrsiflorus Jungh. Linnaea 4: 24. 1831. Mariscus longiradiatus Liebm. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skr. 2: 44. 1849. « The specific name ligularis is older and unoccupied.—Epiror. CLARKE—THE CYPERACEAE OF COSTA RICA, 453 Disrripurion: An American species, frequent from California to Venezuela. Costa Rican coutLections: Hoffmann 54; San José, altitude 1,100 meters, Cooper 5990, Tonduz 1428, in part; Cartago, altitude 1,300 meters, Tonduz 10445. 7a. Mariscus jacquinii angustior ©. P. Clarke, subsp. nov. Cyperus flavomariscus peduncularis Britton, Bull. Torr. Club 18: 215. 1886.4 Smaller, bracts and spikes narrower, less deeply colored. DisTRIBUTION: Frequent from California to Venezuela. Costa RIcAN COLLECTIONS: San Francisco de Guadalupe, altitude 1,100 meters, Tonduz 9699, 9043; San José, altitude 1,100 meters, Tonduz 1532. Hardly, by its denser spikes, specifically distinct from M. dissitiflorus. 8. Mariscus dissitiflorus (. B. Clarke in Urban, Symb. Antill. 2: 45. 1900. Cyperus dissitiflorus Nees, Linnaea 9: 285. 1834. Cyperus randuzii [tonduzii| tenuis Boeckl. Allgem. Bot. Zeitsch. 2: 17. 1896. DisTRIBUTION: Louisiana to Venezuela. Costa RIcaN coLLecTIONS: Biolley 9461; Talamanca, altitude 200 meters, Ton- duz 9505; San José, altitude 1,100 meters, Tonduz 1428, in part. 8a. Mariscus dissitiflorus lucidior ©. B. Clarke in Urban, Symb. Antill. 2: 45. 1900. Cyperus pseudosphacelatus Boeckl. Cyp. Nov. 2: 7. 1890. DisTRIBUTION: Texas to Guiana. Costa Rican couLections: Along rdad at Guadalupe, Tonduz 9786. 9. Mariscus flabelliformis H. B. K. Noy. Gen. & Sp. 1: 215. 1815. Cyperus caracasanus Kunth, Enum. 2: 86. 1837. Cyperus breviradiatus Liebm. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skr. 2: 26. 1849. Cyperus hartii Boeckl. Cyp. Nov. 1: 9. 1888. DisTRIBUTION: Tropics of both Old and New Worlds, more especially of the New. Costa Rican cotiections: Polakowsky 43, 541; Salinas Bay, Pittier 2717: Rio Tuis, altitude 600 meters, Tonduz 8183: San José, altitude 1,100 meters, Pittier 225; Tonduz 433; slopes of La Carpintera, altitude 1,700 meters | Pittier], 4335; Tur- rialba, altitude 500 meters, Tonduz 8351; Alajuelita, altitude 1,000 meters, Tonduz 8842; Nicoya, Tonduz 13774; Rio Zhorquin, Tonduz 8530; Talamanca, Tonduz 8737; San Rafael, Pittier 2584; Puerto Viejo, Biolley 7461; Golfo de Osa, Tonduz 10027. Cyperus hartii Boeckl. is a feebler form, the spikelets sometimes bearing few nuts. Mariscus flabelliformis differs from M. jacquinii 6 and M. dissitiflorus by having the rays of its umbel much shorter, while the spikelets are often longer. Here many species have been proposed by various authors, which are not distinct. 10. Mariscus strigosus (L.) ©. B. Clarke. Cyperus strigosus L. Sp. Pl. 1: 69. 1753. Rhizome hardly any; leaves and tracts long, narrow, not spongiose; umbel simple or compound; spikes short-cylindric, dense, yellow-brown; spikelets linear, flattened, maturing 6 to 8 nuts, divaricately spreading; glumes elliptic, scarcely acute, at length obliquely spreading; style 3-fid; nut linear-oblong, curved, half the length of the glume. DISTRIBUTION: United States, common. Also in Mexico and Costa Rica. Costa Rican COoLLecTIONS: Talamanca, Tonduz 8746 bis. ll. Mariscus saturatus (C. B. Clarke) Donnell Smith. Cyperus saturatus C. B. Clarke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 37: 517. 1906. Robust, leaves and bracts long, rather broad, somewhat triple-nerved; umbel com- pound, rather dense; spikelets in fascicles of 3 to 8 in a place, deep blood-red brown, narrowly oblong, 12 to 20-flowered; glumes in fruit hardly imbricate, their «This citation is made instead of Cyperus flavus peduncularis Britton, Proc. Am. Acad. 21: 442. 1886, used by Mr. Clarke, the latter name being a nomen nudum. 454 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. margins slightly incurved; rachilla of the spikelets wingless; style 3-fid; nut broadly ellipsoid, tapering to each end, half the length of the glume, scabrous, especially at apex, with small elevated points.—Leaves nearly a meter long, as much as 2 em. wide. Umbel subglobose, 9 cm. in diameter. Spikelets 12 mm. long, 3 mm. wide. I doubt whether this be not really the Cyperus laetus of Pres. Costa Rican coLLections: Llanos de Santa Clara, altitude 200 meters, Donnell Smith 4989, 6839; Tufs, altitude 600 meters, Tonduz 8185, 11391. 5. TORULINIUM Desy. Spikelets terete or nearly so, maturing 4 to 16 nuts; rachilla breaking into joints; nut partly inclosed by the wings of the rachilla and deciduous with its node; other- wise like Mariscus. Species 8, of which 7 are endemic in America, chiefly tropical; the other distributed to the warmer parts of both hemispheres. 1. Torulinium confertum “@ Hamilt. Prod. Ind. Occ. 15. 1825. Cyperus odoratus L. Sp. Pl. 1: 46. 1753, in part. Cyperus ferax L. C. Rich. Act. Soc. Hist. Nat. Paris 1: 106. 1792. Cyperus jubaeflorus Rudge, Pl. Guian. 17. pl. 21. 1805. Mariscus pohlianus Nees in Mart. Fl. Bras. 2': 50. 1842. Diclidium ferox Schrad.; Nees in Mart. Fl. Bras. 2': 54. 1842. Mariscus ferax ©. B. Clarke in Hook. f. Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 624. 1893. Cyperus laetus obtusiflorus Boeckl. Allgem. Bot. Zeitschr. 2: 2. 1896. DistriBUTION: Occurs in all warm countries, more sparingly in the Old World, very common in the New and in Oceania. Costa Rican coLLections: Rio Coto de Osa, Pittier 9987; La Florida, Pittier 11291; Talamanca, altitude 0 to 200 meters, Tonduz 8746, 9506; Tocorf, Tonduz 7712; San Rafael, Pittier, 2585; Puerto Viejo, Biolley 7457. 6. ELEOCHARIS R. Br. Glumes rather many, or very numerous, in from 3 to many spirals; the lowest obtuse, usually vacant, little or not at all longer than the others; lowest flower bisex- ual, maturing a nut; hypogynous bristles 3 to 8, usually of about the length of the nut, retrorsely scabrous, sometimes wanting; stamens 3 to 1, anterior; style. glabrous, its branches 3 or 2, linear; style base enlarged, pyramidal or bulb-like or conical, easily distinguished from the summit of the nut; nut trigonous, or plano-convex, sessile, narrowly or broadly obovoid; style persistent on the nut.—Stems glabrous, leafless, bearing a single spike. Species 120, dispersed throughout the world; abundant in America. KEY TO THE SPECIES. Stoloniferous; stems robust; spikes rather long-cylindric; glumes firm, plano-con- cave, hardly keeled, deep straw-color. (Subgenus LIMNOcCHLOA.) - Stems at apex triquetrous or acutely triangular..............- 1. EB. mutata, Stems at apex terete or obscurely triangular. ........- \camcqura 2. E. variegata. Stems small, or of middle size; glumes membranaceous, 1 to 3- nerved on the keel; style bifid. (Subgenus ELEOGENUs). Sheath delicately scarious at summit, rugose, easily worn off. Stems slender or-capillary~...<> 24 <% eames aa ee awake oe 3. E. ochreata. Stems tather Tel 20 1) o)...-2--. 12. EF. pachystyla. Stems 3 to 8 mm. in diameter, false septate. ...........-- 13. 2. geniculata. 1. Eleocharis mutata R. Br. Prod. Fl. Noy. Hol. 224. 1810. Scirpus mutatus L. Amoen. Acad. 5: 391. 1760. Limnochloa mutata Nees, Linnaea 9: 294. 1834. DistRiBuTION: From Mexico to Uruguay; quite common in the West Indies and tropical America generally. Costa RIcAN COLLECTION: Limon, Pittier 10342. 2. Eleocharis variegata Presl in Oken, Isis 21: 269. 1828. DistrrBuTION: Mascarene Islands. 2a. Eleocharis variegata laxiflora Ridley, Journ. Singapore Asiat. Soc. 23: 14. 1891. Scirpus laviflorus Thwaites, Enum. Pl. Zeyl. 435. 1864. Scirpus plicarhachis Griseb. Cat. Pl. Cub. 239. 1866. DistrIBuTION: In southeastern Asia, frequent; more sparingly in Oceania and Central America. Costa RIcAN COLLECTION: Buenos Aires, altitude 200 meters, Pittier 10593. . Eleocharis ochreata (Grisebach) Nees; C. B. Clarke in Urb. Symb. Antill. 2: 63. 1900. Chactocyperus polymorphus Nees, Linnaea 9: 289. 1834, in part, nomen nudum. Eleocharis ochreatus Nees, op. cit. 294, nomen nudum. Scirpus ochreatus Griseb. Fl. Brit. West Ind. 570. 1864. Heleocharis albivaginata Boeckl. Vidensk. Meddel. Kjéb. 133. 1869-70; Linnaea 36: 436. 1870. H. pittieri Boeckl. Allgem. Bot. Zeitschr. 2: 35. 1896. DistriBuTION: Warmer parts of America common; in the Old World less so, but in several varieties. Costa RICAN COLLECTION: San José, altitude 1,100 meters, Pittier 548. . Eleocharis olivacea Torr. Ann. Lyc. N. Y. 3: 300. 1836. Stems 5 to 10 cm. long; sheath scarious at summit, loose, crisped, easily worn off; spikelet 5 to 8 mm. long; 7 to 30-flowered; style bifid; nut obovoid, plano-convex, olive-green, becoming tawny chestnut colored, smooth, obsoletely reticulate; style base small, bulbous-conical.—Rootstock slender. Spikelet ovoid, acutish. Hypo- gynous bristles 7, or sometimes 6, or even 3 only, surpassing the nut. DistrrpuTion: From Canada to Florida and Colorado sparingly; Costa Rica. Costa Rican CoLLecTIONS: La Palma, altitude 1,500 to 1,800 meters, Tonduz, 9697. Species rather closely allied to EF. ochreata, Nees; differing by its firmer texture. 5. Eleocharis capitata R. Br. Prod. Fl. Nov. Holl. 225. 1810. Scirpus caribaeus Rottb. Descr. & Ic. 46. pl. 15. f. 3. 1773. Scirpus capitatus L. Sp. Pl. 1: 48. 1753, in part. 456 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Eleocharis setacea R. Br. Prod. Fl. Nov. Holl. 225. 1810, not R. Br. op. cit. 224. Eleogenus capitatus Nees, Linnaea 9: 294, 1834, DistRIBUTION: Warmer regions of both hemispheres, common. Costa Rican CoLLections: Talamanca, altitude 100 meters, Tonduz 9216. 6. Eleocharis nodulosa Schult. in Roem. & Schult. Syst. Mant. 2: 87. 1824. Scirpus nodulosus Roth, Novy. Pl. Sp. Ind. Or. 29. 1821. Eleogenus nodulosus Nees in Mart. Fl. Bras. 2': 104. 1842. DisrripuTION: From Missouri to Texas and Uruguay, very common. Costa Rican coutLecrions: Hoffmann 624; [Tonduz] 8845; El Tablazo, altitude 1,800 meters, Tonduz 7916, 7917. 7. Eleocharis acicularis R. Br. Prod. Fl. Nov. Holl. 224. 1810. Scirpus acicularis L. Sp. Pl. 1: 48. 1753. Chaetocyperus polymorphus Nees, Linnaea 9: 289. 1834, in part. DisrriBuTION: In tropical and warm temperate regions of both Old World and New, very common. Costa Rican cCoLLEcTIONS: Pods, altitude 2,500 meters, Pittier 2978, Tonduz 10762, 10764. 8. Eleocharis chaetaria® Roem. & Schult. Syst. 2: 154. 1817. Scirpus chaetarius Spreng. Syst 1: 203. 1825. Cyperus setaceus Retz. Obs. 5: 10, 1779-91. Eleocharis setacea R. Br. Prod. Fl. Noy. Holl. 224, 1810, not R. Br. op. cit. 225. Chaetocyperus niveus Liebm. Dansk. Vid. Selskr. Skr. 2: 54. 1849. Chaetocy perus rugulosus Nees, Bonplandia 3: 86. 1855. Heleocharis triflora Boeckl. Flora 68: 437. 1880. DistrrBuTION: In all tropical and témperate parts of the world, very common. Costa Rican coLLections: Polakowsky 404; Tres Rios, Pittier 4338; La Palma, altitude 1,500 meters, Pittier 311, 676, Tonduz 12646; Turrialba, altitude 500 meters, Tonduz 8265; Rio Tuis, altitude 600 meters, Tonduz 8184, 11253; Golfo de Osa, Ton- duz 9938; Buenos Aires, Pittier 3586, Tonduz 4889; El Rodeo de Paquita, altitude 900 meters, Tonduz 1619. 9. Eleocharis minima Kunth, Enum. 2: 139. 1837. : Chaetocy perus urceolatus Liebm. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skr. 2: 55. 1849. DistTRIBUTION: Florida and Mexico to Rio de Janeiro. Costa RICAN COLLECTION: Cafas Gordas, altitude 1,100 meters, Pittier 10951. 10. Eleocharis durandii Boeckl. Allgem. Bot. Zeitschr. 2: 34. 1896. Tufted, stems 10 to 30 cm. long, slender, sharply quadrangular; spikelet 4 to 7 mm. long, ellipsoidal, obtuse, dense; style 3-fid; bristles 6, about equaling the nut, white; nut small, trigonous, smooth, white, not much narrowed at summit, subtruncate, — style base pyramidal, tawny.—Rhizome none (or according to Boeckeler occasion- ally long and slender). Stems strict; sheath firm at summit, on one side produced lanceolately. Bristles retrorsely scabrous. Style short, its branches 3, long. As to its nut and bristles, altogether recalling E. microcarpa Torr.; the species differs from that, perhaps not sufficiently, by its rather more robust stems. Costa RicAN COLLECTIONS: Buenos Aires, altitude 300 meters, Tonduz 4887. ll. Eleocharis sulcata Nees, Linnaea 9: 294. 1834. Scirpus sulcatus Roth, Nov. Pl. Sp. Ind. Or. 30. 1821. Fimbristylis sulcata Roem. & Schult. Syst. Mant. 2: 52. 1824. Scirpidium sulcatum Nees in Mart. Fl. Bras. 2': 98. 1843. a The older specific name setacea is available for this. plant. Robert Brown refers Cyperus setaceus of Retzius and Willdenow to this genus, but fails to form the bino- mial.—Epiror. CLARKE—THE CYPERACEAE OF COSTA RICA. 45 Limnochloa calyptrata Liebm. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skr. 2: 56. 1849. Heleocharis calyptrata Steud. Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: 81. 1855. Heleocharis rothiana Boeckl. Flora 43: 3. 1860. Heleocharis emarginata Klotzsch; Boeckl. Linnaea 36: 443. 1870. Heleocharis costaricensis Boeck]. Allgem. Bot. Zeitsch. 2: 34. 1896. Heleocharis purpureo-vaginata Boeckl. loc. cit. DistRIBUTION: From Mexico to Argentina; very common. Costa RICAN COLLECTIONS: Cafias Gordas, altitude 1,100 meters, Pittier 11026: Buenos Aires, altitude 300 meters, Tonduz 4884; Boruca, altitude 450 meters, Tonduz 4637. 12. Eleocharis pachystyla ©. B. Clarke in Urb. Symb. Antill. 2: 72. 1900. Scirpus pachystylus C. Wright in Sauy. Fl. Cub. 174. 1873. DisTRIBUTION: Cuba, Venezuela, Trinidad, Guiana, Pernambuco, Costa Rica. Costa RIcAN COLLECTION: Cafas Gordas, altitude 1,100 meters, Pittier 11025. 13. Eleocharis geniculata R. Pr. Prod. Fl. Noy. Holl. 224. 1810. Scirpus geniculatus L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 1: 71. 1762, in part. Eleocharis constricta Schult. in Roem. & Schult. Syst. Mant. 2: 87. 1824. Limnochloa geniculata Nees in Mart. Fl. Bras. 21: 99. 1842. DisTRIBUTION: From Mexico to Uruguay, very common. Costa RicaAN COLLECTIONS: Boruca, altitude 450 meters, Tonduz 3843, 4636; Agua Caliente, altitude 1,300 meters, Pittier 107; Rio Tuts, altitude 600 meters, Tonduz 11390; Turrialba, altitude 600 meters, Pittier 14254, Tonduz 8300; La Palma, altitude 1,500 meters, Pitter 10187; Talamanca, altitude 100 meters, Tonduz 9219; Desampa- rados, Biolley 3465, Tonduz 1501; Carrillo, altitude 300 meters, Pittier, 1184. ELEOCHARIS SPECIES TO BE LOOKED FOR IN COSTA RICA. ELEOCHARIS MONTANA Roem. & Schult. Syst. 2: 153. 1817. Scirpus montanus H. B. K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 1: 226. 1815. Limnochloa truncata Liebm. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skr. 2: 56. 1849. DisTRIBUTION: Very common in Central America and occurring almost throughout the warmer parts of America. Related to FE. sulcata Nees, but differing in its longer, stouter rhizome and yellow nut, as well as in minor particulars. 7. FIMBRISTYLIS Vahl. Glumes several or many, imbricated all around or (in section Abilgaardia) the lower somewhat 2-ranked; 1 to 3 lower vacant; several lower flowers bisexual and perfecting nuts; hypogynous bristles none; stamens 3 to 1, anterior, style branches, 3 or 2, linear; style base separated from the nut by a constriction or a line and deciduous with it; nut trigonous or plano-convex, sessile or substipitate.—Stolons none. Stems naked, i. e., nodes and leaves all near the base of the stem. Inflorescence umbellate, or monocephalous, or of a single spike. Species 130, dispersed in warm countries everywhere, especially in the Old World; unknown in either mountainous or cold regions. KEY TO THE SPECIES. Style branches 2. (DicHELOsTYLIs. ) Nut conspicuously 5 to 9-costate on both faces. ............-- 1. F. diphylla. Nut rather obscurely reticulate, not costate lengthwise. Spikelets ellipsoidal, obtusish ...............-......--- 2. F. castanea. Spikelets subcylindric, narrowed at apex ...........-.-- 3. F. spadicea. 455 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM, Style branches 3; fertile ghumes imbricated all around. (TrichE- LOSTYLIS. } Stems supporting but a solitary spikelet; nut pyriform...... 4. F. preslii. Spikelets umbellate, small, subglobose ...................- 5. F. miliacea. Style branches 3; fertile glumes somewhat 2-ranked; stem almost always with but a single spikelet. (ABILDGAARDIA)........ 6. I. monostachya. 1. Fimbristylis diphylla Vahl, Hnum. 2: 289. 1806. Scirpus diphyllus Retz. Obs. 5: 15. 1779-1791. Fimbristylis lava Vahl, num. 2: 292. 1806. : Fimbristylis communis Kunth, Enum. 2: 234. 1837, certain synonyms excluded. Fimbristylis pentastachya Boeckl. Flora 40: 36. 1857. F Fimbristylis polymorpha Boeckl. Vidensk. Meddel. Kjéb. 141. 1869. . DisrripuTion: In torrid and temperate regions of the whole world, also everywhere common within such limits. Costa Rican couvections: [Tonduz] 8840; Hoffmann 189, 626; Talamanca, alti- tude 100 meters, Tonduz 8673, 9221; San Carlos, Tonduz 2588, 2591; Boruca, altitude 450 meters, Tonduz 4480; San José, altitude 1,100 meters, Tonduz 1812, Pittier 647; Rio Torres, Tonduz 647 bis; Vallée du General, Tonduz 3378; Térraba, Tonduz 3579: Rio Tuifs, altitude 600 meters, Tonduz 8182; Turrialba, Tonduz 8256; Llanos de Turricares, altitude 650 meters, Pittier 506. 2. Fimbristylis castanea Vahl, Enum. 2: 292. 1806. Scirpus castaneus Michx. Fl. 1: 31. 1803. Stem 2 to 7 dm. long; leaves long; umbel simple or compound; spikelets ellip- soidal, obtusish, brown or tawny chestnut color; glumes glabrous, or rarely a little pilose; style bifid; nut obovoid, obtuse, smooth, delicately reticulate, in color approaching tawny. DisTRIBUTION: Mexico and the United States, frequent; Costa Rica. Costa RICAN COLLECTION: Salinas Bay, Pittier 2719. 3. Fimbristylis spadicea (L.) Vahl, Enum. 2: 294. 1806. Scirpus spadiceus L. Sp. Pl. 1: 51. 1753. Fimbristylis cylindrica Vahl, Enum. 2: 293. 1806. DisrripuTion: Warmer parts of America, common. Costa Rican coxiLections: Hoffmann 300; Punta Mala, Tonduz 6830; Salinas Bay, Pittier 2718. 4. Fimbristylis preslii Kunth, Enum. 2: 228. 1837. Abilgaardia pubescens Presl, Rel. Haenk. 1: 180. 1830. Culm scabrous-puberulent, bearing a single spike; leaves setaceous, pilose; glumes ovate, obtuse, imbricated on all sides of their axis; nut obovoid-pyriform, being much narrowed from the middle to the base, yellowish brown; style 3-fid, promptly caducous along with its narrowly pyramidal base. DisTRIBUTION: Mexico, Guatemala, Costa Rica, and Colombia. Costa Rican COLLECTION: Nicoya, Tonduz 13743. 5. Fimbristylis miliacea Vahl, Enum. 2: 287. 1806. Scirpus miliaceus Thunb. Fl. Jap. 37. 1784. Trichelostylis miliacea Nees, Linnaea 1: 290. 1834. DistriputTion: In all warm countries; abundant in Asia and Oceania, in Africa and America rare. Costa Rican coutections: Liebmann; Boruca, altitude 450 meters, Tonduz 4635. 6. Fimbristylis monostachya Hassk. Pl. Jav. Rar. 61. 1848. Cyperus monostachyus L. Mant. 2: 180. 1771. Abildgaardia monostachya Vahl, Enum. 2 : 296. 1806. Distripution: In hot countries almost everywhere. Costa RICAN COLLECTION: Guanacaste, altitude 250 meters, Pittier, 2698. CLARKE—-THE CYPERACEAE OF COSTA RICA. 454 8. BULBOSTYLIS Kunth.“ Fertile glumes usually minutely pilose; style long, slender, glabrous, its branches 3, linear; style base extremely small, at length, after the falling away of the style becom- ing dark colored and remaining attached to the nut; otherwise like Fimbristylis. Stolons none. Stems tufted, slender, naked. Leaves setaceous, or at least extremely , narrow; sheaths almost always ciliate or bearded at the orifice. — Inflorescence umbelled or of one head or spikelet. Species 80, dispersed through all warm countries; particularly in Africa and America. KEY TO THE SPECIES. eartne a HOltary splkelet. _-..-.:-2.--- ee anaes bees ee. 1. B. paradora. Spikelets umbellate. Spikelets, at least some of them, fascicled.................... 2. B. juneformis. SPE OPIRCCINAEE. 2 bo dele ee cee... 5. B. copillens. 1. Bulbostylis paradoxa Kunth, Enum. 2: 206. 1837. Schoenus paradoxus Spreng. Syst. 1: 190. 1825. Oncostylis paradoxa Nees in Mart. Fl. Bras. 2: 81. 1843. Isolepis paradoxa Steud. Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: 100. 1855. Scirpus paradoxus Boeckl. Linnaea 36 : 739. 1869-70. Rynchospora perrigida Boeckl. Allgem. Bot. Zeitschr. 2: 93. 1896. Culm 8 to 16 cm. long, glabrous, bearing a single spike; spikelets ellipsoid, white- lanate; style 3-fid; nut obovoid, pale brown; transversely undulate-zoned; style base at length left upon the nut. DistRiBUTION: Tropical South America, frequent. Costa Rican coLLections: Pittier & Tonduz 2698 b; burnt savannas at Buenos Aires, Tonduz 3590. 2. Bulbostylis junciformis (H. B. K.) Kunth, Enum. 2: 211. 1837. Isolepis junciformis H. B. K. Noy. Gen. Sp. 1: 222. 1815. Scirpus humboldtii Spreng. Syst. 1: 213. 1825. Oncostylis junciformis Nees in Mart. Fl. 2! : 85. 1843. Isolepis berlandiert Steud. Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: 103. 1855. DistRIBUTION: From Mexico to Montevideo, frequent. Costa RIcAN COLLECTIONS: Boruca, altitude 450 meters, Tonduz, 4,481; Buenos Aires, altitude 300 meters, Tonduz 4,883. 3. Bulbostylis capillaris (L.) C. B. Clarke in Hook. Fl. Brit. Ind. 6: 652. 1894.6 Scirpus capillaris L. Sp. Pl. 2: 49. 1793. Cyperus minimus L. Sp. Pl. 1: 44. 1753, in part. Isolepis capillaris Roem. & Schult. Syst: 2: 118. 1824. Oncostylis tenuifolia Nees in Mart. Fl. Bras. 2': 83. 1842. Oncostylis ciliata Nees, op. cit. 83. Fimbristylis capillaris A. Gray, Man. 530. 1848. Trichelostylis capillaris Wood, Class-Book 742. 1861. - Scirpus microstachys Boeckl. Cyp. Noy. 2: 14. 1890. Stenophyllus capillaris Britton, Bull. Torr. Club 21: 30. 1894. DistrRiBuTION: From Canada to Argentina, common. Subspecies trifida com- mon in warmer parts of the Old World. Costa Rican coLitections: Nicoya, Tonduz 13742 bis. @ Bulbostylis Kunth is antedated by Stenophyllus Raf.—Eprror. b Mr. Clarke credits this combination to Kunth, Enum. 2: 211, ef. 205, 1837, but the binomial can hardly be regarded as technically published by Kunth.—Eprror. 460 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM, 9. SCIRPUS L. Spikelets with several or many perfect flowers; lowest one or two glumes sometimes empty, those next succeeding bisexual, perfecting nuts, the uppermost imperfect; glumes in several spirals, glabrous except marginally; style 3 or 2-fid, its base not enlarged, but passing gradually into the top of the ovary. Sheaths of the leaves not ciliate or bearded at the orifice. Species 136, diffused all over the world. Style persistent, its branches 3, rather long....................... 1. S. inundatus. Style deciduous, its branches 2, very short...................... 2. S. micranthus. 1. Scirpus inundatus Poir. Encyc. Suppl. 5: 103. 1817. Isolepis inundata R. Br. Prod. Fl. Noy. Holl. 1: 222. 1810. Isolepis nigricans H. B. K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 1: 220. 1815. Scirpus nigricans Poir. Encye. Suppl. 5: 104. 1817. Stem 2 to 20 cm. long, monocephalous; spikelets 2 to 14, capitate, 4 to 8 mm. long; hypogynous bristles none; style 3-fid; nut oblong-obovoid, minutely conic-rostrate, smooth, yellow brown. DisTRIBUTION: Australia, New Zealand, and western South America, common. Costa Rican COLLEcTIONS: Pods, altitude 2,500 meters, Pittier, 2979; Tonduz 10760; Irazt, altitude 2,300 meters, Pittier 853. 2. Scirpus micranthus Vahl, Enum. 2: 254. 1806. Isolepis micrantha Roem. & Schult. 2: 110. 1817. Henvicarpha subsquarrosa Nees in Mart. Fl. Bras. 2': 61. pl. 4. f. 1. 1842. Isolepis caespitula Liebm. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skr. 2: 49. 1849. DisrripuTION: Angola; also frequent in almost all parts of America. Costa Rican CoLLectTION: Talamanca. altitude 100 meters, Tonduz 8607. SPECIES OF SCIRPUS TO BE LOOKED FOR IN COSTA RICA. ScrrPuS CUBENSISs Kunth, Enum. 2: 172. 1837. Anosporum cubense Boeckl. Linnaea 36: 413. 1869-70. Crepidocarpus cubensis Klotzsch; Boeckl. Linnaea 36: 414. 1869-70, as synonym. Isolepis echinocephala Oliver, Trans. Linn. Soc. 29: 167. pl. 107. 1875. Spikes globose, dense, loosely umbellate; hypogynous bristles none; style bifid. — DisrripuTion: Tropical Africa and America, frequent. 10. FUIRENA Rottb. Characters of Scirpus except as to the 3 inner hypogynous bristles, these being obovate and shaped like petals.—Stems nodose above the base and leafy. Inflorescence not umbellate. Glumes aristate, hispid-pilose. Species 35, dispersed in the warmer parts of the whole world. 1. Fuirena umbellata Rottb. Deser. & Icon. 70 pl. 19 [i. ©. second pl. 18] f. 3. ~ 1773. DistRIBUTION: Common in almost all warm countries. Costa Rican COLLECTIONS: Talamanca, altitude 100 meters, Tonduz 9222; Matina, Pittier 10316. 11. DULICHIUM LI. ©. Rich. Spikelets 5 to 8-flowered; glumes in 2 ranks; hypogynous bristles 6 to-8; style long, its base passing gradually into the summit of the ovary, its branches 2, short; nut oblong, plano-convex.—Stem rather stout, closely jointed throughout; the lower sheaths ending in a leaf, the upper ina bract. Rachilla as in Torulinium breaking CLARKE—THE CYPERACEAE OF COSTA RICA. 46] into l-seeded joints. Type iar removed from the Hucyperaceae by its closely jointed culm and its hypogynous bristles. Species 1, American. 1. Dulichium arundinaceum (IL.) Britton, Bull. Torr. Club 21: 29. 1894.4 Cyperus arundinaceus L. Sp. Pl. 1: 44. 1753. Schoenus spathaceus L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 1: 63. 1762. Cyperus ferrugineus L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 1: 63. 1762, as citation. Dulichium spathaceum L. C. Rich. in Pers. Syn. 1: 65. 1805. Scirpus spathaceus Michx. Fl. 1: 32. 1802. Stems 40 to 100 cm. long ,with 20 to 40 nodes; leaves 10 em. long, 6 mm. wide; pan- icle 10 to 30 cm. long; lower bracts leaf-like, distant from each other by about 1 to 5 em. spikelets 2 cm. long, 3 mm. in diameter, subterete; hypogynous bristles rather rigid, surpassing the nut. DistripuTIon: From Canada and Oregon to Florida and California, frequent; - Costa Rica. Costa RICAN COLLECTIONS: Lomas del Silencio, Diquis Valley, altitude 600 meters, Pittier 1203. iz. DICHROMENA Vahl. Glumes very many, closely compacted in many spirals; 3 or more of the lowest vacant, 1 to 3 next above these bisexual, perfecting nuts; several of the uppermost staminate only and infertile; hypogynous bristles none; stamens 3 or 2, anterior; style linear, its branches 2, linear, longer than the undivided part; nut sessile, obovoid or orbicular, compressed, crowned with pyramidal, depressed or conical persistent style-base.—Plants rather slender, the leaves narrow. Stems naked, monocephalous. Spikelets whitish, capitate. Bracts exceeding the inflorescence, narrow, dilated and whitish at base. Species 13, peculiar to tropic and subtropic America. Spikelets white, subspicately capitate........-.--.-..-..-----.--.- 1. D. ciliata. Spikelets cinnamon-color, | to 5, sessile............--...---------.-- 2. D. radicans. 1. Dichromena ciliata Vahl, Enum. 2: 240. 1806. Dichromena nervosa Vahl, Enum. 2: 241. 1806, in part. Schoenus globosus H. B. K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 1: 229. 1815. Dichromena pura Nees, Linnaea 9: 291. 1834. Rynchospora nervosa Boeckl. Linnaea 37: 529. 1873, the synonym Dichromena pul- chella Kunth excluded. DistriputTion: Central America and tropical South America. Costa Rican coLutections: Hoffmann 608; Turrialba, Tonduz 8228; San José, alti- tude 1,100 meters, Pittier 4216, Tonduz 432, 1232; Guanacaste, Tonduz 2708, 2709: Buenos Aires, Pittier 3585; Salinas Bay, Tonduz 2865; San Francisco de Guadalupe, Tonduz 8447; Alajuelita, altitude 1,000 meters, Tonduz 8841; Boruca, Tonduz 4477; Mano de Tigre, altitude 500 meters, Tonduz 4639. la. Dichromena ciliata vahliana ©. B. Clarke. in Urban, Symb. Antill. 2; 101. 1900. Schoerus tenuifolius H. B. K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 1: 228. 1815. Rynchospora vahliana Griseb. Fl. Brit. West Ind. 577. 1864. Stolons long. DistrRiBuTION: Cuba, Guadalupe, Costa Rica. Costa Rican COLLECTION: Nicoya, Tonduz 13943. a4 The specific name arundinaceum as oldest is here adopted in accordance with current practice instead of spathacewm used in Mr. Clarke’s manuscript.—Eprror. 6The name tenuifolia is older than vahliana and unoccupied.—Eprror. 462 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL TERBARIUM. 2. Dichromena radicans Schlecht. & Cham. Linnaea 6: 38. 1831. Dichromena pubera Vahl, Enum, 2; 241. 1806, in part. Dichromena pubera microcarpa Boeckl. Linnaea 37; 529. 1873. i DistRiBuTION: Central America, tropical South America; also in the West Indies, quite common, Costa RICAN COLLECTION: San Rafael de Cartago, Pittier 2583. 13. RYNCHOSPORA Vall. Glumes in many spirals or else obscurely 2-ranked; 3 or more of the lower empty, | to several above these bisexual and nut-bearing, the uppermost staminate or empty; hypogynous bristles sometimes wanting, when present 6 or 7, irregular; stamens 3 or 2, anterior; style bifid, in the series of the Haplostyleae very long, at apex shortly bidentate, in the series of the Diplostyleae deeply cleft, the branches linear; nut obo- void, compressed, crowned with the conical and persistent style base.—Inflorescence capitate or panicled, near umbellate. Leaves always obvious, linear. KEY TO THE SPECIES. Style long; the two branches short, oralmost none. (HAPLOSTYLEAE.) Stem monocephalous. (MONOCEPHALAE)_..........--..-. 1. R. globosa. Heads globose, several, rarely but one. (PoLycEPHALAE)... 2. R. eyperoides. Spikelets solitary or fascicled, disposed in corymhs. (Ca- LYPTROSTYLEAE. ) Spikelets yellow, or yellow-brown............-.-...--- 3. R. aurea. Spikelets from greenish to chestnut brown. Stem-leaves many, approximate; bristlesnone .... 4. R. polyphylla. Stems less densely leafy; bristles often obvious. Spikelets green, or somewhat chestnut-tinged. Spikelets 7 to 8 mim. long...............-. 5. R. schiedeana. Spikelets 3 to 4 mm. long ...............- 6. R. locuples. Spikelets chestnut-brown or tawny. : Bristles of about the length of the nut .._-. 7. R. macrochacta. Bristles longer than the very small nut.... 8. R. vudeani. Style linear; branches 2, linear, longer than the undivided part. ( DIPLOSTYLEAE. ) Bristles none. (PstmosTacuys.) Nut transversely undulate. Style base depressed, nearly discoid ......-...... 9. R. eximia. Style base pyrantidal.... vou a. ue eee hoe 10. R. robusta. Nut smooth, not undulate. Spikelets. 9 nam, long... 3-5-2 aetek ew Pee ae ll. R. longispicata. Spikelets 2 to Stun. lop: 52 2030 ld ee Se 12. R. clarkei. Bristles scabrous anteriorly; nut smooth; head solitary, | to 4 em: long “(i osORRa ores See Poe ee be 13. R. cephalotes. Bristles scabrous anteriorly; nut transversely undulate. (GLAUCAE.) . Spikelets more or less fascicled in the corymbs. Peduncles of the coryimbs slender, nodding ...... 14. R. glauca. Peduncles of the corymbs strictly erect.........-- 15. R. schaffneri. Spikelota mostly solitary «0.27. onc as es oo tole Oe eee 16. R. marisculus. 1. Rynchospora globosa Roem. & Schult. Syst. 2: 89. 1817. Chaetospora globosa H. B. K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 1: 230. 1815. Schoenus globosa Poir. Encyc. Suppl. 5: 617. 1817. Cephaloschoenus globosus Nees, Linnaea 9: 296. 1834. Cephaloschoenus marginatus Liebm. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skr. 2: 63, 1849. Rynchospora marginata Steud. Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: 142. 1859. CLARKE—THE CYPERACEAE OF COSTA RICA. 46: Rynchospora presleana Steud. loc. cit. Rynehospora pohliana Steud. loc. cit. DisrriputTion: From Mexico to Brazil, rather common. Costa RICAN COLLECTION: San José, altitude 1,100 meters, Tonduz 432. 2. Rynchospora cyperoides (Sw.) Mart. Denkschr. Acad. Wiss. Muench. 6: 149. 1816-17. Schoenus cyperoides Sw. Prod. Veg. Ind. Occ. 19. 1788. Schoenus fragiferus Rudge, Pl. Guian. 15. pl. 17. 1805. Rynchospora polucephala Wydler; Kunth, Enum. 2: 291. 1837. Ephippiorrynchium polycephalum Nees in Mart. Fl. Bras. 2': 134. pl. 12. 1842. DistrRiBUTION: Tropical Africa, rare; in Aimerica and the West Indies, frequent. Costa RICAN COLLECTION: Guanacaste, Pittier 2707. 3. Rynchospora aurea Vahl, Enum. 2: 229. 1806.4 Scirpus corymbosus L. Amoen. Acad. 4: 303. 1759. Schoenus surinamensis Rottb. Descr. & Ic. 68. pl. 21. f. 1. 1773. Calyptrostylis fascicularis Nees in Mart. Fl. Bras. 2': 139. 1843. Distrinution: Tropical regions of all continents, very common. Costa Rican coLtitection: Pittier & Tonduz in Brussels Herbarium. 4. Rynchospora polyphylla Vahl, Enum. 2: 230. 1806. Schoenus polyphyllus Vahl, Eclog. Am. 2: 5. 1798. Mitrospora polyphylla Nees, Linnaea 9: 295. 1834. Rynchospora costaricensis Boeckl. Allgem. Bot. Zeitsch. 2: 110. 1896. DistriBuTION: Central America, West Indies, Venezuela, frequent. Costa RICAN COLLECTIONS: Buenos Aires, Pittier 3648; Boruca, altitude 450 meters, Tonduz 4483. 5. Rynchospora schiedeana Kunth, Enum. 2: 300. 1837. Calyptrostylis paniculata Liebm. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skr. 2: 64. 1849. A meter high; leaves 15 mm. wide; panicle 50 cm. long, 10 cm. wide; corymbs decompound, spikelets subsolitary, 7 to 8 mm. long, style scarcely divided; nut broadly ellipsoidal, smooth, lightly cancellate; beak long-conical, of three-fourths the length of the nut. DisTRIBUTION: Mexico. : 5a. Rynchospora schiedeana varica ©. B. Clarke, subsp. nov. Rynchospora schiedeana Hemsl. Biol. Centr. Am. 3: 467. 1885, synonyms excluded. Branches of the terminal panicle several, long, slender, divaricate, crowned at summit with pyramidal panicles. Type U.S. National Herbarium no. 578583. DisTRIBUTION: Mexico, Costa Rica. Costa RICAN COLLECTION: El Copey, altitude 1,800 meters, Tonduz 11736. 6. Rynchespora locuples ©. B. Clarke, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. (84) Beibl. 78: 5. L904. Stem a meter high; leaves 12 to 17 mm. wide; panicle 40 cm. long, 12 em. broad, rather dense, excessively many-flowered; partial panicles pyramidal, rigid, com- pound; spikelets indefinitely many, 3 to 4 mm. long, lanceolate, straw-colored, maturing but one nut; nut | to 1.5 mm. long, oblong-ellipsoid, pale, reticulate; beak oblong-linear, longer than the utricle, whitish; bristles irregular, whitish, rigid, retrorsely barbed, some as long as the nut, some twice as long, sometimes almost obsolete. Collected by Tonduz (no. 11919) at El Copey, Costa Rica, altitude 1,800 meters. Also Bogota, Colombia, Lindig 1416. Species allied to R. schiedeana Britton, differing by its small and innumerable spikelets. a The specific name corymbosus is older and unoccupied.—Eptrror. 464 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. 7. Rynchospora macrochaeta Steud. in Lechler, Berber. Am. Centr. 56. 1857. Rynchospora hoffmanni Boeckl. Linnaea 37: 637. 1873. Nearly glabrous, moderately stout or almost robust; panicle of 3 corymbs, these long-peduncled, dense, and paniculate; hypogynous bristles 4 to 6, rigid, little sur- passing the nut; style long, scarcely divided; nut ellipsoid, smooth, reticulate, chestnut-colored, beak conic-linear, of the length of the nut. DistRIBUTION: New Grenada, Colombia, Peru, and Bolivia; Costa Rica. Costa RicaAN COLLECTIONS: Summit of the Volcan de Barba, Hoffmann 65; Barba, altitude 2,750 meters, Tonduz 1951; Los Arcengeles Valley, Iscazt, altitude 2,000 meters, Pittier 239. 8. Rynchospora vulcani Boeckl. Linnaca 37: 638. 1873. Rynchospora pittier’ Boeckl. Allgem. Bot. Zeitschr. 2: 109. 1896. Almost glabrous, tall; panicle of 3 or 4 long-peduncled pyramidal corymbs; hypogy- nous bristles 4 or 5, twice as long as the nut; nut very small, subglobose, compressed, smooth, somewhat barred transversely, brown; beak attenuate above a conical base, shorter than the nut. Costa Rican COLLECTIONS: Summit of the Volcan de Barba, Hoffmann 66; Volcan de Pods, altitude 2,600 meters, Tonduz 10758, 10761; Potrero del Alto, altitude 2,450 meters, Pittier 2990. Species related to R. macrochaeta Steud. very closely; differing slightly by its very small but broader nut. - 9. Rynchospora eximia (Nees) Boeckl. Linnaea 37: 601. 1873. Spermodon eximius Nees in Seeman, Bot. Voy. Herald 222. 1845-1851. Psilocarya schiedeana Liebm. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skr. 2: 60. 1849. DisTRIBUTION: Mexico, Costa Rica. Costa RICAN COLLECTIONS: Boruca, altitude 450 meters, Tonduz 4479. 10. Ryhchospora robusta Boeckl. Linnaea 37: 616. 1873. Dichromena robusta Kunth, Enum. 2: 283. 1837. Psilocarya robusta Nees in Mart. Fl. Bras. 2': 116. 1842. Rather robust, stoloniferous, sparsely pubescent; corymbs axillary and terminal, of many spikelets; mature spikelets ovoid-ellipsoid, with 4 to 8 nuts; bristles none; style deeply bifid; nut broadly obovoid, transversely undulate-lineolate; beak ovoid, of about the length of the nut. DistriBpuTION: Guatemala, Costa Rica, South America. Costa RIcAN COLLECTION: Ciénaga de Agua Buena, altitude 1,100 meters, Pittier 11025. 11. Rynchospora longispicata Boeckl. Linnaea 37: 600. 1873. Rynchospora filiformis Griseb. Fl. Brit. West Ind. 576. 1864, not Vahl. 1806. Dichromena filiformis Kunth, Enum. 2: 281. 1837, synonyms excluded. Spermodon filiformis Nees in Mart. Fl. Bras. 2': 118. 1843. DisrripuTion: Widely dispersed through tropical America. Costa RIcAN COLLECTIONS: Buenos Aires, altitude 300 meters, Pitter 10587. 12. Rynchospora clarkei Rose, sp. nov.¢ Stems 1 to 8 cm. long, monocephalous, the head composed of 1 or 2 spikelets; leaves | to3 em. long, linear; spikelets 2 to 3 mm. long, maturing 1 to 4 nuts; hypogynous bristles none; style branches 2, linear, rather long; nut 0.5 mm. long, oboyoid, slightly turgid, smooth, grayish-green; beak depressed. Type, sheet no. 818779, U. S. National Herbarium. DistripuTION: Mexico (Jalisco, Pringle 2319, type), Costa Rica. Costa Rican CoLLEcTION: Buenos Aires, altitude 200 meters, Pittier 10585. a This species was given a name by Mr. Clarke, which is found to be a homonym. I have accordingly taken the liberty to name it for Mr. Clarke himself.—J. N. Rose. CLARKE—THE CYPERACEAE OF COSTA RICA. 465 13. Rynchospora cephalotes (L.) Vahl, Enum. 2: 237. 1806. Scirpus cephalotes L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 1: 76. 1762. Schoenus cephalotes Rottb. Descr. & Ic. 61. pl. 20. 1773. DisTtRIBUTION: Central America, and in South America as far as Chile; common. Costa RIcAN COLLECTIONS: Buenos Aires, altitude 300 meters, Tonduz 3644, 4885. 14. Rynchospora glauca Vahl, Enum. 2: 233. 1806, Schoenus gracilis Sw. Prod. Veg. Ind. Occ. 19. 1788, in lesser part. Rynchospora gracilis Vahl, Enum. 2: 234. 1806. Rynchospora pungens Liebm. Dansk. Vid. Selskr. Skr. 2: 65. 1849. DistripuTion: Almost all warm countries. Costa Racan couuections: Boruca, Tonduz 3582; Buenos Aires, altitude 300 meters, Tonduz 4883 bis; Paramos del Abejonal, altitude 2,900 meters, Tonduz 7863. 15. Rynchospora schaffneri Boeckl. Linnaea 387: 575. 1873. Rynchospora durandiana Boeckl. Allgem. Bot. Zeitschr. 2: 94. 1896. Glabrous, panicle narrow, composed of spiciform corymbs; spikelets 4 mm. long, chestnut-colored, ovoid-lanceolate, perfecting but one nut; style deeply bifid: nut obovoid-ellipsoid; beak hardly half as long as the nut, pyramidal, scabrous; hypogy- nous bristles 6, about equaling the nut. DistRIBUTION: Mexico, Costa Rica. Costa Rican couLections: El Copey, altitude 2,600 meters, Tonduz 14863; Portillo del Pods, altitude 2,500 meters, Pittier 327. 16. Rynchospora marisculus Nees, Linnaea 9: 297. 1834. Rynchospora jubata Liebm. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skr. 2: 66. 1849. DisrriBuTION: Mexico to Paraguay; frequent. Costa RICAN COLLECTION: Ciénaga de Agua Buena, altitude 1,100 meters, Pittier 11022. 14. SCLERIA Berg. Flowers unisexual, axillary; pistillate glumes open, i. e., not with united margins and utriculiform; hypogynous bristles none; nut bony, globose, more or less trig- onous or obovoid, white, lead-colored, or purplish, inserted on a gynophore, which is often dilated into a 3-lobed disk, sometimes cup-like.—Spikelets few-flowered, some- times androgynous with a single basal fertile flower and several staminate ones above it; sometimes unisexual, either staminate and many-flowered, or pistillate with but one fertile flower, but with several rudiments above it, or these almost obsolete. Leaves always obvious. Species 180, dispersed all around the world within and near the Tropics, especially in the humid regions. . KEY TO THE SPECIES. Spikelets not all unisexual, i. e., some androgynous with fertile spikes. Roots fibrous; plants slender. Inflorescence having the appearance of a single spike... 1. S. distans. Inflorescence loosely panicled........................- 2. S. liebmannii. Plants less slender; with horizontal rhizome. Inflorescence like a single spike....................... 3. S. hirtella. Inflorescence loosely panicled............-......--.--- 4. S. lithosperma. Spikelets all unisexual; plants rather robust. Hegts merdus (LESSELLATAR) ...... 22.24.22 2-- +... 5. S. lacustris. Margin of disk not ciliate; perennials (EuscLERLA ). Stems branched and straggling; ligule elongated... —_-. G. S. reflexa. 466 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. Stems erect; ligule ovate or short. Panicles all composed of both pistillate and staminate spikelets. Nut at length chestnut, red, or decolored...... 7. S. melaleuca. Nut white, depressed at apex.................. 8. S. pterota. Upper part of panicle staminate, lower part pistillate. 9. S. bracteata. Margin of disk ciliate; tall perennial (OpHryoscLerRtIA) .... 10. S. paludosa. Margin of disk laciniate; leaves 4 em. wide (Scuizouepis)... 11. 8. latifolia. |. Scleria distans Poir. Encye. 7: 4. 1806. Scleria tenella Griseb. Cat. Pl. Cub. 249. 1866, in part, not Kunth. DistripuTion: West Indies, Costa Rica. Costa RIcaAN COLLECTION: San José, altitude 1,100 meters, Pittier 648. 2. Scleria liebmanni Steud. Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: 179. 1855. Scleria costaricensis Boeckl. Allgem. Bot. Zeitschr. 2: 157. 1896. DistriBUTION: Dispersed from Mexico to Brazil. Costa RicAN COLLECTIONS: Boruca, altitude 450 meters, Tonduz 4484, 4634, 4792. 3. Scleria hirtella Sw. Prod. Veg. Ind. Oce. 19. 1788. Scleria nutans Kunth, Enum. 2: 352. 1837. DistRiBUTION: Africa, including Madagascar; also in nearly all parts of America, common. Costa RICAN COLLECTION: Guanacaste, Pittier 2800. 4. Scleria lithosperma (L.) Sw. Prod. Veg. Ind. Oce. 18. 1788. Scirpus lithospermus L. Sp. Pl. 1: 51. 1753. Scleria tenuis Retz. Obs. 4: 13. 1786. Scleria filiformis Sw. Prod. Veg. Ind. Occ. 19. 1788. Schoenus lithospermus L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 1: 65. 1762, in small part. Disrripution: In warm countries all around the world nearly; rare in Africa; in Asia, Oceania, and America rather common. Costa RICAN COLLECTION: Guanacaste, altitude 250 meters, Pittier 2,716. 5. Seleria lacustris ©. Wright in Sauv. Fl. Cub. 185. 1873. Scleria tonduzii Boeckl. Allgem. Bot. Zeitschr. 2: 160. 1896. DisrtriBpuTION: Cuba, French Guiana, Brazil, Costa Rica. Costa Rican couLection: Tuts Valley, altitude 600 meters, Tonduz 8181. 6. Scleria reflexa H. B. K. Nov. Gen. & Sp. 1: 232. 1815. Scleria flagellum Nees, Flora 11: 303. 1828, scarcely Sw. . Mastigoscleria refleca Nees in Mart. Fl. Bras. 2': 177. 1842. Distribution: From Mexico to southern Brazil, frequent. Costa RICAN COLLECTIONS: Trrialba, altitude 600 meters, Tonduz 9008; Golfo de Osa, Tonduz 10079. / Tonduz no. 11389 is a doubtful form=Spruce no. 500, collected at Para, i. e., Scleria tenacissima? Benth. Real Scleria tenacissima, Steud.4, collected by Nees at Para, no. 422, has its nut reticulate-tuberculate. But to me, as to Bentham, the plants seem to be the same. 7. Scleria melaleuca Schlecht. & Chain. Linnaea 6: 29. IS3I. DisTRIBUTION: Common throughout tropical America. Costa Rican coLiections: Hoffmann 873; O. Kuntze; Rodeo de Pacaeca, Pittier 3326; Siquirres, Pittier 4207; Matina, Pittier 9747; Buenos Aires, Pittier 10635; Finca de Chirripé, altitude 100 meters, Pittier 16076; San Carlos, Tonduz 2582; Térraba, — altitude 250 meters, Tonduz 3581, 3589; Boruca, altitude 450 meters, Tonduz 4482; Turrialba, altitude 0-550 meters, Tonduz 8230, 8393; Rio Zhorquin, Tonduz 8529. aSyn. Pl. Glum. 2: 175, 1855, CLARKE—THE CYPERACEAE OF COSTA RICA. 467 8. Scleria pterota Pres] in Oken, Isis 21: 268. 1828. Scleria pratensis Lindl.; Nees, Nov. Act. Nat. Cur. 19. Suppl. 1: 121. 1845. Scleria communs Kunth, Enum. 2: 340. 1837, in part. Scleria pittieri Boeckl. Allgem. Bot. Zeitschr. 2: 159. 1896. DisTRIBUTION: Quite common in tropical America. Costa Rican COLLECTIONS: Buenos Aires, altitude 300 meters, Tonduz 4886; Gua- nacaste, altitude 250 meters, Pitter 2715; Turrialba, Tondiuz 8230 bis. 9. Scleria bracteata Cav. Ic. 5: 34. pl. 457. 1799. Macrolomia bracteata Nees in Mart. Fl. Bras. 2': 182. pl. 24. 1843. DisrripuTiIon: Abundant ‘n tropical America. Costa RicaAN coLLections: Térraba, altitude 250 meters, Tonduz 3963; Boruca, altitude 450 meters, Tonduz 4640. 10. Scleria paludosa Kunth, Enum. 2: 344. 1837. Ophryoscleria paludosa Nees in Mart. Fl. Bras. 2': 185. 1842. Scleria macrocarpa Salzm. Linnaea 38: 521, 1874. DistriBuTiIoN: In tropical America frequent. Costa RiIcAN COLLECTION: Rio Ceibo near Buenos Aires, altitude 200 meters, Tonduz 4882. 11. Scleria latifolia Sw. Prod. Veg. Ind. Occ. 18. 1788. DIstTRIBUTION: West Indies, Mexico, Costa Rica, Venezuela. Costa Rican coLLecTION: Banks of Sarapiqui River, Biolley 7456b. 9? Under the name ‘‘ Scleria ciliaefolia,’’ there is in the Brussels Herbarium a plant (Pittier & Tonduz no. 3355), which was found on closer examination to be Luzula racemosa Desy. (Buchenau, Engl. Bot. Jahrb. 12: 132. 1890.) Duranpbia Boeckl.,@ a ‘‘new genus of the tribe of the Sclerieae” consisting of (a) b> D. macrophylla Boeckl.,® is founded on Tonduz no. 8402 collected in Costa Riea. The type is preserved in the Brussels Herbarium. By the kindness of Mr. de Wilde- man I have been permitted to examine it. The plant belongs to the Haemodoraceae, and is Xiphidium coeruleum Aubl.¢ 15. CALYPTROCARYA Nees. Flowers unisexual; pistillate flower appearing as if terminal, naked; hypoegynous bristles none; style branches 2, linear; nut ovoid-conical, minutely pilose.—Spikes dense, pea-shaped, corymbose-panicled, extremely small, androgynous, the single terminal spikelet pistillate, 1-flowered, the lateral spikelets 2 to 4, staminate, l-flowered. Proper pistillate glumes 2, in 2 ranks, boat-shaped, ovate. Staminate flowers monandrous. Species 7, indigenous to tropical America. «thy o - 1. Calyptrocarya fragiferad? Kunth, Enum. 2: 364. 1837. Calyptrocarya palmetto Nees in Mart. Fl. Bras. 2’: 195. 1843. Becquerelia glomerulata Brongn. in Duperrey, Voy. Coquille 2: 163. 1829. Hypolytrum multinerve Hochst.; Steud. Syn. Pl. Glum. 2: 133. 1855. DisTRIBUTION: Scattered throughout tropical America. Costa Rican coLLections: Cocos Island, Pittier 12376; (Nicaragua) San Juan del Norte, Pittier 9635. a Allgem. Bot. Zeitschr. 2: 160. 1896. b Op. cit. 173. ¢ Pl. Guian. 1: 33. pl. 11. 1775. d The specific name glomerulata is older and unoccupied.— Epiror. 13891—08 >.> v CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. ~ or) Go 16. UNCINIA Pers. Flowers unisexual; prophylla 2, joined together and forming a bicarinate utricle inclosing the ovary; a setiform rudiment of the axis of a spikelet partly inclosed within the utricle, its stout uncinate tip exserted from it. Species 26, mostly inhabiting the South Temperate Zone, in Australia, New Zea- land, the more southerly islands of Oceania, temperate South America, but also in Mexico and Jamaica. KEY TO THE SPECIES. Spike dense, 3 mm: in diameter .. «ss Sp. Fil. 3: pl. 171. - MAXON—STUDIES OF TROPICAL AMERICAN FERNS. 477 for A. hastatum Klotzsch, a species which is certainly of the closest alliance, if indeed it should not be merged with A. salicifolium. The typical A. has- tatum, well illustrated by Hooker,* is seen in Fendler’s 144, Venezuela (herb. Gray), between which and the West Indian A. salicifolium there is almost every intermediate stage. It seems not unlikely that A. salicifolium (rerum), A. auriculatum Sw., A. semicordatum Raddi, and less certainly A. hastatum Klotzsch are all referable to a single variable polymorphic species, to which must probably be added several ~ species” proposed by various writers, for example, the A. bicrenatum of Liebmann, which apparently is but the typical form of A. salicifolium, The following species either are closely related to A. salicifolium or have been confused under that name in the herbarium material examined: Asplenium integerrimum Spreng. Acad. Caes. Leop. Nov. Act. 10: 231. 1821. ; PLaTe LVI, Ficure 2. Asplenium salicifolium integerrimum Mett. Abhand. Senck. Nat. Gesell. 3: 145. 1860. The present species was described briefiy from Porto Rican specimens, has since been collected in Porto Rico, and probably forms the greater part of Wright's no. 841 from Cuba. (See footmote under 4A. rectangulare, following.) It was originally described by Sprengel in these words: A. fronde pinnata,. pinnis alternis petiolatis lanceolatis acuminatis basi cunea tis, rachi marginata, soris parallelis. In Portoricco ad arborum radices. Bertier. _ Stipes semiteres, glaber. Frons bipedalis, lanceolata. Pinnae spithameae glaberrimae, lanceolatae, acuminatae, integerrimae, margine subdiaphano. Cum nulla alia specie confundenda. The following more complete description is drawn mainly from a series of specimens collected by the writer in the Yateras region of Oriente (Santiago) Province, Cuba, in the heart of the territory so thoroughly botanized by Wright: Fronds few (2 or 3), 75 to SO cm. long, lax, borne closely. Rhizome short- repent, with a noticeable tuft of long filiform dark brown chaff: stipe 25 to 3€ em. long, dull brownish stramineous, stout, sulcate in drying; lamina very chartaceous, 50 to 55 cm. long, simply pinnate, ovate, comprising about S pairs of narrow-spaced ascending subopposite to alternate pinnz and a large termi- nal segment about the size of the basal pinnz: rachis narrowly alate: pinne nearly of the same size and outline, the 5 or 6 lower pairs subpetiolate, 15 to 16 cm. long, 2.5 to 2.7 cm. broad, the others 2 to 3 cm. shorter, all exactly lanceolate, straight or slightly falcate, attenuate in the outer third, at the base nearly equal, the superior margin cut away to about 40°, the inferior to about 30°, the base thus strongly cuneate: margins absolutely entire throughout, hyaline; sori about 12 pairs to the pinna, equidistant or slightly nearer the midvein, 1.5 to 2 cm. long, borne at an angle of about 25° on the anterior branch of the mostly twice or thrice dichotomously forked veins: indusium firm, narrow, 1 mm. wide, persistent, recurved and inconspicuous at maturity. A. integerrimum may have a considerable range through the West Indies. It appears not to occur in Jamaica, if one may judge from recent large collec- tions, mainly of ferns, from that island. Fendler’s no. 9% from Trinidad (G, N) may be referred here tentatively, though the narrow spreading pinne (mainly opposite), the more reduced upper pinnz, and the deeply cleft terminal segment indicate a form possibly distinct. *Sp. Fil. 3: pl. 172. . 478 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. The specimens seen by the writer are as follows :4¢ Porto Rico: Near Adjuntas, Sintenis 4381, determined by Kuhn as A, salici- folium. (G) CuBaA: Near Monte Verde, Wright 841 (G, 2 sheets; herb. Sauvalle). Yateras district (several localities: Santa Ana, Bella Vista, Monte Verde, La Perla, Las Gracias, etc.), Province of Oriente, altitude 420 to 625 meters, on stumps and tree trunks, Maron 4196, 4223, 4269a, 4327, 4579, 4479, 4494a. (All in N) Sevilla Estate, in the Sierra Maestra west of Santiago de Cuba, Province of Oriente, altitude 900 meters, Taylor 456. (Y, N) In the herbarium of the Missouri Botanical Garden there is a sheet (prop- erly labeled A. integerrimum) without data, other than that it is of the Bern- hardi herbarium, The perfectly entire margins will distinguish this species at once from all excepting A. neogranatense, to which it must be nearly allied. See under A. neogranatense, Asplenium rectangulare Maxon, sp. noy. Frond 95 cm. long; stipe 40 cm. long, brownish, from an incomplete short- repent rhizome clothed with lanceolate attenuate brownish iridescent scales about 1.5 cm. long; lamina oblong-ovate, 55 cm. long, 25 em. broad, comprising about 10 pairs of simple distant horizontal pinnz and a similar large terminal segment; lowermost pinnze subopposite, succeeding ones gradually alternate, all but the uppermost petiolate (8 to 4 mm.); lower and middle pinnze of nearly equal size and form, 14 cm. long by 3 cm. broad, falcate, oblong-lanceolate, broadest near the base but of nearly equal width in the basal third, then taper- ing very gradually to a narrow acuminate upcurved apex, at the base decidedly unequal, the upper side exactly rectangular and rounded (not auriculate), the lower cut away in a straight line to an angle of 35° from the midvein; margins of the upper base crenate, of the middle and outer portions of the pinnz irregu- larly and inconspicuously shallow crenate-serrate; sori 10 or 11 pairs to the pinna, 16 to 20 mm. long, narrow, nearer the midrib than the margin, borne at an angle slightly less than 30°, slightly curved, continuous on the successive anterior branches of the twice or thrice-forked veins; indusium 1 mm. broad, firm, appearing much narrower when recurved at maturity. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium no. 50359, collected in eastern Cuba by Charles Wright (no. 841 in part),? in 1859 or 1860; distributed as A. salici- folium L; Known also from Haiti: Nash & Taylor 11238, from Mount Malauyre, altitude nearly 500 meters, growing on a shaded bank (Y, N). “Tn this as in following papers the herbaria from which specimens are cited will be indicated by letters: E, D. C. Eaton Herbarium at Yale University; G, Gray Herbarium; M, herbarium of the Missouri Botanical Garden; N, her- barium of the U. S. National Museum (U. S, National Herbarium); §S, her- barium of Capt. John Donnell Smith; Y, combined herbaria at the New York sotanical Garden. >In the Gray Herbarium there are two sheets of no 841, both being A. in- tegerrimum ; and no. 841 in the Sauvalle Herbarium at Havana, Cuba, is the same. The material which should be under this number at the D. C. Eaton Herbarium is not to be found, nor is this number in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. Christ (Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 24: 105. 1897) has listed a specimen of no. 841 as A. vomeriforme Hook. (Sp. Fil. 3: 109, pl. 162. 1860). The plant thus referred may be either A. salicifolium or A. rectangulare, A. vomeriforme is apparently confined to Peru and seems quite distinct from either, MAXON—STUDIES OF TROPICAL AMERICAN FERNS. 479 The present species must be closely related to the form regarded by Mettenius as typical A. salicifolium and figured by him,? presumably on a Peruvian plant, collected by Poeppig, this being the only specimen cited by him as of the typi- eal form. Our specimens of A. rectangulare differ in having the pinnz longer- stalked, broader, and with less pronounced marginal serrations. The general form of the pinne is exactly the same. } Asplenium integerrimum and A. kapplerianum, reduced to varietal rank by Mettenius, are here dealt with separately. Asplenium obtusifolium L. Sp. Pl. 1080. 1753.” ? Asplenium repandulum Kunze, Linnea 9: 65. 1834. (Type from Peru.) Asplenium riparium Leibm. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skr. V. 1: 244. 1849. (Type from Mexico.) Not closely related to A. sdalicifolium, but distributed under that name, is Mosen’s no. 2111 from Caldas, Minas Geraes, Brazil, which must be referred to the polymorphic A. obtusifolium ranging through the West Indies and in larger States from Mexico to Peru and Brazil. That which Hooker considered the most typical form of the species he figured © as A. riparium Liebmann, a name first applied to Mexican specimens; but the plate is drawn, probably, from a Brazilian plant, several of which are cited; none of the Mexican and Central American specimens shows quite the same extreme development, while the Brazilian specimen above mentioned agrees exactly. The peculiarities of the species in this broader sense are well brought out by Hooker, who places the better known dwarf mainly lobed or laciniate form as the “‘ var. obtusifolium” of A. riparium, notwithstanding its priority of name. Hooker’s opinion on the specific identity of these widely varying forms is here adopted; reluctantly, however, not only because of the inordinate breadth thus ascribed to the species, but also on account of the manifestly inappropriate name under which the extreme form must rest along with the typical West Indian form to which it is properly applicable. The following specimens are in the U. 8. National Herbarium: I, West INDIAN FORM (mainly). Fronds small; pinne usually obtuse, sharply cuneate at the base, sometimes nearly entire,’ with sinuate-dentate margins, or more often deeply lobed and irregularly laciniate, with sharply erose- dentate margins. Porto Rico: Utuado, Sintenis 6448, 6533. GRENADA: Elliott 94. DoMINICA: Rosalie, Lloyd 698. MONTSERRAT: Turner. TRINIDAD: Fendler 139. CoLoMBIA: Santa Marta, H. H. Smith 1126. II, CONTINENTAL FORM. Fronds large (up to 60 cm. long); pinn® larger and more numerous, nearly all auriculate and less acutely cuneate at the base, toward the apex acute or (in the Mosen specimen) attenuate, margins Sinuate-dentate or irregularly serrate-dentate. (A. ripariuwm Liebm.) Mexico: Vallée de Cordoba, State of Vera Cruz, Bourgeau 2014 (received as A. repandulum Kunze); District of Cordoba, State of Vera Cruz, Finck 35a. 4 Abhand. Senck. Nat. Gesell. 3: 144. pl 4. f. 14. 1860. > Founded on the West Indian Adiantum alis latioribus of Petiver (Pter. Am. no. 117 pl. 2. f. 14. 1712, incorrectly cited by Linneus as f. 4). ¢Sp. Fil. 3: 119. pl. 169. . 4 Hook. & Grey. 2: pl. 239. 1831. 480 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM, GUATEMALA: Pansamalé, Alta Verapaz, altitude 1140 meters, ron Tiirckheim (John Donnell Smith 630);¢ near the Finca Sepacuité, Alta Verapaz, Cook & Griggs 58; wet forest floor between Sepacuité and Secanquim, Alta Verapaz, altitude 1,000 meters; Maron & Hay 3263, Costa Rica: without locality, Wercklé (det Christ). BraziL: Caldas, province of Minas Geraes, Wosen 2111 (two sheets; also in G); near Rio Janeiro, Wilkes erpedition, as A. salicifolium; without definite locality, Glaziou 1771 (listed by Fée? as A. salicifolium). A second specimen from Costa Rica (Suerre, Llanuras de Santa Clara, alti- tude 3800 meters, John Donnell Smith GS85) is exactly intermediate between the two types. The Mosen specimens are the most extreme of all, Hooker's notes will be found of interest. Asplenium oligophyllum Kaulf. Enum. Fil. 166, 1824. A single specimen under cover of A. salicifolium, in the Gray Herbarium, Fendler’s no. 326, from Tovar, Venezuela, accords well with Kaulfuss’ descrip- tion of A. oligophyllum, and this number is so referred by Hooker in his de- scription of the species. The margins are correctly said to be “ obscurely cre® nate-serrate.” The broad pinnz and numerous sori are characteristic, Two Brazilian species, Asplenium escragnollei Fée® and A. camptocarpum Fée,? referred here by Christensen, appear from Fée’s excellent illustrations entitled to recognition. The former especially seems very different and to be allied rather to the Colombian A. ocaniense Karst.,° known to the writer from a specimen collected by H. Pittier (no. TOS) in the western Cordillera, State of Cauca, Colombia, December, 1905. Asplenium neogranatense Fée, Tme Mém. 47. pl. 14. f. 1. 1854. A species with a few entire pinne, figured by Fée, with no mention of the characters offered by rhizome and chaff. -Apparently in its few sori a near ally of A. integerrimum Spreng., but quite remarkable, as noted by Fée, in the great Jength of the veins which are borne at a very acute angle to the midvein. Asplenium austrobrasiliense (Christ) Maxon. Asplenium salicifolium austrobrasiliense Christ, Denkschr. K. Akad. Wiss. Wien. Math.—naturw. Klasse 79: 23. pl. 5. f. 1. 2. pl. 8 f. 3. 4. 1906. A peculiar form, well illustrated by Dr. Christ and supposed by him to be common in southern Brazil. It has no near alliance with the true salicifolium, but is apparently allied to A. oligophyllum. From this it is easily distinct, obviously in its more numerous, smaller, and gradually reduced upper pinnze which give rise to an enlarged terminal segment (instead of a conform termi- nal pinna), in its fewer more spaced sori, and especially in its bipinnatifid form with corresponding modification in position of sori indicated by Dr. Christ. The original material has not been seen by the writer, to whom it is known only from specimens recently sent by Dr. Rosenstock under no. 296, these from the Serra do Mar, State of Sao Paulo, Brazil. The form from Apiahy listed by Dr. Christ as true salicifolium is, judging from description, referable to A. oligophyllum Kaulf. “First determined as Asplenium auriculatum Sw., subsequently as A. cultrifolium L. 5 Crypt. Vasc. Brés, 1: 64. 1869. ¢ Crypt. Vase. Brés..1: 62. pl. 15. 1869. 4 Crypt. Vasc. Brés. 1: 63. pl. 16. f. 1. 1869. € Fl, Col. 1: 173. pl. 86. 1861." MAXON—STUDIES OF TROPICAL AMERICAN FERNS. 481 Asplenium kapplerianum Kunze, Linnea 21: 216. 1848. The writer has seen no material to be referred to this species; yet it seems desirable to call attention to its status in order that it may be definitely placed by those who have access to the original material. Asplenium kapplerianum was founded by Kunze on specimens collected near Para by Kappler (no. 1769). The author refers here also specimens from two additional sources, as follows: I. Surinam plants collected by Splitgerber and described® by that writer under the Linnean name Asplenium salicifolium. Wunze regards Splitger- ber’s description as excellent for his own kapplerianum and compares the Suri- nam plants with what he considers the true salicifolium as previously elaborated by him? on the basis of Peruvian plants collected by Poeppig (probably the same form figured by Mettenius as typical of salicifolium). But here Kunze falls into the error of selecting for his ‘‘salicifolium,” as already pointed out, an obscure plant from Peru; whereas the true sdalicifolium is a West Indian plant, collected in several localities by Plumier, and, as has been shown, well known from the West Indies under the name A. auriculatum, II. Guiana plants, listed by John Smith ° as A. integerrimum, which are not the integerrimum of Sprengel. Asplenium integerrimum and A. kapplerianum were merged by Moore @ who cites many specimens. From description A kapplerianum certainly appears to be distinct from A, integerrimum and rather closely related to A. salicifolium. Splitgerber’s var. 8 is referred by Kunze’ to Asplenium falx Desy./ which is probably a true synonym of salicifolium. In conclusion it may be said that the plant figured by Mettenius as A. salicifolium is probably still without a name, unless it is found to be identical with A. vectangulare here described. A NEW GENUS OF ASPLENIOID FERNS. Holodictyum Maxon, gen. nov.’ PLATE LVI, FIGURE 4. Fronds numerous, densely cespitose upon an erect rhizome, simple, linear- lanceolate, chartaceo-membranaceous, costate; venation wholly areolate, the areoles in about 5 or 6 series on either side of the costa, free included veinlets none; costal areoles elongate, cuneate, nearly parallel to the costa, the others oblique, broader, oblong, mostly hexagonal, gradually much smaller toward the hyaline margin; sori elongate, diverging at a slight angle from the costa, confined to the outer vein of the costal areoles, one to each areole; indusium single, straight or nearly so, firm, persistent, attached along one side. Type, Asplenium ghiesbreghtii Fourn. Holodictyum differs from Asplenium and Diplazium in its pronounced hex- agonal areolation, this accompanied by a complete suppression of Jateral “Tijds. Nat. Gesch. 7: 418, 419. 1840. > Linnea 9: 64. 1834. © London Journ. Bot. 1: 199. 1842. @Ind. Fil. 138. 1859, © Linnea 21: 216. 1848. f Mém. Soc. Linn. Paris 6: 274. 1827. See Mettenius’ description (Abhand. Senck. Nat. Gesell. 3: 145 1860) with reference to Fée’s figure. 9 The name is from Greek dos, whole, and dixrvoy, a net, referring to the com- plete anastomosis of the veins. 482 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM, nerves. The sorus is placed uniformly upon the longest (outer) side of the costal areole; otherwise the veins of the whole frond are of equal rank; all are discontinuous in direction, adjoining only at an angle. ‘The venation thus shows some approach to the type of Diplaziopsis; but in that genus, as in Hemidictyum, there are well-developed lateral nerves, lost in a network only toward the margin. Species two: Holodictyum ghiesbreghtii (Fourn.) Maxon. Asplenium ghiesbreghtii Fourn, Mex. Pl. 1: 111, pl. 5, 1872. Described and figured from specimens collected by Ghiesbreght (no. 16) on wet rocks, Barranca de Tlacolula, Oaxaca, Mexico, 1842-48. This number is represented in the U. S. National Herbarium by a portion of a frond. Holodictyum finckii (Baker) Maxon. Asplenium finckii Baker, Ann. Bot. 8: 126, 1894, Described from specimens at Kew, collected in the District of Cordoba, State of Vera Cruz, Mexico, by Hugo Finck, Represented in the U. S. National Herbarium by an incomplete frond recently received from Kew, this showing the areoles to be in five or six series, not in four as described by Mr. Baker. Christensen has suggested that A. finckii, which apparently was fotnded by Mr. Baker without regard to the earlier A. ghiesbreghtii, may be identical with the latter. To this the writer is at present unwilling to assent. The type of venation in the two type specimens is the same, but the areoles of finckii are actually larger and relatively broader; the sori diverge from the costa at a greater angle and are shorter, those of ghiesbreghtii (according to Fournier) even attaining a maximum length of one inch. Yet we refer to finckii excellent specimens collected from shady situations among rocks in a long deep canyon near G6mez Farfas, State of Tamaulipas, Mexico, altitude about 350 meters, by Dr. Edward Palmer (no. 336), April, 1907, which differ in their greater size and higher average number of series of areoles and in having the sori rather less divergent from the costa, this last character being in the direction of ghies- breghtii. Whether the differences noted among the three specimens are no greater than should be accounted variations within a single species can not be determined with certainty from the material at hand; but it seems reasonable, on the strength of the characters mentioned above, to recognize for the present the two species already described. The upper and apical portion of a normal frond of Doctor Palmer's no, 336 is shown in Pl. LVI, Fig. 4. The rhizome of the plant, though split in half, lengthwise, yet carries fifteen fronds, which must be about half the original number for the living plant. The fronds are about 40 cm. long and taper very gradually from about their middle to a long attenuate base, being narrowly winged down to the rhizome. THE IDENTITY OF ASPLENIUM RHIZOPHYLLUM L. Three very different elements were merged in Linneus in 1753 under the name Asplenium rhizophyllum.c The names under which these have usually gone are: (1) Camptosorus rhizophyllus, applied to the fern of the eastern United States, (2) Camptosorus sibiricus, restricted to an Asiatic species, (3) Fadyenia prolifera, for a West *Not to be confused with the second Asplenium rhizophyllum of Linngeus (Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 1540. 1763), discussed at page 490 of the present paper. MAXON—STUDIES OF TROPICAL AMERICAN FERNS. 453 Indian plant. The last is, however, an invalid name; and in sub stituting another, occasion may be taken to indicate the grounds for fixing upon the Virginian plant as the type of Asplenium rhizophy!- lum in preference to the other two elements originally included by Linneus. At page 1078 of the first edition of the Species Plantarum appears the following: rhizophylla. ASPLENIUM frondibus cordato-ensiformibus indivisis: apice filiforme radicante. Amoen. acad, 2. p. 357. Phylilitis filicifolia parva saxatilis virginiana per summitates foli- orum radicosa. Pluk. alm, 154, t. 10% Pees Phyllitis non sinuata minor, apice folii radices agente. Sloan, sans 1%, histo 1: p.. Ti. t.. 26.-J.. 4s Phyllitis saxatilis virginiana per summitates foliorum prolifera, Moris. hist. 3. p. 557. s. 14. t. 1. f. 14. Habitat in Jamaica, Virginia, Canada, Sibiria. Turning to the second volume of the Amoenitates we find the twenty-ninth, by Halen, dated December 22, 1750, comprising pages 332 to 364, to be entitled ‘“ Plantae Camschatcenses Rariores ” and to contain among other things a brief chapter descriptive (at least by citation) of some eleven plants of a recent Kamchatkan collection which are supposed to be identical with species known previously from North America. One of these is mentioned at page 337 as follows: ASPLENIUM frondibus lanceolatis indivisis: apice filiformibus radicantibus. Phyllitis non sinuata minor, apice folii radices agente. Sloan. Flor, 14. Filicifolia Phyllitis parva saxatilis virginiana per summitates foliorum radicosa. Pluk. alm, 154. t. 105. f. 3. Phyllitis saxatilis virginiana, per summitates foliorum prolifera. Moris. hist. 3. p. 557. s. 14. t. 1. f. 14. Although the plant in hand was from Kamchatka the citations show clearly that the Jamaican plant described and figured by Sloane and the Virginian described and figured by both Plukenet and Morrison were confused with this. The question is merely upon the restricted application of the trivial name rhizophyllum given later by Linneeus. The Amoenitates description, “ASPLENIUM frondibus lanceolatis indivisis: apice filiformibus,” though without much doubt drawn to cover the Kamchatkan plant particularly, must in any event apply either to this or to the Virginian, for the descriptive term * filiform ~ is totally inapplicable to the apices of the Jamaican species. Later, in the Species Plantarum (1753), the specific character (though credited to the Amoenitates) is so altered as to read “ frondibus cordato-ensiformibus * * * ; apice filiforme * * *.” Thus, to those who know the several species under discussion, it should* be apparent at once that the Virginian plant is here especially meant, 26379—08 2 484 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM, and that it must stand as the type of Asplenium rhizophyllum; for it alone, not only of the two, but of the three species, has a cordate base. There is, moreover, in the Linnean herbarium under the name Asplenium rhizophyllum a plant of Camptosorus rhizophyllus re- ceived from Kalm,* apparently held by Linnwus to be representative of his * species.” The two species of Camptosorus Link, 1835, are: ‘ Camptosorus rhizophyllus (L.) Link, Hort. Berol. 2: 69. 1833. Confined to the United States and Canada: from Maine and southern Quebee south to Georgia, Alabama, and Texas. A form from lowa has been described as variety intermedius Arthur.” Camptosorus sibiricus Rupr. Beitr. Pfl. Russ. Reich. 3: 45. 1845. Known only from Siberia, China, and Japan. The West Indian plant should be known as: Fadyenia hookeri (Sweet) Maxon. Asplenium proliferum Sw. Prod. 129. 1788, not Lam. 1786. Aspidium proliferum Hook & Grey. Ic. Fil. 1: pl. 96. 1829, not R. Br. 1810. Aspidium hookeri Sweet, Hort. Brit. ed. 2. 579. 1830, not Wall. 1829, nomen nudum. Polystichum? grevillianum Presl, Tent. Pterid. 82. 1836. Fadyenia prolifera Hook. Gen. Fil. pl. 53. B. 1840. Aspidium fadyenii Mett. Fil. Hort. Lips. 95. pl. 23. f. 13. 14. 1856. ' Fadyenia fadyenii C. Chr. Ind. Fil. 319. 1905. In taking up Mettenius’ specific name Christensen has passed by two of earlier date, either of which is available. There appears to be no reason for allowing Wallich’s nomen nudum to invalidate the same name adequately pub- lished by Sweet the following year. But even should this be done, Presl’s name would have to be taken up. The doubt expressed by Pres] relates merely to the very questionable reference of this plant to the genus Polystichum, a doubt abundantly sustained some four years later by Hooker, who recognized in it a monotypic genus to which he gave the name Fadyenia. Presl’s new specific term was simply a substitute for the homonym of Hooker and Greville and was placed with doubt under Polystichum. F, hookeri is known from Jamaica, Cuba, and Porto Rico. A NEW NAME FOR ANAXETUM. ~The genus Anaxetum was based by Schott on the single species Polypodium crassifolium L., which was made the subject of an excel- lent illustration. Fée called attention to the unavailability of the name, Anaxeton having been applied previously by Gaertner to a new genus of Compositae, and elevated Presl’s section Pleuridium to — generic rank, expressly founding the genus on Polypodium crassi- folium, surely in ignorance of the genus of mosses previously so named by Bridel and since generally adopted. No other name hav- ing been published in the interim the following is proposed: ay), C. Eaton in Canadian Naturalist 13: 25. 1870. + J. C. Arthur in Botanical Gazette 8: 200. pl. 3. 1883. MAXON—STUDIES OF TROPICAL AMERICAN FERNS. 485 Pessopteris: Underw. & Maxon, nom. nov." Anaretum Schott, Gen. Fil. pl. 7. 18354. Not Anaxeton Gaert. Fruct. 2: 406, pl. 166. f. 10. 1791. Pleuridium Fée, Gen. Fil. 273. 1850-52. Not Pleuridium Bridel, Mant. Musc. 10. 1819. The type and sole species is: Pessopteris crassifolia (L.) Underw. & Maxon. Polypodium crassifolium L. Sp. Pl. 1083. 1755. Anaxetum crassifolium Schott, Gen. Fil. pl. 1. 1854. Pleuridium crassifolium Fée, Gen. Fil. 274. 1850-52. Generally distributed throughout tropical America, and subject to consider- able variation, several forms having been described as distinct species. THE CUBAN SPECIES OF ADIANTOPSIS. Three species of Adiantopsis have been known hitherto from Cuba. These are: Adiantopsis radiata (L.) Fée, Gen. Fil. 145. 1850-52. Adiantum radiatum IL. Sp. Pl. 1094. 1758. Not uncommon through tropical America generally. Adiantopsis pedata (Hook.) Moore, Ind. Fil. 18. 1857. Hypolepis pedata Hook. Sp. Fil. 2: 73. pl. 92. A. 1852. Known definitely from Jamaica and Cuba; accredited also to Peru. Adiantopsis paupercula (Kunze) Fée, Gen. Fil. 145. 1850-52. Adiantum pauperculum Kunze, Farnkr. 2: 65, pl. 127. 1850. Known only from Cuba and Jamaica. To these must be added a fourth very different species: Adiantopsis rupicola Maxon, sp. noy. Plant rigid, 50 cm. high, fronds several, closely clustered upon an ascending woody rhizome covered with bright brown glossy linear chaff with a dark me- dian line; stipe 20 cm. long, naked, shining, purplish brown; lamina 380 cm. long, 10 to 12 em. broad, deltoid-lanceolate, coriaceous, glabrous except for a few whitish club-shaped glandular hairs on the under surface, bipinnate or, as to mature specimens, subtripinnate in the lower half; pinn:e subopposite, for the most part unequally deltoid-lanceolate with subhastate entire apices; basal pinnze about 7 cm. long, 38 ecm. broad at base, unequally triangular, the two lowest pairs of pinnules pinnate, the inferior twice as long as the superior; second and third pairs of pinne narrower, of similar but .less pronounced basiscopic development, only the basal pair of pinnules again pinnate; succeed- ing pinnze pinnate only (except for the pinnatifid basal pinnule), gradually pinnatifid, finally auriculate and entire, the uppermost produced to form the somewhat attenuate apex of the frond; pinnules at right angles to the sec- ondary rachis, characteristic ones broadly elliptical to ovate, obtuse, somewhat excised at the base below, auriculate; sori numerous, marginal, terminal on the veins; indusia single (or rarely double), spaced about half their width or less, whitish, oblong to subreniform, reflexed at maturity to the plane of the frond. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, no. 372124, collected by William Palmer and J. H. Riley (no. 242) in crevices of partially shaded limestone *“From Greek meoody, a draughtboard (checkerboard) and mrépis, a kind of fern, in modern use any fern. 486 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. cliffs, in mountains near El Guama, Province of Pinar del Rio, Cuba, March 10, 1900. Two other sheets of no. 242 show the species in less mature states, in which the branching is bipinnate and tripinnatifid only. A, rupicola is by no means closely related to any described species, though it is perhaps to be compared with A. pedata and A. paupercula, In‘the former species the prolongation of the lowermost pair of pinne into lateral branches renders the short frond ternate as to its main vascular parts, and the unusual basiscopic development of the basal pinnules of the lateral branches again gives the frond a broad pentagonal form. In A. rupicola, on the other hand, the frond is elongate and the comparatively slight extension of the inferior pinnules of the three or four lowermost pairs of pinne indicates no near relationship to A. pedata. In method of branching A. rupicola is near A. paupercula, but the pinnules differ essentially in shape, being of the type of A. radiata and A. pedata, A NEW GENUS ALLIED TO VITTARIA. The Jamaican plant described by Swartz as Pteris angustifolia, placed under Vittaria by Baker and taken up under this name by Diels, has been recognized by several writers as typifying a distinct genus to which the name Pteropsis has been applied. There can be no doubt that the species is a very foreign element under Vittaria; but, equally, it ought not to rest under the name Pteropsis. This last was given by Desvaux in 1827 to an odd assemblage of ten species belonging to no fewer than six genera. The first three species are now placed under Drymoglossum Presl (1836), the fourth is the plant under consideration, the fifth is Paltonium lanceolatum, the sixth is Vittaria scolopendrina, the seventh and eighth (described as new) are regarded by Christensen as problematical, the ninth and tenth are Eschatogramme furcata. Paltonium Presl dates from 1849; Vittaria J. E. Smith from 1793; Eschatogramme Trev. from 1851. The original diagnosis of Pteropsis reads as follows: “ Sporangia in sorum continuum immersum marginalem disposita. Involuerum nullum. Frondes simplices.” In fixing upon the type for the genus it is not necessary to have recourse to a “ first species rule” in any narrow sense; for, notwithstanding the diversity of types included, the preference of the author seems to be fairly indicated. The first three species are of the same type, being indeed referred by Christen- sen to a single species (Drymoglossum heterophyllum), and by their very position point out the importance they had assumed to the author. Pteropsis thus restricted is, unfortunately, quite synony- mous with Drymoglossum of later date and must prevail for the sev- eral species now associated under the latter name, unless Mirbel’s genus Candollea (1802) is to be fixed arbitrarily on the same type.* “ See Underwood, A review of the genera of ferns proposed prior to 1832, Mem. Torr. Bot. Club 6: 247-283, December 1, 1899, MAXON—STUDIES OF TROPICAL AMERICAN FERNS. 487 The following name, given by Professor Underwood and the writer some time ago to a large series of the Pteris angustifolia of Swartz, collected in Jamaica, is here proposed: Ananthacorus Underw. & Maxon, gen. noy.® Rhizome chaffy, creeping; tronds contiguous, exstipitate, simple, linear, en- tire, costate, the costa concealed; veins of unform rank, all joined in hexagonal (less commonly pentagonal) elongate areoles in 3 or 4 series on each side of and parallel to the costa, without free veins; sori slightly impressed, non-indu- siate, in a continuous or subcontinuous line at the outer edge of the ultimate series of areoles, distant 1.0 to 1.5 mm, from the margin; paraphyses spatulate, flaccid. ; Type, Pteris angustifolia Sw. Monotypic. Ananthacorus angustifolius (Sw.) Underw. & Maxon. Pteris angustifolia Sw. Prod. 129. 1788. Taenitis angustifolia Spreng. Syst. Veg. 4: 42. 1827. Pteropsis angustifolia Desy. Mém. Soc. Linn. Paris 6: 218. 1827. Vittaria angustifolia Baker, in Mart. Fl. Bras. 1°: 544. 1870. The following specimens are in the U. S. National Herbarium: JAMAICA: Mansfield and adjoining properties near Bath, altitude 300 to 500 meters, on tree trunks of humid forested slopes, Waron 1794, 1805, 2392, 2423, 2481, 2446. Vicinity of Troy, altitude 600 to 660 meters, Mazon 2858. Above Moore Town, altitude 450 meters, Clute 272. Near Williamsfield, Fredholm 3352. Cuna Cuna Pass, Fredholm 38216 (as Taenitis lanceolata). CusA: Mountains north of San Diego de los Banos, Province of Pinar del Rio, on forest trees, Palmer & Riley 485, 513, 562. Monte Verde, Yateras, Province of Oriente, altitude 575 meters, on trunk of palm in forest, Mazon 4289; in the same vicinity, Wright 978. “ Posesion de Stark,” near Jaguey, Yateras, Province of Oriente, on tree trunks, altitude 450 to 525 meters, VWaron 4445. Forested slopes of the Finca Las Gracias, Yateras, Province of Oriente, on trunk of manaca palm, altitude about 500 meters, Maron 4465. Alto Cedro, Underwood & Farle 1554. Santo Domanco: Wright, Parry, € Brummell 2A. GRENADA: Elliott 68 (as Vittaria remota, det. J. G. Baker). TRINIDAD: Fendler 116. Mexico: District of Cordoba, State of Vera Cruz, Finck 116. GUATEMALA: Cubilquitz, Alta Verapaz, altitude 350 meters, von Tiirck- heim (J. D. S. 8038). Banks of the Rio Polochic, below Panzos, on trunk of palm, Maron & Hay 3097. PANAMA: Hayes 10. CoLoMBIA: La Esmerelda, near Jamundi, Cauca Valley, altitude 1,100 meters, Pittier 954. FRENCH GUIANA: Near Cayenne, on tree trunks, Leprieur 106. BraziL: Matto Grosso, Lindman A. 3453. The relationship of Ananthacorus is with Vittaria, from which it differs radically in its type of venation which is strictly areolate without lateral veins. The details of venation are shown by Presl (Tent. Pterid. pl. 10. f. 3.), by John Smith (Hist. Fil. pl. 10. f. C.), and by Hooker (Gen. Fil. pl. 77. A.). “The name is composed of Greek a privative, av@os, flower, and dxopus, in modern use the sweet flag, the fronds resembling the leaves of that plant. 488 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM, MISCELLANEOUS NOTES AND CHANGES OF NAME. Asplenium conquisitum Underw. & Maxon; Christ, Bull. Herb. Boiss. IT. 7: 270. 1907. Dr. Christ in some notes (1, ¢.) on this species (up to that time unpub- lished) listed recently four of the writer’s numbers from Jamaica and Guate- mala. The first of these, from Jamaica, Maron 1558, represented in the U. 8. National Herbarium by sheet no, 427829, may be regarded as the type. The species was fully characterized by Jenman under the name Asplenium rutaceum Mett. In his later studies Jenman recognized the plant as distinet from rutaceum but unfortunately assigned to it in the herbarium a _ specific name already preoccupied in this genus. Dr. Christ has indicated the main distinctive characters. The following specimens are in the U. S. National Herbarium: JAMAICA: Moist woods near the Mabess River, altitude 900 meters, Maron 1558 (type); rocky bank in humid forest, vicinity of Morces Gap, alti- tude 1,500 meters, Maron 2761; between Morces Gap and Vinegar Hill, Underwood 1377. GUATEMALA: Tree trunks in humid forest, on the trail between Sepacuité and Secanquim, Alta Verapaz, altitude 1,000 meters, Maron & Hay 6257; on a stump in humid forest, on the trail from Senahti to Actala, Alta Verapaz, Maron & Hay 3310. Diplazium oreophilum Underw. & Maxon, nom. noy. Asplenium franconis Jenman, Bull. Bot. Dept. Jamaica II. 1: 91. 1894. Not Diplazium franconis Liebm. Dansk. Vid. Selsk. Skr. V. 1: 256. 1849. The type of Diplazium franconis is from Oaxaca, Mexico. As illustrative may be cited the following Guatemalan specimens in the National Herbarium: John Donnell Smith's no. 636, collected at San Pedro Carché, Depart. Alta Verapaz, altitude 1,150 meters, by von Tiirckheim, June, 1885; and Mazon € Hay no. 3524, collected in Alta Verapaz, along the trail between Senahti and Actalé, January 17, 1905. These agree closely with the original collection of ‘Liebmann as represented by a fragment in the herbarium of the New York Botanical Garden. Compared with these the Jamaican plant is readily seen to be distinct. The fronds are broadly triangular ovate, tripinnate or even quadripinnatifid, the pinne ordinarily 20 to 25 cm. long 8 and 10 to 13 cm. broad, the pinnules 6 to 7 cm. long, lanceolate, stipitate (0.5 cm. in the largest), acuminate. The larger pinnules comprise about §8 pairs of oblong or ovate-oblong obtuse segments, of which the lowermost are free, deeply lobed and almost comparable to the pin- nules of the much simpler D. franconis. The contrast with D. franconis in size, form, and degree of subdivision is too pronounced to require more detailed comparison, j D. oreophilum is not infrequent in humid depressions nearly up to 900 meters in the Blue mountains of Jamaica and is oftenest met with in a sterile condition. Ordinarily it is found fertile only in the vicinity of forest openings, and in such cases there is to be noted a marked dimorphic tendency, the sori (if present at all) being borne very closely and in great profusion, with a corresponding reduction of leaf tissue. It is apparently confined to Jamaica. Jenman’s speci- mens (the types) are at the New York Botanical Garden. The following are in the National Herbarium: Maron 1178, 2483, 2876; Clute 276; Moore; and one from the Botanical Department of Jamaica. “Bull. Bot. Dept. Jamaica 11. 1: 62. 1894, » According to Jenman even 35 cm. long. MAXON—STUDIES OF TROPICAL AMERICAN FERNS. 489 Dryopteris oligophylla Maxon, nom. noy. Polypodium invisum Sw. Prod. 135. 1788, not Forst. 1786, Nephrodium sloanei Baker in Hook. & Baker, Syn. Fil. ed. 2. 265. 1874, not Pres], 1825. Dryopteris sloanei Kuntze, Rev. Gen. Pl. 2: 815; 1891. Nephrodium invisum Desy. Mém. Soc. Linn. Paris 6: 257. 1827, The above synonymy, if complete as to specific names, indicates the need of a new name for this common tropical American fern. Swartz followed his brief but excellent first description with a reference to Sloane’s plate 51, illustrating a Jamaican specimen. This is unmistakably the plant known of late years as Dryopteris (or Nephrodium) sloanei and best described by Jenman.@ Why Christensen should have relegated it to subspecific rank and that under Dryopteris patens is not clear; for its specific distinctness is evident, and in any case the alliance is with Dryopteris serra, as Jenman pointed out. The lat- ter’s remarks on its occurrence in Jamaica are otherwise of interest: ‘“* Common among the lower hills and widely spread through the country, ascending to 5,500 ft. altitude, on banks and other open places. A very fine species, the fronds however not erect but arching from the base outwards. A much wider- pinnaed plant than Serra, to which it is closely allied. The texture is rather thin but hard, becoming rigid when dry. The rootstock is very wide-creeping under the surface of the ground, with the stipites scattered along it. Frequently the fructification does not reach the outer of the pinne.” The following collections are in the National Herbarium: JAMAICA: Elevations mainly of 600 meters or less, Maxon 995, 1008, 1777, 1781, 1859, 1935, 1991, 2879, 2527, 2823; Underwood 104, 3249, 3301 ;. Clute 1381; Harris 8962; Jenman. CuBA: Wright 3922; Maron 3920. Porto Rico: Heller 6345; Underwood & Griggs 75, 762; Sintenis 2636. St. Kitts: Britton & Cowell 483. Haiti: Picarda 1030. Costa Rica: J. D. Smith 6901; Pittier 20964; Wercklé (as Aspidium macrourum). ‘CoLtoMBIA: -H. H. Smith 2454. Nephrodium paucijugum Jenman is referred to by Jenman (/. ¢.) as possibly a young state of the present species. Under this name in the Jenman herbarium at the New York Botanical Garden are two immature sterile plants on separate sheets. One of these, with creeping rhizome and serrate segments, agrees well with the original description of paucijugum and is undoubtedly the type; it is too young to refer with certainty to any described species, but it is positively not sloanei (i. e. oligophylla). The second is a different species, with entire segments and long-attenuate pinnie; it also is young, but apparently a young state of sloanei (i. e. oligophylla). Jenman’s erroneous association of this sec- ond specimen with his type of paucijugum explains satisfactorily his later sug- gestion that paucijugum might be a young state of sloanei. Nephrodium paucijugum itself, properly restricted to the original, must for the present be kept among the species inquirendae. Dryopteris pyramidata (Fée) Maxon. Goniopteris pyramidata Fée, 11me Mém. 61. pl. 16. f. 2. 1866. This little known species was founded on a plant collected in Gaudeloupe by L’Herminier in 1861. No. 50240 in the U. S. National Herbarium, collected in Santo Domingo by Wright, Parry, and Brummel (no. 12) in 1871 is apparently the same. It is a true Dryopteris ($ Eudryopteris of Christensen) and is by * Bull. Bot. Dept. Jamaica II. 3: 164, 165. 1896. 490 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM, no means to be confused with any form of D. tetragona, which is of the section Goniopteris. Fée’s detail figure almost certainly represents one of the lower- most pinnee, probably the lowest or next to the lowest; at least in the specimen at hand only the two or three lowermost pairs of pinne are contracted at the base, as shown in the figure. See under D, johnstoni, page 498, and under D. latiuscula, page 498. Dryopteris radicans (L.) Maxon, Asplenium radicans L. Syst. Nat. ed. 10. 2: 1823. 1759. Asplenium rhizophyllum L. Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 1540. 1763. Not Asplenium rhizo- phylum L. Sp. Pl. ed. 1. 1078, 1753; Sp. Pl. ed. 2. 1536. 1763. Asplenium rhizophorum L. Gen, Fil. ed. 6. (emendation, at end). 1764. Polypodium repens Sw. Prod, 132. 1788. Not Sw. Prod. 130. 1788, which is Campyloneurum repens, Polypodium reptans Gmelin, Syst. Nat. 27: 1309, 1791. Goniopteris reptans Presl, Tent. Pterid. 182. 1836. Phegopteris reptans D. C. Eaton, Bull. Torr. Club 10: 101, 1883. Nephrodium reptans Diels in Engl. & Prantl, Nat. Pfl, 1‘: 168, 1899. Dryopteris reptans C, Chr. Ind. Fil. 288. 1905. The Asplenium radicans of Linnzeus (1759) was founded directly upon Sloane’s plate 29 and plate 30, figure 1, representing Jamaican plants, and upon Plukenet’s plate 253, figure 4. The Asplenium rhizophyllum published in the second edition of the Species Plantarum (page 1540) was founded on the identical plates cited under Asplenium radicans, with the addition of a reference to Browne's “ Asplenium simpler minus reflectens, ete.,” this in turn having been established partly (or perhaps wholly) on the Sloane and Plukenet figures cited under radicans and rhizophyllum. Asplenium rhizophorum L., 1764, is merely a change of name for rhizophyllum of the second edition, page 1540; not rhizophyllum of the first edition, page 1078, and of the second edition, page 15386, which is Camptosorus rhizophyllus. The three names are thus identical in application, having to do with the same plates; and the earliest.is radicans, 1759. The plates cited represent a species of Dryopteris,;—a common and well known tropical American fern usually called Dryopteris (or Nephrodium) reptans. The figures are unmistakable, Sloane’s plate 29 in particular repre- senting a characteristic form of the typical Jamaican plant. Sloane’s descrip- tion is not less distinctive. Notwithstanding this, later writers have apparently without exception sub- stituted under one or another of the Linnzean names (usually rhizophorum) a plant of another genus, namely a true Asplenium with glossy stiff purplish brown stipes and rachis, a plant like the original only in its wide range of variation and in having a radicant tip. Swartz, in his Observationes Bo- tanicae,? seems to have been responsible for formally introducing or at least sanctioning this substitution, by noting (under A. rhizophorum) that Sloane’s plate 30, figure 1, should be referred to his own Polypodium repens which had been published in 1788, founded on this same plate 30, figure 1, and Plukenet’s plate 253, figure 4. “Asplenium rhizophorum”™ was held by him to be bipin- nate, in mature plants, a character here introduced for the first time. Because of his P. repens of page 130 (1788) (this is Camplyoneurum repens) the P. repens of page 132 becomes P. reptans in the Synopsis Filicum (1806), a name given first by Gmelin (1791) who cited Sloane’s plate 30, figure 1; and Senter egret dt 2Page 399. 1791. MAXON—STUDIES OF TROPICAL AMERICAN FERNS. 49] under this last name Swartz cites both plate 29 and plate 30, figure 1," the prototypes of the Linnean Asplenium radicans, 1759. By 1806, then, the transfer of the Jamaican plants from the several Lin- nean names under Asplenium had become complete. The confusion could have been avoided by a slight regard for the Linnzan citations. Sloane’s long description ® is well worth perusal. His specimens in the herbarium of the British Museum were determined as Polypodium reptans by Jenman’ who cites plate 29 and plate 30, figure 1, adding, “Sloane well describes the great variation of form in this species, and says that he had ‘not seen in any Plant so great sporting of nature.’ ” If there is the slightest evidence that any true Aspleniuni formed a_ part of the original Asplenium radicans 1.., 1759, A. rhizophyllum L., p. 1540, 1763, or A, rhizophorum L., 1764, it is unknown to the writer. The Asplenium commonly listed under these names (usually under the last) ranges from simply pinnate to tripinnate and appears to have first received a tenable name at the hands of Richard as Asplenium cirrhatum,4 on specimens from Gaudeloupe. These were simply pinnate. Between this state and the most compound there is every intermediate stage, as shown alone by the Jamaican series in the U. 8. National Herbarium. The figures given by Hooker show some of these,® but all of Hooker’s synonyms are not to be credited. A. cirrhatum is especially common in the West Indies and occurs less frequently on the continent. In its various forms it has received many names; several of these have recently been reap- plied by Urban.’ Dryopteris serrulata (Sw.) C. Chr. Ind. Fil. 292. 1905. Polypodium serrulatum Sw. Schrad. Journ. Bot. 1800°: 25. 1801, not Mett. 1856. Polypodium asplenioides Sw. Schrad. Journ. Bot. 1800*: 26. 1801. ? Polypodium lunanianum Hew. Mag. Nat. Hist. II. 2: 460. 183s. Nephrodium serrulatum Jenman, Bull. Bot. Dept. Jamaica II. 3: 189. 1896. The three names here inyolved were all given originally to Jamaican plants. Polypodium serrulatum Sw. was founded upon Sloane’s plate 43, figure 1, representing a plant of which Sloane says: “It grows on Mount Diablo, near Archers Ridge, and other inland woody parts of the Island.” Polypodium asplenioides Sw. was founded on Sloane’s plate 43, figure 2, this showing a plant upon which Sloane comments at length, in part as follows: “This is in everything the same as the former, only, although as high, yet ‘tis in everything lesser, the Pinnae a little more frequent, shorter and narrower by much than that immediately preceding, being not over half an Inch broad at Base where broadest, ending in a point. And in this, which seems to be quite different from the former, there are some varieties. It grew with the former.” “Also Plukenet, pl. 286, fig. 2, which had been cited by Poiret (Encyc. 5: 530. 1804) under Polypodium radicans. Poiret’s use of the term radicans is apparently independent of Linnzus, 1759; and Polypodium radicans Poiret is a doubtful synonym of Dryopteris radicans, The Polypodium rhizophyllum Sw. cited by him as a doubtful synonym is, of course, Polystichum rhizo- phyllum (Sw.) Presl. 5 Page 77. ¢ Journ. Bot. 24: 34. 1886. @ Willd. Sp. Pl. 5: 321. 1810. € Sp. Fil. 3: pl. 187. 1860, as A. rhizophorum. f Symb. Antill, 4: 35. 1903. 499 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. In the early part of May, 1903, and again during the latter part of the same month in 1904, the writer spent several days in the vicinity of Mount Diablo, on both occasions staying at Hollymount (altitude about 750 meters) by kind permission of the owner of this beautiful estate, W. P. Purdon, Esq., of Kings- ton. Among the extensive collections made there is a series of specimens including the connecting forms between the extremes shown by Sloane in the two figures cited above; having regard for which there is no alternative but to combine all under a single name, This is the conclusion at which Jenman arrived in his later work, and he published a good description of the species in this broad sense in 1896 under the name Nephrodium serrulatum Jenm, (l. c.). Oddly enough, however, he yet made use of the Swartzian name asplenioides for quite a foreign group of plants, describing ® under the name Nephrodium asplenioides Baker several different forms, of which at least a part are associable with Dryopteris radicans (1..) Maxon of the present paper (p. 490). That Jenman should follow Baker in misapplying the name asplenioides is rather remarkable, in view of his having examined Sloane’s specimens in the British Museum ” and his having drawn a proper diagnosis of the species under the name Nephrodium serrulatum Jenm, (1. ¢.), which description certainly includes the original asplenioides of Swartz. The reference of Polypodium lunanianum Heward to D. serrulata is, from description, doubtful. The true D. serrulata is apparently confined to Jamaica. The following specimens, showing a very wide degree of variation, as described by Jenman, are in the U. 8S. National Herbarium : ; JAMAICA: Vicinity of Hollymount, Mount Diablo, altitude about 750 meters, Mazon 1878, 1890, 1898, 1908, 19238, 1925, 1952; Underwood 1890. Hartford and adjoining properties, near Priestmans River, altitude 75 to 300 meters, Waron 2514. Vicinity of Mandeville, Maron 2571. Goniophlebium ampliatum Maxon, nom. noy. Polypodium gladiatum Kunze, Linnea 9: 45, 1834, not Vell. 1827. It has been customary to refer P. gladiatum Kunze, founded upon specimens collected in the interior of Cuba by Poeppig, to Polypodium (Goniophlebium) attenuatum H. & B., 1810, the latter a rather uncommon species described originally from plants collected in Venezuela and Brazil with mention of Schkuhr’s plate 14, representing Guiana specimens. The Cuban plant, how- ever, seems to differ constantly in the shape of the pinnie, these very long attenuate and falcate, narrowed at the base and even subpetiolate, the lower and middle ones essentially free and only the uppermost adnate or slightly decurrent, and in the more numerous deeply impressed or pustulate sori com- monly borne in four rows. The margins also are conspicuously undulate, especially in the fertile fronds. The following specimens, which agree with a portion of the type collection in the herbarium of the New York Botanical yarden, show no more than a normal amount of variation. CUBA: PROVINCE OF ORTIENTE: Near Monte Verde, Wright S804, Maron 4801; Santa Ana, 6 miles north of Jaguey, Mavon 4133, 4207; vicinity of Baracoa, Pollard, Palmer, & Palmer G64. 4Bull. Bot. Dept. Jamaica II. 3: 211, 212. 1896. >The Sloane specimens were reported on by Jenman in 1886 (Journ, Bot. 24: 36). At that time he was inclined to regard the two extreme forms as possibly representing two distinct species; from this position he later receded, as stated. MAXON—STUDIES OF TROPICAL AMERICAN FERNS. 493 PROVINCE OF PINAR DEL Rio: Near Pinar del Rio, Palmer & Riley 41, 83; Shafer 388; in mountains north of San Diego de los Banos, Palmer & Riley 510, 571; Los Palacios, Van Hermann 3291. PROVINCE OF MATANZAS: Vicinity of Madruga, Britton, Britton & Shafer GOD, IsLE OF PINES: A. A. Taylor 9. JAMAICA: Mount Hermon, near Chepstow, J/oore. Phymatodes nematorhizon (I). C. Eaton) Underw. in herb. Polypodium nematorhizon D. C, Katon, Bot. Gaz. 3: 90. 1878. This rare species, founded on Fendler’s no. 73, from Trinidad, and known hitherto only from that island, has recently been collected on the island of Margarita, Venezuela, by Mr. J. R. Johnston (no. 147) at an altitude of 500 meters. The specimens, which agree perfectly with the types, were distributed as Polypodium lanceolatum LL. Polypodium kalbreyeri Baker, Timehri II. 5: 215. 1886; Trans. Linn. Soc. II. Bot. 2: 291. 1887. Polypodium longipes Fée, Crypt. Vase. Brés. 2: 55. pl. 95. f. 3. IST2-73, not Link, 1850. Polypodium transiens Lindm. Ark. Bot. 1: 285. pl. 1/1. f. 7. 1908. The type of Fée’s P. longipes was from Brazil (Glaziou 4414). Dr. Lindman refers here also Mosen’s no. 3535, redescribing the species under a new hame (P. transiens) supposed to be necessary on account of Fée’s homonyn. Guiana specimens in the Jenman herbarium.at New York, however, show that Baker's P. kalbreyeri, founded in the interim on specimens from Guiana and New Granada, is the same. Dr. Christ has reported @ the species recently from Costa Rica on one of Wercklé’s specimens without definite locality, and the following specimen col- lected by the writer also agrees perfectly with the South American material: On tree trunks, vicinity of La Palma, Costa Rica, altitude 1450-1550 meters, May 1906, Maron 466. Polystichum solitarium (Maxon) Underw. in herb. ‘Polystichum munitum solitarium Maxon, Fern Bull. 11: 39, 1903. Professor Underwood was strongly of the opinion that this form from Guadelupe Island off the coast of Lower California is worthy of specific rank, on the strength of the characters pointed out in the original description. No additional specimens have been seen and the species is apparently confined to yuadelupe Island. It is allied also to P. falcinellum of Madeira. Tectaria martinicensis (Spreng.) Maxon. Aspidium martinicense Spreng. Anleit. Kennt. Gewiichse ed. 1. 3: 153. 1804, Aspidium macrophyllum Sw. Syn. Fil. 48, 239. 1806, Sagenia macrophylla Moore, Ind. Fil. xxxvi. 1857, Nephrodium macrophyllum Baker, in Hook. & Baker, Syn. Fil. 300. 1867. Common in the West Indies; apparently less so in Central and South America. Sprengel cites Plumier’s excellent plate 145 as does also Swartz, who accredits the name to *‘ Rudolphi, Bemerk. e Reise 2 p. 103. (Note)”, a work unknown to the writer. “Bull. Herb. Boiss. Il. 4: 11038. 1904, as P. longipes. 494 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM, Tectaria plantaginea (Jacq.) Maxon. Polypodium plantagineum Jacq. Coll. Bot, 2: 104. pl. 3. f. 1. 1788, Aspidium plantagineum Griseb, Abh, Kin. Gesell. Wiss, Gott. 7: 286, 1857, Dryomenis plantaginea J. Sm. Bot. Voy. Herald 220. 1854, Podopeltis plantaginea Fée, Gen, Fil. 9. 1850-52. Bathmium plantagineum Fourn, Bull, Soc. Bot. France 19: 254, 1872, Appears to differ from the more typical species of Tectaria only in its simple fronds. There are several well marked forms which possibly deserve to rank as distinct species, ; Tectaria purdiaei (Jenman) Maxon, Aspidium purdiaci Jenman, Gard. Chron, III, 22: 282. 1897. Nephrodium sherringiac Jenman, Journ, Bot. 25: 99. 1887. Not Nephrodium sherringii Jenman, 1879. Aspidium psammisorum C, Chr. Ind, Fil. 89. 1905, To this species may be referred Miller and Johnston’s no. 158 and John- ston’s no. 173, both from Margarita Island, Venezuela. The relationship is clearly with Tectaria martinicensis. The types of both Aspidium purdiaei and Nephrodium sherringiae were from Trinidad, A. psammisorum was proposed as a change of name for the latter. NEW SPECIES IN SEVERAL GENERA. Asplenium sarcodes Maxon, sp. noy. PLATE LVI, FiGure 3. Fronds numerous, 12 to 15, borne in a perfect crown; rhizome (mostly sub- terranean) succulent, erect, 10 cm. and more high (incomplete), about 3 cm. in diameter, at the exposed apex very thickly clothed with narrowly trian- gular long-attenuate slightly lustrous ‘‘mummy brown” scales, 8 to 10 mm, long, the margins entire or by rupture slightly lacerate; stipe stout, 20 cm. long, Sulcate and dark greenish brown in drying, toward the base beset with very narrow brownish scales; lamina oblong, 40 em. long, at the middle 15 to 16 em. broad, somewhat reduced below: rachis similar to the stipe but narrowly alate, flattened (in drying); pinnie coriaceous (carnose in the living plant), opaque, about 14 pairs, opposite or subopposite, the lowermost pair borne at an angle of about 45° and distant 5 em. from the second, middle ones divergent at a greater angle and about 2 cm. apart, upper ones gradually smaller but not greatly reduced, giving rise abruptly to a petiolate terminal pinna of similar form; characteristic middle pinnze 9 em. long, 1.8 em. broad, nearly straight (sometimes either faleate or slightly decurved), lanceo- late, petiolate, at the base unequal, rounded truncate on the superior side, deeply excised below, the margins lightly, irregularly, and obliquely crenate, more deeply crenate-serrate toward the acute apex; under surface (as well as the rachis) sparsely covered with deciduous tortuose skeleton-like dark brown scales, these filiform from a broad substellate base; veins concealed, emerging at an angle of about 45°, curved, the basal ones 2 or 3 times forked, the others mostly once forked; sori about 16 to 18 pairs, nearer the costa than the margin, borne on the anterior branch at or near its point of origin; indusia firm, whitish, broadly elliptical, 4.5 to 5.5 mm. long, 1.5 to 1.75 mm. broad; sporangia cinnamon-brown, long-pedicellate, naked. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, no, 528133, collected at edge of rocky forest near the summit of the Farallones of La Perla, north of Jaguey, Yateras, province of Oriente, Cuba, altitude about 585 meters, by William R. Maxon (no. 4890), May 2, 1907. The following additional specimens may be cited: Cuspa: Near Monte Verde, January to July, 1859, Wright 845 (BE): “Summit of Nimanima, on rocks,” 1856-1857, Wright 845 (I); without -MAXON—STUDIES OF TROPICAL AMERICAN FERNS. 495 definite locality, Wright S45 (Y); fragment, Wright 545 (N).% Santa Ana, about 6 miles north ef Jaguey, Yateras, province of Oriente, alti- tude 600 to 625 meters, WMaron 4195. Near summit of Gran Piedra, province of Oriente, altitude about 1,150 meters, J/acon 4051. Porro Rico: Yauco, 1880, Garber 96 (E).” Linden’s no. 1887, from Cuba, and Sintenis’ nos, 2692, 4234b, and 6459, from Porto Rico, cited by Hooker and by Urban, respectively, as A. anisophylluin, probably belong here; as does also Linden’s 1890 cited by Fée® under this name, without comment, along with Linden’s 1887. A. sarcodes is allied to A. anisophyllum Kunze’? and A. sanguinolentum Kunze, the former an African species, the latter South American, A. anis- ophyllum, as shown by two complete specimens out of the series at hand, has the rhizome erect (as in A. sarcodes), not creeping, as redescribed by Mettenius ®, whose description is otherwise excellent. It differs from A. sar- codes in its firm light-colored subterete stipe and rachis (these could hardly have been carnose, as in A. sarcodes), in its delicate membranous texture and apparent venation, and in having the margins deeply serrate (instead of lightly crenate). The fronds are considerably larger and terminate much less abruptly than in A. sarcodes; they are also sometimes proliferous. A. sanguinolentum Kunze,f in the typical form figured by Mettenius,! is known to the writer only from Regnell’s III 1468, from Caldas, province of Minas Geraes, Brazil (N). H. H. Smith’s no. 1128 from Santa Marta, Colom- bia, altitude about 1,650 meters (N) is similar to this in delicate texture and marginal serration, but has the superior base of the pinne less auriculate and scarcely excised at the inner margin. Both specimens have the rachis dark and compressed, as in A. sarcodes. They approach A. sarcodes only through Wright’s Monte Verde specimen, which is the most extreme of those cited under sarcodes and which has the pinne of more delicate texture and more deeply crenate-serrate than the others. None of the Cuban and Porto Rican plants have the pinnz auriculate or even subauriculate or excised at the inner margin. A. sarcodes is thus nearest related to the continental A. singuinolentum, being distinguished ordinarily by its. very coriaceous texture, by having the pinnz rounded-truneate at the superior base (even slightly overlapping the rachis in some specimens), by its lightly crenate margins, and by its concealed yenation. Cheilanthes aemula Maxon, sp. nov. Fronds about 50 em. high, clustered; rhizome short-creeping, thickly cov- ered with narrow ferruginous chaff; stipe 22 to 25 cm. long, stout (2 to 2.5 mm. thick), more or less flexuose, blackish or dark purplish brown, rigid, terete: lamina subcoriaceous, 30 to 35 cm. long, 20 to 22 cm. broad at base, broadly triangular, very deeply quadripinnatifid below, otherwise tripinnate nearly thronghout:; primary rachis similar to the stipe, its upper surface and that of the secondary rachis covered with a scurfy jointed pubescence: “Wright 845 was reported first by Eaton (Am. Journ. Sci. II]. 27: 199. 1859) as “Asplenium, salicifolio, Z. affine,” subsequently (Mem. Am. Acad. II. 8: 205. 1860) as A. anisophyllum Kunze. It is cited under the last name by Hooker (Sp. Fil 3:112. 1860). : + Listec by Urban (Symb. Antill. 4: 35. 19038) as 41. anisophyllum Kunze. © Hist. Foug. Antill. 34. 1866, 4V.innea 10: 511. 1836. € Abh. Senck. Nat. Gesell. 3: 148. pl. 4. f. 12. 1860. ‘Kunze; Mett. Abh. Senck. Nat. Gesell. 3: 142. pl. 4. f. 10. 1860. 496 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. pinne 12 to.14 pairs, the lowermost nearly or quite opposite and distant, middle ones ovate, approximate and mostly alternate, apex of the frond short: basal pinnz very unequally and broadly triangular, 11 to 183 em, long, 5 to 6 cm. broad at base, the first inferior pinnule 4 to 4.5 em. long and 2 to 3 em. distant from the main rachis, the first superior pinnule 1.5 to 2 em. long and 1 to 1.75 em. distant from the main rachis; pinnules triangular-ovate, those of the lowermost pairs of pinne relatively narrower with 6 to 9 pairs of approximate narrowly ovate pinnulw and a subentire acute terminal segment, only the 3 or 4 larger pairs of pinnule of the lower pinnules again pinnatifid into small ovate segments; under surface glabrate, with a few yellowish hairs; sori confluent, continuous or occasionally interrupted by a shallow inden- tation; indusia narrow, membranous, Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, no. 572224, this being one of several — sheets of Dr. Edward Palmer's no. 187, collected at Victoria, State of Tamauli- pas, Mexico, in a river canyon, under overhanging rocks, altitude about 320 meters, February 1 to April 9, 1907. Doctor Palmer’s no. 563 and no. 564 with identical data are the same. Young semifertile or sterile plants differ in having the fronds almost ternate or subpentagonal, and the final segments obtuse or even rounded; in the last particular considerable variation is to be noted also in mature specimens. Cheilanthes aemula is allied to C. microphylla, with which indeed it grew at the type locality; but from that species it differs notably in its broadly triangu- lar fronds and far greater subdivision. Additional specimens to be referred here are, as represented in the National Herbarium, Dr. C. G. Pringle’s 1988 (distributed as C. microphylla), from shaded banks near Monterey, State of Nuevo Leon, Mexico, June 20, 1888; and Doctor Palmer's no. 1413 of his 1880 collection from some part of Coahuila or Nuevo Leon. Cheilanthes peninsularis Maxon, sp. nov. Plant 15 to 17 em. high, the fronds borne closely; rhizome short-creeping, branching, with compact covering of minute acicular brownish-striped scales, those of the growing point tawny and long-attenuate; stipe 7 to 10 cm. long, very slender (about 5 mm. in diameter), dark purplish brown, sparsely coy- ered with very slender (mostly filiform) tortuose shrunken yellowish brown scales, mostly appressed and inconspicuous; lamina 6 to 8.5 em. long, 4 to 5 em. broad, narrowly ovate, clear bright green, deeply tripinnatifid, membranaceous; primary and secondary rachises bearing chaff similar in texture and color to that of the stipe but mostly broader, especially that of the secondary rachis which is linear-lanceolate, attenuate, tapering from the base, more or less erose; pinnze about 6 pairs, the lowermost subopposite, with lower basal pin- nules somewhat produced, 3 to 3.7 cm. long, subtriangular-ovate, 2 to 2.5 em. distant from the next pair above, these oblong-ovate; the remaining pinne spaced, not overlapping, alternate; in general, the larger pinne deeply bi- pinnatifid, with about 6 pairs of spaced alternate oblong-ovate pinnules, these - obliquely and deeply divided into 4 or 5 pairs of alternate ligulate-cuneate lobes connected by a flexuose wing of nearly equal width, the larger lobes again once or several times cleft toward the apex; sori terminal on the solitary veins of the ultimate lobes; indusia formed by the slightly modified inflexed margins, Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, mo. 397942, collected by T. S. Bran- degee in the Cape region of Lower California, Mexico, November, 1902. There — are in addition two sheets from San José del Cabo, that is to say, the same — region, also collected by Mr. Brandegee, September 10, 1890. All were dis- MAXON—STUDIES OF TROPICAL AMERICAN FERNS. 497 tributed as Cheilanthes pringlei, a nearly allied species described originally from Arizona and since found to range into northwestern Mexico. From (C. pringlei, however, the new species may be distinguished by the following obvi- ous characters: (1) The slender purplish brown stipes, with fewer narrower scales (not stout reddish brown stipes with copious chaff), (2) fronds narrowly ovate (not short, triangular or deltoid-ovate), (3) pinnmze spaced (not close- set and overlapping), (4) primary and secondary rachises with sparse narrow yellowish brown scales (not with very numerous broad whitish scales extending thickly even to the vascular parts of the pinnules and commonly obscuring the under surface). The last character is in itself sufficient to indicate the distinctness of C. peninsularis, though the difference in shape of fronds is almost equally pronounced. Diplazium delitescens Maxon, sp. noy. PLATE LVI, FIGURE 1. Rhizome creeping horizontally, 2.5 cm. long (incomplete), about 3 mm. in diameter, covered thickly with distichous stipe-bases; scales of rhizome _ per- haps somewhat abraded, inconspicuous, minute, very dark, coarsely reticulated, brittle, elongate-triangular, acuminate, closely appressed; fronds borne singly, distichous by succession, 45 cm. long, arcuate; stipe 21.5 cm. long, at the base thickly clothed with brownish lanose hairs intermixed with a few scales like those of the rhizome, conspicuously flattened laterally, the anterior face con- cave, the posterior convex, thus in section narrowly hippocrepiform, vascular bundles two; lamina 21.5 cm. long, about 20 cm. broad at the base, broadly deltoid-ovate; pinnze about 7 pairs, firm, membranaceous, the lowermost the largest, subopposite, 11 cm. long, 2 cm. broad, short-petiolate, patent, attenuate, succeeding pinne slightly smaller, ascending, adnate, the uppermost 1 or 2 pairs abruptly reduced, rounded or even retuse at the apex, giving rise to a sub- hastate, caudate terminal segment (about 8 ecm. long), this shallowly lobed below, toward the apex obliquely serrate; characteristic pinne lanceolate, straight or slightly falecate, broadest near or below the middle, attenuate (casually elongate), at the base unequally cuneate-truncate (below narrowly cuneate, above subtruncate), the inner margin straight and nearly parallel to the rachis, subauriculate, margins elsewhere regularly curvescent-serrate; mid- veins prominent nearly throughout on the lower side, the veins mostly apparent, 3 or 4 times forked; sori elongate, 7 to 9 mm. long, narrow, slightly curved, uniserial, nearer the midvein than the margin, borne on the first anterior (simple) branch; indusia narrow, firm. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, no. 403261, collected in the vicinity of San Luis, Province of Oriente, Cuba, by Charles L. Pollard and William Palmer (no. 348), February, 1902. To be referred here also are the following: Honpuras: San Pedro Sula, Department of Santa Barbara, altitude 300 meters, C. Thieme (distributed by John Donnell Smith, under no. 5675, as Asplenium cultrifolium). (N) PANAMA: S. Hayes 57. (N) A most distinct species, especially remarkable for its peculiar marginal cutting which is best described as curvescent-serrate, a term used recently by Professor Burgess. The form of the pinnze also is uncommonly characteristic and quite unlike that of any of the smaller American species of Diplazium. The type specimen shows only an occasional diplazioid sorus; but the Hon- duras specimen cited has the sori more numerous, freely diplazioid, and ex- tending rather closer to the margin. A. cultrifolium L., which Christensen is probably correct in considering a Diplazium, was founded on Plumier’s plate 59, supposed to represent a plant 498 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. from Martinique. It is, on this basis, a species unknown to the writer and is perhaps still to be rediscovered. Dryopteris johnstoni Maxon, sp. noy. Fronds few, SO to 90 cm. long, borne closely from a slender creeping woody rhizome 5 to 7 mm. thick bearing a few stout cordlike roots about 1 mm. in diameter; stipes 55 to 60 cm, long, in color dull yellowish, somewhat polished beneath a minute inconspicuous stellate pubescence, quadrangular and deeply sulcate in drying, bearing at the base a few yellowish brown, ovate or oblong- ovate scales which are noticeably stellate-pubescent; lamina glabrate, broadly deltoid, 27.5 to 20 cm. long, 20 to 24 cm. broad, 10 to 12-jugate, decreasing rather abruptly toward the apex into a narrow elongate terminal Cauda 9 to 11 cm. long, deeply pinnatifid below, the apex entire; rachis relatively slight, subflexuose; pinnz opposite or very nearly so, subcoriaceous, sessile, linear- lanceolate, caudate, the midvein elevated, especially below, with a few short minute simple hairs, veins apparent; the lowermost pinnze 11 to 14 em. long, 1.5 to 2.2 em. broad, strongly deflexed, greatly reduced at the base (particularly on the lower side), broadest in the middle, uniformly lobed one-half the dis- tance to the rachis or slightly more, the apex long-attenuate, entire, the lobes close, about 20 pairs, slightly oblique, subfaleate, rounded, those of the lower side largest (4.5 mm. broad), with 9 or 10 pairs of simple veinlets of which commonly only the two lowermost pairs extend to the sinus; succeeding pinnze similar, differing mainly in the smaller size, shallower lobes and less reduced bases of the pinne, the middle and upper pinnze being broadest at the base and decidedly faleate toward the extremity; sori of the larger (inferior) lobes about 9 pairs, relatively large, medial or nearly so; indusia firm, reddish, even- tually deciduous, bearing numerous simple whitish hairs mostly at the margin. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, no. 582018; collected at an altitude of 450 meters on the Juan Griego trail, Island of Margarita, Venezuela, July 22, 1903, by J. R. Johnston (no. 192). Known also from Trinidad, as shown by a specimen from the Jenman her- barium (U. S. National Herbarium, no. 428910), and a second sheet representing Fendler’s no. 54 (U. S. National Herbarium, no. 50241), the latter bearing the following note attributed to D. C. Eaton: *“ Perhaps the Nephrodium defierum J. Smith, referred to in [Hooker and Baker’s] Syn. Fil. p. 292.” The reference is to a note by Mr. Baker, under Nephrodium refractum Hook., as follows: “A Fern gathered in Trinidad by Aldridge, V. deflerum, J. Sm. MSS., has similarly deflected pinnse, but they are narrower, and the lobes reach halfway down to the midrib.” This description, if it may be called such, applies to the plant in hand; but Smith’s name is invalidated by Nephrodium deflerum Pres], 1825. The relationship of D. johnstoni is not with D. refracta (Fisch. & Meyer) Kuntze, which, as represented by several specimens in the National Herbarium, is of the section Cyclosorus. In gross characters it may be compared rather with D. falciculata (Raddi) Kuntze, from Brazil, the West Indian D. pyrami- data. (Fée) Maxon, and the British Guianan D. latiuscula Maxon. D. falei- culata is a plant with delicate herbaceous ovate fronds, very deeply cut non- caudate glandular pinnie, spaced segments, ete. D. pyramidata and D, lati- uscula differ in their broader scarcely caudate pinne, noncaudate apex and marked pubescence, and in having the lower pinnze not deflected. Dryopteris latiuscula Maxon, sp. noy. Aspidium (Nephrodium) wardianum Jenman, in herb, Not Aspidium wardii Kuhn, 1879=Nephrodium wardii Baker, 1874=Dryopteris wardii Kuntze, 1891. Rhizome lacking; stipes 35 cm. long, light brownish, stout, deeply and irregu- larly suleate, with a thick seurfy covering of minute whitish stellate hairs MAXON—STUDIES OF TROPICAL AMERICAN FERNS. 499 below, in the upper parts and on the rachis mixed with longer simple hairs, these at length predominating; lamina triangular-deltoid, 40 cm. long, 37 em. broad, about 15 to 17-jugate, decreasing regularly at the apex; pinne straight or nearly so, opposite throughout, short-stalked (1 mm.), lanceolate, attenuate, the midvein stout, conspicuously elevated, covered with erect long and = short simple hairs, these extending also to the veins and veinlets: lowermost pinnie 13.5 em. long, 2.8 em. wide, borne at an angle of 90°, by the reduction of the two or three lowermost pairs of segments nearly ligulate at the base (S mm. wide), increasing abruptly to the full width (2.8 ¢m.), in the remainder of the basal half lobed about one-half the distance to the midrib, the lobes gradually much shallower toward the entire attenuate apex; lobes approximate, oblique, slightly falcate, rounded-truncate, those of the superior and inferior sides about equal, the largest 6 mm. broad, with about 9 or 10 pairs of simple veinlets, the lowermost two (or three) pairs running to the narrow sinus (or the first pos- terior veinlet sometimes only short-excurrent): succeeding pine gradually smaller, of the same general form, gradually less reduced at the base, the sixth pair of pinnze with only the first pair of segments reduced, upper pinnze with base as broad as the middle, ultimate pinne greatly reduced (1.5 to 2 cm. long), finally adnate, decreasing regularly into a short entire apex; sori of the largest segments 9 or 10 pairs, large, medial, the indusium light brown, with numerous long simple white hairs. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, no. 428925; from the Jenman her- barium, marked in Jenman’s hand as from the *‘ Barima River, British Guiana.” A second sheet has identical data. D. latiuscula is of the section Eudryopteris and closely related to D. pyrami- data; to be distinguished by its stouter vascular parts, opposite and less deeply lobed pinnz and especially by the greatly reduced basal segments of most of the pinne, even the upper pinne never broader at the base than at the middle. It is less nearly allied to D. johnstoni. Elaphoglossum palmeri Underw. & Maxon, sp. noy. Mature plants 22 to 45 cm. high, with narrow fronds covered on both sides with more or less scattered irregularly stellate scales; rootstock slender, creep- ing, densely covered with copious dark-brown shining prickly-ciliate linear- lanceolate scales, these continuing a short distance up the slender stipe, there mingled with whitish or rusty long-ciliate scales; sterile fronds with stipes 5 to 18 cm. long, lamina 20 to 30 cm. long, very narrowly elliptic or oblanceolate, usually widest (6 to 18 mm.) one-third the distance below the apex, gradually long-tapering below, tapering more rapidly toward the apex, both surfaces covered (often densely so when young) with rather small whitish or slightly brownish, ciliate or irregularly stellate scales, those of the midrib beneath and on the margins with a broader body: sporophyl|s similar in shape to the sterile fronds but shorter and with relatively longer stipes, cov- ered more or less closely with irregularly stellate scales above, fibrillose with ciliate scales on the midrib beneath: veins distinct, oblique, mostly once-forked (usually near the base), slightly thickened toward the end and scarcely reach- ing the margin thus forming a condition between SStenoneura and $Condy- loneura but nearly approximating the former. Type in the U. 8S. National Herbarium, no. 372375; collected near El Guama, Province of Pinar del Rio, Cuba, on banks of an open stream in the pine moun- tains, Mareh 12, 1900, by William Palmer and J. H. Riley (no. 286). Also collected by Charles Wright (no. 3957), in the year 1865, probably in the same part of the island. The type specimens are lacking in sporophyls but represent 26387T9—OS——_3 5OO CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. the more robust stage of the species. Wright's specimens, of which there are — two sheets in the herbarium of Columbia University and one in the U. 8. Na-_ tional Herbarium, as much smaller but fertile.¢ The species is somewhat allied to Elaphoglossum petiolatum (Sw.) Urban, originally described from Jamaica, from which it differs conspicuously in its oblique veins, long-tapering fronds (long-attenuate below), in its copious covering of irregularly stellate scales, and especially in the prominent bristly-ciliate scales of the rootstock. In com- mon with 2. petiolatum and the Mexican FB. arancosum (D. C. Eaton) C. Chr. it shows a tendency toward an intermediate position between the two usually well-marked sections of the genus, as elaborated by Dr. Christ in his mono- graph. Pellaea lozani Maxon, sp. noy. Fronds 15 to 25 em. long, clustered upon an ascending rhizome bearing short dark acicular scales with narrow brown borders; stipes 4 to 9 em. long (ayv- eraging 7 or S em.), light brownish green, with a few narrow scales similar to those of the rhizome; lamina 10 to 17.5 cm, long, '5.5 to 8.5 cm. broad, narrowly ovate, acuminate, simply pinnate, slightly broader at the middle than at the base; rachis like the stipe, bearing numerous narrow brownish black-tipped appressed scales; pinnze 7 to 9 pairs, approximate or slightly imbricate (only the lowermost pair or two somewhat spaced), simple, faleate, the lowermost pair sessile and sometimes hastate, those above sessile, lanceolate, auriculate, the pronounced rounded auricle overlapping the rachis, rounded or subcordate below, the uppermost two or three pairs unequally subcordate, finally adnate and decurrent, giving rise to an elongate acuminate terminal segment once or twice sharply cleft below; largest pinnze (middle) 4.3 cm. long, 1 em. broad near the base (1.4 em., including the auricle), tapering regularly and evenly to an acute apex; texture firm, chartaceous; leaf-tissue covered sparingly both above and below with short whitish glandular hairs; veins close, repeatedly forked; sori forming a narrow continuous band completely around the slightly changed margin. Type in the U. 8S. National Herbarium, no, 462684; collected on wet ledges in Iguala Canon, near Iguala, altitude 900 meters, in the State of Guerrero, Mexico, July 25, 1907, by Filem6én L. Lozano, and distributed by Dr. C. G. Pringle as no. 13947. The personal name is given at the suggestion of Dr. Pringle, who writes most appreciatively of his friend and assistant, Senor Lozano. Notwithstanding the marked dissimilarity in form, the alliance of P. lozani is clearly with P. seemanni, from which it appears to differ sufficiently in its simple pinnz, scantier vestiture, ete. Pellaea notabilis Maxon, sp. nov. Plant about 45 cm. high, comprising 6 long-stipitate simply pinnate fronds, Khizome stout, 1 em. in diameter, creeping (6 em.), very thickly clothed with linear long-attenuate tawny silky chaff (7 to S mm. long), that of the apical — portion light straw-colored; stipes clustered, 22 to 25 cm. long, stout, 1.5 mm, in diameter, terete throughout, straw-colored with purplish bases, naked except for a few spreading silky hairs near the base; lamina bluish green, conspicu- ously lighter below, chartaceous, glabrous, 20 to 25 cm. long, 13 em. broad, 4 deltoid-ovate in drying, once pinnate, 6 to 8 pairs of narrow-spaced (2 to 3.5 cm. apart) pinnz and a similar terminal segment, the rachis stout, naked, — straw-colored; pinnz opposite or subopposite, all of nearly equal size (6 to 8 : “Also seen in the collection of D. C. Eaton and at Kew; indicated by Ea as probably undescribed, and at Kew placed with FP, tectum (H. & B.) Moore, originally from Venezuela, to whose type specimen, as seen in the Willdenow herbarium at Berlin, it has no close resemblance.—L. M. UNDERWwoob, in litt, MAXON—STUDIES OF TROPICAL AMERICAN FERNS. HO] em. long), simple, linear, long-attenuate, straight or nearly so, gradually taper- ing from the unequally subcordate base (S to 10 mm. broad), the lowermost short-stalked (2 to 3 mm.), the middle ones less so, the upper sessile, the ter- minal segment 7.5 cm. long, conform, sessile; costa evident throughout; veins concealed, close, 2 or 38 times dichotomously forked, extending to the thick whitish narrowly cartilaginous margin; margins broadly revolute, the sori borne in a continuous broad band from the free mucronate tip of the pinna nearly to the base on both sides. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, no, 572225, collected by Dr. Edward Palmer, near Victoria, altitude about 320 meters, State of Tamaulipas, Mexico, February to April, 1907 (no. 234). Only one specimen was found, this fortu- nately in good condition. The long, simple, entire, spaced pinnze will distinguish Pellaca notabilis at once from any known species of the group characterized by light-colored stipes and rachises. Phymatodes prominula Maxon, sp. noy. Rhizome extensively creeping, slender, 1.5 to 2 mm. in diameter, thickly covered with appressed ferruginous firm lanceolate scales terminating in a long seta, the margins lighter-colored with flaccid deciduous cilia; fronds essentially conform, exstipitate, coriaceous, glabrous, entire, 7 to 12 em. long, 11 to 15 mm. ‘broad, linear-lanceolate to oblanceolate, the apex subobtuse or acutish (rarely attenuate), the lower portion gradually attenuate to the base, thus narrowly cuneate; principal venation manifest, the costa and lateral veins elevated, the connecting and included veinlets scarcely so or imniersed; in sterile fronds the costal areoles narrow, the paracostal larger and extending nearly to the margin; in the fertile fronds the costal and paracostal areoles of nearly equal size, the latter soriferous; recurrent included veinlets few, short, immersed: ultimate venation comprising a minor third row of incomplete areoles near the margin; sori solitary, medial, 18 to 23 pairs, impressed, borne at the end of a single branch or at the ends of two branches short-excurrent from the costal areole; spores light yellowish brown, muricate; paraphyses filiform, flaccid. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, no. 531952; collected on the San Juan trail, island of Margarita, Venezuela, altitude 500 meters, by J. R. Johnston (no. 155), July 6, 1903. Represented also by Fendler’s no. 50 from Trinidad and by specimens collected by Charles Wright at Greytown, Nicaragua (without number). This is one of the forms usually called Polypodium salicifolium Willd.,? with which species as delimited by Mettenius” it may be identical; but this name, though used recently by Hieronymus,® is not tenable, having been used by Vahl for another species in 1SO7. Of the several supposed synonyms associated with “salicifolium” as a species or as a subspecies of lycopodioides none appears to be available. Polypodium surinamense Jacq.,? as interpreted by Lindman,° differs in all essential respects, as does also Craspedaria grandis Fée.! Both of these have dimorphic fronds. Polypodium dictyophyllum Kunze, from Guiana, is from description clearly a distinct species, as recognized by Met- tenius.2 P. rosmarinifolium Kunth is an allied Ecuadorean plant whose char- acters have recently been pointed out by Hieronymus.° @Sp. Pl. 5: 149. 1810. : bAbhand. Senck, Nat. Gesell. 2:96. 1856. ¢Engler’s Bot. Jahrb. 34: 536. 1905, 4 Coll. Bot. 3: 285, pl. 21. f. 4. 1789. € Ark. Bot. 1: 247. 1905. f Crypt. Vase. Brés. 1:119 pl. 37. f. 2. 1869. : | ve 502 CONTRIBUTIONS FROM THE NATIONAL HERBARIUM. +) The alliance of ?. prominula in outline and venation is rather with the well — known /’. lycopodioides, from which it differs not only in its more conform — fronds but also in its raised venation, slighter rhizome and more translucent tissue, A Polypodium dissimulans Maxon, sp. hoy. A very delicate pendent plant with numerous flaccid linear fronds; rhizome — erect, minute, slender, 1 to 1.5 mm. in diameter, bearing a few relatively large bright brown lanceolate scales, with dark cell walls; fronds 15 to 20 cm. long, % to 12 mm, broad, scarcely stipitate, greatly reduced below, the rachis filiform, dark brown or blackish, bearing 45 to GO pairs of distant narrow alternate pinne, decreasing gradually toward the apex or sometimes abruptly to a narrow terminal caudate segment 2 cm. long, 2 mm. broad at the base and there coarsely lobed; pinnie separated once or twice their width, adnate, smooth, membranous, translucent, the lowermost minute, decurrent, distant less than 1 em. from the rhizome, those immediately above gradually larger and with simple midveins; characteristic pinnze 6 mm, long, 1.75 mm. broad above the base, strongly decurrent, lanceolate, straight or slightly recurved, borne obliquely (usually at an angle of about 45°), margins with a few shallow dentate serrations, apex somewhat produced, subentire, obtuse, midveins dark, flexuose, with about 4 or 5 pairs of oblique alternate veins extending half way to the margin and corresponding to the oblique marginal teeth; sori large, slightly impressed, confluent with age, terminal upon the veins. Type in the herbarium of Capt. John Donnell Smith; collected from tree trunks near Coban, Alta Verapaz, Guatemala, at an altitude of 1,300 meters, February, 1886, by H. von Tiirckheim. The collection including this was dis- tributed by Captain Smith as no. SS4, Polypodium jubaeforme Kaulf. A specimen of this number in the U. S. National Herbarium is less complete. The present species is readily distinguished from P. jubaeforme by its exceed- ingly delicate texture, very slender vascular parts, almost superficial sori, and toothed pinne, the last a character noted by Captain Smith. The relation- ship is rather with the British Guianan P. melanotrichum Baker® and the closely allied P. suprasculptum Christ,? the latter described recently from Costa Rica. From these it differs notably in its very narrow fronds and few shallow blunt teeth. Stenochlaena latiuscula Maxon, s}). nov. Rootstock wide-creeping, flattened, about 7 mm. broad, 3 to 4 mm. thick, naked or nearly so, bearing a few naked dark yellowish brown lanceolate scales at the base of the stipe and extending up the stipe a short distance (3 to 4 em.). Sterile frond dark green, about 70 cm. long; stipe 20 cm.; Jamina exactly lanceolate, at the base truncate, 50 cm. long, 25 cm. broad at the middle and at the base, about 17-jugate, the pinnze 12.5 em. long by 1.6 to 1.8 em. broad, simple, linear-lanceolate, subopposite, spaced about their width, borne at 90° to the stout terete very narrowly alate rachis, short-petiolate, subequally and rather obtusely cuneate, tapering gradually from near the middle to an evenly long-attentuate straight or slightly falcate apex, the margins evenly crenulate-revolute in drying: veins conspicuous, simple or more commonly once-forked at or near the base, diverging from the costa at an angle of about 70°: intercostal spaces about S to 1 cm. Fertile fronds similar but smaller, about 13-jugate, the rachis fibrillose-chaffy: pinnze linear, 10 to 11 em, long, “ Timehri Il. 5: 216. 1886: Trans. Linn. Soc. II, Bot. 2: 292. 1887. > Bull. Herb. Boiss. Il. 5:3. 1905. MAXON—STUDIES OF TROPICAL AMERICAN FERNS. 508 7 to 8 mm. broad near the base, obtusely cuneate, stalked (2 to 3 iim.), long- attenuate, in drying folded along the midrib. Type in the U. S. National Herbarium, no. 474000, collected at Juan Vinas, valley of the Reventaz6én, Costa Rica, altitude 1,000 meters, by O. IF. Cook and C. B. Doyle (no. 208), April 22, 1905. Less perfect specimens are those collected by Wercklé and by Cooper, both without exact locality in Costa Rica. Known also from Guatemala upon a specimen collected by von Tiirckheim at Pan- samali, Alta Verapaz, altitude 1,200 meters, February, 1887 (J. D. S. 1729), in the herbarium of Capt. John Donnell Smith. The present species is probably most closely allied to the true S, sorbifolia @ which appears to be strictly a West Indian species. It differs in its darker almost reddish chaff, in having the frond pot reduced below or only very slightly so, in the longer and relatively narrower pinne, these tapering and long-attenuate from near the middle and not from the outer third as in XN. sorbifolia. “As delimited by Professor Underwood, Bull. Torr. Club 33: 591-605, 1907, PLATE LV. PLATE LV. Photograph of specimen of Asplenium salicifolium L., U.S. Nationa mat no, 523061, collected at Monte Verde, Province of Oriente, Cuba, ; about 575 meters, by Wm. R. Maxon, no. 4306. About twe size. 506 Contr. Nat. Herb., Vol. X. PLATE LV. ASPLENIUM SALICIFOLIUM L. Fic. 1. Fic. 2. Fic. 3. . Fie. 4. Figs. are at Asplenium integerrimum Spreng. PLATE LVI. Diplazium delitescens Maxon. One of the second pair of pinnew from the type, U. S. National Mer- barium no. 403261, Pollard & Palmer 348, from the vicinity of San Luis, Province of Oriente, Cuba. One of the second pair of pinne of a frond collected on forested slopes of the Finca Las Gracias, Yateras, Province of Oriente, Cuba, Macon 4479. {splenium sarcodes Maxon. A characteristic middle pinna from the type, U. S. National Her- barium no. 525135, collected on the farallones of La Perla, Yateras, Province of Oriente, Cuba, Maron 4390. Holodictyum finckii (Baker) Maxon. Apical and adjoining portion of a frond of Dr. Edw. Palmer's no. 336, collected near G6mez Farias, State of Tamaulipas, Mexico. 1, 2. and 4 are from nature prints. Fig. 3 is from a photograph. All natural size. 508 PLATE LVI. 5” | amg 5 4 fi - + " : es e4-% Contr. Nat. Herb., Vol. X. DIPLAZIUM DELITESCENS MAXON, ASPLENIUM INTEGERRIMUM SPRENG., ASPLENIUM SARCODES MAXON AND HOLODICTYUM FINCKil (BAKER) MAXON. _— —swew —e INDEX OF GENERA AND SPECIES. [Page number of principal entry first: synonyms in italics.] Page. CS eS eee 485 a a 485, 486 etiriie = se Se. 2a SS 485, 486 LU ee a a ee 485, 486 FTG) (ne See 485, 486 Adiantum alis latioribus__________~_ 479 waunerculum.___ -—2. --- 485 wae. =! = ee 485 2S RTOS): a a re 487 vigil) | rr 487 mpeeretiee oe 485, 484 momroGeums 485, 484 eet ET, | a a 485 BainGiuMm jfadyenit__._ _ +... __ 484 OE coy See Se a 484 macrophytivm_-— ==" 2 493 eG hit) , 489 martinicense —___—___—__-- Lee 493 pieniagmcum _..... -.____-___- 494 RP ROR ET RENO ne ee we ee ee 8 484 DaaMmnisoruimn 494 OEY, ES FRE. Pen Ds ae a ee 494 ipergianwmN = = eee 498 OR L177 a Nl A a a 498 PEM NRNTS Sea ee Se 481 6 SS a eee ee ae 476 OS a a 495 auriculatum___ 475, 476, 477, 480, 481 austro-brasiliense_____________~_ 480 ET ep ee 477 Mans LOCRHT pO — 22.8. Se 480 “eng cbse Tit ie i es eo a a 491 0 1 | a 488 Cling 0) ()) ———— a 497 Te EN Gy eS ee ee 480 ii ee RS ee ee eee oe eee 481 (Gh) eee See a ee eee 482 eRaTIaEOR 2s. Soe 2 Se a Se. 488 gniceorecgnivis= ===. —- == 481, 482 SPSERIR ANTE 2. Se a es 477 integerrimum_477, 478, 479, 480, 487, 508 kapplerianum _-___________-~_ 481, 479 necrransa tense —. ———_ - _ =.= 480,478 Saha a a ree, es 479 PE RRONAD yo. et 480 RUMMIP ARIAL PRRERINE 2 oA Se 480 SOMERENRND = Ss 484 Oe ae eee ee ree 490, 491 rectangulare __..~ <=. 478, 479, 481 TEUGeaviintt =.= 2 ee 479 | Asplenium—Continued. Page. rhizophorum ___.______-____- 490, 491 rhizophyllum L. (1753) -------- 483, 482, 484, 490 rhizophyllum L. (1763)_--~ 490, 482, 491 ripartum —_—.-_-—=- eee 2 eee 479 obtusifoium —.——-——--.——~-~- 479 ig 5 ote | (a 488 Sabet Ub re 476 475, 477, 478, 479, 480, 481, 506 Salicifolium austrobrasiliense ___ 480 sancmmolentum: == == 495 BArCUdEeS == 22 2 es 494, 508 SEINACOT OGiEME — 2" f= Se 477 afb tt cig hit t,o ee 478 Bathmium plantagineum __~_~~_____ 494 Camptosorus rhizophyllus ___ 484, 482, 490 FIUCTINC GIN = 4 484 RiprieHt 22 ©. eee Se «ABE AS2 Campyloneurum repens____________ 490 Prolene Sy se 3 486 Cheilanthes aemula_____________ 495, 496 facrepiy lig = SoS 496 Oy eciabe lai) Ey ee ee 496, 497 ThE Ate aia ee Sa 497 Craspedariay Srandis 4 501 Prppeeraerirert Sa es Oe 482 Penpals et oe 481 GEL TOC SCOTING Se oath 8 ae Se 497,508 ESOC OMI fee 2 2 = 3 a ee 488 Orempualwn = on eS 488 DEVInoOrlensany 2s. B 2s se es 486 heterophylium:= 2 Fe 486 Dryomenis plantaginea ~~ ~~~ 494 Dryoepteris, Talcienlata-. 2 | 498 TicA One TS) IC) 4 lO i ee ee 498, 499 jC St Ce a 498, 499 oiye= 0) 63h ig tC ne a a a 489 De 1S) a ee oe eee ee See 489 DYTAmIGata oe ae 489, 498, 499 be Cite fe 490, 491, 492 Reimers ee Oe ee 498 Ve! Se a ee ee 490 Loci ig epee, el a 489 SO: a =. 491, 492 nroantet.. — ="... ae Eee ee 489 area Ss ee ee, 489 CO Se a eee ae 498 Elaphoglossum araneosum —___~_~~~_ 500 (OUTS 4 LS a a ae 499 TES: at): 2 a ee 500 oT ip ek = 2 ee a 500 Vil Ars . r VIII INDEX, : Page. , Polypodium—Continued. Page. Eechatogramme .................- 486 Gictyophhy DUM ancien Se sot ee 501 a Sa a 486 Giesimulaus.... .....—...s0seee nog Fadyenia fadyenii _.........-----.. 484 Gladlatess 5.2n6 nnn sce 492 OT) RENE ae 2 cries ESR ONT Fes 484 NOIERNS oS ecamn ven eee 489 SOONIGG Siaidcrvaincsanve soetastbcaaelhonss 482, 484 jubaeforme ....~ 1.6 csaeeeeee 502 Goniophlebilum ampliatum — . ~~~ 492 | nn 493 Goniopteris pyramidata_.___-_--__- 489 lanceclatum..... ...4<-.« =e 493 VORCRNG so cng ct ostam Kad scliigwtebion - #490 Le a 493 Hemidictyum ~~. ~~~ ~~ - ante 482 lunemlantM .. casa 491, 492 Rietedlety eit oo. Sata eee 481 lycopodioides ......_...400 501, 502 finckli _.___ ene a See 482, 508 melanotrichum . ___..-----..--- 502 ghiesbreghtii___ a See 482 nematorhMeon —< ..<..csi—saaue 49% Hypolepte pedata ___....-..-..-_.. 485 plantaginewm ... 0.65.4 nee 494 Nephrodium asplenioides........... 492 radicans .....<06<0~..=ssnee 491 deflexum_-___ ~~ sarin i ae no do nial aay SS repens —-.—~ ep tah enainets desea case 490 Ree 65 ota eed 489 reptané ...<22 442255550 490, 491 masrenhehittt.< <= 5ik kkk nn ales 493 rhisophyliaum._.... <2 ace 491 prbeliaewtt.2.i 3c 5 ici eae 489 rosmarinifolium _....... «ss 501 PORrECHWR 52) oe An aceon 498 salicifolum._.._...... 2 ee ee ee 485 g Pp Phegopteris reptans__-______-____- 499 | Stenochlaena latiuscula ~---..-.~~~ 502 OE EE al TFS 483 sorbifolia __-.----------------. * 5038 Phymatodes nematorhizon ________~ 493 Taenitis angustifolia_____-__.-~-~- 487 || ee aa nie 501, 502 lanceolata ~~... --~--_-si_Ssaee 487 nN ee eee ont & 484, 485 | Tectaria martinicensis -_-___-~_- . 493, 494 ransirenutt ..2 Ss. aon. ee 485 plantaginea —.--.s.-.----sissee 494 Podopeltis plantaginea ____-_-~_--~- 494 purdiae! ...+..-........ eee 494 Polypodium asplenioides_____-~_-~~ 491 | Vitteria =..2...-446..4.854 eee 486, 487 merriein CO oe oe 492 angustifolia .__.....-.....- 228 487 recs oN cea ee 484, 485 scolopendrina +_.....__ssiiaeee 486 INDEX. [Synonyms in italics. Page. Abildgaardia monostachya ........---------- 458 tage or oxo sain os anes ne se ne 458 so eS a 139,197 MEMMNPIRESS Sa ee es bee > 133, 197 MpuGion Gurangvense..............--.2.---- 123 DS Si ee eee Seer ae 123 REE ee oe 8 Spee aon ahem 123 Nt es eo wee cece ecencleces 135, 144 farnesiana ...... Ree ee en) Meee 9p 133, 145 a) er eee 145 cine TS SP ap 8 Re 145 On ee ee 146 mperooOriguens .-..2-.2.-.-2-----.+e2>-~ 144 IRIE ooo oc oie ca GeO Soe = wa oS 145 mpi NeS.-.............. ¢ $28, 324, 327, 334, 370 LOOT SE ae ee ae en 2k Re 324 OUD LECT ael ae 328 0 i SS aa eee ee 334 ETL Siac is AR a ae a 324 “CT ae ce fe ee 327 Sot OCT a 327,333 NNER re eee. aS. Sak ioc 328 PEPPISIESCUS =.= oe oe ee Sn ee Se re 285 AI ee ee nn a Se Sans Wasa wes ae 288 IME TUR foe See a oe Sh 286 PUIENUMIRTES. Sere). ooh Sot oink hin ee ee 287 eh sr nok maine ae and 286 NOU sey ns al tala eee 288 Actinocyelus.........-- 240, 260, 264, 269, 278, 279 CETL ee ee 261 UOITLUNE - oe 2 eo 2 ik 2 a 261 LON SCT i ro 2 263 CL TT ONY Oe aa a er ar 261 LOO oe sa 261 SURMMIBIIIIE Foy ec So, nae Seac eee. 250, 261 OS 7 iN oy ee re ee eae 262 NONE rn A NE RL Fer a 262 OLE 1S a ee ee 263 Meee Ri oS Po Sea oies 263 PEPErPUMCIAtUS. ........2......2-. 243, 261, 262 NOES oe oh. Sot oP 8 Seat oat woos 262 OSS a 262 a 261 NS 261, 262, 263 REMI pra = a oer n 7 a on we ee 263 0 Ea I ee cee en ee 263 subcrassus AR a 261 RIN iriricd - a nointe oa denn Sb ck enawate 261 LO Oe en a i ers 261, 263 ee ACT Teer Free eiyawes 264 ere ok fe ik onan a & 262 Pages of principal entries in heavy-faced type.] Page. Actinocyclus—Continued. TEAL ay TEM a ite ee a nas ee 272 AGMAOGIELVON cs on ote seat e oock Fan eae 269 PoC LTO UO EE ae ee ie ea eee pS 273 OR ReRe tee oo aes a, Sans oe Fe 274 BRN a Shleiig eek. pas at apogee 274 SCUNIANEE ser oe is ie eee Sn ee 274 NE ae oe, GE ea pe A a ge Ter 274 TR ere Sa Oe ed a tal a 274 Fes CRUAAD ELLE It ae eh ae he 269 SULOTRROTEE see ea Se eS Oren oe 271 ACHNROPEVCUUS.....— 2. 9o2u. 25.6, 260, 260, 267, 269 RIVOUMOMS oe Selo Se oe we ee eee 270 (agit Ca): eats, See a ees ee © eee Ae Ae 8 272 elcid 270 Cea) (00° TK oie Sek ee es Ae, mM 272 STU LeTIn sok eek ee es 270 (ROUTE PINE Ree ee ce Peta egy 272 TREAT EN 2 re, So mye oe ae enh ee WOR EITICIOUN 6. 9 SF ct ee eae 262 Te ee So et ae ei ee 270 ISG VIPALUS PATVR =o. 24226 <- e- nadck 270 SRGRONE oe eee as ee 271 UTM ODEIG = 2 is TR Sia a ee 272 KC RR ead tig SO epee a ea aS a 271 PU emeGN Foe rd ek, Saas olen 271 po SR aOR a ae ae a Soo 271 Gremiene so eee nian ed Pee en se dete 271 PERRARONIIN coe ra cs va geen 272 ey: a are eae aie. ae 270 ht 3 ee i a a ee 270 LCD iat a ae See re oe het ie oe gee 148 AGOHENTREMRS ooo Pee ss eh 135, 149 PMVONIMAS 5-3 92 - e. aet ee eee 133, 149 PGA REN dec an es = ow Oa Ba ie te Sere 485 DAUIDERCU Uy ~ nee ee ee 485, 486 DEGGIE see se et oo te eat eee 485, 486 NOLEN ilies SR ee ee ae ee ™ 485, 486 TURN a beta Stow. Suites 2 hea 485, 486 Adiantum alis latioribus................---- 479 MRI OT CUCU G oe fo oor Sete oc hoe, 485 LOA TEN TY | le Pict pe a a 485 RESCOVROMCNE xq 44 6 FE soo cocci boss enw nk 138, 181 PART IORISILE F982 5 ie es al oe tae see Is2 : eee Ee ee eee 183 Ca at | a a ee 133, 183 Sod ep: CSS res Is Agropyron divergens...............-....... 42 MI a oil's Chil a4 Then an Poke oe neadae 135, 142 ee ee oe Pere 133, 142 Alchemilla hirsuta alpestris ..............-. 96 509 510 . INDEX. Page. | Page. Alchemilla—Continued. Apium amma... .. . caccccesviuscwsdaun os aback SRDOUMEROENS iioc ns vcvatpscdtutencs theaee 86 | Apodanthes ...........scoscssecenanee onssce ae DRDEIDOONIS. sccscunic sctccnetneen tank 06 | Araobis ..0....cecncceccce css atau -. 138, 184 Alloneis antillarwim. ..........cccccccccccccee 336 HYPOGRES «oi. .-6ccceckcCabenun ---- 183,184 SEER tah atu ddd ren dp wade adaanakon -oce 836 | Araohmodéocus ...........scsceccenennn anase ae DIPCOORIUD: oo i cenins cancestcbdubanadedus 137, 191 Chrenberg ls ..... 2... cevcescscedusna — MumMUlarifollGs .. 6.05. ose ccdcunscaebat 191 | Arbol madre...........cssccouscss nee oon AME QIGMEBOO 6 Si dines assésnkv incase dens 148 | Archnoidiscus...........ccccansvene csccesse AO ORGUS o2 5 dc due ve ke wh eb aE Sores Lh eae ee 140 barbadenets ..........tasbtte oetewse se AGBRGISG «eee eiinw ns cee ov asauaesads 368 WRONG Sos wen ast ecane > # on cen wien ne - 07 MINERS as o< 6 vc aa 0 kako Se cpu ae a hae 4 SODOMACUE 50.0 bas cn cccdccascbenl chenp ene 267 At AEEGE.§. dciuvine's dtc eck cs exch voxkenseeae 289 pécobarteus «20. .6.cccvsnece sae et GumnceeOn nes i scCwatacns cttesacan? 291 OTRONUE onc cwcccvccenccuctce eee 267 FN ES De ee om ee $34, 860,378 | APOMO....... Ea eee ee 368 tenuifolia .........cen0ssaneee anne 127 DUCHIG VOFIOUy Bid. .ce nw ee nat ates 368 | Arréte négre ..............ccvuseeneneeee 167 Amphitetras .......... ceeeeeeeeeeee-es 289, 293,298 | Arundinaria macrosperma................- 42 cembediiavighd:. ...- sos ce ene~ one 293,299 | Aspidium fadyenti.........--.csesueeeeeeen 484 lene oat oun. lub cten ek eee 301 Rookert. .<.0.cscucs scnceuas staan 484 DONOR a3 Cig > ben wes eae cee 293 macrophyllum........+..«sssadebee eee 493 POTN iis. wn ene ccna ss weeenee eee 296 MACTOUFUM . ...... 2220-0: 5=05 eee 489 Og Og | re eer oy ef 291 a 493 SUUROUDN doh aes 2 anindockvadsvbbatheeeeee 291 plantagineum ...........csssasteeeeeee 4 SON MANG 505 c a sas act ee eee 296 proliferum .... 22.0 ccssses nee -. 484 Amphitropis........... non Sw em lens ae ee neat 368 peammisorum ............. 25.252 eee 376 conquisitum. ............sscsseeneeee 488 MVS feed ibpnn cueteece ucts sebh eee 274 cultrifolium . .. 2. :...6.<4s.s0neael eck fae Wee as een ee ein ees 376 escragnollel ............-.sasuede eee 480 WGHIOAIN Us seats s< os oehi Leones eee 375 SOU ine cviececiec thi sas le eee 481 OOO . bast Sia cuwesbaseesratnhen iene 375, 376 ree 482 OVARS. 25 LE. yeas ee nee et See eee 376 SYANCONES 6.26 22s cnc csassnpy yee 488 pOttwiie os Siva naneone Mob suswete we 376 ghicsbregnts «.. aids anc a0ndcexdned eee 481, 482 PTOLGHS KAPIONA So cc~ Sauce coos rtet ee 376 hastataMm. ...2..60cssecsseng eck 477 MOQMURDEDIE: O54 sete awuse cs areneoct eens 376 integerrimum ....... 477, 478, 479, 480, 481, 508 wachonlusente :. ooo saa shs aw poecesc eee 375 | kapplerianum «.....-s:.-sdeseessene 479,481 MFCIRBELOOUL «bi Pee 376 | neogranatense........sacveneeee been 478, 480 BOGS PEDROS as San who ves Hone tees 119 | obtusifollum ...........5:s0ssssueneenene 479 POTN eo. ss te cic wckxwencs cee 487 | ocaniensé ..:...--....cs...0ks pee 480 pbentifeline oo. an: ese ook cee cee eee 487 oOlHgophyllum .«...... 20. .0.Jss00eeeeeeee 480 BETO hace cns neckuauWadwakens ress nota Tae 314 PVOUSETUM «cence. nase n des eee 484 NDING oc so scare eno use cco 484, 485 TACICUNE Fs iacs on cnda vedas saee en 490, 491 ANNO oe Seren kc's cosnecs da bebeeeeen 484,485 rectangulare:..... .,.. Jcca-onepuen 478, 479, 481 OPCMIIOIIIN, 565 os cece ca thm oton sane tee re 485 TEepAndulumM. .... -.. 0020s dncceeeneeeee 479 WTA. oo oa kor taks shee eee 139,196 PREZOPROTUM os ww anc nnscrcacenceeepene 490, 491 | ne eine a rhizophyllum L. (1753)....... 4182, 483, 484, 490 BPMOGIEUE. i swe Lean sete ce ee 143 rhizophyllum L. (1768).........-. 482, 490, 491 MINOW 6 65263 cdvcagacn dat aal< 4s aueeke edaeme 143 TIPGTIUM,. 5 0. Kec cvccesassescessaeepee 479 AUOMOCOREL 5 z dis on JO Ad ick bones event eoet 333 Obtustfoldum. ........0c0sceuun eae 479 DONA 005 cok Suan don od aub ces eee 341 FUtACOUM.... 2. oe cs «tes wise a veeedas ED Cua asp wae ox eabeobs des untécend cade 468, 444 CO Sa i re 144 PIOCOBLACIIUE 22a oss Sac nates: baa 470 III uo odes iin ica daeenues 133, 148 RR at eon ddaksdes Rhee cdnndendoans 169 SERRE te IP oo ice cic Suwinlcla nlc ew o's Amp 386 ea BIA ec en ata ae ok a hace ic» cielo 468 Ne i ne 333, 343 COMET ee tain oe ee Nin oie si oa ed oa ae 469 PE ete oe dan ines cane eee 339 TPT LS ee ae a ee ae 470 0 00S A ee aoe ae ee 344 VGRUIAMENOD CEs oe, case apiscun sone 468 i = S44 REFMAN OONG oo oc ccc n cnet denacuncee 452 0 Sa se 393 PERUISCRO is Pht tooo a Sok ogee 469 0 139, 206 i SE eS Skee ey eae Pee 470 OS 206 | WOMCRT Ea none ae iets pad Sule denne 468 OO ees ep a ee 168 | OS Reser Saar anh Seeks haa 470 MMII OMI Rae one fos Sone oc ea ce cee 444,467 | NTO ae tere aiist a n Sch- te, rata aXe ip roll 170 UD Ne a 467 DICH eMNis es 20 en 8 eae 469 0 na a 467 pk GREE ae oe eee eee 469,470 Calyptrostylis fascicularis........-..-.-.--.- 463 TRE AR eet Sa te te yes osama «nea 470 ee ee 463 FOE CITT 9108 Ae IY RS eee, aa ie SPER ee 169 MA -WOOG. on. 2 8-2 3 eb eon cee ne 164 SCTE pele ne cee oh nes TAs ee 468 RC ee RG Se ee es ee 136, 155 Camptosorus rhizophyllus.................. 454 LED ae eT eae eS oe ede ee ee 160 PACETINEGIUS +... .----~.....00 482, 484,490 Cat O I) oo ae Oe ae ae OR ee ee a 97 feet s es re 482, 484 oP NUL bobta) te (17 \eeh co S e e aee ee ee 98 MT LOGISCUS 22 oo 2-22. scl eke ses 384, 386 DICH DSIeMIGi ee 4 2a Sk oe a, Le ees ee 158 OOPS ge 388 PIII AO CTISN 2 od 3 Fs sa toe eee hee 159, 162 SEEDY Ne I ae a ae 388 CPTI SSS Nee Ae Be SO ene Sots Aga ee arae 97 0 ee eee eee 888 | reli ¢ Ck Ls. : Saale lg ae Ae 8 Se Ea 134, 161 INI ed oe he on aioe 388 GuUrameonwnis ga. 3). ee 2 9S © Li) Pn SCE an a 386 CIITA O UNIS eet Bee ae Soot Soe hee 160 Ctra an se. ah a xno sn 388 SIMU Siti = Poin eke sen oy ee 133, 157 Oo Fie ee 5 pl es ee a 389 LiKE A Fa) gs ee ALE I ee ie re nS Ard 133, 145 MERUSCEORIQUUB. = - ori coc enc oe woe ee ae 386 glandulosa ......-- oe ee ROAR a Sie Ss 162 ECL SSAC (ss a eee 387,388 GCONIGIBAM Foe asses ese et ese 98 PETES ae Koa eta a cde enka wose ee 388 PRD OIG eet ee hee. neuen oe 133, 157 Los EN A ie Ee eee 387 Re MECH oe eee ee Re Ree See Ree 158 PURO CUSIN os 2.5 taso oe eo reac 387 DIPSET Ss oes keto te a Se 159 WIRED US wes ak ns oe ok eac eee ren 389 | AYITTSD OLMSee 8 eee Reet. ole Baer ee 162 MiGMOOPIN rs 35 2 8252-22 Sek soe n< one 388 — RIC UUEUISE ee sere oe st bh aE ae 162 oo SEN ee ne 386 | GCCIGEINAIIS: 255-252 S52 hss i a e 159 LASER TRS = a 388 GUADT Os = 325. c38 ee Se eae eee 159 LSU. a 388 Polya Uinibescn =. a ee ee ee 98 RN re ie hy Soo ae 388 Molypinyl i es os ee aoa 160 UO EAP Ee Sa ee a 886 | DORGOTICRUISIS 2 ners oe ee oe 133,161 OO DS ee 386 | CRO re 3 Wate n 2 Seana geet 161 WROMLCTTOMIEUSS > 028. 52 ees ececen ne 388 | pranGiets. .2..52.: ee te see 161 TOLD T ETE i scl apa SEE Se inn oe 389 CUITIGMAnSUINIG 2622s eso ccs, 158 STE Le ee ae ae 388 i ORs ie ee in a ee ee 133, 158 MRIS ot eis « eloais aa ao ~ besa owe wa 387 | Ly Ya a eg te le Se ope, A ne eg 134, 159 RN Me aie Shahin 3 ia cum Gaapuke ava en 388 | WUDOMEBMR. G5 eke over eeuSe Sieseace tae 98 NN ed a in sy mae's wee Cie BS Rago Sigh cred eee en ea 145 Tig opts aa ee eae ees ae 387 | Castalia, key to Mexican species ........... 93 OT SEE DS eT ee Se en A al 386 The sh) | eee eos STE a a eee eee 94 Re eat Abr ents nw end cone ue 384 | CAG oh ee ND Sa eee 94 a le wulicnieedidackeas 389 Rae oe eae ik ln os ole ancl 4 SS Se ee 387 | CW CEE See 8 Ae A, Oy ee aes 94 Ln EE RR a 388 Fei LTE: CR ee ie eee a eo ae 94 NN Sg ots Sih ge neal iy oe 388 BROTH ren et te Wan lem ple eae oe mee 95 NE ei xin fn nein oho a bee es 387 PRE Sean cub. oot swe. ok a baepleae 4 EE ee ere ear ae SVE CS i ae i ee re 4 ECS Re Se Ee ee Se 331 CHR te tee ce rc Un aee ns os vs omnes 4 0 a es eee es ee 3,5 OT ES a Sl ea ee EUR WO 07 (16g | a 141 Campyloneurum repens...............-.--- ee PRETO I ORIGIC a oa ce own vie wee cewecacce nace 131 Canavalia....... fe rE eee Th eT POMMILTOROTN Gs he ko cs ved anwacnsndn cna 139, 199 UII rng ah irs bas wy wt de eae ae 210 SETS ncn bp 55u mt Wee See ye 200 514 Centrosema—Continued. ; WUDGTOG 5 Keccccgecke s sacuihebao ical --. 200 VIRGINIGUBN «occ vedsencapthsaghanteunes 201 OmUmthiollOae boacse snes « 260 Pi TUTTO aig a ee roa vig os Pee se a 265 OES SE a ne Oe A ee 252 radiatus ......... 248, 255, 257, 257, 258, 260, 316 Se See eee 252 EOS oop run Lorde Soe vance wets 253 EE aii tie iiss Sond as ws ewido ta 250, 260 BUOCEQUGIIONOIVG cio ccs cin swdea waste 5%} BePOTOMIPNSIOS, = on. s ect eee essa 247, 248, 256 | RP ee ate ie Fern als Pcie is SOs we 255 REIIROR LE eS es ono we mane’ a eon 255 | YODURSUUS 5 2s oe are's 2 246, 247, 252, 253, 254, 258 OS UC a ... 248, 257 PM EVINEOILU ake ac eens eto ack wis 2A3, 254 IRR Eee Sle goo coc wa naw ae eae 257 GLAU Ne Seriya eee en ee we ot aaa gle 259 Toh 247, 248, 249, 250, 256 BOOM ee ees ee 250, 252, 258 mei beg ttt 248 NERV RUAN a aoe Cee oe ade Stee A ab bre 258 ACMA ee 5 a ana enn iuc aes 249 ROD eee ds acide acne wake oc adaeweun 252 MMEERUNON £8 8 = et eco a oak 248, 249 RCL ee Oe 8 niet anak 256 Pe 1 2 ES Se ae ee ee ea 248 RURURLIL Boe cP kee ato ae bee in ok Sete 265 BSTMTET TIA Ie aes 2 eS aid ox sana dee 249 | SUUCONCOMUS MOION, 22-8 uc sos. see eee 53 RMN tee Hem aisle cin oo de pions Swe nire 258 SUDDUIS = -<240 22 246, 250, 257, 259, 259, 261, 264 EPIPROLR TUS eco ae os aig os cos awe cue ee 250, 255, 261 STLDVCLORU Be ree Stes Oy oe en eet 258 BUMIMCIMINS ooo 6c oo) io co ee ae oe 261 SUITUOLGDNOIURG aoe eae oe sa me re MEIENORGD TN bese. Sows vain Paces be wuw ne 250 BYIMMEGHCHS =. 8. oss es Ss echoes 251, 257, 259 MIME PSNI Soe Saye eS eo e cee ain wae 251 SRONL Ibn se ee es on et s.-:- 250 (0 2A LE TRCTE 2) 60 pg a ae 250 ETE RerOe e Se eee ee een RON ae 249 Ch ETL VTW WTS SS tee 251, 259 | WUD ENGWIATUS)s no. eas ee ae 261, 263 OO a nett fe a ee ee 258 | ICUS eee ee ee ne ee ene owe 259 OO A a eee 255 | UaNmete > LoS ee 251 PEPRDONU UD er tee cre: svc tee 2 soa ee ania 253 | EMEC MELO UISere eo emo nae os ey 259 Due NIN Oe ee 251 NOOO ATO NI 2 rs a ee 260 elongatus........ See ae mek al sioetee oe 202g | RCOSMIONISCUSis foe kare aoe ee oe ote a weak 246 PROPNEMICUS ...cocas accesses ess 251, 252, 258 OE OMOETSES = oe at te re So 279 LSC, Ce ae ae ee er ee Ode OIA CCR face atta cent ace ese etec ce taas SRIOt, Mae THMIMGMUIGIIN 3 oo = Soa se oe odo aww aoe 255, 259 DECOlLO TS eer ad ee ae SY [STEVE RRR a ee 253 GALTDRCH 2c oe ones oe Oe os bee Ae Ske 17s MDT ULUS-LUMDALUS ~ . . 2 2 as ccc eees ones 253 COUIORUD ee ee ne ome Sees a 99 VEST. COCO TO ES plist SPS le a 256 (oUF t OMY Sete ee CE ea ee, 99 BMETTEUILORUED i cia cisieiciare lain Be oo oS ciiwSnea's 254 OT COMMUUR Bes cat Soe Banta ae os on ae 99 OMT) ECTS TIL ey Se RS eS Ee ee eee 255 WUT Ie a oa hates Sees 99 RESCUS) ce a ous = SO ORS ee te 261, 263 TOLER TE RM a ae, oe sete Ae rate cen eee 99 EUS a Et gel oe 252, | Craspedodiscus ......-2.2-...-.-.=.- 240, 264, 272 Eh SEE Ee ae 252 CHSCIDOGUISCUS: = uae. eos eae as 264, 265 OMITAOENSIS! 5 0.0\'5 sas aoe nackte 252 PONLBU NG ee nc eee cc ce kane ek eee se 243 PEEP ROROUUS cob ata cians siden eae «<< 250, 251, 252 DULONOOTACUS iio ea oe Oe Gah torsades oa ee 265 MORAINE (oes tS 5 oe avn cae SESS = 258 ODIONQUS: oe Secs wees coe Bae oe = oe coon = cieakiee 264 MUP MNTEIMES ot Sates cS as 3 Stig So od ewe wc 252 IDIPOLGICULL asa oes Le Sawa oe aes 265 MPMERTLOREIG) 20,6 2 cha, coe we ace ee 253, 259 BEGIN) Peace eevee ee lias aso, oh Pen wa 242 LEG TAS Se ae eee erm 258, 254 | Graticula ehrenbergit ...-.....-....-----2.--- 342 NO So Hara So cen Satie oa a Werne imps 253 | Crepidocarpus cubensis. ...........--.---+--- 460 NUON LCN a5 ons ow tin cn o'e's s nance ecmacns BEN GO PERBIUCUEG = eaten. Oo) alot 8 oe ose e ce en 244, 245 WATSINAtUS: <3. 22. 246, 247, 253, 253, 254, 258 LOLIL AL! LI Oe a SRE EE ee 245 TINE 6 alti sao wt 6 a'win'h ec imag pr 254 SU MIID rda aa clan iw ma koa os wale SGA 245 ELEY OLIUUS mic aS anim bes seamen 254 UD eye 8 Oe ee ee Se Ate I eee 245 NTMI So Caw cen ne capa pak oh mac atG asta Doh BPA fe el AL a a ee eR es 245 PEUERUNNONING ioe sie ca ae wk ew Se ao mnie sagiasask, 200 1) ic |: tall st ig a en 244 MRI ieee fs cs SSE vo ere nila See es PAU AS POURS a5 ane pesca a cing dn wad ae ee ae ani 136, 170 ERPACEL UN Fee ese eis chs havc aac can ne cman ia pee TCR eee. 8a RE UG We cone oak oe 171 I ee eco, cite nak ten fiacn outed 254 SRT ee Sse call RES 172 Tel NE (es Sa Ree eae, eee 255 DIAN ON tes 5 sehcincs Coe Dies Valet os 172 PU UT RSE he ape eee ga ae eae 255, 258 EP BRS ean oy dk coe he ds ween te 172 normanni........... ee tee ee ee 255, 259 DEMON ne ee Bee Soe ack wane dese 171 WEEP REINURONES ss ete oi team aid ai Siw sls wn x Oh 255, 259 NADIA Nee Se moe, Sa cae owe dvs atnwe Nh an 171 ER a ioditt an citcadteancivenavesn SOG NE, eee dt ab we muna ope « Gigtnns 170 HOPS «. 0002 2ceeeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeeees 206 | Clenopsis...-.2.2+-2220+-+-+-- Sneed ccedasenes 4 516 INDEX, ¢ Ctenopsis—Continued. Page. Cyperus—Continued. Page. ‘ PONS. ..2cccsakactancanchbeccraud Seat 4 | Clogantulus........00..000s00sseusseneben, Querneclle. POG o'in's Sacucc suns sdipacebeeadeaien - 29 hortensle ....cii.s0.cteaeee ocdqseeeets aan veglihd, Sie MINOEIORES 5 inate acess Ppp et ae 239 RONG fn 6s cca isassnraxkseeee ca beeasenr aan Copnainslaard...0's scone cn nnt an cue cocuan ees 382, 384 OSPR 4.656. 5-5ceclecedas tee asveven ae GNGUEG «6.6 < dicen coi tuandedeedcatesosaes 383 ROBINS 2 6 ois nnsadasssdeeneeee 106 ee ie) i. a a ae ee oe. 306 NE EI ele a ee 106 BRE OIE oe oe ae ok Mabe ie ee 305, 311 Sa es ee ere 105 Ca eg = -'s - = - see TGS: |) DESHIANTO MATING «2. 2s on Se tno a 149 a ool oe roo oe nwa 105 BAG Pe a A ee nee en 148 OSs a eee Smeg YT By rd sce g ae ee a oe PaO 3 a or, et 2 I 103 | CT LMS SRR) SS SS ea nS os ee geen oe 3 ACT eo ee TOS VO ECSINIDETEia = oe 2 he eke occ ore becet Se 137, 185 ON ee ae eee 107 SSC EONS oer oe eis oa we cae neers 134, 187 NOMEN D Rete ae is Carin es x alma 104 MIDPOINT ee eke we ee woe eee 189 SEEN PA ipl Set Se eee 106 ESM eee eS ae 134, 188 NR Tos oe we oa a wis ee 105 RETIN fotos be bests Souk oe 188 ESOT eS SS oy eae 106 SUPRISE seen = Sn So ea 188 0 eee 104 GMNNIO Os oo ks teres Soe Iss CC 104 TOWUStUS = 2555" ee eee eS 18S oO ee a ee eee 105 RIAL PINE. cio oo bees tie aes oo Sonim 189 6 LO SE 104 jaViN| 22 UN D8 1 AR 25S A ea 134, 187 0 eee 106 aE Pe AS Ae ey ea 134, 190 OO NS EE 2 a a Oe aS 104 ROL DIB 2 Ae es a ceca ae 191 EE Se ea ae I He ee 104 RR ee ie clean ae dos 190 yh eee 106 STATPECUUW ELD clea ee he ms 134, 189 OT 0 SE ESE So eae, eter 104, 106 PIYPRISUILOENIIIL, Fee ee Se ea Iso MEE et A) ns oe Seca Saw em 105 TLL URONEM mer ee ee oe os tn ea 190 PL Oa ly tal eS aa a ee 106 RETRO TEANE Ses. Seta er fo eee eka 134, 187 O00 OPTS fei SRS S25) Sate ale teeee e 105 WU GUILOTIRSTUNNY Oo ek Se 2 Doe eure is9 CAUCUS Ae ES ee ee TOAST SPatGiser o-oo sean eae 312,318, 319 RETA eo oe i ca oe Ae a 104 TC to) || |S a Sa 322 0 07 a LS ee 105 hs 11 Yj eo EE ee: SEEN 299 a Se ale a A ee ee eam 3 DIG PRAGIUNE <2. cee ns wee bes 307 NE tee Fete seca oa Se cnc tlc c mes ow 3,19 ECT 1 1! || Nee Sa ee ge eae eR a ee me ee PR 320 DERMIS ret et ea on Se ges he =e 87,89 ald TTT | See 2 el Og net ee ie pena 312 MDESIEOMI = Se Sse oo Se s9 WOSGNIOSG ora ct eran: ta Ie cee one 299 ES RS AR a ere ee $9 | Diatomella ....-..-..- Re. a aa cae Rae 319 ae 90 | -Diatoms, literature ............. Sides aeons 226-228 ULES 2 22 ee ee S9 methods of separation and prepara- eee ee a 85 MR eh forest one noe on donmane anes oe 221-223 LS 6 | a et a aS ee 90, 91 MOMIENCIAGUTES [... cance aceccast--2s-~. 227=229 PMIIAOPV ONIN ©. oe vie = = oe eet ome S9 reasons for investigating ......... 224-226, 229 PEANIISPOAMIIN. | 2 So. nwo yee acenatnaen ee s9 yield of the Albatross voyages ....... 223-224 NOS fot | Ss a a PRES ee Ne BRT EUNR or en n Waiw enc a ewe Se baweee 316 TN RO a ec om mA ie ee onl a Ge 88 eke 2 att Baa cae ee eee eee 317 NIN IE ow ls wi o's She oped od i eNO NONI ona cow nc a anc deat aneucvacts 443, 461 TRIG... 5. pariipitata hts ale web dealer 90 PE he Rn te 58 SS deona anda wae 461 CON pans top Se RSE elie oh Se Pee 89 yD RS ER ae ee a ee 46 PRCA OUWIAGUM: .- F< cobs i5-d~ sevens 85, 86, 89 BC SE a 404 SEEREEIIIED anit ao 5 no Sous aay we nnb ast ue 89 hehe i ha eS 461 texanum ......... Be ST eee ee So EE eas dae ow sods dwdeu< nena 462 ea a ly Se PN ae a a 89 SORE OI sre erie ck aie cna sy nee 462 Dasylirium hartwegianum..........-.-.----- 91 IE sel cr, cues Sb Sittin a ag da «ale onl _ 461 ; SOE RS a eee a a 128 OSE SE see ee ee 461 oe EE se 128 PENNE 8 oh eka n wand esas Seaxkveneeane 462 ,. MAM a dat pacer sek ft s4555hneeeeen - 489 SELPNCONE ook oa sec eee pe oe ee 348 tetragona... ..-....5..6.6ss0 eee - 489 MOORING |S civic oc cdnwact hin dann evcenans 349 WARE 0 is 60025 jet ane dnvanet sone SOUR oo oes ico sche abeek wat Secs $54 | Dulee.......51...00.sscsdesennn gee a pT OT: EES SaaS, ape Be eset SO Gn ae 857 |}. Dulichium. ...........5-..-2>ssss0eeee 4438, 460 subcincta.......-. ss cmeRE Ao acdaehendase 7 arundinaceum............-.nscndenscen eee 1, 2,6, 7, 25 praintt.c. 2... 2, akan eee tabeeee 6,7 arizonica .....-..<.--.ss0seeeee 6, 29, 43 C688 oc Aas ee Ol oes ait dees 37 bordertl ....... . <= +..50600une ne 20 eure ot eats cae 38 brachyphylla.......<.. coeseeeee ca, Pea eriolepis ........ Be es} ae BEN ee 13 brevifolia.... <1. +...<«s 05 eee 27 PRC OTT. Soar gsc ake? is eaeeneea 42,45 calligera ..............s>,.== eobieGeeOMn «o.oo dedacscchsescevbbadeed 108 Tile 5 i cccs ccedecnenae accvccace. COU, ane CROMER oon Sn ccd snes descr ssshan one 137,176 WAI. 2... nsdcascanet sopeRe occadecusces SE SOGUIM oc ice tes dctcanasccandubeacetatee 176 SPOClOSUM. ...5.5.2.sacscaceeann ccecuscus ae DIGGUIEED Sic cctcecuncccacculusanas¥s 176 thuringicum ...i:.ssccaseenee asvesses cae Geer Eh. viccacdocn dccunacusdeseeshauneee es 5 | Haematoxylum.............. vised eoess. 100, 00e Glipcine preter iG acc. ocis cnscexdtapuewecues 101 campecheanum.............. ere! Gryphon... ocskkcabcacdevssueBeaste« 825, S27 | Halong... ..0.0-520sccadeuabeeren scuspep stele Gono hs ones cdves caduaveduccvsssecessaur 370 | Bleemar tess... .. <2 456 Goniopteris pyramidata ..............++++-+- 489 | Hellopelia......-.....6s00005ss5enneene 269 PUNO sae oec ona ccams dean gh eaknobusetays 490 | Hellerit.......scc0i gues 110 Ey LO CLL Sy eae eee eS oe A eM er 445 RRNA PRCOINE roo acco ie tae tooo ee 111 NGAP INET | RE Rn ES eRe Se ey eae aie 444 RCE DIRS Roe nS awn laas wan cawee 111 EIRILEEE Pee Ae wee eh een 445 EST TAG) 1G 0) Gites a a RR ae ee oe 111 OAT ETT as RO RRS Ee pee ma ta 444 MERU re aren Ss oe se cap eS ae 110, 111 OTH eee aiden A ne ee 445 EPUD Ne SR eS ee ee eee eee 112 WCEIDVIAIE eee ee ae ee sae oe 444 TUS ee ee eee 112 MIRE Sea on he oa ae 445 0 SOU ae ee ern ene 112 WSOCRIN eye cee Stes one Ge hee 444 ODT DS A 2 ee ee ee 110,112 DOO fore oe se a tomo 444 MENT Sou Ane i aw 2 hain ae ok ae } Seeportecus Millom. ~:~. 2.2 -- - 0-22... 310 EIEN Flot oa aie wal xen aos SEL AP ROE ee ee Oe See ae 284 MIB Nae SS to Pk ee ecko aee 113 | CER CHIC fie A gins sae se eewre se 284 Li UOT LUS Oo 2 ane ee ee nD 113 | Leguminosae, distribution of Porto Rican LE EET Ung ye, So Sei ee 11% | NONE gibi oie a nc te aa ae Seer 133 ELE ae eee ee 113 | Leguminosae, economic species in Porto OUST BOG hea ee eee 114 SS 1 OME yee ee Be ee in a eee 133 SRMEPEMORE ew. Coe. kat was cee ee 114 | Leguminosae, species endemic in Porto jo TEL ee ee 114 RCW tees ares a = 5 ae ee wea cha 133 NIE Can carci in8 adhesin ein dads te STi oT i a at ee ne Ree Se 269 Rinne Ree ee So Sc eee tee ep 284) | Seepeechioe Gavia... 2.5. ¢ : 0. <2. sda ce da 42,48 Os, ee eee 114,131 el | a oe a i ee 42,48 Ne ont ous ow ues e ua Gawo ms 115 | WARN St AS re Fn ee, 42 0! AE ee Seer rem 115 ON ON tee en Oe Bt ale oe eee 42.48 MROUM a fatist gas 6 on bens. wee ma ph gp eo eg 284 I EMTUMNONET Soo a3 oe en eine an Ait EE a a oi ii ie Cora rand Oo eg wan een 146 ES Jam a entre hak aduwe Sapte eS Eo ee ae 199, 146 EES. Sarees Fab x waninle'a ak nim ted 459 oT fs ee ee eee ee 146 C0 OE ee See ere = ee ee eee aay 4 OUTS) Se Se rere aes 460 aR ie Oreo wa a ot ee 4 INE eh fords © pliant wd Shp w nee asad 459 | Limnochloa calyptrata .............--....+.-. 457 ID ME Fein 5 cobs xd ae Sane aun 460 | IMME oe in i Satay, Downe tw aces 457 ene 2 le a ean pe aes Sire 460 | OTC Ne SOs IE IE in gees OO a eas tA 455 REF hts 250 ab Se wea and 459 | Ne ES SER DO eee 457 6s os ded oad cn ecw dadabunk Gb awe ene) PARIALED GEVICINGUE | 2 ain ce nldeecamesvecsntus 117 AME Sa ttn se ion addons aa Sa a 312 RIND Ca Sahni ka acne sa adc s sees res 117 PM hha inWiade icevend Waataee 116 SULCRLS 6 ons vee > esnandeaiee » s0uhpg dh eeeeneeen YODRtQUICUMEE VS oc aseccesenceck ten a 116 SCOPOE..... 2 cc cesacenesespamee --- 239 Lasulg racemose ............6---ses¢eenvaes 467 undulate ic... seccscaaweunen ows vee andes nee Lyprolepis denudate ... ....-. + .2seccesacensse 445 i) owe oa! ‘eae EI ONAEE 5 ina BS 6 cc eens ok 00) cee ee 236 westil. . -.3.9\.c2¥-saces eee vodsaed + aia ae Macrolomia bractcata ........--..<.-.e0---e 467 | Meridion: ....¢2.5ccuscuuaeeum eee « osehia/ defuse Mamillaria angularis....................:.<- S38 | Mesasterias. .< 2650: ice deuce seu ee at, #208 Clava 6 ort sie Re eee oe ee M4 Obyast . ..o- enade's Son oe te doe ow adubere ee MeO ss. + 9225055 5kee eens eek ae 444,471 | Micropodtucus...-.<.....- BEPVRUED ois. bss db caeehsocu sue 471 | Micropyrum ...2....52..32ces0eeee a Dutaddel 3 Maryrtiovicon -<. <- 6eode0s vues eee 323 tenelltun:... 3% cee == 40 ee eb eee 3 COMBEE. 5 sce ra cere nl Cec ee 824 | Mimosa «....2.<.0<--ecs-s50cenneee -. 135,147 Marta--Amtonta. >. . ...Seccack «ocx ee ee 170 ceratonia . . 3. ...<.....+ -s0an Pepe Mi ee) ee eine AR y Mie 143,451 pudics 6.0 unh semen eee -aseekaaale 134,147 dierititorns 22... 7 seus ys ee noeaes Re 453 | Mitrospora polyphylla .........--2+ecee-eenee 463 Mudlor-« ic2 ngedcusen dass aaeeueee 453 | Molleria corniuta .... .... «.s-ssss55een eee -. 284 ehrenberrigihis’, «oo .0.cc 2 hac tees 452:.| Monogramma’.). 3c... <.s.-ssexue seen ree 327 JOP Se oak ccd deat est ote 454 | Morir-vivir ..... 2... 0.....000sesns meee . cae Sabelliformigec...i5..tecses a eee 453 Cimarron .. 5....6.. 200. ss0eeeun eee - 144 DACRE... 2. -ceWndenc Bae nee a eee 451-4. Morivrel.. sco. ucscesce ce paeueae és - eee eas * See Sncdninil. cu. >., cance Seton tet ee 452,458 | Morongia ......... <2. .--200 5-5 eee eee 146 Pas) |, ne rey mea oe Se: 453 | Mucuna:...s0:..2.. 5.5. 520cunee eee 139, 204 longiradiatus.<2.0ds<-i2kgenstcceo tt iesak 452 altissima .........--s0sce.+s 500 mnAMMMAs . s.c5 cx hp see cee awe dae eeue 452 proricns ..2..:<.-.+-s0+ss0nss =e 205 BPICOIAIUN f52. 5 oan oc Sees eee 452 UPONS .- -- 2. se eee ope ccs scene Sane 205 diverutins $<05 2853 325+ oleae 458 | DMygalurus . 0.00 <2 se. tenes 40 a 3 hartwerisnos: 2.225. foe eee 452 Ctaidatus: 3. sae So dua cee > 3 sutathetl 3. osece odbc ee eeee 452 | Myrospcrmum .....%.... 0... 2.0s.seee . B36 Megastachya panamensis.................. 48 APIS... 2-2 eee eee e nce cn sone - soos cnseawes 536, 343 MCG COPQCEG oo 00 decdniwn be oonegnce thakaee 42 approzimala ..... occes+---0esepenee -. 346,353 WOE, cag ds visas ca eee eoten aCe ccecvwnas cen BIOUB cb dcunssuesat aout cadena cos na ee « INDEX. 525 Navicula—Continued. Page. | Navicula—Continued. Page. aL canine shaccees pn pie saves = 337 SR RERRE TRB ge oon ig een ep ee 346 Ris aga'daed own sys os. s 333, 337, 338, 358 ORNME Sone ae een aa eae boda Sua dee bed oeuu: 377 eR CREA pSigyeie <> AVE. ct on na one 338 ih) TA, See eine ema OR ane 354 RE ts tae hats pac wu ien «etn 355 DOD Fa ce a get. See oc coon ba Wad wake 340 So depp apnapminn ps can sme 345 ey RE SS ea ee oe fa ee 340 I io cea danas as oneceesaaee 359 Sot aes bac clee nbc es eetu ateek B44 RRR ee a ci wre wap mn ia oa a 398 MSIEMLOLER Yet te Ce no ordre te foie hgcen 377 er aaa cp ee mbems ee ae S44 GIES ee ee ee eek ae te oon ek 340 SIE ds oo phivcvannees'ecatw dene 346 ey tL ne oe oes fein ech lees 344, 344 hens bos ned hams eeimnien ae 384 PSST 0 ba ee Sr ie We EN Be 344 tose he cena ste nge hn =i 344 MUS a5 vole 3 pxbild as Sus hod oleae ae 354 ie eR a 342 CERNE Pere gia tae kas See hoe aa ely 349, 352 Net een acces nan was x ols 369 MON CO Gl 2 oo dc vee Sewers 340, 345, 353, 356 RNIN eS en en nwnems 335 COTO Foe he i a op mi oe 345 ONS eee ee 341 Poverty CS 94 Se Oe Ee Seep eee ere 352 (OL 338,338, 339, 343 DER OME IEA oe he aos sis Pee eee bt Siw alten 348 Oe ee ee eee 339 et) LS, Ss te ee oa 362 Ub ey ee Seen eee 339 PIM BCIISIE nee ho COee skit Bee Bee woe es 344 Ee Sk ee ene ar ere 339 TEMNUEL SUR 8 tos. ee Se a ne oa a ae 354 0 ae GO a ee 347, 356 TET GRE ROE 39° 2. Sw dea oo aba ou 345 ee Pee Pere 345 MIEN CP ioe cial ogee a os swe peas 372 OL gE a ee 345 CE (a ee see's tat 357 0 SS Se ee eee a 345 TPONCEMCOS 6 Cae os ceuine ce ier Seon Se aeer 359 DRIED ne cu coe wo le ace kb we 340 BEVIS Eero ES. ore yw awicow at ee 346 DREN reat 2k. oe for eco e 344 rig QO) 57 1) < Sale ey ee ee See eee oD ST oe 340 EIROT EERO re a Sines aes Bee a 349 IED oe oe ce ae one 309 OLDE ERIN ee eae eine he pte a ete 353 MRE AIE ee ae eek pos am dome 341 PA eee ee ee ere es im oe a ee 336 SePERETAR PETE Oo Soo Gias wie cle ate’ ein w asin in 338 LE Ven gi 0s 121 at: We eng ee ee ae 346 TU Se ee 341 FEI BTOCRINM AR. S22 or eae pee Jeu abso wade 382 CMRI eee ere a eee aed 347 LONCEQOLD See 2s «ee ee oe oe pee seek 337 (Ses eres FER er ee 343 A th eg ea ee I JUL S DSi os Se rr 340.341, 358 TAIQOUII Se 8 a we Seo a no ore 354, 359 MOS ere ee er one een Samm 339 LL he pS RIS SS Rag a el > fae PR ey Spe 382 MNIINCR UROL 3 2a a oo 5 x xin how che wis a 361 PIBURTIVCO > ore esc os So pls Sao Se 344 BRUEINCH IM es oho oc a oe ee x 341 RONAN omer ee eee ee 341 ES ee ae 341,342, 368, 369 MRO eee re ts See SANE 353 Eat a a ee ee eee 348 MMBONNI Wot cee kus sca hae Se iste ar 361 Ga 536, 342,351, 357, 358 LOGY ree seis eee eee ne ee ee tees 343 CS ne ee ere ee 357 TPR eee eg oe ee acy haces shane 349 SMITA ES oe oe ol ep eee 340 WINYOLSERIIAE ore sass soo Fa eee = 352 ESTE CET ge ale ea 343 gc: 340, 345, 847, 348, 353, 356 MRM yee ns Pore os nbn chee caw tec ~ 339 MTG 6 soc Se so on See 352 VN a oO a a SEE 304 FIPERSILOHA Th See Ste ee oe ee 308 i ES 347 | SRE cg, ee 2 fue e oat ches aa ste e 348, 357 1 ONE el A ee 358 MANGA OT gr as ce ocnac na eames cots 341 JULI S50 lea): en 344, 354 MECUCTIONCING <5 2s - Geo aser ves asses 344 CL 1 CO ie SE, Ca ee Se 397 MEGOIOPIETE. <2 oo a5 22's wots oe Renee oe. 347 ERR Ree ee 8 ic th. on ey 344 WIAERORCOYIG eo oe & Liss ois baw wees Oe pee oe ae 347 OOO Se ce 350 | SPORTS Psa 8 dee ora se ole 2 ac oe en orca 356 Vit cl, i ns SE eer 396 | TATA DIR ae So cece asp pee ee Seen 359 DORMAM ER Res fol nn oe ek Ac ar nvones 340 multicostata............-.-..---- cee 3410, 341 RP er Ra Se one oo cio ne web akic cine 345 WUUMRIUNER ie on owe eens sae cnc ee wenae 340 RRR RI RN Ree eh oo Gi w v wie witout Se 838, 347 EDI R sean re = es oe cca ees oS ewae 345 EEE Oe eae oon cok sn CER RR 343 TiC 4 et Pee Slee UE es ee iene Sea 354 fluminensis ....... eile i's sh a 343 Mes ee COU oe, oo ivict pas cals 338 MN Soe Paci nn axa nnn Coon whs 343 ng ee Tee Swedes 352 Oo AE EE a ag ge ek 343 RINRERGMIIN Sage = fob S eae oes wae one se ache 348 Sn a $43,357 ES EET ee ae Ee eS 340 AURIS Are ot os oe aa 344 Li Ore See sell at Se Se ee ee 348 AES SE eee et ee 341 | Se eee. Ste Fac, . tcekves ee aohiletn ftedh 5 wiisc si. ccunwots ah untesaeuee 345 bilobata ......... Roles settee ee eeeeeeeeee 879 * schmidtiana...........-..-+---++--++--- 338 brightwellif-.«..52 Saadeat settteeeeeees 38) BOREAS cok o vein canaavkilne oss aera 338 Clavielll si. 5 y00ckscadade ee oo ata SOONG oan vc can acuetipssaek eee eeeeeaan 358 Gubla.. i250) Svea sae pa ee ee er ee 358 epstiot «520i. 24din sands sacesdaseaaal WO TACAEUIN. 2.0» andicen coauhas seeCe ee! 347 aa EN ey .-leeagenae Sep ODUNS. 5, oon ode nee wars rans heen 340 frauenfelgel « . ,in5 Sc aneaeaae ude awad 92 IEEE Soe tai dd ated toads tecae ek ae 249 RR ES Sete wing mm x od akin acy = 92 CT VTC ee Ee pe eee ae eS Ramee e 240 ER nies hi nul Merwin dade pe Su ans et rts ga edan ined dot dada nena leak 109 Eee res te Sha a utakenus os 92 er) ele TLL Fs ined aD age Ss ee a 114 eee ee Seer 92 NPE era niie cu wale unsaid ak 117 RN ha atid a wna anencaecksan dns 92 GENES foo ion do tadees sone os 110, 111, 112, 113 0 NS ee ee eee eer 92 Sg 2S eS Se eee AO Ree 116 ee een ee 92 re, OEE A Ie ee yg Ler 115 oC TT a a, a 267, 289, 290 RC OTISOTING Sit te IS as se cee 110 EIN ot ee ow oie vin win ne ean 293 PETIP PLU Sn oe SBS pe ciyr dain wis 3 110 8 SS ES See eee 384 PUN td Fad cg x oa 111 Nymphaea, Dr. Conard’s monograph ....... 93 Oe ey OLE NSE RON le ae Oe Ree ee te 115 Nee gaia own ia ue eae oa 94 galeotti.......... Sn ied Sink ad ee ee 112 OT. at ES ee ee Se 94 PTET ee ee ae ei Se 112 0 SS ees ae ee o4 Feo, 2) eh a ee eee eee apr 113 RP ERERIN RE ne i oe as cinta at Lae c/s 94 TESSOMOTE © oes 2a? 3 ne ose Seen aca ass a eee 113 0 oe ee ee ee 95 TR on oa cs eg ete Sadan Gomes on 113 ee ee ee 95 fn, et, ee ee a ae, § | MMEIREEETERL LUT OCLOCLO=.. ~ = = ¢ winan'n'e oe ---on02--- 131 WGA ONIN EE ae ee bee eee eee 116, 117 OLS UIN? -2 eee ee 102 WISE ern. 4k ose Ae osha a oon 112 BMRICERSINS. SS ooo. 5 5 oh eas Se res 102 if RE Re 5 SE eee ee ee 115 0 a 102 MIR ree SALE Cons ot asec tgs. ocak 115 OS a eee eee - 102 MIME S <2 Se ee ood Sw ie oe 116 MERLE 2 oy Gene's sx s~ nea 105 GOTREM « oi on ceca cee enen Ae POLY ROMGIGCE 5355 ins ad aaketns 3 sae 105 ina@equalle, 5.46 cuss. «dv. Geen polyphyilla. ; .. 5255. claean. 2-5 82.5, ocitceene WOGHIEL: io 62k febt sae ek bhn ean doer nene 106 PCTCRMIDA. 20s + os eke ndenaws 45 WiSlitel | 2456 dh Jaye dane ban eee aap ones 106 | Plocidte 065.52 vases pes chranseben wre rth sis See ad eae els eee 105 PIACIHUIS -.. 05... e cadene CHEE Pater noste? Nel... os isc nner S4 etmneruba.s.s. < oe epereoyentensaedecn 2 0 eee eee 326 Winans osha vena ch eas vache aaneerps 3 CMe See 8 Coho eng deur snaae 326 MM Ge ie excell d= Koacdepndiocs capes danse 3 Rea, Sas. Lada wade un eiev nd 326 SORE ONMMIN asin ntewccdas bunt pin obueduen 4 EN Swe oc aus oss boas oss ch ene OR de Pang cuvide ede cepunupanvepos eu 277 ES eg hen aa cda = oe Sawkene make 326 | VUE SIE ate eee oe ohh prs oa ea eA 281 7 A Cig a ne ees $67, 368 | Podopellisplantaginea.................22-06- 494 EERE oo oyunu an sans ded akties sv cbe BC al ROUMMIR foc wn desde cucpbescces 231, 237, 240, 241, 260 en nc dana dbabeuwavadweveda 484, 485 a ee Se oe ee i 241 Eee eee ee eee 485 EES Aegon dhe bab Atak se kraNe Soe se raee 242 NIEMMRTIEWGS as san ccc 6 ccm tee cnnnceescee 314 ARONME leNaa BE en ns ee ocean ake eCwn 242 ee tos Pye. dear See 314,315 NM ia CES eee oe eee as htt atte sh 238 RMNONEOMINGD © 8. ne cence ness 333, 334, 362,363 | cat | eS See ee ee een eee 243 Ci les i rn ee 363. | pe 120g 0 ay Regd he Os pony nS ae 238, 241 es eee ane 363 SRM fees owas Soe eau es ooh ss énbuees 242 8 ee ee ee 363, 365 rth htt: Yams aia: = are oe 241, 261, 262 DN MRREND rere Cs oo oa e's ode ae Saas eek 365 THROMB P MOI 8 a ec da ee ca ae analy epee 241 NT CER ee 363, 366, 367 DUCTIOIUGS. ee on so So eee ee 262 RITE Sees se fee At Se ts weal 334 MACE. bat o eee 242 Stele ad ene a eee, Soe eS 364 MSHA oo oA 2s een Mee ea boss en hee ee ee ee 363 SPINS 2 oni doh So ow a oy eee ee 242 eS See ore fo oe ac 3 sweats he 364 BEOUISe teete oe eek ste ok see 243 MNES oe oe ene ee caw 367 Op Tas SG Ae ee eee ee ee a a 242 elongatum balaericum............-----+- BGEs (UII oto vn Soe eos ge ce 136, 165 MINGECRICUM .. -.-- 5-2-2 <- ene ce renee 367 | We es eh aoe on a seer ae uae ook 133, 165 IR Pg ou oe oo Sea bain Be 364.1 Polyeala aparinoides _-......-. cues ckce ce 123 IMD Seo ot new anw eens beine nes 365 RR AIE a Sn an acer hd ee ee GEE 122 IN Se ee aw ae ES 364 PIOUS co tint a cn cca Ce 123 I Ee ee ene ee 363 SERINE oo od ie on ate etme er 122 ys ie a re 363 C2) | Sa ee ae ee ee y~- Cie ig ig) a a 365 Pema eUe ba ee Se ee ee, eee ce 123 CLIT Sd 364, 367 MPMI grb | ee dat cnvae aston ca eueds 123 PP pe ete NCE Sie en aa ee eC 364. | sPolypodium: asplenioidés:. . 2... 2.22522 -.452 491 DURRMIRENE parse rene ofa eas en 364, 366 UGEE TER LANCE eae Senge oe Sa ok ta GE a ee 492 MEM EMONAEYTE 2 5-902 ho ica 8 ccs Sw oe aS 366, 367 CPUS SEROMA Ee Pe art de ee wk 484,485 Ne ee ee on oe oa sane 365 qictyophylltin S2s5-54.-.5-% ee OS ae 501 Rene cyan 5 oes ~ he to ee ee at oe 365 WSOMNIMIS oa A oso aod pap soca bas 502 RRMMEEEN IR ene oe 5 ero e oi wee 366 AMEN nen Aes SE ode ee = + ob dt 6X 492 EUEREIIIOTUNE Soin oo oe nem se a see va 334 TVOEBUNE Sa Fa Roe eis wee oa ee ne se won 489 TE ee ee ee ee a ee 367 | WUDACTOPRIR Rt t= ees, enc eee oe 502 LOC ge a eh a ee - 364 RAIDICVEIN oc poe s toe te non nies eeu es 493 PNR el oo ob rawness e Soe 364, 366 RRR Soo Oye Powe vs kin Cees 493 RATIO eS nc. os 2 5a een de st va 364 EOS od = OR 55 Os eee kan pte 493 COT i Sie 366, 367 TURAN Gs Soa oss se co banc ew pete 491, 492 REELED

escsudentives 282 tortuoen ..........-<0-5-00 enue ennn 58, 60 FAIA 200 a3. Foon 2c034 Coanas heaton 806 triptera .........-ceceec nee enone 56,71 Peeudexmtie 533 v.25 t.252.agadsdetabest 116, 109 undulata. .....-.....ss.scesee ane MM, 62 panreie 26-2 5 eed nase teeta es 117 Verrucosa |........ ..--«s==seeenne eee 56, 69 Posisdotrteer Gai: 50.0 02 bows xennc ose 289, 292 Villosale 2. 22... si is- eruieteioeee 56,71 elegantulus .-...... J. s-+.seee pee 416,447 OttMth: soa 0c. 2. ese oe eee 5d, 65 CHiottianus ... 2... 2.4. -2cnace eee 445 Deiailiiolias «ck: “cael eke co eeehcae 55, 64, 65,67 | flavescens ............-22ssscaeeee 445 brevicdvita ss occ oe is hack wake ken Jones 57,73 helvus:....5....5:.<--. “eee 4,61, 62 umbellifera. .......<..ccssceeeeneeee 446 SONRGIM:. 505: 22s) «x02 ate eee MM, 62 variegatus ..........++.00cs0 enna Connie Ys sas csi nee ae ee SE 56, 72 piceus ...... 2.2. .0s05—5shben eee -- 446 ROMS ws ious stesso MM, 63 polystachyus .........:.....sssseeeaeeee 447 erenvilate ovi-n 32.3 teen nos eter ee 57,74 propinquus. ....:.....<-5-sunt oe Seen Rapes fs ks isth creases ee es 466 OrwAil \.. i. ene dante [ones ieee on dah santa igoustFIN ook. des sents eee 466 gractlis ...-..). ~/... 0.34. <000n een in tllolin oss soi esdetncs oe dine ena 467 naequalta:.<. iscsi ens emaee nasckn sone SC ei tarp Sy Raabe yer, ee 4166 ROCKS 0. oo asp thon n~ Se eneee abines cal 361 Hithomperma «ic. 6 vcensnonent-ovannuet 466 lanceolata), foc i.2. tons tence ae ease TACT OCT NE nis Bs ccc Sek eth pe digat eee 467 binearies sc. hiss ki chewphtwee beceereeeee w etblalénon >. 02. J.ssciicakeo scanner eens 166 phoenicenteron .........++. +. settee teen idd hs . os <2 Set a ee 466 polygramma, ....-...0...rsees .2 DANIAN . ho. anata hacia cane eiedawades 4167 pteroidea ....... See viens -agtasted NIE. a5 anianlacviend ea nise ake 467 pulchena . i. i. sass knp Kenn ae nas eae PIANMIE. wi. «ncn ko den eon teas 467 PUGMACN on. on ST nannond ee a snake = ss hadee p BRS 2 a tents oP oo Peete Ree 466 ODIONDG 52-2. ose ee ee ae eettesreee TLE | Sa ee ae pene eteat Se 466 | Stelladiscns . ... 0.1... se aise po ‘ ie Belerochlon: . ou... onGs ees eee en eepeoeen 2,5 | Stenochlaena latiuscula........... ost 1 eee eee ee ees ee ee 2 porbifolis. ...:... Scoliopleura antillarum. ..... ....00se02.e-20- $36: | Stenopterobia.-. .ssunn ion as cots Sea 85, 287 as CRC ae ees osc aenee ee. SOUWIN an ine cna an cin CPR 313 TKIsCUlpta. ¢:2 oto. os. 0k eee ROMOIA <5. dS. «x kdias cuecauvayeandnnsen 136, 169 Len ND i. Kian icon centro enka TOMENTOGR 6.00 «wana dens vm 269 Pi AOA acs oat inl cited doh we amen ae 256 REI oo see noua ven cw wpe BOD NICU CUD aula mcuis cow's dan ucnS'u ne We ecevadece 371,372 EE A ae er ee Bess TLE NONTUOND win dais wdieccnacsavansenccawwweus 285 Re ota Rada es hacen dee san Riarn me ie ome ots a oes oe eres uG sand views 333, 378 eee ee Peer ee Pere er - 269 St eee ee ee aN shot ale ae cee 381 RPMI POIUAINTIS). <6 acca sc ace saecnecs suse 268 UIC fe datas ins cubase cn en asia 379 a POs PLONE Ga ee noc ans eceslc oun else aude ee. ee lan Gina ng cians hxadwann eres ZOE Wy PRIBIOD LIME anit ie awk ae we waa ocins dc Sawin Seioob 243, 244 as wc gewde recep =dabewee 265 INE Neblett thd Son Au aenoulile 244 a DU es 269 "0, WO) / 10 hme pn, Se ee a a eR 245 0 ee er 269 Ce ee ae ee ae any ae a 245 EE 269 | Taenitis angustifolia. ... .-...cescccceccceves 487 Ow daa Ee ee a ra a 268 INL GEO LANs ote oe ee ee eee 487 Pee eon aloe Bin sie slemee 00 an 2) Heeb NEETU Oras adic ph alin'anoe bene nd cute owas wap 153 OI og oe bikin cnwe Adee Sees ZOOr | eMC Om, eee. lak one woe eas ccpecce 151 Stigmaphora were eee eee e eect tenet e ees 96a |) Lamarindo'cimarron:. .- 22.2. s2.c.s << ccca- 145 Ce en a a Patek aaVI NN GI a ro ki ool no baked wcelene 136, 152 Soci IG CO: i 287 ib aVAD TC) pL a eee) rep 6S aaa ee el pee 133, 153 REPRISE Fo nS. Seale conn 984,319,321 | Tectaria martinicensis .................- 493, 494 co Pa a SO eee oe ee 322 NUL OD ERSU INCH. Mea ig oe re Soo Son alk 494 DE Si eee Ss ee ee 322 [ODA MS NES) Gane Oe ee en ee aa 494 Ne ee ees Deig LM OPIMMORIME oa5 soap se ccc eens v anes ease desk 137,174 SERMON TEBE aS ators anacwit wa'aie'civanisie’= 214 CCD) GV ch NESE el aes eS peek a A 175 “She LOS 110i a ee ee a re 138, 183 GinNenent me sae. shea a SO Uo eee 174 WUTC eet a et. Se wa eecaws 18: GO LSURAL ONE Se eA ene = 107 PUMMHIIRUMIEP also So bee oes ee wok 159 DUE INC R ge nares ee aos se eae cw atte 175 ee os eon ewe koe nae ohn on ee BOA CRA ct thn nn a Putas econ te aee 139, 201 REE LOM En soe Se on oy, Sa ne aos 384 CEL Dipper oe a oe ec ee ee ee 201 [EEN a Eg eal a oe ae 385: | Lerebinthus-....------ ee Ne ee hoe eee 117 MOTTON. ore a Sins oS AR = eee 385 HLOC VION aa = eet an ee =, ER EEN 2S pc SANS Sie ae 385 OS Ces Se ae eee ae ee eee ae 118 LPI TE AES So) Rp 386 SURG Ratnam ee ts oa eee 5 FS eee ee 118 Reemiberiness bok ow 323, 378, 382, 383, 383, 386 BUSI SU ere a ee Se ee 118 ea an en ee ee 323 LSC 0 ee ESS a ee ar 118 Re ee enn ety aioe dason 334 [VEO Rigeai ee a ge Spe ad Sst ee 119 LD, SONS a ale pe a ae Re 384 Jozte Than et:) k: ieee Meee a ee ee ey eae ea ae a 119 0 ATES a 342, 368 ORD bi et ee oo oe aes or eece 118 CRUD OTIC SR Pe ee Oe 385 CEPASWIOUSE = s250 25. 3k Sass ewccunecceoss 119 U1 SE Backs Oe 383 MOU ROS eee eh eta ale rac eam 119 LEGO SC ee es ee ee a 385 CUIMCA Da rstatt ac eis ods oo aon tes Ye knee 119 DUCT (GST ge ae er 385 OC er2(1 0.20: rn ae a ar 119 IP) OC | ip a a 385 Be Ie be aps oo At inh wn nm nwiinsapages 119 CTE Nog ERS Cet Ee a ee 385 RIPON CN ys et ae Se Oo ees 119 NEE ia ee 382 Un LC iy ea 119 CC ie eRe ae SS a ey Ana 386 PRLIBGINIRMNOG Soe = face nek ns -od en eee ae 119 LPS CGOD UIE Se an ees Ca See A 389 PIA DIESCONS:. SoG. oo eels ccccecuas bun ve 119 SSS ae 6 ee ae 383 mee re so he 119 CNT 2) Gt ee a ee a ee 383 STOUT CULO Mee hss ro 2 A ne cha cere 119 TOE [REUSE a a ce aS B85 PIA UCOIOUMe 52 bein Ses cdee teh cee 119 EEN GT gg a ee ea RD 383 LoY>) 11g) 0) 6410 C: Reg ee a 119 NINOUING Nn, aah soo eul ps cukeiw se 329 Pe erat ae oo cca caumawesus 119 Pi] SORTS 2p | Ce a ee ee 385 TOU GUIBIN S28 cock tt eae wee th ees 119 COMI 282 ae oS a ae ae & 382 EOL io SO Mtr ce IR had x rao ee 119 C) SRE 4d Se es, Seneca oe Se 384 OO 2 a a ere 119 PI Rss oho hag div ot au aos gant 386 Pn OS a 120 {REVENGE a or a ee 386 EERE RIA GES toto cae came, S08 Ge as 120 CN En oR OES a ee a 383 [VSS SI ae is geal Pa ae aa 120 TA ME alee Wars in ere a Sena . See 383 RURGGON OR be cess tos: oes ne a See 120 RNC R ae Poe BBO. 6 Se eat, waco sx eat ee 386 PREC SACO IIS len fo 25 en ten kee ew eteean we 120 I dah. o St ey ve k dw ohare war 246 aniie eye! thd I: ei. a ee ae ie a a 120 RO inh ia ns wie a » a cma thague 256 BEUPONOTIRNER 92s oc oct eae baw eee we 120 NN sgn oss way inv nat cats a eae 256 WPRLITOLI oe Se ng oe ck. Caaccuunenates 120 ck 256 BI PRMUL IR ee. cin Ss oes s csc cwewwataked 121 ME a oo Lanes Suna 256 Se ht Ce a, ee ers 121 LS sis de b's) al anit ol Shad 256 CC WG0j 1: yee eo er 121 534 INDEX, Terebinthus—Continued. Page. | Triceratium—Continued. Page. palineel sic ccccccpedcucounnepaaeeenueee 121 TM oc cctensndbaccstae osccccccccbissus | mE pannosa.......... Mecveusemans deena 121 SOTO 0.5 avs sicsnnucte seacesccccccese 20h nenioiilete < isisicsiuntabcaabndatectce 121 GROOGUM « aevsiccccenccenve coc ncntgauaeete mae DEON 5 5 icendscadbvesenates ubaakaee 121 GPOINGS 5 venetian hndsceee --. 201, 308, 304, 308 wholfolie., i iinscaccsadectondes eda 121, 122 WONG sox vcasanschnchtoee « occeab epee ent Lae SUDER bc bv dacs dcacds ch db auhes canes 121 harrisonianum ......... o ccccccanes puMiea ann BODRGIGE: 6 ii Séscdasvctdescanedeeeenaber 122 INGIOGANS. cv .ssaapvencvetee oc cocoumanepal lana SCHIGGGBDR « ..2kd5caccucntaceubacesemees 122 ee »stsinksng nee schischtenGahill |< 5.0... cctcstenteecse 122 Javanteum. . ...ccccocvchandeauue s'egunetnceueee DOMMETIGONG 6. 16 kidkdwines chAnckeecaeneee 122 SOTOMAGHUM « . oiicacccecsceeanen inna pnadel) ae BLMATUDA ooseccs wudeads ch ckn kbs raowdeees 122 TORRONE. 2 inka clav'ca newer woos enue anew ae ee wabmoniliforns. ics, i asithavscs eabeeese 122 JURCOIENIE. «<2. <2 ceenccemenne ose caves tee sabtrifoliata ss iiisdbc 2 cack cits ceseeeae 122 ‘PURCIUN. « ci cuns 8 chee avon a nwe ceogah tae SONRU2IOUR. « ccuuks ftawanaueeeeenaee 121.122 JumiNOSUM ..ccn- lcacauuemed ee QOMMETIOUE 5 oo wk dks bs cost Ths ene eeEeeea 122 MAGUR . o pc actn curse teense > audit ere, TORPMNOS.<..¢ cc ws oedec ee caneEseaeinc Tee 289, 314 megastomum ........ 22. ne vain lia CUAMTECONG 6 onc cas cn ou cone canwakacteeeane 314 membranaceum. ... 2.2.2.6 wennuat eb cauaeee breblmonil -. v4.42: caecasenveeenss eee 315 microcepfialum .............- ove cwh owen eee ee Oe ee Rae Se 314 MUPICOLUM 4. 0. nacnpu sks epee ---... 303,304 SOWIE i's wach ence ta ae 3l4 nicobaricum ......--as--0. occesecalscsnuelt an Bo Ey eee re ee 314 ODIUSUIN.. .. 2 ous ann ce abe eee rebeakeens 293 WOGOR cx ainsi deatecdeuds opengbsntdanetle 314 orbiculatum ....:..ssswdeneeue errr es annie... tr.v bk a2 parte ee ii atees se 314 ortentale 0-20. dss'avck ewe =savuak ae te MUGIGR 6 Aig ct es eh ees $14, 315, 826 OYNOLUM, .< cas wc ck w wend onan eee o~aedeewe cue See vg gs, Pe Peer eee pees. OA eee 314 PATHAUM 00. nos anestva een ona witaab cel een ci EE Ee RS Pee Mae Big Peep, 321 *papillatum < .... coc eevee Jain henbited eae MATTIE 1g siak satan ep cba sd) kate ane S21 paralldum. . ..-. ccs «sss4ssueee ere | CONOUOTE GLAS LEAL hoon pete eens ee 321, 322 PATCUES 6... sci dos Pe asec ontete <62 oy acim Adc oe ee eames $21, $22 pileus. 2..........+-.2+ =. caer ee interrupte.: 2). 55 224 serch. tee se Sey, 321 PIANO-CONCAVUM ..... Judes aeeeue ais a greet A FODOMLO. 5. o5 rat 1b.b cedar een bs ere ede ease $22 PUNCIALUM, . 2... 22 ae ew enceseee eee --- 294, 295 TOTEMRTOS oi oan 2s» wap hited on tees that ee 3l4 quadrangulare ........ ee wh as dod GURAPICONG 2 b.2 nc neck Pee ah oeon nae 314 quinquelobatum .......c«ssccaeneen ws, a Pei eees 5.3 cst lad nen eeens ob gseenuene 277 TODUAUM «0 02 50 noe nso ag cen eT Toddavadds dendroides.. : ii225.5-25< 2ades ck 116 radioso-reticulatum..........-. és dase ane ete Tornliniam< .....<.% dhimcn awe uaont ith weereee 443, 454 TOHCUIUM ~...-» ans eae ene eee Meer COMESPEIM 5; oa cdadend cok coaen el hee 454 robertsianum ..........4-- . Se See a 308 Jb SSR acca eae Peete 362, 363 SCHUMUOM... 2. dew ine eee teeeee occes coe 00S, OUn Trachyneis antillarum.........- dethd kh cones 336 SCuUlptUM. 2. <\ «eevee w= os owes 294, 295 GOED 5 tats san wnt na kehcne bop ak eek seen 338 SEFTALUM, 22 oo wees cone ac swan sane 309 4) Y a? ihe SS 2k Re ERY, be re 2 SeuLger um... 2). - ois women » oc cddeb «SOG mae IGNON 8) ob ate cc aeRO E a ane 2 sharboltianum ......---+..0>>5080ae eee awa), COMMRUG ci duniri cen suinaeasereb vss laaeae 303 Blternans... ...\. 2... ..-s cn aee eee ope ats Conatatle i770 ec. bis Soe hink dice ote axe Seen 300 GHCHONI « .. -ss0sskn ss ecemeenenne ----- 289, 290 Coacin0lges socked sgietats colin etteaaee 292 cinnamomenm . «2... 4 ..scesscanen owed See CYORGHON 5, «acne a oacnpgho ses esos Tuce pe ooscinolGens: = ’ 4 . . ° . * . y 4 yea . : * e a ’ A i Oe ~~ . = So y a ~ . Ce 2. oe ‘Cc. "Ss 4 M We, er. a € es fy. a = a" 4 4 a - aif» - ' . ~— —_ New York Botanical Garden Libra 5 00307 0727 > " $ a © Taree a * y, ar ? +> i. F* t.* 4 é